Ministry of Road Transport & Highways

Government of India

Project Management Consultancy Services for Construction of 2- Lane Elevated

Srinagar Bypass on NH-07 (Design length : 8.0 km) in the state of Uttarakhand State
of Uttarakhand.

REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP)

PART I

December 2025

Office of the Regional Officer, MoRTH

1st Floor, The Institution of Engineers (India) Building

Near ISBT, Saharanpur Road, Dehradun, Uttarakhand, Pin – 248002

1
 INDEX

Sl.
Content Page No.
No.
1 Notice Inviting Tender (NIT) 3
2 Letter of Invitation 5
3 Annexure-I : Details of the Proposed Stretch 23
Annexure-II : Procedure of Assessment of Least Cost toMoRT&H under special
4 24
circumstances
5 Data Sheet 30
6 Appendix-IA : Manning Schedule 41
7 Appendix-IB : Qualification Requirements of Key Personnel 43
8 Appendix-II : Formats for Proof of Eligibility 58
9 Appendix-III : Formats for Technical Proposals 65
10 Appendix-IV: Formats for Financial Proposals 90
11 Appendix-V: Detailed Evaluation Criteria 104

2
 PART-I
Ministry of Road Transport and Highways
Government of India

NOTICE INVITING TENDER (NIT) Dated: 05.12.2025

1. Ministry of Road Transport & Highways through Office of the Regional Officer, MoRTH Dehradun has been
assigned thework of Project Management Consultancy Services for Construction of 2- Lane Elevated
Elevated Srinagar Bypass on NH-07 (Design length : 8.0 km) in the state of Uttarakhand (As Annexure-I)

2. Proposals are hereby invited from eligible Project Management Consultancy Services for Construction of 2-
Lane Elevated Srinagar Bypass on NH-07 (Design length : 8.0 km) in the state of Uttarakhand The Letter
of Invitation (LOI) and Terms of Reference (ToR) including Request for Proposal (RFP) is available online on
e-tender portal of [Link] The document can also be downloaded from INFRACON Portal of
([Link] Cost of the Document in the form of a Non-refundable document fee of Rs. 5,000
(Rupees Five Thousand only) + 18% GST through online portal “BHARAT KOSH” Portal only in favour of
Regional Pay and Accounts Officer, New Delhi must be furnished in a separate envelop while submitting the
proposal. Details to be selected in Bharatkosh Portal for making payment are as under:

Sl No. Description Details to be selected in Bharatkosh

Portal

1 Ministry RO MINISTRY OF ROAD TRANSPORT &

HIGHWAYS

2 Purpose Sale of Tender Documents

3 Pay & Account Office(PAO) 034415-PAO(NH), New Delhi

4 Drawing & Disbursing Office 234444- ENGINEER LIASON OFFICER

(DDO):

The application form without proof of payment of application fee will be rejected without any intimation. Brief
particulars of the work are as follows:

Estimated PMC
Name of the Tentative length in cost
State Assignment period
National Highway km (Excl GST)
(in Rs. Cr.)
168 months (10 months
for DPR+2 months for
Tentative Length of
pre-construction
Uttarakhand NH-07 elevated 32
activity+ 36 months for
Road 8 Km
the construction + 10
years for Maintenance)

3. The RFP has also been uploaded on “INFRACON” ([Link]). As such before submitting the
proposal, the PMC firms shall mandatorily register and enlist themselves (the firm and all key personnel), on
the MoRTH portal “INFRACON” and furnish registration details along with its RFP. A copy of Infracon
Operation Procedure is also enclosed for bidder’s reference.

4. All the bidders registered on Infracon shall form a Team on Infracon and which would be assigned
unique Infracon Team ID. Bidders while submitting the proposal shall quote the Infracon Team ID.

3
5. Bid must be submitted online at e-tendering portal ofThe Ministry Road Transport and
Highway([Link] on or before 19.01.2026 at 17:00 hrs.

6. The following schedule is to be followed for this assignment:

1 Invitation of RFP (NIT) 05.12.2025

2 Last date for receiving querries 30.12.2025

3 Pre-BID meeting at venue 2.11.4(i) 30.12.2025 At 03:00 PM

4 Response to queries latest by 05.01.2026

Last date of request for BID 19.01.2026

5
document

6 BID due date 19.01.2026 At 05:00 PM

Opening of technical BIDs at venue

7 20.01.2026 At 05:00 PM
2.11.4(i)

Yours sincerely,

RO, MoRTH, Dehradun

Tel: 0135-2738657

E-mail :< [Link]-morth@[Link] & romorthddn@[Link] >

Website: [Link] [Link]

4
 Letter of Invitation (LOI)

<Reference> Dated: 05.12.2025

Dear Sir,

Sub: Project Management Consultancy Services for Construction of 2- Lane Elevated Srinagar Bypass on NH-07
(Design length: 8.0 km) in the state of Uttarakhand

1. Introduction

1.1 The Ministry of Road Transport & Highways(MoRTH)has been entrusted with the assignment of Project
Management Consultancy Services for Construction of 2- Lane Elevated Srinagar Bypass on NH-07 (Design length :
8.0 km) in the state of Uttarakhand .The Ministry of Road Transport & Highways through O/o RO, MoRT&H, and
Dehradun now invites proposal from eligible Technical consultants for carrying out Detailed Project Report, Pre
construction activities and supervision during construction as well as maintenance period as per details given in
Annexure- I.

1.2 A brief description of the assignment and its objectives are given in the Appendix-I,“Terms of Reference”.

1.3.1 The Ministry of Road Transport & Highways through O/o RO, MoRT&H, Dehradun invites Request for
Proposals (RFP) (the “Proposals”) through e-tender (on-line bid submission) for selection of Project
Management Consultant(the “Consultant”) who shall prepare DetailedProject Report (DPR), Pre
construction activities and supervision during construction as well as maintenance [Link] consultant
should have expertise in carrying out similar kind of job, in similar geographical location (particularly for
hill road projects). Eligible consultants are hereby invited to submit proposal in the manner as prescribed
in the RFP document.

A Consultant with “a Particular Team” may submit proposals for more than one package. However, a
Consultant is not allowed to bid for a packagewith more than one team. For the sake of clarity, it is
mentioned that one consultant cannot submit two proposals/ bids for the same package.

A Consultant with “a Particular Team” may submit only one “proof of eligibility (Part1)” and “Technical
Proposal (Part II)” for any number of packages applied for by them. However, the packages for which a
Consultant with “a Particular Team” applies should be clearly mentioned.

Financial proposal for each package are to besubmitted separately. Financial proposal are only to be
submitted online and no hard copy of the financial proposal should be submitted. The most preferred
bidder (H-1) for each package would be determined on the basis of Quality and Costs mentioned in the RFP.

Award of work to a Consultant with “a Particular Team”either as sole or as in JV shall be limited to one
package only. Joint venture shall not have more than two firms.

In case, a Consultant with “a Particular Team” turns out to be the most preferred bidder (H-1) in more than
one package, the package which is to be awarded to this Consultantwith “a Particular Team” shall be
determined on the basis of least cost to MoRTHconsidering the financial quote of H-1 bidder and H-2 bidder
limited to those packages, which shall be worked out as per the procedure given in the RFP. The eligible
consultants are hereby invited to submit proposals in the manner prescribed in theRFP.

1.3.2 The consultant (s) shall meet the requirement of available bid capacity i.e. at least equal to the estimated
PMC cost (as indicated in NIT). The available bid capacity will be calculated as under:

Available bid capacity = (A * N * 2.5) - B

5
 Where,

A = Average Annual turnover (year means Financial year) during the last five years updated to the price
level of the the year based on factors indicated in table below: Form T3-A of Appendix-III.
Year Year-1 Year-2 Year -3 Year-4 Year-5
Up-dation
1.00 1.05 1.10 1.15 1.20
factor

N = Number of years prescribed for completion of the PMC consultancy for which these bids are being
invited
B = Value of existing commitments (only allotted works) on the last date of submission of bids as per bidding
document and on-going works to be completed during the period of completion of the consultancy for which
these bids are being invited.
In case of JV, the lead partner shall fulfil minimum 60% requirement of bid capacity and other partner shall
fulfil minimum 40% requirement of bid capacity and the Consultant as a whole shall meet the requirement
of bid capacity as above.

Note: The statement (Form T3-A of Appendix-III) showing the value of existing commitments and on-
going consultancy works as well as the stipulated period of completion remaining for each of the works
listed should be attached along with certificates duly signed by the Engineer-in-Charge, not below the rank
of Executive Engineer or equivalent ORthe fees received statement certified by CA can also be submitted as
a certificate for ongoing works.

1.4 The consultants shall submit proposals either in sole capacity or in Joint Venture (JV). In case of JV, the
maximum number of Joint Venture partners is limited to 2 (i.e. one lead + 1 JV partner) and one associate.
Any entity which has been barred by the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MORTH) or its
implementing agencies for the works of Expressways, National Highways, ISC and EI Works and the bar
subsists as on the date of application, would not be eligible to submit the bid, either individually or as a
member of a Joint Venture.

1.5 The Applicant, whether a sole applicant or lead member with joint venture may include an Associate for
providing key personnel. In such case, the applicant should submit an MOU with associate regarding role
and responsibility of Associate Company. However, the maximum no. of key personnel from Associate firm
during whole consultancy period should be limited to maximum two(2) i.e. one at DPR stage and one at
Supervision stage.

1.6 To obtain first-hand information on the assignment and on the local conditions, the consultants are
encouraged to pay a visit to the client, local State PWDs and the project site before submitting a proposal
and attend a pre-proposal conference. They must fully inform themselves of local and site conditions and
take them into account in preparing the proposal.

1.7 Financial Proposals will be opened only for the firms found to be eligible and scoring qualifying marks in
accordance with Para 5 hereof. The consultancy services will be awarded to the highest ranking consultant
on the basis of Quality and Cost.

1.8 Please note that(i) costsof preparing the proposalandofnegotiating the contract, including visits to the
Client, etc., are not reimbursable as a direct cost of the assignment; and (ii) Client is not bound to accept any
of the proposals submitted and reserve the right to reject any or all proposals without assigning any
reasons.(iii). The client shall strictly comply to Ministry of Finance Circular no. F.1/20/2028-PPD dated
6
 02.11.2021 and MoRTH circular No: NH-35014/20/2020-H-Part (2) dated 18.8.2022 and any other
circulars/ guidelines applicable.

1.9 The proposals must be properly digitally signed as detailed below (submission with DSC)

1.9.1 i. by the proprietor in case of a proprietary firm

ii. by the partner holding the Power of Attorney in case of a firm in partnership (A certified copy of the
Power of Attorney on a stamp paper of Rs. 100and duly notarized shall accompany the Proposal).
iii. by a duly authorized person holding the Power of Attorney in case of a Limited Company or a
corporation (A certified copy of the Power of Attorney on a stamp paper of Rs. 100 and duly
notarized shall accompany the proposal).
iv. by the authorized representative in case of Joint Venture.

1.9.2 In case of a Joint Venture, the proposal shall beaccompaniedby a certified copy of legally binding
Memorandum of Understanding(MOU) on a stamp paper of Rs.100, signed by all firms to the joint venture
confirming the following therein:

i. Date and place of signing

ii. Purpose of Joint Venture (must include the details of contract works for which the joint venture has
been invited to bid)
iii. A clear and definite description of the proposed administrative arrangements for the management
and execution of the assignment. Nameof Lead Firm and other partner of JV should be clearly
defined in the MOU
iv. Delineation of duties/ responsibilities and scope of work to be undertaken by each firm along with
resources committed by each partner of the JV for the proposed services
v. An undertaking that the JV firms are jointly and severally liable to the Employer for the
performance of the services
vi. The authorized representative of the joint ventureshall give a Letter of Association, MOU as in (i) to
(vi) above except (v), letter of Authorization, copies of GPA/SPA for the person signing the
documents and a certificate of incorporation.
1.9.3 In case of JV, one of the firms which preferably have relatively higher experience will act as the lead firm
representing the Joint Venture. The duties, responsibilities and powers of such lead firm shall be specifically
included in the MOU/agreement. It is expected that the lead partner would be authorized to incur liabilities
and to receive instructions and payments for and on behalf of the Joint Venture. Payment to be made to the
JV can also be made to the account of the JV. For a JV to be eligible for bidding, the experience of lead partner
and other partner should be as indicated in data sheet.

1.9.4 A firm can bid for a project either as a sole consultant or in the form of joint venture with other consultant.
However, alternative proposals i.e. one as sole or in JV with other consultant for the same package will be
summarily rejected. In such cases, all the involved proposals shall be rejected.

1.10 Pre-proposal conference shall be held on the date, time and venue given in Data Sheet.

1.11 The Applicant, by submitting its Application pursuant to this RFP, shall be deemed to have acknowledged
that without prejudice to the Ministry of Road Transport & Highways any other right or remedy hereunder
or in law or otherwise, the Applicant shall be debarred from participating in the future projects of the State
PWD/NHIDCL/NHAI/MoRT&H in the following situations:

(a) IfanApplicantwithdrawsitsProposalduringtheperiodofitsvalidityas specified in this RFP and as extended by

7
 the Applicant from time to time.

(b) In the case of a Selected Applicant, if the Applicant fails to sign the Agreement.
1.12 Any bidder from a country which shares land border with India will be eligible to bid only if the bidder is
registered with the Competent Authority in Department of Promotion of Industry and Inland Trade (DPIIT), Govt. of India.
However, requirement of registration of bidders will not apply to bidders from those countries (even if sharing land
border with India) to which Government of India has extended lines of credit or in which the Government of India is
engaged in development projects. Certificate/documents in this regard shall be submitted by bidder along with the bid
document.

2. Documents

2.1 To enable you to prepare a proposal, please find and use the attached documents listed in the Data Sheet.

2.2 Consultants requiring a clarification of the documents must notify the Client, in writing, by 15:00 hrs on
30.12. 2025. Any request for clarification in writing or by telefax/e-mail must be sent to the Client’s
address indicated in the Data Sheet. The Client will upload replies to pre-bid queries on its website.

2.3 At any time before the submission of proposals, the Client may, for any reason, whether at its own initiative
or in response to a clarification requested by a Consulting firm, modify the Documents by amendment or
corrigendum. The amendment will be uploaded on CPPP website. The Client may at its discretion extend
the deadline for the submission of proposals and the same shall also be uploaded on CPPP website.

3. Preparation of Proposal

The proposal must be prepared in three parts viz.

Part 1: Proof of eligibility

Part 2: Technical Proposal
Part 3: Financial Proposal

3.1 Document in support of proof of eligibility

3.1.1 The minimum essential requirement in respect of eligibility has been indicated in the Data Sheet. The
proposal found deficient in any respect of these requirements will not be considered for further evaluation.
The following documents must be furnished in support of proof of eligibility as per Formats given in
Appendix-II:

(i) Forwarding letter for Proof of Eligibility in the Form-E1.

(ii) Firm’s relevant experience and performance for the last 7 years: Project sheets in support of
relevant experience as per Form-E2/T3 supported by the experience certificates from clients in
support of experience as specified in data sheet for the project size preferably in terrain of similar
nature as that of proposed project shall be submitted on Infracon portal in input data sheet.
Certificate should indicate clearly the firms Design/DPR experience/Supervision/ Authority
Engineer, in 2/4/6- lane Road/Rail/Metro/ irrigation/hydro-electric Tunneling. Scope of services
rendered by the firm should be clearly indicated in the certificate obtained from the client. The
information given in Form E2/T3 shall also be considered as part of Technical Proposal and shall be
evaluated accordingly. The Consultants are therefore advised to see carefully the evaluation criteria
for Technical Proposal and submit the Project Sheets accordingly.

8
 The above details are to be submitted through INFRACON only.
(iii) Firm’s turnover for the last 5 years: Atabular statement as in Form E3 showing the turnover of
the applicant firm(s) for the last five years beginning with the last financial year certified by the
Chartered Account along with certified copies of the audit reports shall be submitted in support of
the turnover shall be submitted on Infracon Portal in input data sheet.
The above details are to be submitted through INFRACON only.
(iv) Document fee: Cost of the Document must be furnished in the form of a non-refundable fee of INR
5,000 (Rupees Five Thousand only) plus 18% GST through online portal “BHARAT KOSH” Portal
only in favour of Regional Pay and Accounts Officer, New Delh (payment through other modes shall
not be accepted). The online payment receipt shall be submitted while submitting the proposal. The
application form without proof of payment of application fee will be rejected without any
intimation.
(v) BID Security:- The bidder has to digitally sign a Bid securing declaration accepting that if the bidder
withdraw or modify its bid during the period of validity i. e. not less than bid validity as mentioned
in data sheet from the bid due date or if the bidder is awarded the contract and fail to sign the
contract or to submit a performance security before the deadline defined in the request for bid
documents, the bidder will be suspended for participation in the tendering process for the works of
MoRTH/NHAI/NHIDCL and works under other Centrally Sponsored Schemes, for a period of two
year from the bid due date of this work and shall be declared non-performing. The bid securing
declaration shall be submitted as per the format at Appendix-III-Form –T-12 (Format for Bid
Securing Declaration)".
(vi) Power of Attorney on a stamp paper of Rs.100 and duly notarized authorizing to submit the
proposal (scanned copies to be uploaded).
(vii) In case of Joint Venturethe proposal shall be accompanied by a certified copy of legally binding
Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) on a stamp paper of Rs.100, signed by all firms to the joint
venture as detailed at para 1.9.2 above. (Scanned copies to be uploaded).
(viii) Rule 144(xi) of GFR: - The Bidder has to submit a Self-Certification as per Form E4 that its Bid meets
the Local Content requirement for ‘Class-I Local Supplier’/ ‘Class-II Local Supplier’, as the case may
be. In case of procurement for a value in excess of Rs. 10 Crores, the ‘Class-I Local Supplier’/ ‘Class-II
Local Supplier’, shall have to provide a Certificate from Statutory Auditor or Cost Auditor of the
Company or from a practicing Cost Accountant or practicing Chartered Accountant giving the
percentage of Local Content. ‘Class-I Local Supplier’/ ‘Class-II Local Supplier’ are as defined in the
ORDER No. P-45021/2/2017-PP(BE-II) dated 16.09.2020 of Ministry of Commerce and Industry,
Govt. of India and its subsequent amendments.
(ix) Any Bidder from a country which shares a land border with India will be eligible to bid, only if the
Bidder is registered with the Competent Authority, specified in Annexure-I of Order (Public
Procurement No. 1) issued by Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure Public Procurement
Division vide F. No. 6/18/2019-PPD, dated 23rd July 2020, which shall form an integral part of the
RFP and CA. A certificate regarding compliance shall be submitted on the letter of the Bidder as per
Form E5.

3.1.2 The minimum essential requirement in respect of eligibility has been indicated in the data sheet, the
proposal found deficient in any respect of these requirements will not be considered for further evaluation.

3.2 Technical Proposal

3.2.1 You are expected to examine all terms and instructions included in the Documents. Failure to provide all
requested information will be at your own risk and may result in rejection of your proposal.

9
3.2.2 During preparation of the technical proposal, you must give particular attention to the following:

Total assignment period is as indicated in the enclosed TOR. A manning schedule in respect of requirement
of key personnel is also furnished in the TOR which shall be the basis of the financial proposal. You
shall make your own assessment of support personnel both technical and administrative to undertake the
assignment. Additional support and administrative staff need to be provided for timely completion of the
project within the total estimated cost. It is stressed that the time period for the assignment indicated in
the TOR should be strictly adhered to.

3.2.3 The technical proposal shall be submitted strictly in the Formats given in Appendix- IIIand shall comprise
of following documents:

i) Forwarding letter for Technical proposal duly signed by the authorized person on behalf of the
bidder, as in Form-T-1.
ii) Details of projects for which Technical and Financial Proposals have been submitted by the
PMCwith a particular Team as in Form-T-2.
iii) Firm’s references - Relevant Services carried out in the last seven yearsas per Form- E2/T-3. This
information submitted as part of Proof of Eligibility shall be evaluated and need not be submitted
again as a part of the Technical proposal.
The above details are to be submitted through INFRACON only.
iv) Site Appreciation: limited to four A4 size pages in 1.5 space and 12 font including photographs, if
any (Form-T-4).
v) The composition of the proposed Team and Task Assignment to individual personnel: Maximum
three pages (Form-T-5).
vi) Proposed methodology for the execution of the services illustrated with bar charts of activities,
including any change proposed in the methodology of services indicated in the TOR, and procedure
for quality assurance: The proposed methodology should be accompanied by the consultants initial
view, key challenges they foresee and potential solutions suggested regarding: a) proposed
alignment and bypass required, b) land acquisition requirements, c)access control, rehabilitaton of
existing road, drainage and utilities, d) adoption of superior technology along with proof e) Quality
control and assurance f) Faster execution of the project: limited to six A4 size pages in 1.5 space and
12 font including photographs, if any for items a to c, (Form-T-6) and information in Form-T-8 (as
covered in para viii below) for item d
vii) The proposal should clearly identify and mention the details of Material Testing lab facilities to be
used by the PMCfor the project (Form-T-7). In this connection, the proposals of the Consultants to
use in-house lab facilities up to a distance of maximum 400 km from the project site being
feasiblewould be accepted. For all other cases suitable nearby material Testing Laboratory shall be
proposed before Contract Agreement is executed.
viii). A The proposal shall indicate as to whether the firm is having the facilities for carrying out the
following field activities or these are proposed to be outsourced to specialized agencies in the Form-
T-8.
(a). Pavement Investigation
(b). Geo-technical Investigation

In case the consultant envisages outsourcing any or all of the above services to the expert agencies,
the details of the same indicating the arrangement made with the agencies need to be furnished.
These agencies would however, be subject to approval of the client to ensure quality input by such
agencies before award of the work. For out-sourced services, proposed firms/consultants should
10
 have such experience on similar projects

viii). B The proposal shall indicate as to whether the firm is having the facilities for carrying out the
following field activities during the supervision phase or these are proposed to be outsourced to
specialized agencies.

• Surface defects detection and roughness measurement using Network Survey Vehicle

• Pavement strength measurement using FWD

• Bridge inspection using Mobile Bridge Inspection Unit or technology

• Road signs inspection using Retro Reflectometer

viii). C Proposed Quality Audit Methodology including Quality Assurance Plan

ix) Details of office equipment and software owned by the firm in Form-T9

x)a CVs of following 4 (four) Key Personnels may be submitted only through Infraconin Form–T-10

i) Team Leader cum Senior Bridge Engineer,

ii) Highway Cum Pavement Engineer,

iii) Senior Bridge Engineer &

iv) Material Engineer cum Geo-Technical Engineer-Geologist

For remaining key personnels during the DPR/ Pre construction activity, the CVs need to be
submitted for approval prior to signing of contract. Moreover, other key personnel to be deployed
during supervision phase, their CVs also need to be submitted for approval prior to start of
construction/supervision. The CV of the all Key Personnels who is proposed to be engaged at
any stage of the consultancy should score at least 75 % marks

x(b) It would be preferred that the Team Leader cum senior Tunnel Expert shall continue during all
the Phase 1, 2 & 3 of the aggrement. Authority also expects all the key personnel specified in the
proposal to be available during implementation of Phase 1 & 2(DPR & Preconstruction activities).

During phase 3 the Team Leader shall be of equal or better qualification in case the replacement is
necessitated. Moreover, the combined technical score of these 3 key personnels

(i) Resident cum Highway Engineer

(ii) Senior Bridge Engineer

(iii) Highway Cum Pavment Engineer

to be deployed during phase 3 (Construction, Supervision & Maintenance) should be equal or more
then the Technical score of 3 key personnels (except Team Leader) as assessed during the technical
evaluation. This would ensure that the evaluated preferred bidder during the evaluation stage
remain the preferred bidders even in the phase 3 stage (Construction, Supervision & Maintenance).

xi) INTEGRITY PACT (Form –T-11)

xii) BID SECURING DECLARATION (Form-T-12)

xiii) Undertaking as per Rule 144(xi) of GFR (Form E4).

11
 xiv) Undertaking as per Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure Public Procurement Division
Order F. No. 6/18/2019-PPD, dated 23rd July 2020, (Form E5.)

3.2.4 CVs of Key Persons:

i) The CVs of the four key personnel as mentioned in para 3.2.3 (x) above in the format as per Form T-
10 is to be furnished on Infracon portal. It may please be ensured that the format is strictly followed
and the information furnished therein is true and correct. The CV must indicate the work in hand and
the duration till which the person will be required to be engaged in that assignment. The Firm shall
ensure that details furnished in the CV by the personnel are correct. If any information is found
incorrect, at any stage, following action shall be taken by MoRTH/Executing Agency

a. If any information is found incorrect/fake/inflated in the CV, at any stage, debarment of

the key personnel from future MoRTH or its Executing agencies projects upto 2 years may
be taken by MoRTH or its Executing Agencies.

b. In case, the information contained in the CV, for the duration in which the key personnel
were employed by the firm, proposing his candidature is found incorrect/fake/inflated at
any stage, action including termination of the consultancy agreement and debarment of
the firm upto 2 years from future MoRTH or its Executing Agencies projects shall be taken
by MoRTH or its Executing Agencies.

c. In case, the information contained in the CV for the duration in which the key personnel
were employed by the firm proposing his candidature is found incorrect/fake/inflated at
any stage, the consultancy firm shall have to refund the salary and perks drawn in respect
of the person apart from other consequences.

d. In case, the information contained in the CV for the duration in which the key personnel
were not employed by the firm proposing his candidature is found incorrect/fake/inflated
at any stage, the consultancy firm will have to refund the twice of salary and perks drawn
in respect of the person.

ii. The minimum requirements of Qualification and Experience of all key personnel are listed in
Enclosure-II of TOR. CV of a person who does not meet the minimum experience requirement as
given at Enclosure-II of TOR shall be evaluated and the marks obtained shall be taken into
consideration during evaluation of Technical Proposal (except Team leader). However, if a firm with
such key personnel is declared the “most preferred bidder” for a particular package, such key
personnel should be replaced before signing of contract with a person meeting requirements of
Qualification and Experience as given at Enclosure-II of TOR and whose CV secures 75 % marks and
above. If a proposed keypersonnel does not possess the minimum (essential) educational
qualification as given at Enclosure-II of TOR, zero marks shallbe assigned to such CV and such CV
shall not be evaluated further. The CV of the proposed Team Leader should score at least 75 %
marks, otherwise the entire proposal shall be considered to have failed in the evaluation of
Technical Proposals and shall not be considered for opening of Financial Proposals.

iii. [Team Leader cum Senior Bridge Engineer and Senior Bridge Engineer, Highway Cum Pavement
Engineer, Material Engineer cum Geo-technical engineer - Geologist] should be available from
beginning of the project. Other Key Personnel with intermittent input are allowed to be
deployed/proposed in 3 teams at a time. Further the key personnel required during supervision
should also be available as per the requirement/manning schedule. If same CV is submitted by
two or more firms, zero marks shall be given for such CV for all the firms.

iv. The availability of key personnel must be ensured for the enire duration of project as per proposed
12
 work programme. If a firm claim that a key personnel proposed by them is a permanent employee
of the firm (the personnel should have worked in the firm continuously for a period of at least 1
year), a certificate to the effect be furnished by the firm.

v. The age limit for key personnel is 65 years as on the date of bid submission. The proof of age and
qualification of the key personnel must be furnished in the technical proposal.

vi. An undertaking from the key personnel must be furnished that he/she will be available for entire
duration of the project assignment and will not engage himself/herself in any other assignment
during the period of his/her assignment ontheproject. After the award of work, in case of non-
availability of key personnel in spite of his/her declaration, he/she shall be debarred for a period of
two years for all projects of Ministry of Road Transport & Highways.

vii. Age limit for supporting staff to be deployed on project is 65 years as on the date of bid submission.

viii. A good working knowledge of English Language is essential for key professional staff on this
assignment. Study reports must be in English Language.

ix. Photo, contact address and phone/mobile number of key personnel should be furnished in the CV.

x. Availability of key personnel engaged for the phase of pre-construction activities and construction
supervision shall also be ensured by the consultant.

xi. It may please be noted that in case the requirement of the ‘Experience’ of the firm/consortium as
mentioned in the “Proof of Eligibility’ is met by any foreign company, their real involvement for the
intended project shall be mandatory. This can be achieved either by including certain man-months
input of key experts belonging to the parent foreign company, or by submitting at least the draft
feasibility report and draft DPR duly reviewedby the parent firm and their paying visit to the site
and interacting withMoRTH/Public Works Department, [Link] case of key personnel
proposed by the foreign company, they should be on its pay roll for at least last six months (from
the date of submission).

xii. In case a firm is proposing key personnel from educational/research institutions, a ‘No Objection
Certificate’ from the concerned institution should be enclosed with the CV of the proposed key
personnel committinghis services for the instant project.

3.2.5 The technical proposal must not include any financial information.

3.2.6 In case, consultant Firm’s experience/document is found to be false at any stage i.e. from bidding to
completion of services, the Consultancy contract shall be terminated and consultant firm shall be debarred
for a period of 2 years.

3.3 Financial Proposal

3.3.1 The Financial proposal should include the costs associated with the assignment. These shall normally cover:
remuneration for staff (foreign and local, in the field, office etc.), accommodation, transportation,
equipment, printing of documents, surveys, geotechnical investigations etc. This cost should be broken
down into foreign and local costs. Your financial proposal should be prepared strictly using, the formats
attached in Appendix – IV. Your financial proposal should clearly indicate the amount asked for by you
without any assumptions of conditions attached to such amounts. Conditional offer or the proposal not
furnished in the format attached in Appendix-IV shall be considered non- responsive and is liable to be
rejected.

13
3.3.2 The financial proposal shall take into account all types of the tax liabilitiesandcost of insurance specified in
the Data Sheet.

3.3.3 Costs shall be expressed in Indian Rupees in case of domestic as well as for foreign Consultant. The
payments shall be made in Indian Rupees by the MoRTHand the Consultant themselves would be required
to obtain foreign currency to the extent quoted and accepted by MoRTH. Rate for foreign exchange for
payment shall be at the rate established by RBI applicable at the time of making each payment installment
on items involving actual transaction in foreign currency. No compensation done to fluctuation of currency
exchange rate shall be made.

3.3.4 Consultants are required to charge only rental of equipments/ software(s) use so as to economize in their
financial bid.

3.3.5 Goods & Service tax as applicable shall be paid to the Consultant while making payment for services
rendered. The consultants shall then deposit the same with the tax
authoritiesandprovideaproofofhavingdonesowithinnext90daysinlinewithpolicy circulars issued by
Employer. Employer shall pay only the Goods & servicetax.

3.3.6 Beginning 13th months from the bid due date, billing rates shall be increased to cover all items of contract
i.e. remuneration, vehicle hire, office rent, consumables, furniture etc. @ 5% every 12 months. However, for
evaluation and award of the Bid proposals, the quoted initial rate (as applicable for first 12 months from
last date of submission of bid) shall be multiplied by the total time input for each position on this contract,
i.e. without considering the increase in the billing rates.

4. Submission of Proposals

4.1 The Applicants shall submit the proposal (Proof of Eligibility and Technical Proposal) comprising the
documents as mentioned under clause 3.1.1 and 3.2.3 respectively to meet the requirements of ‘Proof of
Eligibility’ and ‘Technical Proposal’online. However, documents listed in para 3.1.1(iv), (v) (vi) & (vii)
shall be submitted in original by the successful bidder before issue of [Link] case of non compliance
the bidder shall be debarred for two years from the bid due date of this work and shall be declared
nonperforming. A Consultant with “a Particular Team” may submit only one proposalof “proof of eligibility
(Part 1, para 5.1)” and “Technical Proposal (Part II)” to MoRTHfor all the packages applied by them with a
particular team on or before the deadline ofsubmission of bids. A consultant can apply for a particular
package with one teamonly. The packages forwhich a Consultant with “a Particular Team” applies should be
clearly mentioned in their proposal. However, Consultants are required to submit a copy of Proof of
Eligibility and Technical Proposal online separatelyfor each package. Financial proposal for each package
are to be submitted separately. Financial proposal is to be submitted online and no hard copy ofthe
financial proposal should be submitted.

The document listed in para 3.1.1 (iv),(v) (vi), (vii) shall be digitally submitted by all the bidders to
the Authority while submitting the proposal.

4.2 The proposal must be digitally signed by the authorized representative of the consultants. The letter of
authorization must be confirmed by a written power of attorney accompanying the proposals. All pages of
the Proof of Eligibility and Technical Proposal must be initialed by the person or persons signing the
proposal.

4.3 The proposal must contain no interlineations or overwriting except as necessary to correct errors made by
the Consultants themselves, in which cases such corrections must be initialed by the person or persons
signing the proposal.

4.4 Your proposal must be valid for the number of days stated in the Data Sheet from the closing date of
14
 submission of proposal.

5. Proposal Evaluation

5.1 Stage I- Proof of Eligibility

The proposals would be evaluated by a Committee constituted by RO, MoRT&H Dehradun. A three-stage
procedure will be adopted in evaluating the proposal. In the first stage- Proof of Eligibility, it will be
examined as to whether:

i) The proposal is accompanied by Document fee

ii) The proposal is accompanied by Bid Scuring declaration form as per Form-T-12 of Annexure-III.
iii) The firms(s) have required experience
iv) The firms(s) have required turnover
v) The documents are properly digitally signed by the authorized signatories and whether the
proposal contains proper POA (digitally) as mentioned at para 1.9.1 above
vi) The proposals have been received on or before the dead line of submission.
vii) In case a Joint Venture of firms, the proposal shall be accompanied by a digitally signed certified
copy of legally binding Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) on a stamp paper of Rs.100, signed
by all firms to the joint venture as detailed at para1.9.2 above

In case answers to any of the above items is ‘No’ the bid shall be declared as non- responsive and shall not
be evaluated further.

A Consultant satisfying the minimum Eligibility Criteria as mentioned in the Data sheet and who had
submitted the above-mentioned documents shall be declared “pass” in Proof of Eligibility and the Technical
Proposals of only those consultants shall be opened and evaluated further.

5.2 Stage II- Technical evaluation

In the second stage the Technical proposal shall be evaluated as per the detailed evaluation criteria given in
Data Sheet.

A proposal securing 75 marks shall be declared pass in the evaluation

Technical Proposal: The technical proposal should score at least 75 marks out of 100 to be
considered for financial evaluation. The CV of the proposed Team Leader should score at least 75 %
marks otherwise the entire proposal shall be considered to have failed in the evaluation of
Technical Proposals and shall not be considered for opening of Financial Proposals.

5.3 Stage III-Evaluation of Financial Proposal

5.3.1 In case for a particular package, only one firm is eligible for opening of Financial Proposals, the Financial
Proposal shall not be opened, the bids for that package shall be cancelled and fresh bids for this package
shall be invited. For financial evaluation, total cost of financial proposal excluding Goods & Service tax shall
be considered. Goods & Service tax shall be payable extra.

5.3.2 The evaluation committee will determine whether the financial proposals are complete (i.e. whether they
have included cost of all items of the corresponding proposals; if not, then their cost will be considered as
NIL but the consultant shall however be required to carry out such obligations without any compensation. In
case, if client feels that the work cannot be carried out within overall cost of financial proposal, the proposal
can be rejected. The client shall correct any computational errors and correct prices in various currencies to
15
 the single currency specified in Data Sheet. The evaluation shall exclude those taxes, duties, fees, levies and
other charges imposed under the applicable law & applied to foreign components/ resident consultants.

5.3.3 For a package in which 2 firms are eligible for opening of Financial proposals, the procedure as
mentioned at Clauses 5.3.4, 5.4 and, 5.5 as mentioned below shall be followed for determining the “most
preferred bidder (H-1 bidder)” for this package.

5.3.4 The lowest financial proposal (FM) will be given a financial score (SF) of 100 points. The financial scores of
other proposals will be computed as follows:
SF = 100xFM/F
(SF = Financial Score, FM= Amount of lowest bid, F= Amount of financial proposal converted in the common
currency)

5.4 Combined evaluation of Technical and Financial Proposals.

Proposals will finally be ranked according to their combined technical (ST) and Financial (SF) scores using
the weights indicated in the Data Sheet:

S= STxT + SFxf

Where,

S=CombinedScore,
ST=Technical Score out of 100
SF= Financial Score out of 100
T and f are values of weightage for technical and financial proposals respectively as given in the Data Sheet.

5.5 Most Preferred Bidder (H-1).

For a particular package, a Consultant with a “particular Team” having the maximumCombined score (S)
shall be declared as the most preferred bidder(H-1).

5.6 In case work has to be awarded for multiple packages, award of work to a Consultant with “a Particular
Team” either as sole or as in JV shall be limited to one package only. At first, Consultants whobecome H-1 in
one package each shall be assigned the respective package. Then packages in which a Consultant with “a
Particular Team” turns out to be the most preferred bidder (H-1) in more than one package shall be
considered. In case, a Consultant with “a Particular Team” turns out to be the most preferred bidder (H-1)
in more than one package, the package which is to be awarded to this team of a consultant shall be
determined on the basis of least cost to Ministry of Road Transport & Highwaysconsidering the Financial
Quote of H-1 bidder and H-2 Bidder limited to those packages. Procedure to be followed for awarding work
based on QCBS including assessment of least cost to Ministry of Road Transport & Highwaysunder special
circumstances i.e. When a Consultant with “a Particular Team”turns out to be the most preferred bidder (H-
1) in more than one package is given at Annexure-II.

6. Performance Security

6.1 The consultant will furnish within 15 days of the issue of Letter of Acceptance (LOA), anunconditional Bank
Guarantee equivalent to 2.0%of the total contract value from a Nationalized Bank, IDBI or ICICI/ICICI
Bank/Foreign Bank/EXIM Bank / Any Scheduled Commercial Bank approved by RBI having a net worth of
not less than Rs.1000 crore as per latest Annual Report of the [Link] the case of a Foreign Bank (issued by
a Branch in India) the net worth in respect of Indian operations shall only be taken into account. In case of
Foreign Bank, the BG issued by Foreign Bank should be counter guaranteed by any Nationalized Bank in
India. In case of JV, the BG shall be furnished on behalf of the JV or by the lead member of the JVs towards
16
 Performance Security valid initially for a period of two year which can be extendable from time to time.
The Bank Guarantee will be released by Ministry of Road Transport & Highwaysupon expiry of
contract. However, if contract is foreclosed / terminated by Ministry of Road Transport & Highwaysat
any Stage, with no fault of Consultant, Performance Security shall be released within three months
from date of foreclosure / termination.

6.2 Further, in case where the bid of the successful consulting firm is less than 85% of the average of all bids
received, the successful consulting firm shall have to submit an Additional Performance Security (APS) in
the form of a Bank Guarantee for 30% of the differential value between the successful bid and average of all
the bids received. The BG shall be valid for a period of [168+2] months i.e. upto 2 months beyond the expiry
of the Contract of [168] months. The other requirements of APS are same as those of Performance Security.

6.3 In the event the PMC fails to provide the security within 15 days of date of LOA, it may seek extension of
time for a period of 15 (Fifteen) days on payment of damages for such extended period in a sum of
calculated at the rate of 0.05% (Zero Point Zero Five Percent) of the Bid price for each day until the
performance security is provided. For the avoidance of doubt the agreement shall be deemed to be
terminated on expiry of additional 15 days time period.

6.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Parties agree that in the event of
failure of the PMC to provide the Performance Security in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.1
within the time specified therein or such extended period as may be provided by the Authority, in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.2, all rights, privileges, claims and entitlements of the Consultant
under or arising out of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived by, and to have ceased with the
concurrence of the Consultant and the LoA shall be deemed to have been withdrawn by mutual agreement
of the Parties. Authority may take action to debar such firms for future projects for a period of 2 years.

7. Penalty

The consultant will indemnify for any direct loss or damage that accrue due todeficiency in services.
Penalty shall be imposed on the consultants for poor performance/deficiency in service as expected from
the consultant and as stated in General Conditions of Contract.

8. Deleted.

17
9. Signing of Contract Agreement

After having received the performance security and verified it, the Client shall invite the selected bidder for
signing of Contract Agreement on a date and time convenient to both parties within 15 days of receipt of
valid Performance Security.

10. The Client shall keep the bidders informed during the entire bidding process and shall host the following
information on its website:

i) Notice Inviting Tender (NIT)

ii) Request For Proposal (RFP)
iii) Replies to pre-bid queries, if any
iv) Amendments/corrigendum to RFP
v) List of bidders who submitted the bids up to the deadline of submission
vi) List of bidders who did not pass the eligibility requirements, stating thebroad deficiencies.
vii) List of bidders who did not pass the Technical Evaluation stating the reasons.
viii) List of bidders along with the technical score, who qualified for opening the financial bid
ix) Final Score of qualified bidders
x) Name of the bidders who is awarded the Contract

11. It is the Minstry of Road Transport &Highways policy that the consultants observe the highest standard of
ethics during the selection and execution of such contracts. In pursuance of this policy, the Ministry of Road
Transport & Highways:

(a) Defines, for the purpose of this paragraph, the terms set forth below as follows:
(i) “Corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly or indirectly, of
anything of value to influence the action of a public official in the selection process or in
contract execution;
(ii) “Fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation or omission of facts in order to influence a
selection process or the execution of a contract;
(iii) “Collusive practices” means a scheme or arrangement between two or more consultants with or
without the knowledge of the Client, designed to establish prices at artificial, non-competitive
levels;
(iv) “Coercive practices” means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or
their property to influence their participation in a procurement process, or affect the execution
of a contract.
(b) will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Consultant recommended for award has,
directly or through an agent, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive or coercive practices in
competing for the contract in question;
(c) will declare afirm ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, to be awarded a contract
if it at any time determines that the firm has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing
for, or in executing, a contract; and
(d) Will have the right to require that a provision be included requiring consultants to permit the
Employer to inspect their account and records relating to the performance of the contract and to have
them audited by authorized representatives of Employer.”

18
 (e) Any defaulting bidder who fails to sign the aggrement after issuance of LOA or found practising
fraudulent activity may be declared non-performer for a period of 2 years, which will not be allowed
to bid in project/tenders called by Ministry and its agencies.

12. Confirmation

We would appreciate you informing us by facsimile/e-mail whether or not you will submit a proposal.

Thanking you.

Yours Sincerely,

RO, MoRTH, Dehradun

Encl. as above

19
 ANNEXURE-I

Details of the stretch proposed for PMC

Project Management Consultancy Services for Construction of 2- Lane Elevated Srinagar Bypass on NH-07 (Design
length : 8.0 km) in the state of Uttarakhand

S. NH No. Section State TentativeLength(in Package No.

No. km)

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 NH-07 Uttarakhand 8 km
Project Management Consultancy Services
for Construction of 2- Lane Elevated
Srinagar Bypass on NH-07 (Design length :
8.0 km) in the state of Uttarakhand

*Note: - The length mentioned above is only approximate. However actual length of tunnel/approaches is to be
suggested by the consultant and all the detailed survey as per requisite scope of work shall be done by the
consultant and no variation / change of scope shall be payable on account of any change in length of
tunnel/approaches.

20
 ANNEXURE-II

Procedure of Awarding Work based on QCBS including Assessment of Least Cost to Ministry of Road
Transport & Highways thorugh Ministry of Road Transport & Highwaysunder Special Circumstances i.e.
When a Consultant with a particular teambecomes H-1 bidder in more than one package

A Consultant with a particular Team can apply for any number of packages with one team. However, award
of work to a Consultant with “a Particular Team” either as sole or as in JV shall be limited to one package only.
Following procedure shall be followed for the selection of the most preferred bidder for the consultancy
assignment:

1. At first, Consultants who become H-1 in one package each shall be assigned the respective package.
Then packages in which a Consultant with “a Particular Team” turns out to be the most preferred bidder (H-
1) in more than one package shall be considered. In case, a Consultant with “a Particular Team” turns out to
be the most preferred bidder (H-1) in more than one package, the package which is to be awarded to this
team of a consultant shall be determined on the basis of least cost toMoRT&H considering the Financial
Quote of H-1 bidder and H-2 Bidder limited to those packages which shall be worked out as per procedure
illustrated with an example as mentioned below.

2. Suppose there are 8 packages namely Package-1, Package-2, Package -3, Package-4, Package -5, Package -6,
Package-7 and Package-8 respectively. It is also assumed that 10 consultants namely P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X
and Y has applied for these packages. It is also assumed that three Consultants namely P, R and U have
applied with two Teams and the remaining Consultants have applied with only one team. It is also assumed
that the following is the position of various firms after opening of the Financial proposals (and after
arithmetic corrections if any of the Financial bids) of the packages and after applying QCBS

H-1 H-2 H-3 H-4 H-5 H-6

Package no. Name of Consultantsand Financial Quotes (Rs in lakhs)
P (team-1) Q W X T Y
Package-1
230 lakhs 200 lakhs 240 lakhs 220 lakhs 200 lakhs 230 lakhs
V U(team-1) X P (team-2) T Y
Package-2
240 lakhs 210 lakhs 240 lakhs 220 lakhs 200 lakhs 230 lakhs
V P(team-1) U(team-1) R (team-2) X Y
Package-3
200 lakhs 230 lakhs 250 lakhs 230 lakhs 220 lakhs 200 lakhs
R (team-1) T U (team-2) P (team-2) Y X
Package-4
250 lakhs 220 lakhs 250 lakhs 260 lakhs 220 lakhs 245 lakhs
R (team-1) V S U(team-2) W T
Package-5
220 lakhs 240 lakhs 260 lakhs 250 lakhs 220 lakhs 240 lakhs
Q T S P (team-2) W U (team-2)
Package-6
210 lakhs 240 lakhs 250 lakhs 220 lakhs 200 lakhs 230 lakhs
R (team-1) U (team-1) Q S W Y
Package-7
200 lakhs 220 lakhs 240 lakhs 255 lakhs 230 lakhs 240 lakhs
V R(team-1) W S P (team-1) Y
Package-8
190 lakhs 250 lakhs 220 lakhs 240 lakhs 255 lakhs 240 lakhs

The different packages shall be awarded to consultants as mentioned below:

2.1 Step-1:

21
 In this case, Consultants P (team-1) and Q are the H-1 in only one package each namely package-1 and
package-6 respectively. Consultant V is H-1 in 3 packages namely Package-2, Package-3 and Package-8
respectively. Consultant R (team-1) is H-1 in 3 packages namely Package-4, Package-5 and Package-7
respectively. Since Consultant P (team-1) is H-1 in Package-1 only and Consultant Qis H-1 in Package-6 only,
Consultant P (team-1) shall be awarded Package-1 and Consultant Q shall be awarded Package-6.

2.2 Step-2:

After Consultant P (team-1) is awarded Package-1 and Consultant Qis awarded Package-6, the
scenario for the remaining 6 packages is as given below.P (team-1) and Q occurring anywhere else
stands deleted as they have already been awarded one work each

H-1 H-2 H-3 H-4 H-5 H-6

Package No. Name of Consultantsand Financial Quotes (Rs in lakhs)
V U(team-1) X P (team-2) T Y
Package-2
240 lakhs 210 lakhs 240 lakhs 220 lakhs 200 lakhs 230 lakhs
V U(team-1) R (team-2) X Y
Package-3
200 lakhs 250 lakhs 230 lakhs 220 lakhs 200 lakhs
R (team-1) T U (team-2) P (team-2) Y X
Package-4
250 lakhs 220 lakhs 250 lakhs 260 lakhs 220 lakhs 245 lakhs
R (team-1) V S U (team-2) W T
Package-5
220 lakhs 240 lakhs 260 lakhs 250 lakhs 220 lakhs 240 lakhs
R (team-1) U (team-1) S W Y
Package-7
200 lakhs 220 lakhs 255 lakhs 230 lakhs 240 lakhs
V R(team-1) W S Y
Package-8
190 lakhs 250 lakhs 220 lakhs 240 lakhs 240 lakhs

Consultant V shall be awarded only one package out of the 3 packages for which it is H-1 namely Package-2,
Package-3 and Package-8 respectively. Similarly, Consultant R (team-1) shall be awarded only one package out of
the 3 packages for which it is H-1 namelyPackage-4, Package-5 and Package-7 respectively. The determination of
package to be awarded to Consultant V and Consultant R (team-1) shall be worked out in a single step (i.e. one at a
time).New H-1 for the remaining packages (4 packages) shall be worked out only after determination of packages to
be awarded to the H-1 bidders at this stage [i.e. Consultant V and R (Team-1) in the instant case] in one step.
Determination of Package to be awarded to each of Consultant V and Consultant R (team-1) shall be worked out as
follows:

(i) AftertheawardofPackage-1toConsultant–P (team-1) andPackage-6to Consultant –Q and also considering that

a Consultant with a particular team can be awarded only one work, the details of H-1 and H-2 / New H-2in
the remaining 6 packages areas mentioned [Link] V is H-1 in more than one package and shall
be awarded one of these packages, V has been deleted from all other [Link], since R
(Team-1) in more than one package and shall be awarded one of these packages, R (Team-1)has
been deleted from all other packages

H-1 H-2 / NewH-2 Remarks

V U(team-1)
Package-2
240 lakhs 210 lakhs
V U(team-1) SinceConsultantP (Team-1)isawarded
Package-3 Package-1,ConsultantU(team-1)becomes the
200 lakhs 250 lakhs new H-2
R (team-1) T
Package-4
250 lakhs 220 lakhs

22
 R (team-1) S
Package-5
220 lakhs 260 lakhs
R (team-1) U (team-1)
Package-7
200 lakhs 220 lakhs
V W Consultant-R(team-1) has not been
consideredas H-2 since Consultant –C (team-1)
Package-8 is to be awarded one package out of the
190 lakhs 220 lakhs packages 4,5 and 7 in which it is H-1. Hence
Consultant – W is the new H-2

(ii) Package to be awarded to Consultant –V who is H-1 in three packages namely Package -2, 3 and 8
respectively shall be determined on the basis of least cost to MoRT&H considering the Financial Quote of H-
1 bidder and H-2 Bidder limited to those packages The situation for leastcost toMoRT&H shall be when the
firm with Consultant –G is awarded the package for which Financial Bid of second ranked team (H-2)
minus Financial Bid of the first ranked team (H-1) is maximum. The same is illustrated as given below

Financial Bid of H-2/New H-2

H-1 H-2/NewH-2 Remarks
minus Financial Bid of H-1
V U(team-1)
Package-2 210-240 = (-) 30 lakhs
240 lakhs 210 lakhs
V U(team-1) H-2 minus H-1
250 – 200 = (+) 50 isMaximum. Hence
Package-3
200 lakhs 250 lakhs lakhs Consultant V shall be
awarded Package-3
220–190=(+)30
Package-8 V W
lakhs

In a similar way, Package to be awarded to Consultant – R (team-1) who is H-1 in three packages
namely Package -4, 5 and 7 respectively shall be determined as illustrated below:

Financial Bid of H-2/New H-2

H-1 H-2/NewH-2 Remarks
minus Financial Bid of H-1
R (team-1) T
Package-4 220-250 = (-) 30 lakhs
250 lakhs 220 lakhs
R (team-1) S H-2 minus H-1
isMaximum.
Package-5 260 – 220 =(+) 40lakhs HenceConsultant – R
220 lakhs 260 lakhs (team-1)shall be
awardedPackage- 5
R (team-1) U (team-1)
Package-7 220–200=(+)20lakhs
200 lakhs 220 lakhs

2.3 Step-3

(i) After the award of the above mentioned 4 packages namely, Package-1 to Consultant–P (team-1),
Package -6 to Consultant –Q, Package -3 to Consultant –V, Package -5 to Consultant –R (team-1) and also
considering that a Consultant with a particular team can be awarded only one work,the details of new H-1
and New H-2in the remaining 4 packages are as mentioned below
23
 H-1 (NewH-1) H-2(NewH-2) Remarks
U(team-1) X SinceConsultantVisawardedPackage-3,Consultant U
Package-2 (team-1) becomes the new H-1 and Consultant X
210 lakhs 240 lakhs becomes the new H-2
T U (team-2) SinceConsultant-R(team-1)isawardedPackage-
Package-4 5,ConsultantTbecomesthenew H-1 and Consultant
220 lakhs 240 lakhs U (team-2) becomes the new H-2
U (team-1) S SinceConsultantR(team-1)isawardedPackage-5,
Package-7 Consultant U (team-1) becomes the new H-1 and
220 lakhs 255 lakhs Consultant S becomes the new H-2
W S SinceConsultantVisawardedPackage-
Package-8 3,ConsultantWbecomesthenewH-1and Consultant
220 lakhs 240 lakhs S becomes the new H-2

(ii) [Link],Consultant W is the new H-1 for

only one package namely Package-8. Accordingly Package- 8 shall be awarded to Consultant–W and
Package -4 shall be awarded to Consultant–T.

2.4 Step-4:

Consultant U (team-1) is the new H-1 for package- 2 and Package-7 respectively and Consultant U (team-1)
shall be awarded only one package out of this 2 packages. Package to be awarded to Consultant –U (team-1) shall
be determined as illustrated below

Financial Bid of H-2/New

H-1 H-2/NewH-2 H-2 minus Financial Bid of Remarks
H-1
U(team-1) X 240-210
Package-2
210 lakhs 240 lakhs =(+)30lakhs
U (team-1) S H-2 minus H-1 isMaximum.
Package-7 255 – 220 = (+) 35lakhs HenceConsultant – U (team-1)shall
220 lakhs 255 lakhs be awardedPackage- 7

2.5 Step-5:

(i) After the award of the above mentioned 7 packages namely, Package-1 to Consultant–P (team-1) ,
Package -6 to Consultant –Q, Package -3 to Consultant –V, Package -5 toConsultant –R (team-1), Package-4
to Consultant -T, Package -8 to Consultant-W, package-7 to Consultant –U (team-1) team and also
considering that a Consultant with a particular team can be awarded only one work , the details of new H-1
and / New H-2 in the remaining package i.e. package -2 is as mentioned below

H-1 (NewH-1) H-2 (NewH-2) Remarks

X A (team-2) Since Consultant V is awarded Package-3 and Consultant
U (team-1) is awarded package- 7 , Consultant X becomes
Package-2
240 lakhs 220 lakhs the new H-1 and Consultant P(team-2) becomes the new
H-2

(ii) Consultant X is the new H-1 for only one package namely Package-2. Accordingly, Package -2 shall be
awarded to Consultant –X.

24
3. Thusaspertheabovementionedprocedurethe8packagesareawardedtothe following Consultant at the
Financial Quoted (after arithmetic Corrections) by them for the respective packages
4.

Package No. Name of Consultants awarded packages

Package-1 Consultant- P (team-1)
Package-2 Consultant- X
Package-3 Consultant-V
Package-4 Consultant- T
Package-5 Consultant- R (team-1)
Package-6 Consultant- Q
Package-7 Consultant-U (team-1)
Package-8 Consultant-W

25
 DATA SHEET

I(References to corresponding paragraphs of LOI are mentioned alongside)

1. The Name of the Assignment and description of project as mentioned in Annexure-I (Ref. Para 1.1)

2. Project Management Consultancy Services for Construction of 2- Lane Elevated Srinagar Bypass
on NH-07 (Design length : 8.0 km) in the state of Uttarakhand The name of the Client is: - Regional
Officer, Ministry of Road Transport and Highways, Dehradun.

3. Duration of the Project: 168 months (10 months for DPR+2 months for preconstruction activity+36
months for the construction + 10 years for Maintenance). However if after finalisation of DPR, if the
project has not been awarded within 2.5 years then the consultant is free to exit from the PMC work.

4. Date, Time and Venue of Pre-Proposal Conference

Date: 30.12.2025

Time: 15:00 hrs

Venue: Office of the Regional Officer Ministry of Road Transport And Highways Government of
India, Ist Floor , The Institutions of Engineers (India) Building, Near ISBT, Saharanpur Road
,Dehradun, Uttrakhand. Tel-0135-2738657

5 The Documents are:

PART-I

i. Appendix-IA: Manning Schedule for Project (PhaseI, II & III)

ii. Appendix-IB: Qualification and Experience requirement (PhaseI, II & III)

iii. Appendix-II: Formats for Proof of Eligibility

iv. Appendix-III: Formats for Technical Proposal

v. Appendix-IV: Formats for Financial Proposal

vi. Appendix-V: Detailed Evaluation Criteria

PART-II

vii. Appendix-VI: Terms of Reference

viii. Appendix –VII: Draft Contract Agreement

ix. Appendix –VIII: DPR Checklist

x. Appendix –IX: Sample Executive Summary

(Ref. Para 2.1)

6. Deleted

7. Tax and Insurance (Ref. Para 3.3.2)

(i). The Consultants and their personnel shall pay all taxes (including Goods & Service Tax), custom
duties, fees, levies and other impositions levied under the laws prevailing seven days before the last
26
 date of submission of the bids. The effects of any increase / decrease of any type of taxes levied by
the Government shall be borne by the Client / Consultant, as appropriate.

(ii). Limitations of the Consultant’s Liability towards the Client shall be as per Clause 3.4 of Draft Contract
Agreement

(iii). The risk and coverage shall be as per Clause 3.5 of Draft Contract Agreement.

8. Deleted

9. Deleted

10. The date, time and Address of proposal submission are

Date 19.01.2026
Time 17:00 hrs

Address: RO, MoRT&H Dehradun

11. Proposal Validity period (Number of days): 120 days (Ref. Para 4.4)

12. Evaluation criteria: (Ref. Para 3 & 5)

12.1 First stage evaluation – eligibility requirement. (Ref. Para 3.1 & 5.1)

Table-1: Minimum Eligibility Requirements

Minimum experience and performance of Preparation of DPR/Supervision of

Sr.
construction of Bridges in the last 7 years (NH/SH/Equivalent) (for past Annual average turnover
No.
performance attach undertaking for any litigation history/ and arbitration).
A Firm applying for a project should have Experience of preparation of Detailed
Project Report of two/four/six lane / Feasibility of Two/ four/ six lane Major
Bridge of aggregate length equal to the indicative length of the package (i.e.
8km). Firm should have also prepared DPR for at least one major Bridge of
2/4/6 lane of minimum 40% of the indicative length of the package (i.e. 3.2km)
1
or Feasibility Study of two/four/six lane Bridge project of minimum 60% of the
indicative length of the package (i.e. 4.8km ) Annual average turnover for
Note: The experience of a firm in preparation of DPR for a private last 5 years of the firm should
be equal to or more than
concessionaire/contractor shall not be considered unless certified by the
Rs.10.00 Crores.(Updated
client (Road owning authority).
to the factor as per clause
The firm should have minimum experience of Authority Engineer/Independent 1.3.2 of LOI)
Engineer /Construction supervision/PMC of 2/4/6** - lane Bridge project of
aggregate length equal to the indicative length of the package for which RFP is
2 invited. Firm should also have experience of Authority Engineer/Independent
Engineer /Construction supervision/PMC of at least one project of similar
category of 2/4/6 lane bridge work of minimum 40% of the indicative length of
the package

*Additional requirement in case of specialized projects if any may be added.

(i) The sole applicant shall fulfill all the requirements given in Table-1.
(ii) In case of JV, the Lead Partner should fulfill at least 75% of all eligibility requirements and the other
partner shall fulfil atleast 50% of all eligibility requirements.
(iii) For weightage of experience in any past Consultancy assignment, experience certificate from the
client shall be submitted. If the applicant firm/member of JV has / have prepared the
DPR/FS/Supervision projects solely on its own, 100% weightage shall be given. If the
applicant firm/member of JV has prepared the DPR/FS/Supervision projects as a partner in a
JV, weightage shall be given as per its share in JV. If the applicant firm/member of JV have
prepared the DPR/FS/Supervision projects as an associate, 25% weightage shall be given.
27
 .(iv) Similar project means 2/4/6 lane Tunnel projects as applicable for the project for which RFP is
invited. For 2-lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a multiplication
factor of 1.5. Experience of 4/6 lane shall be considered interchangeably for 4/6 laning projects.
For 4/6 laning projects, experience of 2 lane will be considered with a multiplication factor of 0.5.
For standalone tunnel projects, experience in tunnel work (either standalone project or as apart of
road/metro/rail/irrigation/hydo-electric project) only be considered.

12.2 Second stage technical evaluation (Refer 5.2)

[Link]. Description Marks

A1 Firm’s Profile, turnover and professionals working with the firm 20
A2 Firm's relevant experience in last 7 years for DPR work 15

A3 Firm's relevant experience in last 7 years for Supervision work 15

Material testing, survey & investigation, equipment and software

B1 10
proposed to be used for DPR work
Experience in use of technology for road inspection in supervision
B2 10
work/quality/safety audit
C Qualification and Relevant experience of the proposedkey personnel 30
Total 100

Further break-up of each criteria has been detailed out below:

A1. Firm’s Profile, turnover and professionals working with the firm (20M)

1 Specific experience of firms in terms of year 7

1.1 Less than 5 year 2.5
1.2 5 year to 15 year. 5.0
1.3 15 year to 25 year 6.0
1.4 More than 25 years 7.0
2 Profile of the Firm 3
2.1 Partnership /others (Solo /Joint) 1.0
2.2 Private Limited Company and Joint applicant 2.5
2.3 Private Limited Company and sole applicant 3.0
2.4 Public Limited Company and Joint applicant 2.5
2.5 Public Limited Company and sole applicant 3.0
Specific experience of firms in terms of turnover(Updated to the factor as
3 6
per clause 1.3.2 of LOI)
Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years
3.1 4.0
>10 but < 20 crore
Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years
3.2 5.0
20 - 50 crore
3.3 Firm’s Average Turnover of last 5 years > 50 crore 6.0
4 Highway Professionals * working with the firm 4
4.1 <10 nos. 0
4.2 10-20 nos. 2.0
4.3 > 20-30 nos. 3.0
4.4 > 30 nos. 4.0
28
*The professionals who possess degree in Civil Engineering/Transport Planning/Transport
Economics/Traffic Management/Geology/Mining Engineering/Environment Science or Engineering and
8 years Experience in highway/bridge/tunnel with employment in the firm for more than one year. The
current Employment Certificate/Pay roll details shall be uploaded by Key Personnel on INFRACON.

29
A2. Firm's relevant experience in last 7 yearsfor DPR work (15 M)

For special projects such as special bridges, tunnels and expressways that require specialized capabilities
and skill sets, the following is the break-up:

Maximum Sub-
S. No. Description
Marks Marks

1 Specific experience of the DPR consultancy related to the assignment 15

Aggregate Length of Standalone DPR / Feasibility study of 2/4/6 lane

1.1 7
Bridge Projects (excluding approaches)
1.1.1 More than the indicative Length of the package applied for 5
1.1.2 More than 2 times the indicative length of the package applied for 6
1.1.3 More than 3 times the indicative length of the package applied for 7
DPR for 2/4/6 lane standalone Bridge Projects (excluding approaches)
each equal to or more than 40 % of indicative length (i.e 3.2 km) of a
1.2 package applied for or Feasibility Study for 2/4/6 lane standalone Bridge 8
Projects (excluding approaches) each equal to or more than 60 % of
indicative length (i.e 4.8 km) of a package applied for
1.2.1 1 project 6
1.2.2 2 projects 7
1.2.3 ≥ 3 projects 8

Note: In case feasibility study is a part of DPR services the experience shall be counted in DPR only. In case bridge is
included as part of DPR of highway the experience will be (1) and (2)

30
A3: Firm's relevant experience in last 7 years for Supervision work (15 M).

Maximum
Sub-Marks
S. No. Description Marks

Specific Experience as Authority Engineer/Independent

Engineer /Construction supervision/PMC in aggregate
1 length of 2/4/6 lane standalone Bridge Projects (excluding 5
approaches)
More than the indicative Length of the package applied for -
1.1 3

More than 2 times the indicative length of the package applied

1.2 4
for
More than 3 times the indicative length of the package applied
1.3 5
for-

Specific Experience as Authority Engineer/Independent

Engineer /Construction supervision/PMC in Number of
2 2/4/6 lane standalone Bridge Projects (excluding 10
approaches) each equal to or more than 3.2 km (40%of
project length) or more in last 7 years.

2.1 1 project 7.50

2.2 2 Project 8.00

2.3 3 Project 8.50

2.4 4 Project 9.00

2.5 5 Project or more 10.00
Note 1: In case of JV the turnover and experience details of Lead and JV partners to be added.
Note 2: Employer’s certificate/ certificate from Statutory Auditor should be submitted substantiating the
experience/turnover claimed by the firm.
*** In case the project includes any specialized nature of work such as tunnels, specialized structures etc. in
substantial quantum, this requirement/Marks may be included by suitably adjusting marks of other attributes.

B1. Material testing, survey and investigation, equipment and software proposed to beused (10M)

Maximum Sub-
[Link]. Description
Marks Marks
Availability of Material Testing Facilities with persons/resources having
1 1.5
operational skills of the equipment
1.1 Owned* (Available In House) 1.5
1.2 Outsourced (Hire basis) 1.5
* Shall be ascertained through the ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON in regard to major
equipments required for testing of materials to be used for construction of Highway and Tunnel Project.
Availability of Field Investigation Facilities with persons/resources having
2 1
operational skills of the equipment
2.1 Owned** (Available In House) 1
2.2 Outsourced (Hire basis) 1

31
 Maximum Sub-
[Link]. Description
Marks Marks
** Shall be ascertained through ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON for construction of Highway
and Tunnel Project.
Availability of Office Equipment and Software with persons/resources
3 1.5
having operational skills of the equipment
3.1 Owned*** (Available In House) 1.5
3.2 Outsourced (Hire basis) 1.5
*** Shall be ascertained through ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON for key hardware/software
required for Highway and Tunnel consultancy assignment.
Experience in LiDAR or equivalant technology for topographic survey
4 2.5
(Infrastructure sector)
4.1 1 project 0.5
4.2 2 projects 1
4.3 3 projects 1.5
4.4 4 projects 2
4.5 ≥ 5 projects 2.5
Experience in using Geo Physical Survey Equipemtns for subsurface
5 2
investigation
5.1 1project 0.5
5.2 2 projects 1
5.3 3 projects 1.5
5.4 ≥ 4 projects 2
6 Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for land surveys 1.5
6.1 Area upto 100 ha 0.5
6.2 Area between 100-500 ha 1
6.3 Area > 500 ha 1.5

Note: The experience of firm/associate in Lidar or equivalent technology, GPR,Geo Physical Survey Technology
and Induction Locator or equivalent technologies and Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for land
acquisition shall be supported by experience certificate. The experience of a firm/associate in Lidar or equivalent
technology, GPR, Geo Physical Survey Technology and Induction Locator or equivalent technologies and
Experience in Digitization of cadastral maps for land acquisition for a private concessionaire/ contractor (client)
shall be considered on self-certification along with the client certificate of Government agencies not below the
rank of EE/PD/GM or eqivalant officer. Any false certification shall attract provisions of Clause 1.8, Section -2
(letter of Invitation) read with Clause 2.9.1(g) ofGCC

B2: Experience in use of technology for road inspection in supervision work (10M)

S. Maximum
No Description
Marks
Experience in Network Survey Vehicle(NSV) or equivalant
1 technology for pavement inspection 3.5
1.1 Equipment 2
(a) Equipment on MOU on hiring basis- 2 marks
(b) Own Equipment – 2 marks
1.2 Experience 1.5
(i) 1-2 projects 0.5
(ii) 3-5 projects 1
(iii) > 5 projects 1.5

32
 Experience in Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD) or equivalant
2 technology for pavement strength measurement 2

2.1 Equipment 1
(a) Equipment on MOU on hiring basis- 1 mark
(b) Own Equipment – 1 marks
2.2 Experience 1
(i) 1-3 Projects - 0.5 marks
(ii) >3 Projects- 1 marks
3 Experience in Mobile Bridge Inspection Unit or better 2.5
3.1 technologyforbridgeinspection
Equipment 1
(a) Equipment on MOU on hiring basis- 0.5 mark
(b) Own Equipment – 1 marks
3.2 Experience 1.5
(i) 1-2 Projects- 0.5 marks
(ii) 3-5 Projects- 1 marks
(iii) > 5 Projects- 1.5 marks
4 Experience in Retro reflectometer technology 2
4.1 Equipment 1
(a) Equipment on MOU on hiring basis- 1 mark
(b) Own Equipment – 1 marks
4.2 Execution with owned/hired Equipment 1
(i) 1-3 Projects - 0.5 marks
(ii) >3 Projects – 1 marks
Total 10

Notes:
(i) The Consultants owning the equipment shall be required to submit proof ofownership.
(ii) The experience of firm/associate in NSV or equivalent technology, FWD or equivalent technology, MBIU
or equivalent technology and Retro reflectometer or equivalent technology shall be supported by
experience certificate. The experience of a firm/associatefor a private concessionaire/ contractor (client)
shall be considered on self-certification along with the client certificate of Government agencies not
below the rank of EE/PD/GM or eqivalant officer. Any false certification shall attract provisions of
Clause 1.8, Section -2 (letter of Invitation) read with Clause 2.9.1(g) of GCC
(iii) In case, Ownership document of equipment of Consultancy/Associated firm is found to be false, the
consultancy/associated firm, as the case shall be put on holiday listing (temporary debarment) for a
period upto 12 months.

33
 C. Qualification and relevant experience of the proposed key personnel (30M)

The weightage for various key staff is as under:

C-2 Standalone Bridge Project:

S.
Key personnel * Marks
No.
1 Team Leader cum Senior Bridge Engineer 10
2 Highway Cum Pavement Engineer 8
3 Senior Bridge Engineer 6
4 Material Engineer Cum Geotechnical Engineer- Geologist 6
Total 30

* In case of more than 1 key personnel is required for particular position as per manning schedule,
average score of their CVs shall be considered for evaluation of that position.

The number of marks assigned during the evaluation of qualification and competence of key staff are as given
below:
Maximum Sub-
[Link]. Description
Marks Marks
1 General Qualification 25
1.1 Essential education qualification 20
1.2 Desirable education qualification 5
2 Relevant experience and adequacy for the project 70
2.1 Total professional experience 10
2.2 Experience in Bridge Works 25
2.3 Experience in Similar Capacity 30

3 Employment with the Firm 5

3.1 Less than 1 Year 0
3.2 1 -2 years 3
3.3 Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 2 marks

34
12.3 Detailed evaluation criteria which is to be used for evaluation of technicalbids is as indicated at
Appendix-V.

The Consultant should carryout self-evaluation based on the evaluation criteria at Appendix-V.
While submitting the self-evaluation along with bid, Consultant shall make references to the
documents submitted in their proposal which have been relied upon in self-evaluation Result of
technical evaluation shall be made available on the website giving opportunity to the bidders to
respond within 7 days in case they have any objection

12.4 Third stage – Evaluation of Financial proposal

Financial Proposals of all Qualified Consultants in accordance with clause 5.2 and 5.3 of Letter of Invitation
shall be opened.

The consultancy services will be awarded to the consultant scoring highest marks in combined evaluation of
Technical and Financial proposals in accordance with clause 1.3 and 5.4 hereof.

The Factors are:

The weight given to Technical Proposal (T) =[Link] weight given to Financial Proposal (f) =0.20

13. The common currency is “Indian Rupee”. (Ref. Para 3.3.3)

Consultants have to quote in Rupees both for domestic Consultants as well as ForeignConsultants

14. Commencement of Assignment (Date, Location): The Consultants shall commence theServices within fifteen
days of the date of effectiveness of the contract at locations as required for the project stretch stated in TOR.
(Ref. Para 1.2 of LOI and 2.3 of GCC/SC)

35
 APPENDIX-IA

MANNING SCHEDULE for phase 1&2 (project preparation and pre-construction activity).

A. Standalone Bridge Projects

Project Preparation 300 Pre-construction activity

days 60 days

At
Sr. At Total Total
Key Personnel design
No At site design Time At site Time
office
(man office Period (man Period
(man
month) (man (man month) (man
month
month) month) month)
)

Team Leader Cum

1 Senior Bridge 6 4 10 1 1 2
Engineer

Highway Cum
2 2 8 10 0 0 0
Pavment Engineer

Senior Bridge
3 3 3 6 0 0 0
Engineer

Material Engineer -
4 Cum - Geotechnical 6 4 10 0 0 0
Engineer - Geologist

5 Senior Geologist 3 3 10 0 0 0

Senior Survey
6 4 2 6 1 1 2
Engineer

Environmental
7 2 2 4 1 1 2
Specialist

Quantity
8 Surveyor/Documen 2 2 4 0 0 0
tation Expert

Land Acquisition
9 3 2 5 1 1 2
Expert

10 Utility Expert 2 1 3 1 1 2

Road Traffic Safety

11 2 2 4 0 0 0
Expert

Total 35 33 68 5 5 10

1. Consultants have to provide a certificate that all the key personnel as envisaged in the Contract Agreement
have been actually deployed in the projects. They have to furnish the certificate at the time of submission of
their bills toMinistry of Road Transport & Highwaysfrom time to time.

2. The Consultant shall provide one Land Acquisition Expert along with allied team and supporting logistic as

36
 envisaged in Clause [Link] of TOR for each 100 km stretches proposed for DPR preparation or part thereof.

If delay in LA process occurs beyond the reasonable control of consultant, the extension of LA team staff/s
along with logistic support/transportation shall be granted by Nodal Project Director and beyond further 6
months, Regional Officer, Ministry of Road Transport & Highways is empowered to grant extension to LA team
staff/s.

Note: In case of standalone bridge project and standalone tunnel project phase-2 i.e. pre construction
activity may not be required. In case phase 2 is required, the requirement of appropriate key personnel
may be provided in the RFP.

37
MANNING SCHEDULE for phase 3 (Construction supervision and maintenance work).

D. Standalone Bridge Project

Man-
Man-
month in
S. No. Key Personnel month in
Defect
Constructi
Liability
on period
Period of
A: Key Personnel of 36
120
months
months

1. Team Leader Cum Senior Bridge Engineer 36 30

2. Resident cum Pavement Specialist 36 120

3. Senior Bridge Engineer 36 30

4. Senior Quality Cum Material Expert 36 0

5. Senior Contract Specialist 6 0

6. Road Traffic Safety Expert 5 10

Sub Total 155 190

Total for Construction and Maintenance 345
B: Sub Professional Staff
(To be decided by the Authority as per requirement of the
Project at the time of preparation of RFP)

1. Survey Engineer 36 20

2. CAD Expert 9 8

3. Environmental Engineer 9 0

4. Assistant Quality cum Material Engineer 36 0

5. E &M Engineer 9 6

6. Quantity Surveyor 36 16
Sub Total 135 50

Total for Construction and Maintenance 185

Grand Total 530

Note:

1. The other inputs like support staff shall be provided by the Consultant of an acceptable type
commensurate with the roles and responsibilities of eachposition
2. In case of project having different construction period, Man Month Input shall be adjusted
proportionately

38
Note: The number of key personnel may be modified as per the requirement with the approval of Competent
Authority.

39
APPENDIX-IB

Qualification and Experience Requirement of Key Personnelfor Phase 1 & 2

TEAM LEADER CUM SENIOR BRIDGE ENGINEER

I Educational Qualification
Graduate in Civil Engineering or equivalent as approved by
Essential
AICTE
Post graduate in Structural Engineering,
Desirable
Degree/Diploma/Certificate in Project Management
II Essential Experience
a) Total Professional Experience Min. 15 years

Min. 5 years in major Bridge Design/Construction/Development

b) Experience in Bridge projects project.

He should have handled as Team Leader/Project Manager or

similar capacity of at least Two projects each in design and
c) Experience in similar capacity supervision of atleast two major bridge of a length 500
m(Excluding approaches)

III Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of proposal

SENIOR BRIDGE ENGINEER

I Educational Qualification
Essential Graduate in Civil Engineering or equivalent
Desirable Masters in Bridge Engineering / Structural Engineering
II Essential Experience
a) Total Professional Experience Min. 10 years

Min. 08 years in project preparation and design of bridge projects.

b) Experience in Bridge projects

Bridge Engineer in highway design consultancy projects (2/4/6

lane NH/SH/ Expressways) involving design of minimum two
c) Experience in similar capacity
major bridges (length more than 200 m)

III Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of Proposal

40
MATERIAL ENGINEER CUM GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER CUM GEOLOGIST

I Educational Qualification
Essential Graduate in Civil Engineering or [Link]. Geology
Masters in Foundation Engineering / Soil Mechanics / Phd in
Desirable
Geology /Geo Tech Engineering
II Essential Experience
a) Total Professional Experience Min. 10 years

b) Experience inTunnelProjects Min.7 years on similar projects in design and/or construction

Material cum Geo-technical Engineer on highway projects (2/4/6

c) Experience in similar capacity lane NH/SH/Expressways) of minimum aggregate length of 80
km.

III Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of proposal

41
ROAD / TRAFFIC SAFETY EXPERT

I Educational Qualification
Essential Graduate in Civil Engineering
Masters in Traffic Engineering /Transportation Engineering /
Desirable
TransportPlanning
II Essential Experience

a) Total Professional Experience Min. 06 years

b) Experience in Highway Projects Min. 05 years on similar projects of NH/SH/Expressways

Traffic Engineer in highway Projects (NH/SH/Expressways)

c) Experience in Similar Projects
involving 2/4/6 laning of minimum aggregate length of 80 km.

III Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of proposal

42
SENIOR GEOLOGIST

i) Educational Qualification
Essential Post Graduate Degree in Geology/Related field.
Desirable Phd in Geology/Related fields.
ii) Essential Experience
a) Total Professional Experience Min. 15 years
He should have a minimum 10 years of
professional experience and should have involved
b) Experience in Tunnel projects
in project preparation/ DPR/ Tunnel Design for
atleast two major Tunnel projects.
He should have experience in similar capacity per
five years on Design/ Construction/ Supervision of
c) Experience in similar capacity Tunnel Projects. The minimum cost of the project
handled in the similar capacity should be 2500
Millions
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of Proposal

43
SENIOR SURVEY ENGINEER

i) Educational Qualification
Graduate or equivalent in Civil Engineering or Diploma in Civil
Essential
Engg or Diploma in Surveying
Desirable Masters in Survey Engineering/ Surveying / Remote Sensing
ii) EssentialExperience
a)Total Professional Experience Min. 10years
Min. 8 years on similar projects in project preparation and
b) Experience in Highway projects construction & thorough understanding of modern
computerbased methods of surveying
Survey Engineer for projects preparation of highwayproject
c) Experience in similar capacity (NH/SH/Expressways) involving 2/4/6- laning of minimum
aggregate length of 80 km.
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of Proposal

ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALIST

i) Educational Qualification
Graduate in Civil Engineering / Environment Engineering /
Essential
Masters in Environment Science
Desirable Post Graduate in Environmental Engineering
ii) Essential Experience
a) Total Professional Experience Min. 06 years
Min. 5 years in environment impact assessment and permitting
b) Experience in Highway Projects
of highway projects (2/4/6 laning)
Environmental Specialist in at least two
c) Experience in similar capacity
highway projects (2/4/6 laning)
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of bid

HIGHWAY CUM PAVEMENT ENGINEER

i) Educational Qualification
Essential Degree in Civil Engineering
Masters in highway engineering/Transportation
Desirable
Engineering
ii) Experience
a)Total Professional Experience Min.08years
Minimum06years’ experience in pavementdesign and
b) Experience in Highway projects
maintenance of NH/SH/Expressways.
Pavement design for major highway projects(2/4/6lane
c) Experience in similar capacity
NH/SH/Expressways)of minimum aggregate length of 80 km.
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission ofProposal

QUANTITY SURVEYOR/DOCUMENTATION EXPERT

i) Educational Qualification
Essential Graduate or equivalent in Civil Engineering / Certificate course
44
 from ‘Institution of Quantity Surveying’
Desirable
ii) EssentialExperience
a) Total Professional Experience Min. 10years
Min.8yearsinPreparationofBill of Quantities, Contract
b) Experience in Highway Projects documents and documentation for major highway projects
involving two/ four laning
Quantity Surveyor / Documentation Expert in highway projects
c) Experience in similar capacity (NH/SH/Expressways) involving two/four/six laning of
minimum aggregate length of 80 km.
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of Proposal

LAND ACQUISITION EXPERT

i) Educational Qualification
Essential Graduate or equivalent
ii) Essential Experience
15 years as Deputy-Tehsildar or aboveDesirable: Ex- revenue
a) Total Professional Experience officers like Ex-ADM/SDM, Ex-Tehsildar, Ex-Deputy-Tehsildar
etc.
Min 10 years in Land acquisition for government/ authority
b) Role specific experience
projects
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of bid

UTILITY EXPERT

i) Educational Qualification
Graduate or equivalent in major engineering disciplines
Essential
viz. mechanical/ electrical/ civil engineering
ii) Essential Experience
Min 10 yearsDesirable: Ex- officers or engineers from
a) Total Professional Experience
utility agencies
Min. 8 years in Utility estimation and relocation/
b) Role specific experience erection of electric/ gas/ other utilitiesDesirable:
Experience with utilities along the highway/road.
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of bid

45
QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENT OF KEY PERSONNEL FOR PHASE 3

RESIDENT CUM PAVEMENT SPECIALIST

The expert shall be continuously interacting with the Contractor, for the review of highway designs and drawings
using sophisticated computer software and also construction and O&M works and to ensure life cycle cost
effectiveness and a viable design of pavement including appropriate rehabilitation / strengthening of the existing
pavement. He shall also be responsible for ensuring complete adherence to maintenance standards during
Construction and Operation period. Thus, the position requires a excavation specialist with thorough knowledge
and understanding of international ‘best practices’ in the field of Design, Construction and maintenance of tunnel
including latest Codal stipulations andspecifications.
He should have the following qualification / experience.

2. Essential Qualifications.
a) Graduate in Civil Engineering from a recognized University.
b) Professional Experience of at least 12years
c) Experience of at least 5 years in similar capacity in Construction / Construction Supervision of 2/4/6
laning** of major highwayprojects.
d) Experience in similar capacity in handling at least 2 major highway projects (of length 40% of project
length or more of similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and above).
e) Not more than 65 years of age

3. Preferential Qualifications.
Post Graduate Degree in Highway Engineering / Construction Management / Geotechnical Engineering /
Transportation Engineering / Structural Engineering /Mining Engineering
Experience in similar capacity in Tunnel project construction/ construction supervision on EPC mode (of length
40% of project length or more of similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**) andabove).

46
 Senior Bridge Engineer

The Bridge & Structural Engineer shall be responsible for checking the designs of bridges, ROBs, interchanges
and any other structure to be constructed in the Project highway and supervising the works of bridges,
interchanges and any other structure to be constructed by the Concessionaire for this project. He shall also
inspect the bridge rehabilitation and repair works to be undertaken by the Concessionaire. He should have
thorough understanding and experience with international `best practices’ of modern bridge construction
technology.
He should have the following qualification / experience.

1. Essential Qualifications.
a) Graduate in Civil Engineering from a recognized University.
b) Professional Experience of at least 10 years in handling Highway/Bridge projects. At least 5 years
experience in Construction / Construction Supervision of bridge / interchange / any other structures..
d) Experience in similar capacity in supervision of at least 2 Major Highway Bridges.
e) Experience in supervision of Rehabilitation and repair of 2 nos Major Bridges.
f) Not more than 65 years of age.

2. Preferential Qualifications.
a) Post Graduate Degree in Structural Engineering.
b) He should have thorough understanding and experience of modern bridge construction technology. viz.,
Precast Segmental, Balanced Cantilever Construction, Extradosed Bridge, Full Span Launching, Incremental
Launching

HIGHWAY CUM PAVEMENT ENGINEER

The expert shall be continuously interacting with the Concessionaire, for the review of highway designs and
drawings using sophisticated computer software and also construction and O&M works and to ensure life cycle
cost effectiveness and viable design of pavement including appropriate rehabilitation / strengthening of the
existing two lane pavement which is significantly distressed. He shall also be responsible for ensuring complete
adherence to maintenance standards during Construction and Operation period. Thus, the position requires a
pavement specialist with thorough knowledge and understanding of international ‘best practices’ in the field of
Design, Construction and maintenance of flexible/rigid type of pavements including latest Codal stipulations and
specifications.
He should have the following qualification / experience.

1. Essential Qualifications.
a) Graduate in Civil Engineering from a recognized University.
b) Professional Experience of at least 10 years in Pavement Design / Pavement Construction / Pavement
Maintenance of Highways / Roads / Airfield Runways
c) Experience of at least 5 years in similar capacity in Construction / Construction Supervision of 2/4/6
laning** of major highway projects.
d) Experience as Pavement Specialist/Pavement Engineer in Construction/Construction Supervision of at
least 2 major highway projects(of length 40% of project length or more of similar configuration (2/4/6
laning**) and above).

2. Preferential Qualifications.
47
 a) Post Graduate Degree in Highway Engineering / Pavement Engineering /Transportation Engineering
b) Experience as a Pavement Specialist/Pavement Engineer in Highway EPC project(of length 40% of project
length or more of similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and above).

SENIOR CONTRACT SPECIALIST

Duties: He will be deployed in working season in stages for cumulative duration of period mentioned in
Enclosure-A for obtaining his expert opinion on emerging contractualissues. His key responsibilities will be to
guide and assist Team Leader/Employer in all aspects of contract management in proper implementation of
contract provisions including controlling the project cost of the construction package. He will also be required
to offer his advice on contractual complications arising during the implementation as per the request of the
employer. He will be required to prepare manuals/schedules for the consultants team/employer based on the
provisions of the contract document. He will be responsible for giving appropriate suggestions in handling
claims of the contractors and any dispute arising thereof.

(1) Essential Qualifications.

a) Graduate in Civil Engineering from a recognized University.
b) Professional Experience of 15 years in Contract Management.
c) Experience of at least 4 years as Contract Specialist on any National/State Highway project/Bridge
Project.
d) Contract Management of a large Highway/Bridge contract say over Rs.150 crore including experience of
handling Variation orders, claims of the contractor and there appropriate disposal for at least 2projects.
e) Handled at least one Arbitration cases in respect of any Highway/Bridgeprojects.
f) Not more than 65 years ofage.
(2) Preferential Qualifications.
(a) Degree in Law/PG in management/certificate course in management/ certificate course in construction
management/certificate course in contract management.

48
ROAD/TRAFFIC SAFETY EXPERT
Shall be responsible for the overall Road/Traffic Safety Aspect of the Project. He shall ensure that safety
provisions as per relevant codes are strictly followed at site during Construction of Road and also during the
Maintenance Period

1. Essential Qualifications.
a) Graduate in Civil Engineering from a recognized University.
b) Professional Experience of at least 10 years in handling Highway projects.
c) Minimum5years experience in Road Safety works of Major Highway Projects(4/6 laning projects)
d) Experience in similar capacity in Road Safety Audit of at least 2 nos. 2/4/6 lane** highway / expressway
project including 1 nos. at design stage
e) Experience in similar capacity in the field of Road Safety Management Plan.
f) Not more than 65 years of age.

2. Preferential Qualifications
a) Post Graduate Degree in Traffic Transportation/Safety Engineering.
b) Experience in similar capacity in identification and improvement of black spots on Major Highway
Project.

c) Experience in similar capacity in Preparation of Road Safety Management Plan for inter urban Highways
.

Senior Quality cum Material Expert

The Quality/Material Expert shall review the test results of bore holes, quarry and borrow area material to
find out their strength characteristics and suitability for using them in construction. He shall inspect the
Concessionaire’s fieldlaboratoriestoensurethattheyare adequately equipped and capable of performing all the
specified testing requirements of the contract. He shall look into the quality assurance aspect of the construction
works and supervise the setting-up of the various Concessionaire’s rock crushers and bituminous mixing plants
to ensure that the specified requirements for such equipment are fully met. Experience in latest Quality
Management techniques in highway projects shall have added advantage.
He should have the following qualification / experience.

1. Essential Qualifications.
a) Graduate in Civil Engineering from a recognized University.
b) Professional Experience of at least 10 years in handling Highway projects.
c) Experience of at least 5 years as Senior Quality/ Material Expert or in similar capacity in Construction /
Construction Supervision /major highway projects
d) Experience as Senior Quality/ Material Expert or in similar capacity in handling of at least 2 similar
highway projects (of length 40% of project length or more of similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and
above)
e) Not more than 65 years of age.

2. Preferential Qualifications.

Post Graduate Degree in Geotechnical Engineering / Foundation Engineering / Soil Mechanics.

49
Senior Geo Technical Engineer
Duties: He will be responsible for supervising all the tests to be done in different stages of construction, besides
ensuring that specified tests are done as per codal stipulations and as per the specifications laid down in the
contract for all the different stages of construction. The Senior Geotechnical Engineer shall be responsible for
checking and verifying the Specifications for Geotechnical investigations and the geotechnical details submitted
by the Contractor. He shall assist the Team Leader & Tunnel Design Engineer in design of tunnel. He shall monitor
the tunnel excavation activities including blasting
He should have the following qualification / experience.

(1) Essential Qualifications.

a) Graduate in Civil Engineering/masters in engineering geology or equivalent from a recognized

University.
b) Professional Experience of at least 20years
c) Experience of at least 10 years in Construction / Construction Supervision of transportation tunnel
projects in developedcountries
d) Experience as Geotechnical Engineer in Construction/Construction Supervision of at least 4
transportation Tunnel projects of length equal to or more than 4Km
e) Specific experience in construction of tunnel projects involving vertical shaft sinking of at least 200 meter
of vertical depth
f) Experience in similar capacity in project preparation of at least 2 transportation tunnel projects each of
minimum 4 Km in length
g) Not more than 65 years ofage.

2) Preferential Qualifications.

Post Graduate in Rock Mechanics/ Foundation Engineering/ Tunnel Engineering

50
SUB-PROFESSIONAL

SURVEY ENGINEER

The candidate should be Diploma in Civil Engineering Firm may field Survey Engineer with
diplomainCivilEngineering/Surveyhavingatleast5yearsexperienceinthefield of surveying
outofwhichatleast3yearsshouldbeinhighwayprojectsandtheyshouldhavealsodealtwith at least 1 project of similar
nature. This position requires thorough understanding of modern computer based method of surveying with total
station digital leveletc.

ASSISTANT HIGHWAY ENGINEER

The Candidate should be Diploma in Civil Engineering.

CAD EXPERT

He should be Diploma in Civil Engineering/Computer Science having experience in computer related design
method for highway engineering.

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEER

The Candidate should be Diploma in Civil Engineering/Environmental Engineering or other relevant qualification.
He should have at least 6 years experience out of which 2 years in highway projects. He should have good
knowledge of MOEF guidelines/requirements for mitigation measures.

ASSISTANT BRIDGE ENGINEER

[Link] handled at least 1 major

bridgeproject.

ASSISTANT QUALITY CUM MATERIAL ENGINEER

The Candidate should be Graduate in Civil Engineering or diploma in Civil Engineering with 3 years experience.

E&M ENGINEER

The Candidate should be Diploma in Electrical Engineering from recognised institute. He should have at least 6
years experience

QUANTITY SURVEYOR

51
He should be Diploma or equivalent in Civil Engineering having Min. 5 years of professional experience in
preparation of highway project estimates. He should have Min. 3 years experience in Preparation of Bill of
Quantities/estimates for major highway projects costing Rs.100 Crore or above.

HORTICULTURE CUM LANDSCAPING SPECIALIST

He should be a Diploma/Graduate in Agriculture with specialization in Horticulture/Arboriculture having

minimum 5 year of field experience in Horticulture/Arboriculture and landscaping. He should have minimum 5
years field experience.
Note: Upto 2 sub-professional can be a fresh graduate (zero/ less than minimum required work experience) with
first class in graduation stream. Eligibility requirement in terms of minimum years of experience shall not be
applicable for this sub professional.

52
 APPENDIX-II

Proof of Eligibility

Form-E1

Letter of Proposal (On Applicant’s letter head)

(Date and Reference)

To, **********
*********
*********

Sub: Appointment of Consultant for Project Management Consultancy for ……………...

Dear Sir,

With reference to your RFP Document dated ………, I/we i.e. M/s---------------------------------------------------------
------------------(Name of Bidder) having examined all relevant documents and understood their contents,
hereby submit our Proposal for selection as Consultant. The proposal is unconditional and unqualified.

2. All information provided in the Proposal uploaded on INFRACON and in the Appendices is true and correct
and all documents accompanying such Proposal are true copies of their respective originals.

3. This statement is made for the express purpose of appointment as the Consultant for the aforesaid Project.

4. I/WeshallmakeavailabletotheAuthorityanyadditionalinformationitmaydeem necessary or require for

supplementing or authenticating the Proposal.

5. I/We acknowledge the right of the authority to reject our application without assigning any reason or
otherwise and hereby waive our right to challenge the same on any account whatsoever.

6. I/We certify that in the last three years, we or any of our Associates have neither failed to perform on any
contract, as evidenced by imposition of a penalty by an arbitral or judicial authority or a judicial
pronouncement or arbitration award against the Applicant, nor been expelled from any project or
contract by any public authority nor have had any contract terminated by any public authority for breach
on our part.

7. I/We understand that you may cancel the Selection Process at any time and that you are neither bound to
accept any Proposal that you may receive nor to select the Consultant, without incurring any liability to the
Applicants in accordance with Clause 1.7 of the RFP document.

8. I/We declare that we/any member of the consortium, are/is not a Member of any otherConsortium applying
for Selection as a Consultant.

9. I/We certify that in regard to matters other that security and integrity of the country, we or any of our
Associates have not been convicted by a Court of Law or indicted or adverse
orderspassedbyaregulatoryauthoritywhichwouldcastadoubtonourabilityto undertake the Consultancy for
the Project or which relates to a grave offence that outrages the moral sense of the community.

10. I/We further certify that in regardto matters relatingto securityand integrity of the country, we have not
been charge-sheeted by any agency of the Government or convicted by a Court of Law for any offence
committed by us or by any of our Associates.

11. I/We further certify that no investigation by a regulatory authority is pending either against us
oragainstourAssociatesoragainstourCEOoranyofour Directors/Managers/employees.

12. I/We hereby irrevocably waive any right or remedy which we may have at any stage at law
53
 orhowsoeverotherwisearisingtochallengeorquestionanydecisiontakenbythe Authority [and/ or the
Government of India] in connection with the selection of Consultant or in connection with the Selection
Process itself in respect of the above mentioned Project.

13. Deleted.

14. I/WeagreeandunderstandthattheproposalissubjecttotheprovisionsoftheRFP document. In no case, shall I/we

have any claim or right of whatsoever nature if the Consultancy for the Project is not awarded to me/us or
our proposal is not opened or rejected.

15. I/We agree to keep this valid for 120 (One hundred and twenty) days from the ProposalDue Date specified in
the RFP.

16. A Power of Attorney in favor of the authorized signatory to sign and submit this Proposal and documents is
attached herewith.

17. In the event of my/our firm/consortium being selected as the Consultant, I/we agree to enter into any
Agreement in accordance with the form Appendix V of the RFP. We agree not to seek any changes in the
aforesaid form and agree to abide by the same.

18. I/We have studied RFP and all other documents carefully and also surveyed the Project site. We understand
that except to the extent as expressly set forth in the Agreement, we shall have no claim, right or title arising
out of and documents or information provided to us by the Authority or in respect of any matter arising out
of or concerning or relating to the Selection Process including the award of Consultancy.

19. The Proof of Eligibility and Technical proposal are being submitted in separate covers in hard copy (as per
clause 4.1 of LoI) and INFRACON Team I.D no.______. Financial Proposal is being submitted online only. This
Proof of Eligibility read with Technical Proposal and Financial Proposal shall constitute the Application
which shall be binding on us.

20. I/We agree and undertake to abide by all the terms and conditions of the RFP Document. In witness thereof,
I/we submit this Proposal under and in accordance with the terms of the RFP Document.

Yours faithfully,
(Signature, name and designation of the authorized signatory)
(Name and seal of the Applicant/Lead Member)

Appendix- II..
FORM-E2/T3
FIRM’S REFERENCES

The following information related to the firm should be provided in the proposal.
i. Name of the package appliedfor:-
ii. Year of establishment offirm*

Year of Type of Organization

Consultant Country
Establishment Partnership Private Public Other
limited limited
Individual/Lead
Partner(ofJV)/
MinorPartnerof
JV

NOTE:- Year of Establishment of Lead Partner of JV shall be considered.

54
*Copy of Certificate of incorporation shall be submitted.

iii. Office/ Business Address/Telephone nos. /CableAddress.

iv. Narrative description of firm (Not more than 2sheets)
v. Name of two (2) principals who may be contacted with title and telephone
number/faxnumber/e-mail.

Relevant Services Carried out in the Last Seven Years, Which Best Illustrate Qualifications

The following information should be provided in the format below for each reference assignment for which your
firm, either individually as a corporate entity or as one of the major companies within a consortium, was legally
contracted by the client:

Assignment Name: Country:

Location within Country : Professional Staff Providedby your firm:
Name of Client : No. of Staff :
Address : No. of Staff Months :
Start Date Completion Date Approx. Value of
(Month / Year) (Month / Year) Services : (in INR/current USD) :
No. of Months of ProfessionalStaff provided by
Name of JV Firm(s) if any :
Associated Firm(s)
Status of your Company in the Assignment i.e., Sole/Lead Member/Other Member
Narrative Description of Project :
Description of Actual Services Provided by your Company:

Signature of Authorized Representative

(Certificate from Employer regarding experience should be furnished)

55
i. Experience in DPR/ Feasibility Study preparation of Two/Four/Six land Bridge Projects separately for the
PPP and non-PPP projects during the last 7years.***

Projects Name
Client
/Year
(with
Type Complete Total Fee
Sole Consultant/ Length Fee received %age of
address, for the
Prime of of byApplicant total fee
S No contact Consultancy Period
Consultant of JV / Services Project (in case of JV/) received
person, Assignment
minor Authority’s Rendered (kms) by thefirm
telephone (INR)
Engineer of JV
[Link]
Consultant
FaxNos.)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

(ii) Experience as Authority Engineer/Independent Consultant/Construction supervision of of

Two/Four/Six land Bridge projects, separately for PPP and non-PPP Projects during the last 7
years.***

S Projects Type of Description Client(wit Total Fee Fee received %ageof Approx. Period
No Name / Service ofProject/ hcomplet for the byApplicant(i totalfee Cost of
Sole
Year rendered Length e address, Consultancy n case of JV) received Project
Consultant (kms) contact Assignment by the
/ Prime person, (INR) firm
Consultant Telephone
of JV / Nos. and
minor FaxNos.)
Authority’s
Engineer of
JVconsulta
nt

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A. Completed / Substantially completed projects:
1.
2.
3.
B. Projects in progress: 1.
2.
3.

***a) Similar project means 2/4/6 lane projects as applicable for the project for which RFP is invited.
For 2-lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a multiplication factor of 1.5.
Experience of 4/6 lane shall be considered interchangeably for 4/6 laning projects. For 4/6 laning
projects, experience of 2 lane will be considered with a multiplication factor of 0.5..

b) Only those projects, to be included in the table which are Bridge Projects and for which clients
certificates from the concerned Government agencies are enclosed with theproposal.
c) The details of bridges having length more than 200m (500m in case the project consist of bridges
of length more than 500m) in the listed projects is to be specifically mentioned.

56
d) The weightage given for experience of a firm would depend on the role of the firm in the
respective assignments. The firm’s experience would get full credit if it was the sole firm in the
respective assignment. If the applicant firm has completed projects as JV with some other firms,
weightage shall be given as per the JV share***. However, if the applicant firm has executed the
project as associate with some other firms, 25% weightage shall be given to the applicant firm for
the projects completed under such association
e) For weightage of experience in any past Consultancy assignment, experience certificate from the
client shall be submitted. In absence of clear demarcation of JV share in client certificate, the
weightage will be treated as 60 % for lead partner and 40% for minor partner. Annual turnover
duly certified by Chartered Accountant shall be accepted. In case of non-availability of such
documents no weightage of turnover/experience will beconsidered.
(ix) Assignments on hand including those for which the Letter of Acceptance from the clients received
as on 7 days prior to due date for submission of proposals: The details shall be given in the
followingformat.

Role of the firm Team Members

Date of Date of Present provided by the firm
S. Name of
Client Sole, Lead/ letter of Agreement if status of
No Assignment
OtherinJVor Acceptance signed Assignment
sub-consultant Name DOB Position

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

57
 APPENDIX-II...

FORM- E3

Financial Capacity of the Applicant

Average Annual turnoverof the Bidder

(Refer to Clauses 1.3.2 of the RFP)

(In Rs. crore$)

Bidder type Annual Turnover Average

Annual
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Turnover
Updation Updation Updation Updation Updation (In Rs.
(Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.)
factor factor factor factor factor
crore$)

(2x3+4x5+
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 6x7+8x9+1
0x11)/5

Single entity
Bidder or
Lead Member
including
1.00 1.05 1.10 1.15 1.20
other
members of
the Joint
Venture

Name & address of Bidder’s Bankers:

$The conversion rate of USD into Rupees shall be the daily representative exchange rates published by the Reserve Bank of India for
the relevant [Link] relevant date should be as on the date 28 (twenty eight) days prior to the Application Due Date.

58
 Instructions:

1. The Bidder shall attach copies of the balance sheets, financial statements and Annual Reports for 5 (five)
years preceding the Bid Due Date. The financial statements shall:
(a) reflect the financial situation of the Bidder;

(b) be audited by a statutory auditor;

(c) be complete, including all notes to the financial statements; and

(d) correspond to accounting periods already completed and audited (no statements for partial periods
shall be requested or accepted).

2. Year 1 will be the latest completed financial year, preceding the bidding. Year 2 shall be the year
immediately preceding Year 1 and so on. In case the Bid Due Date falls within 3 (three) months of the
close of the latest financial year of a Bidder, it shall ignore such financial year for the purposes of its Bid
and furnish all its information and certification with reference to the 5 (five) years or 1 (one) year, as the
case may be, preceding its latest financial year. For the avoidance of doubt, financial year shall, for the
purposes of a Bid hereunder, mean the accounting year followed by the Bidder in the course of its normal
business.

3. In the case of a Joint Venture, a copy of the Jt. Bidding Agreement shall be submitted.

4. The Bidder shall also provide the name and address of the Bankers to the Bidder.

59
 APPENDIX-III

TECHNICAL PROPOSAL

(Form-T1)

FROM (NameofFirm) To: (Name and Address ofClient)

Office of the Regional Officer, MoRT&H

1st Floor, The Institution of Engineers (India) Building
Near ISBT, Saharanpur Road, Dehradun, Uttarakhand
Ladies/Gentlemen:
Subject: Submission of Technical and Financial Proposal for engagement of PMC Consultant.

We, the undersigned, offer to provide the consulting services for the above in accordance with your Request for
Proposal dated (Date), and our Proposal. We are hereby submitting our Proposal, which includes this Technical
Proposal for the above mentioned work.

My/Our registration No. on Infracon is ……. And my/our Infracon Team ID is …………….

Our Proposal is binding upon us. We understand you are not bound to accept any Proposal you receive

We remain,
Yours sincerely,

Managing Director/Head of the firm/ Authorised

Representative of the firm + *
Name of the firm
Address
*Lead Member in case of JV

60
(Form-T-2)

Details of projects for which Technical and Financial Proposals have been submitted

[Link]. Name of Project Consultancy Package No. Names of ProposedKey

Personnel

1
2
3
4

61
 (Form-E2/T3)

FIRM’S REFERENCES
The following information related to the firm should be provided in the proposal.
i. Name of the package appliedfor:-
ii. Year of establishment offirm*
Type of Organization
Year of
Consultant Country Private Public
Establishment Partnership Other
limited limited

Individual/Lead
Partner(ofJV)/
MinorPartnerof
JV

NOTE:- Year of Establishment of Lead Partner of JV shall be considered.

*Copy of Certificate of incorporation shall be submitted.

iii. Office/ Business Address/Telephone nos. /CableAddress.

iv. Narrative description of firm (Not more than 2sheets)
v. Name of two (2) principals who may be contacted with title and telephone number/faxnumber/e-
mail.

Relevant Services Carried out in the Last Seven Years Which Best Illustrate Qualifications

The following information should be provided in the format below for each reference assignment for which your
firm, either individually as a corporate entity or as one of the major companies within a consortium, was legally
contracted by the client:

Assignment Name: Country:

Location within Country : Professional Staff Provided
by your firm:
Name of Client : No. of Staff :
Address : No. of Staff Months :
Start Date Completion Date Approx. Value of
(Month / (Month / Year) Services : (in INR/current USD) :
Year)
Name of JV Firm(s) if any : No. of Months of Professional Staff provided by
Associated Firm(s)
Status of your Company in the Assignment i.e., Sole/Lead Member/Other Member
JV Share:
Narrative Description of Project :
Description of Actual Services Provided by your Company:

Signature of Authorized Representative

(Certificate from Employer regarding experience should be furnished)

(iii) Experience in DPR/ Feasibility Study preparation of 2/4/6 lane Bridge Projects separately for the PPP

62
and non-PPP projects during the last 7years.***

S No Projects Name Typeof Length Client Total Fee Fee received %age of Period
/Year Services of (with for the byApplicant total fee
Rendered Project
Sole Complete Consultancy (in case of receive
Consultant/ (kms)
address, Assignment JV/) d by
Prime contact (INR) case of JV) thefirm
Consultant of JV / person,
minor Authority’s telephone
Engineer of JV [Link]
Consultant FaxNos.)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Experience as Authority Engineer/Independent Consultant/Construction supervision of 2/4/6 lane Bridge

projects, separately for PPP and non-PPP Projects during the last 7 years.***

S Projects Type Description Client Total Fee Fee received %age Approx. Period
No Name / Year of of (with for the byApplicant(in of Cost of
Sole Service Project/ complete Consultancy case of JV/) totalfee Project
Consultant/ s Length address, Assignment received
Prime render (kms) contact (INR) by the
ed person, firm
Consultant of
Telephone
JV / minor
Nos. and
Authority’s
FaxNos.)
Engineer of JV
consultant

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A. Completed / Substantially completed projects:
1.
2.
3.
B. Projects in progress: 1.
2.
3.

***a Similar project means 2/4/6 lane projects as applicable for the project for which RFP is invited.
For 2-lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a multiplication factor of 1.5.
Experience of 4/6 lane shall be considered interchangeably for 4/6 laning projects. For 4/6 laning
projects, experience of 2 lane will be considered with a multiplication factor of 0.5..

Only those projects, to be included in the table which are Bridge Projects and for which clients certificates
from the concerned Government agencies are enclosed with theproposal.

f) Thedetailsofbridgeshavinglengthmorethan200m(500mincasetheprojectconsist of bridges of
length more than 500m) in the listed projects is to be specifically mentioned.
g) The weightage given for experience of a firm would depend on the role of the firm in the
respective assignments. The firm’s experience would get full credit if it was the sole firm in the
respective assignment. If the applicant firm has completed projects as JV with some other firms,
weightage shall be given as per the JV share***. However if the applicant firm has executed the
63
 project as associate with some other firms, 25% weightage shall be given to the applicant firm for
the projects completed under such association
h) For weightage of experience in any past Consultancy assignment, experience certificate from the
client shall be submitted. In absence of clear demarcation of JV share in client certificate, the
weightage will be treated as 60 % for lead partner and 40% for minor partner. Annual turnover
duly certified by Chartered Accountant shall be accepted. In case of non-availability of such
documents no weightage of turnover/experience will beconsidered.
(ix) Assignments on hand including those for which the Letter of Acceptance from the clients received
as on 7 days prior to due date for submission of proposals: The details shall be given in the
followingformat.

S. Name of Client Role of the firm Date of Date of Present Team Members
No Assignment letter of Agreement status of provided by the firm
Sole, Lead/ Acceptance if signed Assignment
OtherinJVor
sub-consultant
Name DOB Positi
on
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Signature of Authorised Representative

(Certificate from Employer regarding experience should be furnished

64
 Form-T3-A

Information required to evaluate the BID Capacity under clause 1.3.2:

To calculate the value of “A”

Average Annual turnoverof the Bidder

(Refer to Clauses 1.3.2 of the RFP)

(In Rs. crore$)

Bidder type Annual Turnover Average

Annual
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Turnover
Updatio Updatio Updatio Updatio Updatio (In Rs.
(Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.)
n factor n factor n factor n factor n factor crore$)

(2x3+4x5+
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 6x7+8x9+1
0x11)/5

Single entity
Bidder or
Lead Member
including
1.00 1.05 1.10 1.15 1.20
other
members of
the Joint
Venture

Name & address of Bidder’s Bankers:

$The conversion rate of USD into Rupees shall be the daily representative exchange rates published by the Reserve Bank of India for the relevant
[Link] relevant date should be as on the date 28 (twenty eight) days prior to the Application Due Date.

65
 Instructions:

1. The Bidder shall attach copies of the balance sheets, financial statements and Annual Reports for 5 (five)
years preceding the Bid Due Date. The financial statements shall:

(a) Reflect the financial situation of the Bidder;

(b) Be audited by a statutory auditor;

(c) Be complete, including all notes to the financial statements; and

(d) Correspond to accounting periods already completed and audited (no statements for partial periods
shall be requested or accepted).

2. Year 1 will be the latest completed financial year, preceding the bidding. Year 2 shall be the year
immediately preceding Year 1 and so on. In case the Bid Due Date falls within 3 (three) months of the
close of the latest financial year of a Bidder, it shall ignore such financial year for the purposes of its Bid
and furnish all its information and certification with reference to the 5 (five) years or 1 (one) year, as the
case may be, preceding its latest financial year. For the avoidance of doubt, financial year shall, for the
purposes of a Bid hereunder, mean the accounting year followed by the Bidder in the course of its normal
business.

3. In the case of a Joint Venture, a copy of the Jt. Bidding Agreement shall be submitted.

4. The Bidder shall also provide the name and address of the Bankers to the Bidder.

66
 Form-T3-B

To calculate the value of “B”

A table containing value of all the existing commitments and on-going works to be completed during the next **
years is as follows:

Sl. Nam Percentage Dater of start Consultancy Value of contract as Value of Balance value Anticipat Bala
No. e of of / appointed period as per per Agreement /LOAβ work of work to be ed date nce
Cons participati date of Agreement completed completed of value
ultan on of project /LOA completi of
cy of Bidder in on work
Road the project at
Wor 2021
k -22
price
level

Rs. in Crore Rs. in Crore Rs. in Crore Rs.

In
Cror
e
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8= (6-7) 9 10
(3x
8
x

#
)

The Statement showing the value of all existing commitments, anticipated value of consultancy work to be
completed in the period of PMC consultancy work for which bid is invited and ongoing works as well as the
stipulated period of completion remaining for each of the consultancy works mentioned above is verified from the
certificate issued that has been countersigned by the Client or its Engineer-in-charge not below the rank of
Executive Engineer or equivalent. No awarded / ongoing works has been left in the aforesaid statement which has
been awarded to M/s………………individually / and other member M/s ……………….. and M/s ………………., as on bid
due date of this RFP.

…………………….. …………………………

…………………….. ………………………….

Signature, name and designation of Name of the Statutory Auditor’s firm:

Authorised Signatory Seal of the audit firm: (Signature,
Date:
name and designation and
Place: Membership No. of authorised
For and on behalf of ………………(Name of signatory)
Date:
the Bidder)
β In case balance period of Consultancy is less than the value of period of Consultancy of the project for which bid is invited,
then full value of Consultancy work as per Agreement/LOA to be mentioned, else, anticipated value of Consultancy work to be
completed in the period of Consultancy of the project for which bid is invited is to be mentioned. In the absence of the
anticipated value of Consultancy work to be completed, the proportionate value shall be considered while evaluating the
Assessed Available Bid Capacity.
67
Place:

(Form- T4)

SITE APPRECIATION

Shall give details of site as per actual site visit and data provided in RFP and collected from site supported
by photographs to demonstrate that responsible personnel of the Consultant have actually visited the site
and familiarized with the salient details/complexities and scope of services.

68
 (Form- T5)

Composition of the Team Personnel and the task Which would be assigned to each Team Member For DPR
work

I. Technical/Managerial Staff

Sr .No. Name Position Task Assignment

1.

2.

3.

4.

……

II. Support Staff

Sr. No. Name Position Task Assignment

1.

2.

3.

4.

….

….

69
 (Form- T6)

APPROACH PAPER ON METHODOLOGYPROPOSED FOR PERFORMING THE DPR AND PRECONSTRUCTION

WORK

The approach and methodology will be detailed precisely under the following topics.

1) Methodology for services, surveying, data collection [not more than 2 pages] and analysis

2) Quality Assurance system for consultancy assignment [not more than 1 page]

3) The key challenges foreseen and proposed solutions will be detailed precisely under the following topics

a) proposed alignment and bypass required

b) land acquisition requirements

c) access control, rehabilitation of existing road, drainage and utilities

d) adoption of superior technology along with proof (to be submitted in Form T9)

e) Clearances for the preconstruction activities.

f) Utility shifting, Tree cutting etc.

Replies to items 3) a) to c) should be limited to six A4 size pages in 1.5 space and 12 font including photographs, if
any

70
 (Form- T7)

Details of Material Testing Facility

1. State whether the Applicant has in-house Material Testing Facility Available /Outsourced/Not Available

2. In case answer to 1 is Available, attach a list of Lab equipment and facility for testing of materials and
location of laboratory

3. In case laboratory is located at a distance of more than 400 km from the project site, state arrangements
made/proposed to be made for testing of materials

4. In case answer to 1 is Outsourced/ Not Available state arrangements made/proposed to be made for testing
of materials.

71
 (Form- T8)

Facility for Field investigation and Testing

1. State whether the Applicant has in-house Facility for

a) Geo-technical investigation Available (created in-house at site)/ Outsourced/ Not Available

b) Pavement investigation Available (created in-house at site)/ Outsourced/ Not Available

2. In case answer to 1 is Available (created in-house at site) a list of field investigation and testing equipments
available in-house

3. In case answer to 1 is Outsourced/ Not Available arrangements made/proposed to be made for each of
above Field investigation and testing

4. For experience in LIDAR or better technology for topographic survey, Geo Physical Survey, GPR and
Induction Locator or better technologies for detection of sub-surface utilities and digitization of cadastral
maps for land acquisition, references need to be provided in following format:

REFERENCES

Relevant Services Carried Out Which Best Illustrate Qualifications

The following information should be provided in the format below for each reference assignment for which your
firm, either individually as a corporate entity or as one of the major companies within a consortium, was legally
contracted by the client:

Assignment Name: Country:

Location within Country : Professional Staff Provided by your firm:
Name of Client : No. of Staff :
Address : No. of Staff Months :
Technology Used:
Start Date Completion Date Approx. Value of Services : (in INR/current USD) :
(Month / Year) (Month / Year)
Name of JV Firm(s) if any : No. of Months of Professional Staff provided by Associated
Firm(s)
Status of your Company in the Assignment i.e., Sole/Lead Member/Other Member/Associate
JV Share:
Narrative Description of Project :
Description of Actual Services Provided by your Company:

Signature of Authorised Representative

(Certificate from Employer regarding experience should be furnished)

Also to provide details of following facilities to be used during construction supervision

1. State whether applicant has in-house (created in house at site)/ outsourced/ not available facilityfor
• Surface defects detection and roughness measurement using Network Survey Vehicle
• Pavement strength measurement usingFWD
• Bridge inspection using Mobile Bridge Inspection Unit or Drone technology
72
 • Road signs inspection using Retro-Reflectometer
2. In-caseanswerto1isavailable(createdinhouseatsite)alistoffieldinvestigationand testing equipment is to
be attached

3. In case answer to 1 is outsourced/not available – arrangements made or proposed to be made for each
of the above field investigations is to beattached

4. For experience in NSV, FWD, MBIUand reflectometer, references need to be provided in the
followingformat:

REFERENCES

Relevant Services Carried Which Best Illustrate Qualifications

The following information should be provided in the format below for each reference assignment for which your firm,
either individually as a corporate entity or as one of the major companies within a consortium, was legally contracted
by theclient:

Assignment Name: Country:

Location within Country: Professional Staff Provided by your firm:
Name of Client : No. of Staff :
Address : No. of Staff Months :
Technology Used:
Start Date Completion Date (Month /
Approx. Value of Services in INR/current USD):
(Month / Year) Year)
[Link]
Name of JV Firm(s)if any:
AssociatedFirm(s)
Status of your Company in the Assignment i.e., Sole/Lead Member/Other Member/Associate
JV Share:
Narrative Description of Project :
Description of Actual Services Provided by your Company:

Signature of Authorised Representative

(Certificate from Employer regarding experience should be furnished)

(Form- T9)

Office Equipment and software

Attach a list of office equipment and software owned by the Applicant

73
 (Form- T10)

(Curriculum Vitae as per INFRACON)

CVs of the Key Personnel should be uploaded on INFRACON and the hard copies of the CVs as uploaded on
the INFRACON is to be submitted along with the Technical Proposals.

Proposed Position:……………………………………………… Photograph

Name ofFirm:........................................................................................
Name of Staff :........................................................................................
Profession :..............................................................................................
Date of Birth :
YearswithFirm/Entity: ...........................................Nationality:.............................. Membership of
Professional Societies :.........................................................................
Detailed Task Assigned : Please attach printout of CV along with all the relevant details uploaded on infracon
portal.

74
 (Form- T10)...

CERTIFICATION BY THE CANDIDATE

I, the undersigned,(Name and Address) undertake that this CV correctly describes myself, my qualifications and
my experience and Employer would be at liberty to debar me if any information given in the CV, in particular the
Summary of Qualification & Experience vis-à-vis the requirements as per TOR is found incorrect. I further
undertake that I have neither been debarred by MORT&H or its implementing agencies or any other central/stage
government organization nor left any assignment with the consultants engaged by Employer / contracting firm
(firm to be supervised now) for any continuing work of Employer without completing my assignment. I will be
available for the entiredurationofthecurrentproject(named…..).IfIleavethisassignmentinthemiddleof the work,
Employer would be at liberty to debar me from taking any assignment in any of the Employer works for an
appropriate period of time to be decided by the Employer. I have no objection if my services are extended by
the Employer for this work in future.

IfurtherundertakethatmyCVisbeingproposedforthisprojectby---------(theapplicantfirm) and I have not given

consent to any other consultant(s) to propose my CV for any position for thisproject.

I further undertake that if due to my inability to work on this project due to unavoidable circumstances, due to
which consultant’s firm is forced to seek replacement. In such
unavoidablecircumstances,IshallnotundertakeanyemploymentinEmployerprojectsduring the period of
assignment of this project and Employer shall consider my CV invalid till such time.

I undertake that I have no objection in uploading/hosting of my credentials by Employer in public domain.

For Key Personnel having intermittent inputs, add the following:
I further certify that I am associated with the following assignments as on date (as on 7 days prior todue
dateforsubmissionofproposal) includingthoseforwhichLOAhas beenreceived by the firm and the inputs in these
assignments shall not effect the work of the current assignment.
Name of Assignment Client Date of LOA Likely start Likely end Total input of the
(Month / Year) (Month /Year) person (man-
months)

…………………………………………………………..Date (Signature of KeyPersonnel)

(Day/Month/Year)
The PMC should carryout self-evaluation based on the evaluation criteria at Appendix-EC and furnish the same
here. While submitting the self-evaluation along with bid, Authority’s Engineer shall make references to the
documents which have been relied upon in his self-evaluation.

(Form- T10)...

CERTIFICATION BY THE FIRM

The undersigned on behalf of ----------( name of consulting firm) certify that Shri-------- (name of proposed
personnel) to the best of our knowledge has neither been debarred by MORT&H or its implementing agencies
or any other Central/State Government organization nor left his assignment with any other
consultingfirmengagedbytheEmployer/Contractingfirm(firmtobesupervisednow)forthe ongoing projects. We
also confirm the truthfulness of the credentials uploaded by our firm/JV Member/Associateand all the Key
Personnel proposed inour team on INFRACON

75
 We understand that if any information about our firm/JV Member/ Key Personnel is found contrary to
what has been uploaded on INFRACON, the Client would be at liberty to remove the concerned personnel from
the present assignment and debar our firm/JV Member/Associate / Key Personnel for an appropriate period to
be decided by the Client, if the information is submitted by the consultant wilfully.

We understand that if the information about leaving the past assignment is known to the Employer, Employer
would be at liberty to remove the personnel from the present assignment and debar him for an appropriate
period to be decided by theEmployer.

…………………………………………………………..Date : ……………… (Day/Month/Year)

[Signature of authorized representative of the Firm]

76
 (Form- T11)

INTEGRITY PACT

(TobeexecutedonplainpaperandsubmittedalongwithTechnicalBid/Tenderdocumentsfor tenders having a value

between Rs.5 Cr and 100 Cr. To be signed by the bidder and same signatory competent/ authorized to sign the
relevant contract on behalf of the MORT&H)

TenderNo.

This integrity Pact ismadeat on this dayof 2018. Between

MORT&H hereinafterreferredtoas“ThePrincipal”,whichexpressionshallunlessrepugnant to the meaning or contract

thereof include its successors and permittedassigns.

And

Hereinafter referred to as “The Bidder/Contractor

/Concessionaire/Consultant” and which expression shall unless repugnant to be meaning or context thereof
include its successors and permitted assigns.

Preamble

Whereas, the Principal intends to award, under laid down organizational procedures, contract/s for “Project
Management Consultancy Services for the project of ----Project name----”. The Principal values full
compliance with all relevantlawsoftheland,rules of land,regulations,economicuseofresourcesandoffairness/
transparency in its relations with its Bidder(s) and/ or Contractor(s)/Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s).

And whereas to meet the purpose aforesaid, both the parties have agreed to enter into this Integrity Pact
(hereafter referred to as Integrity Pact) the terms and conditions of which shall also be read as integral part and
parcel of the Tender documents and contract betweenthe
[Link],therefore,inconsiderationofmutualcovenantsstipulatedinthispact,theparties hereby agree as follows
and this pact witnesses asunder:-

Article-1 Commitments of the Principal

1. The Principal commits itself to take all measures necessary to prevent corruption and to observe the
followingprinciples:-

a. No employee of the Principal, personally or through family members, will in connection with the
tender for, or the execution of a contract, demand, take a promise for or accept, for self, or third
person, any material of immaterial benefit which the person is not legally entitledto.

b. The Principal will, during the tender process treat all Bidder(s) with equity and reason. The Principal

77
 will in particular, before and during the tender process,
providetoallBidder(s)thesameinformationandwillnotprovidetoanyBidder(s) confidential/ additional
information through which the Bidder(s) could obtain an advantage in relation to the tender process
or the contract execution.

c. The Principal will exclude all known prejudiced persons from the process, whose conduct in the past
has been of biasednature.

2. If the Principal obtains information on the conduct of any of its employees which is a criminal offence
under the IPC/PC Act or any other Statutory Acts or if there be a
substantivesuspicioninthisregard,thePrincipalwillinformtheChiefVigilanceOfficer and in addition can
initiate disciplinary actions as per its internal laid down Rules/Regulations.

Article – 2 Commitments of the Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s).

The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) commit himself to take all measures necessary
to prevent corruption. He commits himself to observe the following principles during his participation in the
tender process and during the contract execution.

(a) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will not,

directlyorthroughanyotherpersonorfirm,offer,promiseorgivetoanyofthe Principal’s employees
involved in the tender process or the execution of the contract or to any third person any material
or other benefit which he/sheis notlegally entitle
do,inordertoobtaininexchangeanyadvantageofanykind whatsoever during the tender process or
during the execution of thecontract.
(b) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will not enter with other Bidders
into any undisclosed agreement or understanding,whether formal or informal. This applies in
particular to prices, specifications, certifications, subsidiary contracts, submission or non-
submission or bids or anyotheractionstorestrictcompetitivenessortointroducecartelizationinthe
bidding process.
(c) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will not commit any offence
under the relevant IPC/PC Act and other Statutory Acts; further the Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/
Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will not use improperly, for purposes of completion or personal
gain, or pass on to others, any information or document provided by the Principal as part of the
business relationship, regarding plans, technical proposals and business details, including
information contained or transmittedelectronically.
(d) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) of foreign- origin shall disclose
the name and address of the Agents/ Representatives in India, if any. Similarly the Bidder(s)/
Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) of Indian Nationality shall furnish the name and
address of the foreign principle, if any.
(e) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will, when presenting his bid,
disclose any and all payments he has made, is committed to
orintendstomaketoagents,brokersoranyotherintermediariesinconnection with the award of the
contract. He shall also disclose the details of services agreed upon for such payments.
(f) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will not
instigatethirdpersonstocommitoffencesoutlinedaboveorbeanaccessoryto such offences.
(g) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will not bring any outside
78
 influence through any Govt. bodies/quarters directly or indirectly on the bidding process in
furtherance of hisbid.

Article–3 Disqualification from tender process and exclusion from futurecontracts.

1. If the Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s), before award or during execution has
committed a transgression through a violation of any provision of Article-2, above or in any other form
such as to put his reliability or credibility in question, the Principal is entitled to disqualify the Bidder(s)/
Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) from the tenderprocess.

2. If the Bidder/ Contractor/ Concessionaire/Consultant has committed a

transgressionthroughaviolationofArticle-2suchastoputhisreliabilityorcredibility into question, the
Principal shall be entitled to exclude including blacklist and put on holiday the Bidder/ Contractor/
Concessionaire/ Consultantfor any future tenders/ contract award process. The imposition and duration
of the exclusion will be [Link]
Principal taking into consideration the full facts and circumstances of each case particularly taking into
account the number of transgressions, the position of the transgressors within the company hierarchy of
the Bidder/ Contractor/ Concessionaire/ Consultantand the amount of the damage. The exclusion will be
imposed for a minimum of 1year.

3. A transgression is considered to have occurred if the Principal after due consideration of the available
evidence concludes that “On the basis of facts available there are no materialdoubts”.

4. The Bidder/ Contractor/ Concessionaire/ Consultantwith its free consent

andwithoutanyinfluenceagreesandundertakestorespectandupholdthePrincipal’s absolute rights to resort
to and impose such exclusion and further accepts and undertakes not to challenge or question such
exclusion on any ground, including the lack of any hearing before the decision to resort to such exclusion
is taken. This undertaking is given freely and after obtaining independent legaladvice.

5. ThedecisionofthePrincipaltotheeffectthatabreachoftheprovisionsofthisIntegrity Pact has been committed

by the Bidder/ Contractor/ Concessionaire/ Consultantshall be final and binding on the Bidder/
Contractor/ Concessionaire/ Consultant.
6. On occurrence of any sanctions/ disqualification etc. arising out from violation of integrity pact, the
Bidder/ Contractor/ Concessionaire/Consultantshall not be entitled for any compensation on thisaccount.

7. Subject to full satisfaction of the Principal, the exclusion of the Bidder/ Contractor/ Concessionaire/
Consultantcould be revoked by the Principal if the Bidder/ Contractor/ Concessionaire/ Consultantcan
prove that he has
restored/recoupedthedamagecausedbyhimandhasinstalledasuitablecorruptionprevention system in
hisorganization.

Article – 4 Compensation for Damages.

1. If the Principal has disqualified the Bidder(s) from the tender process prior to the award according to
Arcticle-3, the Principal shall be entitled to forfeit the Earnest Money Deposit/ Bid Security or demand
and recover the damages equivalent to Earnest Money Deposit/ Bid Security (equivalent to 1% of
Contract Price) apart from any other legal right that may have accrued to thePrincipal.

79
2. In addition to 1 above, the Principal shall be entitled to take recourse to the relevant provisions of the
contract related to Termination of Contract due to Contractor/ Concessionaire/Consultant’s Default. In
such case, the Principal shall be entitled to forfeit the Performance Bank Guarantee of the Contractor/
Concessionaire/ Consultantand/ or demand and recover liquidated and all damages as per the provisions
of the contract/concession agreement againstTermination.

Article–5 PreviousTransgression

1. The Bidder declares that no previous transgressions occurred in the last 3 years immediately before
signing of this Integrity Pact with any other Company in any country conforming to the anti corruption/
Transparency International (TI)approach or with any other Public Sector Enterprise/ Undertaking in
India or any Government Department in India that could justify his exclusion from the tenderprocess.

2. IftheBiddermakesincorrectstatementonthissubject,hecanbedisqualifiedfromthe tender process or action

for his exclusion can be taken as mentioned under Article-3 above for transgressions of Article-2 and
shall be liable for compensation fordamages as per Article-4 above.

Article-6 Equal treatments of all Bidders/ Contractors/ Concessionaires/ Consultants/ Subcontractors.

1. The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) undertake(s) to demandfromallsub-

contractors acommitmentinconformity withthisIntegrityPact, and to submit it to the Principal before
contractsigning.

2. The Principal will enter into agreements with identical conditions as this one with all Bidders/
Contractors/ Concessionaires/ Consultants andSubcontractors.
3. The Principal will disqualify from the tender process all Bidders who do not sign this Pact or violate
itsprovisions.

Article – 7 Criminal charges against violating Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s)/ Sub-
contractor(s).

If the Principal obtains knowledge of conduct of a Bidder/ Contractor/ Concessionaire/ Consultantor

Subcontractor, or of an employee or a representative or an associate of a Bidder/ Contractor/ Concessionaire/
Consultantor Subcontractor, which
constitutescorruption,orifthePrincipalhassubstantivesuspicioninthisregard,thePrincipal will inform the same to
the Chief VigilanceOfficer.

Article – 8 Pact Duration

This Pact begins when both parties have legally signed it. (In case of EPC [Link] projects funded by Principal and
consultancy services). It expires for the Contractor/ Consultant12 months after his Defect Liability period is over
or 12 months after his last payment under the contract whichever is later and for all other unsuccessful Bidders 6
months after this Contract has been awarded. (In case of BOT Projects) It expires for the concessionaire 24
months after his concession period is over and for all other unsuccessful Bidders 6 months after this Contract has
beenawarded.
If any claim is made/ lodged during this time, the same shall be binding and continue to be valid despite the lapse
of this pact as specified above, unless it is discharged/ determined byMORT&H.
80
Article – 10 Other Provisions.

1. This pact is subject to Indian Law. Place of performance and jurisdiction is the Registered Office of the
Principal, i.e.........

2. Changes and supplements as well as termination notices need to be made inwriting.

3. If the Bidder/Contractor/Concessionaire/Consultantis a partnership or a consortium, this pact must be

signed by all partners or consortiummembers.

4. Should one or several provisions of this agreement turn out to be invalid, the remainder of this agreement
remains valid. In this case, the parties will strive to come to an agreement to their originalintentions.

5. Any disputes/ differences arising between the parties with regard to term of this pact,
anyactiontakenbythePrincipalinaccordancewiththisPactorinterpretationthereof shall not be subject to
anyArbitration.

6. The actions stipulated in this Integrity Pact are without prejudice to any other legal action that may
follow in accordance with the provisions of the extant law in force relating to any civil or criminal
proceedings.
In witness whereof the parties have signed and executed this Pact at the place and date first done mentioned in the
presence of following witness:-

(For & On behalf ofthe Principal) (For & On behalf of theBidder/

Contractor/ Concessionaire/ Consultant)
(Office Seal ) Place Date
Witness 1 :
(Name & Address):
Witness 2 :
(Name & Address):

81
 (Form- T12)

Bid Securing Declaration

(Refer Clauses 3.2.3)

Name of Work:

I hereby submit a declaration that the bid submitted by the undersigned, on behalf of the consultant, [Name of the consultant], either
sole or in JV, shall not be withdrawn or modified during the period of validity i.e. not less than 120 (one hundred twenty) days from the
bid due date.

I, on behalf of the consultant, [Name of the consultant ], also accept the fact that in case the bid is withdrawn or modified
during the period of its validity or if we fail to sign the contract in case the work is awarded to us or we fail to submit a performance
security before the deadline defined in clause 6.1 of the letter of Invitation (LOI), then [Name of the consultant] will be suspended for
participation in the tendering process for the consultancy works of MoRTH/NHAI/NHIDCL and consultancy works under other
Centrally Sponsored Schemes, for a period of two years from the bid due date of this work.

(Signature of the Authorised Signatory)

(Official-Seal)

(Form E3)

Compliance to Rule 144(xi) of GFR

(Refer Clause 3.1.1(viii)

82
 TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN

It is certified that the “Name of Bidder” qualifies as “Class-I Local Supplier” as defined in ORDER No. P-45021/2/2017-
PP(BE-II) dated 04.06.2020 of Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Govt. of India. The percentage of the local content
is…..

(Certified by the Statutory Auditor of the Bidder)

83
 (Form E4)

Compliance to Order issued by Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure Public Procurement Division vide F. No.
6/18/2019-PPD, dated 23rd July 2020

(Refer Clause 3.1.1(ix)

The {Authority}

Sub: {Name of work}

Dear Sir,

With reference to your RFP document dated *** **$, I/we, having examined the Bidding Documents and understood
their contents, hereby undertake and confirm as follows:

I/We have read the Order issued by Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure Public Procurement Division vide F.
No. 6/18/2019-PPD, dated 23rd July 2020 regarding restrictions on procurement from a bidder of a country which shares
a land border with India and on sub-contracting to contractors from such countries;

I certify that this Bidder is not from such a country or, if from such a country, has been registered with the Competent
Authority and will not sub-contract any work to a contractor from such countries unless such contractor is registered with
the Competent Authority.

I hereby certify that this bidder fulfils all requirements in this regard and is eligible to be considered.

Yours faithfully,

Date: (

Signature of the Authorised signatory)

Place:

APPENDIX-IV

FINANCIAL PROPOSALS

(FORM-I)

84
FROM : (Name of Firm) TO:

Address of Employer
Subject :

We,the undersigned, offer to provide the consulting services for the above in accordance with your Request for
Proposal dated [Date], and our proposal. Our attached financial proposal is for the sum of [Amount in words and
figures].This amount is inclusive of the taxes except Goods and Services Tax which shall be reimbursed by the authority.

Our financial proposal shall be binding upon us upto the expiration of the validity period of the proposal, i.e.,
[Date].

We undertake that, in competing for (and, if the award is made to us, in executing) the above contract, we will
strictly observe the laws against fraud and corruption in force in India namely “Prevention of Corruption Act
1988”.

Commission and gratuities, if any, paid or to be paid by us to agents relating to this proposal and contract
execution, if we are awarded the contract, are listed below:

Name and Address Amount and Purpose of Commission or

of Agents Currency Gratuity

............................... ........................... ……..…………………

............................... ........................... ……………………….

We understand you are not bound to accept any proposal you receive.

We remain, Yours sincerely,

Managing Director/Head of the firm/ Authorised

Representative of the firm* Name of the firm
Address
*Lead Member in case of JV

85
 (FORM-II)

Format of Financial Proposal

Summary of Cost in Local Currency

A. For Phase 1 & 2 (DPR and PRECONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES)

No. Description Amount(LC)* (INR)

I Local Consultants
Remuneration for Local Staff (inclusive of perdiem allowance)
II Support Staff (inclusive of per diem allowance)
III Transportation
IV Duty Travel to Site
V Office Rent
VI Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication
VII Office Furniture and Equipment (Rental)
VIII Reports and Document Printing
IX Surveys & Investigations
A Topographical Survey
B Investigations
C Net Work Survey and GPR
X Cost of supply and fixing Boundary Pillars
XI Land Acquisition Team including support staff and
logistics/transportation
Subtotal Local Consultants :
Foreign Consultants
F-I Remuneration for Expatriate Staff
F-II Mobilization and Demobilization
Total cost net ofGoods &service tax**

86
 B. For Phase 3 (Construction Supervision and Maintenance)

No. Description Amount (Rs.)

I Remuneration for Local Professional Staff
II Supporting Staff
III Transportation
IV Duty Travel to Site
V Office Rent
VI Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication
VII Office Furniture and Equipment
VIII Reports and Document Printing
IX Road Survey Equipment
X Contingencies
Total cost net of Goods & service tax**

Total for Phase 1 ,2 &3

Grand Total net of Goods and Service tax (for all 3 phases)
Goods and Service tax
Grand Total including goods and service tax (for all 3 phases)

Note: Payments will be made as per stipulations of the Conditions of Contract.

LC* Local Currency

** Total Cost Net of Goods &Service Tax shall be considered for financial evaluation

Note: Escalation shall be paid @ of 5% after each 12 months from the bid due date as per stipulations of the
Conditions of Contract.

Insurances shall not be allowed [Link] will be incidental to main items.

Rates for all items shall be quoted in figures as well as in words.

87
 (FORM-III)

Estimate of Local Currency Costs

A. For Phase 1 & 2 (DPR and PRECONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES)

I. Remuneration for Local Staff (including per diem allowance)

For Standalone Tunnel Project

Rate(INR
Sr. No. Position Name Staff Month Amt.(INR)
)

Professional Staff

Team Leader Cum Senior

1 12
Bridge Engineer
Highway Cum Pavement
2 10
Engineer
3 Bridge Structural Engineer 6
4 Senior Geomatics Expert 4
5 Environmental Specialist 6
Senior Geotechnical
6 4
Engineer
Quantity
7 Surveyor/Documentation 4
Expert
Senior Hydrology &
8 4
Hydraulics Expert
9 Senior Geophysicist 4
10 Road Traffic Safety Expert 4
11 Senior Survey Engineer 8

12 Land Acquisition Expert 7

Sub-Total: 73

(To be assessed by Consultant as per requirement

Sub-Professional Staff of assignment and one sub-professional be a fresh
graduate)

88
 Rate(INR
Sr. No. Position Name Staff Month Amt.(INR)
)

7
Sub-Total:

TOTAL

[Link] Staff

Staff Billing Amount

No. Position Name
Months Rate( INR) ( INR)
1 Office Manager
2 Typist
12
3 Office Boy
4 Night Watchman
Total :

III. Transportation (Fixed costs)

Rate/
Nos. of
[Link] Description Qty. Month Amount(INR)
months
(INR)
The vehicles provided by the Consultants shall
include the cost for rental, drivers, operation,
1 maintenance, repairs, insurance, etc.
A. For use of consultants
(A) Bolero or equivalent ( not more than 2 years old) 1 12
(B) Scorpio or equivalent (not more than 2 years old) 1 12
Total 24

[Link] Travel to Site (Fixed Costs)

Trips NO Rate (INR) Amount (INR)

[Link] Rent (Fixed Costs)

The rent cost includes maintenance, cleaning, repairs, etc. 12 months x

Total__

[Link] Supplies, Utilities and Communication (Fixed Costs)

No. Item Months Monthly Amount

89
 Rate (INR) InINR.
Office Supplies Drafting
1
Supplies Computer
2
Running Costs 12
3
Domestic and International
4
Communication

TOTAL:---------------------------

VII. Office Furniture and Equipment (Rental)

Rate Amount
No. Description Unit Quantity
( INR) (INR )
1 Office Furniture and Equipment LS
Total

[Link] and Document Printing

Rate perCopy([Link]
No. Description No. ofCopies
) (INR)
1 Monthly Report 36(3 PerMonth)
2 Inception Report & QAP 3
3 Environment and Social ImpactScreening Report 4
4 Draft Feasibility Report 4
5 Final Feasibility Report 6
6 Strip Plan with L.A. Reports 6
7 Draft LA and Clearances I Report 4
8 Final LA and Clearances I Report 4
Draft Environmental Assessment
9 4
report & RAP
Final Environmental Assessment
10 6
report & RAP
Draft Detailed Design Report &Drawings etc. 4
11
Draft EMP 4
12 Draft Bidding Documents 4
6
Final Detailed Project Reportwith Bill of
Quantities, Cost Estimates, UpdatedDrawings etc.
13
Final EMP
6
14 Final Bidding Documents 6
Draft 3(a) ,3(A) and 3(D)notification for land
15 9
acquisition(3 copies each)
16 LA & Clearances II Report 6
Total

90
[Link] and Investigation

A. Topographical Survey (Fixed Rate)

Rate
No. Item Kms Amount(INR)
perKm(INR)
TopographicSurveyincludinghirechargesforequipment
1 and supply of survey teams comprising of project survey
filed staff etc. inclusive of cost of materials, labourer
Detailed topographic surveys using mobile/ aerial LiDAR
2
or better technology

B. Investigation (Fixed cost)

No. Description Quantity Amount (INR)

1 Road and Bridge Inventory
2 FWD Test and Pavement Evaluation
3 Roughness Survey
4 Axle Load Survey
5 Material Survey and Investigation
6 Sub-grade Investigation
7 Traffic Survey
8 Socio-economic & Census Survey/Studies
9 Land Acquisition Studies
10 Geophysical Investigation
Acquiring high resolution three-dimensional stereo paired satellite
11
imagery and development of Geological Reference Model (GRM)
12 Any other investigations/surveys including
*Sub-Soil Investigation (Boring) Rate Qty. Amount (Rs)
For proposed
8000m elevated
section, the
bidder shall
quote amount
considering sub-
soil investigation
is to be carried
out for 5% of the
total piers at
a) Boring in all type of soils alignment
(including hard rock) finalization stage
and an
additional 5% &
two boreholes
on each
approach side at
DPR finalization
stage. Further, If
a drastic
variation in
strata is
observed based
on the results of
91
 borehole
investigations,
additional
borehole
investigation
shall be carried
out and payment
will be made for
the actual
quantity of
boring at rates
quoted by
bidder.

Total

Note:* Quantities of borings shall be taken from Financial Proposal Form. For financial evaluation, the quantities and
rates quoted by the consultant will be considered. However, Payment shall be made on the actual quantity of boring
at rates quoted above by the Consultant, which may be substantially more or less than the estimated quantities.
Actual boring requirement would be strictly as per the codal provision.

C. Network Survey and GPR

Rate Amount
No. Description Unit Quantity
( INR) (INR )
Network Survey of the existing Highwaysas a
1 repositoryfor civil work as per directions from Job 1
Authority.
2 GPR Survey for detection of under ground utilities Job 1
Total

X. Cost of supply and fixing Boundary Pillars

Amount
Item
(INR.)
Procuring and fixing boundary pillars and its installation, complete in all respect as per
IRC:25, 1967:Wherever the proposed alignment follows the existing alignment, the
boundary pillars shall be fixed at an interval of 200m on either side of proposed Right of
Way. Wherever there is a proposal of realignment of the existing Highway
and/orconstruction of New Bypasses, Consultant shall
fixboundarypillarsalongtheproposedalignmentontheextreme boundary on either side of
the project Highway at 50 m interval. (lumpsum )

92
XI Land Acquisition Team including support staff and logistics/transportation

(A) Land acquisition Team including support staff:

S. No. Position Name Number Rate (INR) Man Months Amount (INR)
Ex-Land Revenue
1 Inspector/Officer or TBN 1 8
equivalent
Ex-Kanoogo/Girdwar or 8
2 TBN 1
equivalent
3 Ex-Patwari or equivalent TBN 1 8
4 Typist TBN 2 8
5 Peon TBN 1 8
Total
Number of Land acquisition Teams 1
Grand Total for All Land acquisition Teams (A)

(B) Logistics for Land acquisition Team:

S. No. Item particulars Number Months Rate (INR) Amount (INR)

Computer including necessary
1 2 8
peripherals
2 Printers 2 8
Vehicles (Bolero or equivalent) with
3 1 8
monthly running limit of 4000 km
Total
Number of Land acquisition Teams 1
Grand Total (B)
Grand Total for All Land acquisition Teams and Logistics (A) + (B)

Note: The Consultant shall provide one Land Acquisition Expert along with allied team and supporting logistic as
envisaged in Clause [Link] of TOR for each 100 km stretches proposed for DPR preparation or part thereof (For
example total length of package is 343 km, there will be four team).

F Estimate of Costs for Expatriate Consultants (in Indian Rupees)

F I. Remuneration of Expatriate Staff including per Diem allowances

No. Positions Name Rate ( ) Staff Month Amount ( )

Total :

F [Link] and Demobilization

93
1. International Airfares (Fixed costs)

Position Round Trips Rate Amount

Total

2. Inland Travel in Home Country (Fixed Costs)

LumpSum ……

3. Other Miscellaneous expenses (like DA, internal travel expenses other incidentals)

(Fixed cost)

Lump Sum …….

94
 Estimate of Local Currency costs

B. FOR PHASE 3 (CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION AND MAINTENANCE)

I. REMUNERATION FOR LOCAL PROFESSIONALSTAFF

For Standalone Tunnel Project:

Construction Period 36
months+DLP 120 months
No. Position Name
No. of man-
Rate Amount
months*

Professional Staff

Team Leader Cum Senior Bridge

1. 66
Engineer

2 Resident cum Pavement Specialist 156

3 Senior Bridge Engineer 66

4. Senior Quality Cum Material Expert 36

5. Senior Contract Specialist 6

6. Road Traffic Safety Expert 15

Sub – Total 345

Construction Period 36
months+DLP 120 months
No. Position Name
No. of man-
Rate Amount
months*

Sub-professional

1. Survey Engineer 56

2. CAD Expert 17

3. Environmental Engineer 9

4. Assistant Quality cum Material

36
Engineer

5. E&M Engineer 15

6. Quantity Surveyor 52

Sub Total 185

Total 530

*The man-month against each key personnel/sub – professional shall be same as specified in Enclosure A
of TOR.

95
II. SupportStaff

Billing
No. Position Name Staff Months Amount( )
Rate()
1. Office Manager TBN
2. Accountant cum Cashier TBN
Steno cum
3. TBN
ComputerOperator
4. Office Boy ( 1 no) TBN
Total :

III. Transportation (Fixed rate on rentalbasis)

The vehicles provided by the Consultants shall include the cost for rental, drivers, operation, maintenance,
repairs, insurance, etc. for all complete approx. 3000km/month run
Qty.
Rate/
Description of (No. of vehicle-month)
Sr. No Total Vehicle- Amount
Vehicles During Construction During Development
Month
Period and O&M Period
Bolero or
equivalent ( not
1 2*36 1*120 192
more than 2
years old)

Scorpio or
equivalent (not
2 2*36 1*120 192
more than 2
years old)

Total 144 240 384

IV. DutyTraveltoSite(FixedCosts)(ForallLengthsofprojects):Professional and Sub-ProfessionalStaff

Trips Number of Trips Rate* Amount

* Rate quoted includes Hotel charges, travel cost [Link].

V. Office Rent (FixedCosts)–

Minimum200 sqm are a of office shall be rented. The rent cost includes electricity and water charges,
maintenance, cleaning, repairs, etc. complete.

Nos. of Months Rate/month Amount

96
 156

The rent cost includes electricity and water charges, maintenance, cleaning, repairs, etc. complete.

VI. Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication (FixedCosts)

Monthly Amount
No Item Months
Rate inRs.
1. Office Supplies
2. Drafting Supplies
3. Computer Running Costs

4. Domestic and International Communication

TOTAL

VII. Office Furniture and Equipment(Rental)

The cost shall include rental charges towards all such furniture and equipment as
[Link],chairs,visitorchairs, steel
almirahs, computer furniture, conference table etc. Office equipment shall include as a
minimumoftelephone(2external&10internallines),photocopier(15ppm,12000copiesper month with A3 & A4
input) fax machine, PCs(5 No., Intel Core 2 Duo E8300, 19’’ colour TFT, Cache-6MB, RAM-2 GB, HDD-250 GB, DVD
Writer, Key board, optical scroll mouse, MS- Windows Vista Business, pre-loaded anti-virus etc.), laser printers (2
no., 14 ppm, 266 MHZ, 5000 pages per month, 600x600 dpi or better etc., Engineering Plan printer (1 no.),
binding machine (1 no.), plotter A0 size, overhead projector, AC (4 no., 1.5 Ton), Water Coolers (as required)etc.

Nos. of Months Rate/month Amount

156

VIII. Reports and Document Printing

No. of Total Rate

No. of
No. Description Copies Nos. of perCopy ( Amount
Reports
perReport copies )
Monthly reports 468
1 156 3
(Design and Construction)
2 Half yearly Reports 26 3 78
Variousothersreportsasprovided
3 intheConcessionAgreementsuch
asCompletionReport
Total

97
IX. Road Survey Equipment

The cost shall include carrying out survey using equipment, manpower, software and report processing.

Nooftimes Amount
Rate per
Item Kms survey tobe
km (INR) (INR)
conducted
Surfacedefectsdetectionandroughnessmeasurement
21
usingNetworkSurveyVehicle
Pavement strength measurement using FWD 11
Bridge inspection using Mobile Bridge Inspection Unit
or Drone technology -

Road signs inspection using Retro Reflectometer 20

Total

X. Contingencies

A fixed amount [Link] provisions of

Contingency shall be operated with the specific approval from the Competent Authority in MoRTH.

(Form-IV)

98
APPENDIX-V

DETAILED EVALUATION CRITERIA

1. First Stage Evaluation -Proof of Eligibility (Para 12.1 of Data Sheet)

1.1 Eligibility criteria for sole applicant firm.

The sole applicant firm shall satisfy the following criteria.

(a)Firm should have experience of preparation of DPR/Feasibility of 2/4/6 lane major bridge project. The firm
should have also prepared DPR/Feasibility of at least one major bridge of 2/4/6 lane of minimum length as
indicated below in the last 7 years.

Package MinimumAggregate LengthMinimum length of a Eligible Tunnel

[Link]. TentativeLength
No. required Project
DPR = 0.4
DPR/ Feasibility = Tentative Feasibility = 0.6
xTentative
Length xTentative Length
Length
1 2 3 4 5 6
01 01 8 8 3.2 4.8

(b) Firm should also have experience of project Authority Engineer/Independent Engineer/Construction
supervision of 2/4/6 lane major bridge project of aggregate length as given below in the last 7 years.

TentativeLengt Minimum length of a Tunnel

[Link]. Package No. MinimumAggregate Length required
h Eligible Project
Project Supervision/independent Project Supervision/independent
Engineer(Tentative length) Engineer = 0.4 xTentative Length
5
1 2 3 4

01 01 8 8 3.2
Note: Similar project means 2/4/6 lane Tunnel projects as applicable for the project for which RFP is invited. For
2-lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a multiplication factor of 1.5. Experience of 4/6
lane shall be considered interchangeably for 4/6 laning projects. For 4/6 laning projects, experience of 2 lane will
be considered with a multiplication factor of 0.5. For standalone tunnel projects, experience in tunnel work (either
standalone project or as apart of road/metro/rail/irrigation/hydo-electric project) only be considered.

99
(a) Annual Average Turn Over for the last 5 years

In cases where, Audited/Certified copy of Balance Sheet for the FY 2025-26 is available, last five years
shall be counted from 2021-22 to 2025-26. However, where audited/certified copy of the Balance Sheet
for the FY 2025-26 is not available (as certified by the Statutory auditor) then in such cases last five years
shall be considered from 2020-21 to 2024-25 of the firm from Consultancy services should be equal to
more than Rs.10 crore.

(In Rs. crore$)

Bidder
Annual Turnover Average
type
Annual
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Turnover
Updati Updati (In Rs.
Updation Updation (Rs. Updatio
(Rs.) (Rs.) (Rs.) on on (Rs.) crore )
$
factor factor ) n factor
factor factor

(2x3+4x5
+6x7+8x9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
+10x11)/
5

Single
entity
Bidder or
Lead
Member
including 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.15 1.20
other
members
of the
Joint
Venture

Name & address of Bidder’s Bankers:

$The conversion rate of USD into Rupees shall be the daily representative exchange rates published by the Reserve Bank of India for
the relevant [Link] relevant date should be as on the date 28 (twenty eight) days prior to the Application Due Date.

(Financial Year to be modified as applicable)

100
1.2 Eligibility criteria for Lead Partner/Other Partner in case of JV.

In case of JV, the Lead Partner should fulfill at least 75% of all eligibility requirements and the other partner shall
fulfill at least 50% of all eligibility requirements as given at 1.1 above. Thus a Firm applying as Lead Partner/Other
Partner in case of JV should satisfy the following(a) & (b). Firm should have experience of preparation of
DPR/Feasibility of 2/4/6 lane major bridge project. The firm should have also prepared DPR/Feasibility of at least
one major bridge of 2/4/6 lane of minimum length as indicated below in the last 7 years

(a) Preparation of DPR/Feasibility of 2/4/6 lane major bridge of aggregate length as given below.

Package TentativeLe MinimumAggregate

[Link]. Minimum length of a Eligible Project
No. ngth Length required
DPR/ Feasibility = Feasibility = 0.6 xTentative
DPR = 0.4 xTentative Length
Tentative Length Length
1 2 3 4 5 6
Other Other partner Lead in Other partner
Lead in JV partner Lead in JV
in JV JV in JV
in JV
01 01 8 6 4 2.4 1.6 3.6 2.4

(b) Authority Engineer/Independent Engineer/Construction supervision 2/4/6 lane major bridge project of
aggregate length as given below in the last 7 years as given below

MinimumAggregate Length
[Link]. Package No. TentativeLength Minimum length of a Eligible Project
required
Project
Project Supervision/independent
Supervision/independent
Engineer = 0.4 xTentative Length
Engineer=Tentative Length
5
1 2 3 4

Other partner Other partner

Lead in JV Lead in JV
in JV in JV

01 01 8 6 4 2.4 1.6

101
c) Minimum Annual Average Turn Over for the last 5years

In cases where, Audited/Certified copy of Balance Sheet for the FY 2024-25 is available, last five years shall be
counted from 2020-21 to 2024-25. However, where audited/certified copy of the Balance Sheet for the FY 2024-25
is not available (as certified by the Statutory auditor) then in such cases last five years shall be considered from
2019-20 to 2023-24 from Consultancy services should be equal to more than Rs.10 crore. (Financial Year to be
modified as applicable)

(Financial Year to be modified as applicable)

No. Mode of Submission by a firm Annual Average Turn Over for the last 5 years
1 Lead Partner in a JV Rs.7.5 crore
2 Other Lead partner in a JV Rs.5 crore

Note:(i) Weightage to be given when experience by a Firm as Sole Firm/Lead Partner in aJV/Other Partner in a
JV/As Associate

No. Status of the firm in carryingout DPR/ Feasibility Study Weightage for experience

1 Sole firm 100%

2 Lead partner in a JV As per share in JV

3 Other partner in a JV As per share in JV

4 As Associate 25%

For weightage of experience in any past Consultancy assignment, experience certificate from the client shall be
submitted. If the applicant firm/member of JV has / have prepared the DPR/FS/Supervision projects solely
on its own, 100% weightage shall be given. If the applicant firm/member of JV has prepared the
DPR/FS/Supervision projects as a partner in a JV, weightage shall be given as per its share in JV. If the
applicant firm/member of JV have prepared the DPR/FS/Supervision projects as an associate, 25%
weightage shall be given.

(ii) The experience of a firm in preparation of DPR for a private Concessionaire/contractor shall not be considered,
unless certified by the client (Road owning authority)

102
2. Second Stage Evaluation -Technical Evaluation (Para 12.2 of Data Sheet)

A1. Firm’s Profile, turnover and professionals working with the firm (20M)

1 Specific experience of firms in terms of year 7

1.1 Less than 5 year 2.5
1.2 5 year to 15 year. 5.0
1.3 15 year to 25 year 6.0
1.4 More than 25 years 7.0
2 Profile of the Firm 3
2.1 Partnership /others (Solo /Joint) 1.0
2.2 Private Limited Company and Joint applicant 2.5
2.3 Private Limited Company and sole applicant 3.0
2.4 Public Limited Company and Joint applicant 2.5
2.5 Public Limited Company and sole applicant 3.0
Specific experience of firms in terms of turnover(Updated to the factor as
3 6
per clause 1.3.2 of LOI)
Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years
3.1 4.0
>10 but < 20 crore
Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years
3.2 5.0
20 - 50 crore
3.3 Firm’s Average Turnover of last 5 years > 50 crore 6.0
4 Highway Professionals * working with the firm 4
4.1 <10 nos. 0
4.2 10-20 nos. 2.0
4.3 > 20-30 nos. 3.0
4.4 > 30 nos. 4.0
*The professionals who possess degree in Civil Engineering/Transport Planning/Transport
Economics/Traffic Management/Geology/Mining Engineering/Environment Science or Engineering and 8
years Experience in highway/bridge/tunnel with employment in the firm for more than one year. The
current Employment Certificate/Pay roll details shall be uploaded by Key Personnel on INFRACON.

Note:

[Link] case feasibility study is a part of DPR services the experience shall be counted in DPR only. In case bridge is
included as part of DPR of highway the experience will be (1) and (2)

[Link] project means 2/4/6 lane Tunnel projects as applicable for the project for which RFP is invited. For 2-
lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a multiplication factor of 1.5. Experience of 4/6
lane shall be considered interchangeably for 4/6 laning projects. For 4/6 laning projects, experience of 2 lane will
be considered with a multiplication factor of 0.5. For standalone tunnel projects, experience in tunnel work (either
standalone project or as apart of road/metro/rail/irrigation/hydo-electric project) only be considered.

. Note: (i) Weightage to be given when experience by a Firm as Sole Firm/Lead Partner in a JV/Other Partner in a
JV/As Associate

Status of the firm in carryingout DPR/

No. Weightage for experience
Feasibility Study

1 Sole firm 100 %

103
 2 Lead partner in a JV As per share in JV

3 Other partner in a JV As per share in JV

4 As Associate 25%

(ii)The experience of a firm in preparation of DPR for a private Concessionaire/contractor shall not be considered,
unless certified by the client (Road owning authority)

104
A2. Firm's relevant experience in last 7 yearsfor DPR work (15 M)

For special projects such as special bridges, tunnels and expressways that require specialized capabilities
and skill sets, the following is the break-up:
S. Maximum Sub-
Description
No. Marks Marks
1 Specific experience of the DPR consultancy related to the assignment 15
Aggregate Length of Standalone DPR / Feasibility study of 2/4/6 lane Bridge
1.1 7
Projects (excluding approaches)
1.1.1 More than the indicative Length of the package applied for 5
1.1.2 More than 2 times the indicative length of the package applied for 6
1.1.3 More than 3 times the indicative length of the package applied for 7
DPR for 2/4/6 lane standalone Bridge Projects (excluding approaches) each
equal to or more than 40 % of indicative length (i.e 3.2 km) of a package
1.2 applied for or Feasibility Study for 2/4/6 lane standalone Bridge Projects 8
(excluding approaches) each equal to or more than 60 % of indicative length
(i.e 4.8 km) of a package applied for
1.2.1 1 project 6
1.2.2 2 projects 7
1.2.3 ≥ 3 projects 8

Note: In case feasibility study is a part of DPR services the experience shall be counted in DPR only. In case bridge is
included as part of DPR of highway the experience will be (1) and (2)

A3: Firm's relevant experience in last 7 years for Supervision work (15 M).

Maximum Sub-Marks
S. No. Description Marks
Specific Experience as Authority Engineer/Independent
Engineer /Construction supervision/PMC in aggregate
1 length of 2/4/6 lane standalone Bridge Projects (excluding 5
approaches)

1.1 More than the indicative Length of the package applied 3.0
for
More than 2 times the indicative length of the package
1.2 4.0
applied for
More than 3 times the indicative length of the package
1.3 5.0
applied for-
Specific Experience as Authority Engineer/Independent
Engineer /Construction supervision/PMC in Number of
2/4/6 lane standalone Bridge Projects (excluding
2 approaches) each equal to or more than 3.2 km (40%of 10
project length) or more in last 7 years.

2.1 1 project 7.50

2.2 2 Project 8.00

2.3 3 Project 8.50

2.4 4 Project 9.00

105
 2.5 5 Project or more 10.00
Note 1: In case of JV the turnover and experience details of Lead and JV partners to be added.
Note 2: Employer’s certificate/ certificate from Statutory Auditor should be submitted substantiating the
experience/turnover claimed by the firm.

*** In case the project includes any specialized nature of work such as tunnels, specialized structures etc. in
substantial quantum, this requirement/Marks may be included by suitably adjusting marks of other attributes.

B1. Material testing, survey and investigation, equipment and software proposed to beused (10M)
Maximu Sub-
[Link]. Description
m Marks Marks
Availability of Material Testing Facilities with persons/resources having
1 1.5
operational skills of the equipment
1.1 Owned* (Available In House) 1.5
1.2 Outsourced (Hire basis) 1.5
* Shall be ascertained through the ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON in regard to major equipments
required for testing of materials to be used for construction of Highway Project.
Availability of Field Investigation Facilities with persons/resources having
2 1
operational skills of the equipment
2.1 Owned** (Available In House) 1
2.2 Outsourced (Hire basis) 1
** Shall be ascertained through ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON for construction of Highway Project.
Availability of Office Equipment and Software with persons/resources having
3 1.5
operational skills of the equipment
3.1 Owned*** (Available In House) 1.5
3.2 Outsourced (Hire basis) 1.5
*** Shall be ascertained through ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON for key hardware/software
required for Highway consultancy assignment.
Experience in LiDAR or better technology for topographic survey (Infrastructure
4 2.5
sector)
4.1 1 project 0.5
4.2 2 projects 1
4.3 3 projects 1.5
4.4 4 projects 2
4.5 ≥ 5 projects 2.5
Experience in using GPR and Induction Locator or better technologies for
5 2
detection of sub-surface utilities (Infrastructure sector)
5.1 1project 0.5
5.2 2 projects 1
5.3 3 projects 1.5
5.4 ≥ 4 projects 2
6 Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for land surveys 1.5
6.1 Area upto 100 ha 0.5
6.2 Area between 100-500 ha 1
6.3 Area > 500 ha 1.5

Note: The experience of firm/associate in Lidar or equivalent technology, GPR and Induction Locator or equivalent
technologies and Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for land acquisition shall be supported by experience
certificate. The experience of a firm/ associate in Lidar or equivalent technology, GPR and Induction Locator or
equivalent technologies and Experience in Digitization of cadastral maps for land acquisition for a private
concessionaire/ contractor (client) shall be considered on self-certification along with the client certificate of
Government agencies not below the rank of EE/PD/GM or eqivalant officer. Any false certification shall attract
provisions of Clause 1.8, Section -2 (letter of Invitation) read with Clause 2.9.1(g) ofGCC

106
B2: Experience in use of technology for road inspection in supervision work (10M)

S. Maximum
No Description Marks
Experience in Network Survey Vehicle(NSV) or better
1 technology for pavement inspection 3.5
1.1 Equipment 2
(a) Equipment on MOU on hiring basis- 2 marks
(b) Own Equipment – 2 marks
1.2 Experience 1.5
(i) 1-2 projects 0.5
(ii) 3-5 projects 1
(iii) > 5 projects 1.5
Experience in Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD) or better
2 technology for pavement strength measurement 2

2.1 Equipment 1
(a) Equipment on MOU on hiring basis- 1mark
(b) Own Equipment – 1 marks
2.2 Experience 1
(i) 1-3 Projects - 0.5 marks
(ii) >3 Projects- 1 marks
3 Experience in Mobile Bridge Inspection Unit or better 2.5
3.1 technologyforbridgeinspection
Equipment 1
(a) Equipment on MOU on hiring basis- 1 mark
(b) Own Equipment – 1 marks
3.2 Experience 1.5
(i) 1-2 Projects- 0.5 marks
(ii) 3-5 Projects- 1 marks
(iii) > 5 Projects- 1.5 marks
4 Experience in Retro reflectometer technology 2
4.1 Equipment 1
(a) Equipment on MOU on hiring basis- 1 mark
(b) Own Equipment – 1 marks
4.2 Execution with owned/hired Equipment 1
(i) 1-3 Projects - 1 marks
(ii) >3 Projects – 1 marks
Total 10
Notes:
(iv) The Consultants owning the equipment shall be required to submit proof ofownership.
(v) The experience of firm/associate in NSV or equivalent technology, FWD or equivalent technology, MBIU
or equivalent technology and Retro reflectometer or equivalent technology shall be supported by
experience certificate. The experience of a firm/associate for a private concessionaire/ contractor
(client) shall be considered on self-certification along with the client certificate of Government agencies
not below the rank of EE/PD/GM or eqivalant officer. Any false certification shall attract provisions of
Clause 1.8, Section -2 (letter of Invitation) read with Clause 2.9.1(g) ofGCC

C1. Qualification and Competence of the Key Staff for adequacy of the Assignment for phase 1 and
2(Project preparation and pre construction activity). (Para 12.2 ofData Sheet and Enclosure II of TOR)

107
 1. Traffic / Road Signage / Marking and Safety Expert

S. Description Max.
No. Points
I Desirable Qualification 25
i) Full/Part Time Graduation in Civil Engineering or Equivalent from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 15
ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as
on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks.
For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education
(available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks.
For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks
ii) Post-Graduation
Full/Part Time/Regular Post-Graduation in Traffic/ Transportation/ Safety Engineering or equivalent. 10
Post-Graduation in Transportation planning will also be considered provided it is obtained after
Graduation in Civil Engineering.
For PG from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released
by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign
Countries give full marks
For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education
(available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 7.5 marks.

For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 5 marks

II
a) Total Professional Experience 10
<6 years 0
6-10years 5
>10-15 years 7.5
>15years 10
b) Experience on Similar Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/ Expressways) in Similar Capacity 30
<5years 0
5-8years 15
>8-10 years 18
>10-12 years 20
>12-15 years 25
>15-18 years 28
>18 years 30
c) Experience as Traffic and Safety Expert / Traffic Engineer or in Similar Capacity in Highway Projects 30
(2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) (Minimum aggregate length 120 km)
<120km 0
120km-200km 10
>200km -300km 15
>300km-400km 20
>400km-500km 25

108
>500km-600km 27.5
>600km 30

109
 S. Description Max.
No. Points
III Employment with Firm 5
<1 Year 0
1 year 2
Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 additional marks
100

2. ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALIST

S. No. Description Max.

Points
I Desirable Qualification
i) Full/Part Time Graduation Graduate in Civil Engineering / Environment Engineering / Masters in Environment 15
Science from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by
Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign
Countries give full marks

For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education
(available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks.

For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks.
ii) Post-Graduation
Full/Part Time/Regular Post-Graduation or Doctorate in Environmental Engineering/Environment 10
Management or equivalent.
For PG from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking
released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of
repute of Foreign Countries give full marks
For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education
(available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 7.5 marks.

For other colleges give 50% marks i.e. 5 marks

II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 70

a) Total Professional Experience 15
<6 years 0
6-8 years 11
>8-10 years 13
>10 years 15
b) Experience in Highway Projects- Experience in Environment impact assessment of Highway Projects 25
(2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways)
<5 years 0
5 -7 years 19
>7-10 years 22
>10 years 25
c ) E x p e r ie n c e a s E n v i r o n m e n t a l S p e c ialist or in Similar Capacity in Highway Projects(2/4/6 laning of 15
/NH - 330 4 4 /2 9 /2 0 21 -S & R ( P & B ) P a r t ( C o m p u t e r N o . 2 4 8 4 0 4 )

110
S. No. Description Max.
Points
NH/SH/Expressways)
<2 projects 0
2- 4 projects 12
5-7 projects 14
>7 projects 15
d) Experience as Environmental Specialist or in Similar Capacity in Highway Projects(2/4/6 laning of 15
NH/SH/Expressways)
<5 years 0
5 -7 years 12
>7-10 years 14
>10 years 15
III Employment with Firm 5
<1 year 0
1 year 2
Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 additional marks
100

3. SENIOR SURVEY ENGINEER

S. No. Description Max.

Points
I Desirable Qualification 25
i) For Full/Part Time Diploma in Civil Engg or Diploma in Surveying or equivalent from any 18

111
S. No. Description Max.
Points
IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by
Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of
Foreign Countries give full marks

For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of
Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 13.5 marks.

For other govt. approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 9 marks.
ii) Full/Part Time/Part Time Graduation or Post Graduation in Civil Engineering from any 25
IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by
Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of
Foreign Countries give full marks

For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of
Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 18.75 marks.

For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 12.5 marks.
II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 70
a) Total Professional Experience 15
<10 years 0
10-12 years 11
>12-15 years 13
>15 years 15
b) Experience in Highway Projects 25
i) Experience in Similar Projects(2/4/6 laning of NH / SH / Expressways) in project 20
preparation/ Construction / Construction Supervision
<8years 0
8 -10 years 15
>10-12 years 17
>12 years 20
ii) Knowledge and understanding of modern Computer based method of Surveying such as 5
LIDAR Survey (ground or aerial), remote sensing, GIS mapping etc.
Certification from an accredited institute to be submitted for validation.
Yes 5
No 0
c) Experience as Survey Engineer or in Similar Capacity for project preparation of highway 30
project (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) (Minimum Aggregate Length of 120km)
<120km 0
120km-200km 10
>200km-300km 15
>300km-400km 20
>400km-500km 25

112
>500km 30

113
S. No. Description Max.
Points
III Employment with Firm 5
<1 year 0
1 year 2
Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 additional marks

100

4. QUANTITY SURVEYOR/DOCUMENTATION EXPERT

S. No. Description Max.

Points
I Desirable Qualification 25
i) Full/Part Time Graduation in Civil Engineering. 15

For Graduation from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF
ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering
Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks.

For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of
Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks.

For other colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.50 marks

ii) Full/Part Time Post-Graduate Degree or Diploma in Quantity Surveying 10
[AICTE/UGC Approved]
II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 70
a) Total Professional Experience 15
<10 years 0
10-12 years 11
>12-15 years 13
>15 years 15
b) Experience in Highway Projects- Experience in preparation of Bill of Quantities, Contract 25
documents and documentation for major highway projects (2/4/6 laning of
NH/SH/Expressways) in Assistant Quantity Surveyor capacity or Higher Designation
<8 years 0
8 -10 years 12.5
>10-12 years 15
>12-15 years 17.5
>15-18 years 20
>18-20 years 22.5
>20 years 25
c) Experience as Quantity Surveyor or in Similar Capacity in Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning 30
of NH/SH/Expressways) (Minimum Aggregate length of 120 km)

Consider full length experience in Quantity Surveyor or in Similar Capacity and consider
2/3 length experience in case of Assistant Quantity Surveyor or in Similar Capacity
114
<120km 0

115
 S. No. Description Max.
Points
120km-200km 15
>200km – 300km 17.5
>300km -400km 20
>400km -500km 22.5
>500km -600km 25
>600km add 2.5 marks for each additional 100 km experience subject maximum 5 additional marks
III Employment with Firm 5
<1 year 0
1 year 2
Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 additional marks
100

5. LAND ACQUISITION EXPERT

S. Description Max.
No. Points
I General Qualification 25
i) Graduation or equivalent in any discipline from Top 50 ranked universities as per NIRF ranking 20
released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Colleges of repute of
Foreign Countries give full marks.

For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education
(available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 15 marks.

For Other Colleges give 50% marks i.e. 10 marks.

ii) Post-Graduation in Law 5
II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 70
a) Total Professional Experience 15
<15 years 0
15-17 years 11
>17-20 years 13
>20 years 15
b) Experience in Land Acquisition works of Government/Authority 20
<10 years 0
10 -12 years 15
>12-15 years 17
>15 years 20
c) Experience in Land Acquisition works in Highway/road sector 25
Nil project 0
1 project 19
116
2 projects 22

117
S. Description Max.
No. Points
3 projects 25
d) Retired Revenue officer at the level of ADM/SDM / Tehsildar 10
III Employment with Firm 5
<1 year 0
1 year 2
Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 additional marks
100

6. TEAM LEADER cum SENIOR BRIDGE ENGINEER

S. Description Max Points

No.
I Desirable Qualification Sub- 30
points
i) Full/Part Time Graduation in Civil Engineering or Equivalent from any 15
IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking
released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering
Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks.

For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry
of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks.

For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks
ii) Post-Graduation
Full/Part Time/Regular Post-Graduation in Structural/Bridge/Earthquake 15
Engineering sFor PG from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering
institutes as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as
on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give
full marks.

For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry
of Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks.

For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks

II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 65

a) Total Professional Experience 10
<15 years 0
15-18 years 5
>18-21 years 8
> 21 years 10
(b) Experience in Bridge Project - Experience in major Bridge 25
Construction / Development Project on NH/SH/Expressways
< 5 years 0

117
 6-8 years 12
>8-10 years 15
>10-15 years 20
>15-20 years 23
>20 years 25
c ) E xp erience in Similar C a p24a8c4i0t4y)
304 4 /29 /2 02 1 -S&R(P&B)Part (Computer N o . 30

118
2430909677194/2025/S&R(ZBorindege)

S. Description Max Points

No.
(i) As Team Leader/Project Manager or similar capacity of at least Two projects in 20
Construction Supervision / IC involving 4 laning/6-laning/ Expressway of
minimum 50km length and atleast two major bridge of a length 500 mtr.
(Excluding approaches) on NH/SH/Expressways
<2 Projects 0
2-3 Projects 10
4-6 Projects 12
7-9 Projects 15
10-12 Projects 18
>12 Projects 20
(ii) In Feasibility of 2/4/6 laning works or DPR/IC/Construction Supervision of 10
major highway projects i.e. 2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways in Similar
Capacity- Number of Projects
< 2 projects 0
2 projects 5
3- 5 projects 8
> 5 projects 10
III Employment with Firm 5
< 1 Year 0
1 year 2
Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 mark
Total 100

7. Bridge Structural Engineer

S. Description Max.
No. Points

I General Qualification 30
i) Full/Part Time Graduation in Civil Engineering or Equivalent from any 15
IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking released by
Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering Colleges of repute
of Foreign Countries give full marks.

For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of
Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks.

For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks
ii) Post-Graduation

119
2430909677194/2025/S&R(ZBorindege)

Full/Part Time/ Regular Post-Graduation in Structural/ Bridge/ Earthquake 15

Engineering
For PG from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF
ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering
Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give f ull ma rks.

120
 S. Description Max.
No. Points

For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of
Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks.

For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks

II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 65

a) Total Professional Experience 10
<8 years 0
8-10 years 5
>10-15=12 years 8
>12 years 10
b) Experience in Bridge Projects 25
(i) Experience in project preparation and design of bridge projects on NH/SH/Expressways 25
< 5 years 0
6-8 years 12
>8-10 years 15
>10-15 years 20
>15-20 years 23
>20 years 25
c) Experience as Senior Bridge Engineer or Similar Capacity in Highway Design Consultancy 30
Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) involving design of Major Bridges ( minimum
2 nos. of length more than 200m)
<2 Projects 0
2-3 Projects 10
4-6 Projects 12
7-9 Projects 15
10-12 Projects 18
>12 Projects 20
III Employment with Firm 5
<1 Year 0
1 year 2
Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 marks
Total 100

8. Senior Geotechnical Engineer

S. Description Max
No. Points
121
I General Qualification 30
Full/Part Time Graduation in Civil Engineering/Mining Engineering / 15
Engineering Geology from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as
per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or
Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks

For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of
Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks.

i) For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks
Post-Graduation
Full/Part Time/Regular Post-Graduation in Geotechnical Engineering /Foundation 15
Engineering/Rock Mechanics/Geo science or equivalent

For PG from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF
ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering
ii) Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks

122
S. Description Max
No. Points

For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of
Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks.

For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks

II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 65

a) Total Professional Experience
<15 years 0
15-20 years 8
>20 -25years 9
>25years 10
(b) Experience in Tunnel Projects 24
(i) Professional experience in handling major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) 8
<10 years 0
>=10-12 years 6
>12 -14 years 7
>14 years 8
(ii) Experience in major tunnel construction/construction supervision projects 8
(Road/Rail/Metro)
<10 years 0
>=10-12 years 6
>12 -14 years 7
>14 years 8
(iii)Experience in preparation of DPR or Feasibility report of major tunnel projects
(Road/Rail/Metro) 8
<10 years 0
>=10-12 years 6
>12 -14 years 7
>14 years 8
c) Experience in Similar Capacity 31
(i) Professional Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer (Structural) 8
<8 years 0
>=8-10 years 6
>10 – 12 years 7
>12 years 8
(ii) Experience as Senior Geotechnical Engineer or similar capacity in major tunnel 8
construction/construction supervision projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
<8 years 0

123
>=8 – 10 years 6

124
S. Description Max
No. Points
>10-12 years 7
>12 years 8
(iii) Experience as Senior Geotechnical Engineer or similar capacity in preparation of DPR or
Feasibility report of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) 8
<8 years 0
>=8 – 10 years 6
>10-12 years 7
>12 years8 8
(iv) Experience in construction/construction supervision/ preparation of DPR/feasibility report 7
of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/metro) using NATM
<8 years 0
>=8 – 10 years 6
>10-12 years 7
<8 years 0
III Employment with Firm 5
Less than 1 Year 0
1-2 years 2
Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 marks
Total 100
9. Senior Geophysicist
Sr. No. Description Max.
Points
I
General Qualification
i) Full/Part Time Graduation in Geophysics/Geo science/ Earth science or equivalent 15
from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking
released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or Engineering
Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks.

For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of
Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks.

For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks
ii) Post-Graduation

125
Full/Part Time/Regular Post-Graduation in Geophysics/Geo science/ Earth 15
Science or equivalent
For PG from any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF
ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or
Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks.

For institutes ranked between 51-100 as per NIRF ranking released by Ministry of
Education (available as on bid due date) give 75% marks i.e. 11.25 marks.

33216
For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks

126
Sr. No. Description Max.
Points

II
Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project
a) Total Professional Experience 15
<15 years 0
15-20 years 10
>20 -25years 13
>25years 15
b) Experience in Relevant works 50
(i) Professional Experience in handling tunnel/ mineral and oil 12
exploration projects
<10 years 0
>=10-12 years 9
>12 -14 years 11
>14 years 12
(ii) Experience of carrying out AEM survey for tunneling/ mineral and oil
exploration or any other similar work for area of more than 2.7 sq km
< 2 projects 0
2 projects 9
3 projects 11
4 or more projects 12
(iii) Processing, Interpreting, generating 3D resistivity model of AEM survey’s
raw data for tunneling/ mineral and oil exploration or any other similar work for
area of more than 2.7 sq km
< 2 projects 0
2 projects 9
3 projects 11
4 or more projects 12
(iv) Experience in carrying out AEM survey, processing, interpreting,
generating 3D resistivity of AEM survey’s raw data for major tunnel work
(Rail/Road/Metro)
< 3 projects 0
3 projects 9
4 projects 12
5 or more projects 14
II Employment with Firm 5
Less than 1 Year 0
1-2 years 2
Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 marks

127
Total 100

128
 10. Highway Cum Pavement Engineer

Sr. No. Description Max. Marks

I General Qualification 25
i) Degree in Civil or equivalent 20
ii) Post Graduation in Highway Engg /Transportation Engineering 5
II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 70
a) Total Professional Experience 15
<8 years 0
8-12 years 11
>12 -15years 13
>15years 15
Experience in HIghway
b) 25
Projects
(i) Experience in design/Pavement Design of Highway Projects
(2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/ Expressway) 8

<6 years 0
>=6-10 years 19
>10 -15 years 22
>15 years 25
c) Experience in Similar Capacity 30
(i) In Design/ Pavement Design of Highwat Projects (2/4/6 laning
of NH/SH/Expressway) in similar capacity (minimum aggregate 20
length 80km)
<80 km 0
>=80-150 km 15
>150 – 250 km 17
>250 km
20

(ii) In Design/ Pavement Design of Highwat Projects (2/4/6 laning

10
of NH/SH/Expressway) in similar capacity - No. of Projects
2 projects 8
>=3 –5 projects 9
>5 projects 10
III Employment with Firm 5
Less than 1 Year 0
1-2 years 3
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 2
marks
Total 100

- 129 -
 11. Senior Geomatics Expert
S. No. Description Max.
Points
I Desirable Qualification 30
i) Full Time Graduation in Civil Engineering or Equivalent from any 15
IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF
ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due
date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full
marks
For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks
ii) Post-Graduation 15
Full Time/Regular Post-Graduation in Civil Engineering 15
(Geomatics/Geoinformation Technology/Geodesy and
Geoinformatics/Geospatial Information Sciences) from any
IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF
ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due
date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full
marks

For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks]
Part Time Post-Graduation in Civil Engineering 10
(Geomatics/Geoinformation Technology/Geodesy and
Geoinformatics/Geospatial Information Sciences) from any
IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF
ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due
date) or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full
marks
For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e 5 marks]
II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 65
a) Total Professional Experience 15
<12years 0
12-15 years 11
>15-18 years 13
>18 years 15
(b) Experience in Planning, surveying, remote sensing, GIS, project 20
preparation on Highways/Airports/Railways/Irrigation/Hill
Roads/Hydel Projects
<12 years 0
12-15 years 14
>15-18 years 17
>18 years 20
c) Experience in Similar Capacity 30
(i) Experience as Senior Geomatics Expert (or Equivalent Position) in 30
preparation of DPR or Feasibility report of landslides/rockfall on
Highways/Airports/Railways/Irrigation/Hill Roads/Hydel Projects
<5 years 0
5-8 years 20

- 130 -
S. No. Description Max.
Points
>8-12 years 24
>12-15 years 27
>15 years 30
III Employment with Firm 5
< 1 Year 0
1 year 2
Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 marks
Total 100

- 131 -
 12. Senior Hydrology and Hydraulics Expert

S. No. Description Max.

Points
I Desirable Qualification 30
i) Full Time Graduation in Civil Engineering or Equivalent from any 15
IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF ranking
released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date) or
Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks
For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks
ii) Post-Graduation 15
Full Time/Regular Post-Graduation in Civil Engineering 15
(Hydrology/Hydrogeology/Water Resources/Water Technology) from
any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF
ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date)
or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks

For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e. 7.5 marks]
Part Time Post-Graduation in Civil Engineering 10
(Hydrology/Hydrogeology/Water Resources/Water Technology) from
any IIT/NIT/IISC or Top 50 ranked engineering institutes as per NIRF
ranking released by Ministry of Education (available as on bid due date)
or Engineering Colleges of repute of Foreign Countries give full marks
For other AICTE approved colleges give 50% marks i.e 5 marks]
II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 65
a) Total Professional Experience 15
<12years 0
12-15 years 11
>15-18 years 13
>18 years 15
(b) Experience in preparation of DPR or Feasibility report of 20
landslides/rockfall/river training/bank protection on
Highways/Airport/Railways/Irrigation/Hill Roads/Hydel Projects
<10 years 0
10-12 years 14
>12-15 years 17
>15 years 20
c) Experience in Similar Capacity 30
(i) Experience as Senior Hydrology and Hydraulics Expert (or Equivalent 30
Position) in preparation of landslides/rockfall/river training/bank
protection on Highways/Airport/Railways/Irrigation/Hill Roads/Hydel
Projects
<5 years 0
5-8 years 20
>8-12 years 24
>12-15 years 27

- 132 -
S. No. Description Max.
Points
>15 years 30
III Employment with Firm 5
< 1 Year 0
1 year 2
Add 1 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 3 marks
Total 100

- 133 -
For all the above Key-Positions the following shall be noted:
1. AICTE ( Major/Core Branch of Engineering/Technology and their
relevant/ appropriate course leading to degree in
Engineering/Technology), 2017 shall be considered for equivalence of
disciplines.
2. For gaps not addressed in the above notification, the same shall
be decided by a committee of the Authority with atleast one
educationalist as a committee member.

Note:
1. Self-Certified Undertakings on INFRACON if not
supplemented with Client Issued Certificates, shall not be
considered for Evaluation.
2. Retired Govt. Officers shall upload the promotion
orders to equivalent/similar capacity posts on INFRACON.

- 134 -
Assumptions to be made regarding Similar Capacity for various
positions

1. Team Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer

i) On behalf of Consultant / Contractor: Team Leader/Senior Highway

Engineer.
ii) In Government Organizations: Superintending Engineer (or
equivalent) and above

2. Senior Bridge Design Engineer

i) On behalf of Consultant: Senior Bridge Design Engineer/Bridge

Engineer/ Bridge Design Engineer
ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and above

3. Highway Design Engineer

i) On behalf of Consultant: Highway Engineer/Highway

Design Engineer/Pavement Engineer.
ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and
above

4. Material-cum-Geo-technical Engineer

i) On behalf of Consultant: Material Engineer/Material Expert/Geo

Technical Engineer
ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and above
iii) On behalf of Contractor: Material Engineer/Material Expert/Geo T

5. Traffic / Road Signage / Marking and Safety Expert

i) On behalf of Consultant: Traffic Engineer/Transportation

Engineer/Road Safety Expert
ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and
above
iii) On behalf of Contractor: Traffic Engineer/Transportation Engineer/
Road Safety Expert

6. Senior Survey Engineer

i) On behalf of Consultant: Senior Survey Engineer/ Survey Engineer/

- 135 -
 Senior Surveyor
ii) In Government Organizations: Surveyor/Engineer (or equivalent)
iii) On behalf of Contractor: Senior Survey Engineer/Survey Engineer/
Senior Surveyor

7. Environmental Specialist

i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Environmental

Engineer/ Environmental Specialist/ Environmental Expert
ii) In Government Organization: Officers who has dealt
environment/forest matter.

8. Quantity Surveyor/Documentation Expert

i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Quantity Surveyor

ii) In Government Organizations: Assistant Engineer (or equivalent)

9. Land Acquisition Expert

i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Land Acquisition Expert

ii) In Government Organizations: ADM, SDM, Tehsildar,

10. UTILITY Expert

i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Utility Expert

ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or
equivalent) and above. Consultant has to assess the major utility
shifting involved and propose the CV accordingly.

11. Senior Geomatics Expert

i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Senior Geomatics Expert

ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or
equivalent) and above.

12. Senior Hydrology & Hydraulics Expert

i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Senior Hydrology & Hydraulics Expert

ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or
equivalent) and above.

13. Highway cum Pavement Engineer

i)On behalf of Consultant: Highway Engineer/Highway Design

Engineer/Pavement Engineer.

ii)In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent)

- 136 -
 and above

Note: While carrying out evaluation of key personnel, the

experience in similar capacity is also a criteria of evaluation and
assumptions to be made regarding similar capacity have been
mentioned above. However, if a key personnel has worked in next
lower category to the similar capacity, the marks allotted to key
personnel in the category ‘experience in similar capacity’ shall be
reduced to two thirds of marks in this category. This shall be
applicable

for evaluation of all key personnel.

- 137 -
C2. Evaluation Criteria for assessment of score of Key Staff for adequacy of the
Assignment for phase 3 Construction Supervision and Maintenance

C2.4 Senior Quality/Material Engineer

Reference/Details Marks self-

Max.
S. No. Description of projects Claimed assessed by
Marks
for self-assessment the bidder
1 General Qualification 25
I) Graduate in Civil Engineering 21
II) Post Graduation in Geotechnical
Engineering/ Foundation
Engineering/ Soil Mechanics/ Rock 04
Mechanics
2 Adequacy for the Project 70
Professional Experience
Total Professional Experience in handling
Highway/Bridge projects
< 10 years -0
15
i) 10 years -11
Add one mark extra for each additional year
of experience subject to maximum 4 (four)
marks.
Experience in similar capacity in
Construction/Construction Supervision of
major Highway Projects ((similar
configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and above))
ii) < 5 years -0; 25
5 years -19
Add 2.0 (two) marks extra for each
additional year of experience subject to
maximum 6 (Six) marks.
Experience in similar capacity in handling
Similar Highway projects (of length 40% of
project length or more of similar
configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and above)
iii) 30
< 2 nos. -0
2 nos. - 25
Add 2.5 marks extra for each additional
project subject to maximum 5 (five) marks.
Employment with the Firm
< 1 year – 0
1 year – 3
3 5

Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year

subject to maximum 2 marks
Total : 100
Note:
- 138 -
(1) Similar Capacity includes the following positions

i) On behalf of Consultant/Contractor: Quality Expert/ Material

Engineer/Material Expert/ Quality Engineer/ Geo-Technical Expert.

ii) On behalf of Government: Executive Engineer

(2) Only those projects (in numbers) will be considered for evaluation above, where the
input of the personnel is not < 12 months

(3) In case of experience on behalf of Authority’s Engineer or Contractor, the experience

shall be duly endorsed by the respective Government agency. In case of non-
availability of endorsement from Govt. Agency, the experience uploaded on Infracon
Portal will be taken into consideration. However, the key personnel/ bidder will be
solely responsible for any fake information/ CV, which may result in debarment.

- 139 -
C2.8 Senior Contract Specialist

Reference/
Marks
Details of
self-
Max. projects
S. No. Description assessed
Marks Claimed
by the
for self-
bidder
assessment

1 General Qualification 25

I) Graduate in Civil Engineering 21

Post Graduate Degree in Law/PG in

management/certificate course in
II) management/ certificatecourse in 04
construction management/certificate course
in contract management
2 Adequacy for the Project 70
Professional Experience

Total Professional Experience of Contract

Management.
< 15 years -0 20
i)
15 years -15 marks
Add one mark extra for each additional year of
experience subject to maximum 5 (five) marks.

Experience as Contract Specialist on any

National/State Highway project.
< 4 years -0 20
ii)
4 years -15 marks
Add one mark extra for each additional year of
experience subject to maximum 5 (five) marks.

Contract Management of a large Highway contract

say over Rs.150 crore including experience of
handling variation orders, claims of the contractor
and there appropriate disposal
iii) < 2 nos. -0 25

2 nos. -20
Add 2.5 marks extra for each additional project
subject to maximum 5 (five) marks.
v) Experience of Handling Arbitration cases in 5

- 140 -
 respect of any Highway project.
1 project -4 marks
2 or more projects-5 marks

Employment with the Firm

<1 year- 0
3 1 year – 3 marks 5

Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to

maximum 2 marks

Total : 100

- 141 -
C2.10 Resident cum Tunnel Excavation Expert:

Reference/
Marks
Details of
self-
Max. projects
S. No. Description assessed
Marks Claimed for
by the
self-
bidder
assessment
1 General Qualification 25
Graduate in Civil/Mining Engineering or
I) 21
equivalent
Post-Graduate or chartered engineer in
II) 04
civil/Mining Engineering or equivalent
2 Adequacy for the Project 70
Total Experience
<15 years – 0
15 years – 12 marks
a i) 15
Add 1 mark extra for each additional year of
experience subject to maximum 3 (three) marks.
Total professional experience in handling major
tunnelling projects
< 10 years – 0
A ii) 10
10 years – 7 marks
Add 1.5 marks extra for each additional year of
experience subject to maximum 3 (three) marks.
b Experience in Similar Capacity
Experience as Tunnel Excavation Expert or similar
capacity in construction supervision of major
tunnelling projects
(Road/Rail/Metro)
b i) 10
< 7 years – 0
7 years – 7 marks
Add 1.5 marks extra for each additional year of
experience subject to maximum 3 (three) marks.
Experience as Tunnel Excavation Expert or similar
capacity in construction supervision of tunnel
projects (Road/Rail/Metro) of minimum length of
4 km (Minimum one year supervision in a project)
b ii) < 2 projects – 0 20

2 projects – 15 marks
Add 2.5 marks extra for each additional projects
subject to 5 (five) marks.

- 142 -
 Reference/
Marks
Details of
self-
Max. projects
S. No. Description assessed
Marks Claimed for
by the
self-
bidder
assessment
Experience in tunnel design/ DPR/ preparation /
feasibility study/design review involving major
tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) of minimum
length of 4 km (minimum 1 year experience in a
b iii) project) 10
1 project – 7 marks
Add 1 mark extra for each additional projects
subject to maximum 3 (three) marks
Experience in construction of major tunnel
projects (Road/Rail/Metro) apart from those
under 2 (b) (ii)
C) 5
1 project – 3 marks
Add 1 mark extra for each additional projects
subject to maximum 2 (two) marks.
Employment with the Firm
<1 year- 0
3 1 year – 3 marks 5

Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to

maximum 2 marks
Total : 100

Note:- Max Age = 65 Years

** tunnel projects, unless specifically mentioned, has to be major tunnels of length equal
to or more than 1.5 Km to be considered for evaluation

- 143 -
C2.11 TUNNEL DESIGN EXPERT:

Reference/
Marks
Details of
self-
Max. projects
S. No. Description assessed
Marks Claimed for
by the
self-
bidder
assessment
1 General Qualification 25
I) Graduate in Civil Engineering or equivalent 21
II) Post-Graduate in Engineering (Structural) 04
2 Adequacy for the Project 70
Total Professional Experience
<20 years – 0
20 years – 11 marks
a i) 15
Add 1 mark extra for each additional year of
experience subject to maximum 4 (four) marks.
Total Professional Experience in handling major
Tunnel projects
<12 years – 0
A ii) 10
12 years- 7 marks
Add 1 mark extra for each additional year of
experience subject to maximum 3 (three) marks.
b Experience in Similar Capacity
Experience in tunnel design (Road/Rail/Metro)
works in similar capacity
<12 years – 0
b i) 10
12 years – 7 marks
Add 1 mark extra for each additional year of
experience subject to maximum 3 (three) marks.
Experience in similar capacity in Project
Preparation/DPR involving design of tunnels
(Road/Rail/Metro)of more than 1.5 km length
(Min. 1 year experience in a project)
b ii) 15
< 3 projects – 0
3 projects – 11 marks
Add 1 mark extra for each additional projects
subject to maximum 4 (four) marks.
Experience in similar capacity in
construction/construction supervision projects
involving design/design review of tunnels of more
than 1.5 Km length (Min. 1 year experience in
b iii) project) 10
<2 projects – 0
2 projects – 7 marks
Add 1.5 mark extra for each additional projects
subject to maximum 3(three) marks.
Experience in innovation tunnel design
(Road/Rail/Metro) like immersed tunnel and sub-
c i) 5
sea bored tunnel 1 projects – 4 marks
2 or more projects -5 marks
Experience in design tunnel
c ii) projects(Road/Rail/Metro) apart from those under 5
2 (b) (ii)

- 144 -
 Reference/
Marks
Details of
self-
Max. projects
S. No. Description assessed
Marks Claimed for
by the
self-
bidder
assessment
1 project – 4 marks
2 or more projects – 5 marks
Employment with the Firm
<1 year- 0
3 1 year – 3 marks 5
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to
maximum 2 marks
Total : 100

Note: Max Age =65Years

** tunnel projects, unless specifically mentioned, has to be major tunnels of length equal
to or more than 1.5 Km to be considered for evaluation

- 145 -
C2.12 TUNNEL SAFETY EXPERT

Reference/
Marks
Details of
self-
Max. projects
S. No. Description assessed
Marks Claimed for
by the
self-
bidder
assessment
1 General Qualification 25
Graduate in Civil/Mining Engineering or
I) 21
equivalent
Any professional Certification from a
II) recognized/statutory body on 04
safety/health/shot firer
2 Adequacy for the Project 70
Total Professional Experience
<20 years – 0
20 years – 11 marks
a i) 15
Add 1 mark extra for each additional year of
experience subject to maximum 4 (four) marks.
Experience Tunnel (Road/Rail/Metro) Safety
Works
<10 years – 0
A ii) 15
10 years – 11 marks
Add 1 mark extra for each additional year of
experience subject to maximum 4 (four) marks.
International exposure in tunnel safety works in
developed countries
<7 years – 0
a iii) 10
7 years – 7 marks
Add 1 mark extra for each additional projects
subject to maximum 3 (three) marks.
b Experience in Similar Capacity
Experience in similar capacity of Tunnel Safety
Audits during construction stage of tunnel
projects(Road/Rail/Metro) of minimum length of
1.5 km
b i) 20
< 2 projects – 0
2 projects – 15 marks
Add 1.25 mark extra for each additional projects
subject to maximum 5 (five) marks.
Experience in similar capacity of Tunnel Safety
Audits in design stage on tunnel projects
b ii) (Road/Rail/Metro) 10
1 project – 8 marks
2 or more – 10 marks
Experience in construction of major tunnel
projects (Road/Rail/Metro) using
C) 1 project – 3 marks 5
Add 1 mark extra for each additional projects
subject to maximum 2 (two) marks.
Employment with the Firm
3 <1 year- 0 5
1 year – 3 marks

- 146 -
 Reference/
Marks
Details of
self-
Max. projects
S. No. Description assessed
Marks Claimed for
by the
self-
bidder
assessment
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to
maximum 2 marks
Total : 100

Note: Max Age = 65 Years

** tunnel projects, unless specifically mentioned, has to be major tunnels of length equal to or
more than 1.5 Km to be considered for evaluation

- 147 -
C2.13 Senior Geotechnical Expert:

Reference/
Marks
Details of
self-
S. Max. projects
Description assessed
No. Marks Claimed
by the
for self-
bidder
assessment
1 General Qualification 25
Graduate in Civil Engineering / Masters
I) in Engineering Geology or equivalent 21
from a recognized university
Post Graduate in Rock Mechanics
II) /Foundation Engineering/ Tunnel 04
Engineering
2 Adequacy for the Project 70
Total Professional Experience
<20 years – 0
20 years – 11 marks
a i) Add 1 mark extra for each additional year of 15
experience subject to maximum 4 (four)
marks.
Experience in Construction/ Construction
Supervision of major tunnel projects
(Road/Rail/Metro
< 10 years – 0
A ii) 10
10 years – 7 marks
Add 1 mark extra for each additional year of
experience subject to maximum 3 (three)
marks.
b Experience in Similar Capacity
Experience as Geotechnical engineer or
similar capacity in construction/ construction
supervision of at least 4 tunnel projects
(Road/Rail/Metro) of length equal to or more
b i) than 1.5 km 25
< 4 projects – 0
4 projects -17 marks
Add 2 mark extra for each additional project
subject to maximum 8 (eight) marks
Experience as Geotechnical engineer or
similar capacity in Construction/
Construction Supervision of major tunnel
b ii) projects involving vertical shaft sinking of at 5
least 200m vertical depth
1 project – 4 marks
2 or more projects – 5 marks
Experience as Geotechnical engineer or
similar capacity in design/project
B iii) 15
preparation of tunnel projects
(Road/Rail/Metro) of at least 1.5 km length

- 148 -
 Reference/
Marks
Details of
self-
S. Max. projects
Description assessed
No. Marks Claimed
by the
for self-
bidder
assessment
< 2 projects – 0
2 projects – 11 marks
Add 2 marks extra for each additional
projects subject to maximum 4 (four) marks.
Employment with the Firm
<1 year- 0
3 1 year – 3 marks 5
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year
subject to maximum 2 marks
Total : 100
Note:- Max Age =65 Years

** tunnel projects, unless specifically mentioned, has to be major tunnels of length equal
to or more than 1.5 Km to be considered for evaluation.

- 149 -
C2.14 Senior GEOLOGIST:

Reference/
Marks
Details of
self-
S. Max. projects
Description assessed
No. Marks Claimed
by the
for self-
bidder
assessment
1 General Qualification 25

Masters in Geology /Applied Geology from

I) 25
recognized university.

2 Adequacy for the Project 70

Total Professional Experience
<<20 years – 0
20 years – 15 marks
a i) 20
Add 1 mark extra for each additional year of
experience subject to maximum 5 (five) marks.
Experience in major Tunnel
construction/construction supervision Projects
(Road/Rail/Metro) using NATM technology
A ii) < 5 years – 0 15
5 years – 12 marks
Add 1.5 marks extra for each additional year subject
to maximum 3 (three) marks.
b Experience in Similar Capacity
Experience in major Tunnel (Road/Rail/Metro)
Construction works in similar capacity
< 7 years – 0
b i) 15
7 years – 12 marks
Add 1 mark extra for each additional year of
experience subject to maximum 3 (three) marks.
Experience in similar capacity in project
preparation/DPR involving of major tunnel projects
(Road/Rail/Metro). (Min 1 year experience in a
project)
b ii) 10
<2 projects – 0
2 projects -7 marks
Add 1.5 marks extra for each additional projects
subject to maximum 3 (three) marks.
Experience in similar capacity in highway tunnel
construction/construction supervision with
minimum length of 1.5 km
b iii) < 2 projects – 0 10
2 project – 7 marks
Add 1.5 marks extra for each additional projects
subject to maximum 3 (three) marks.
Employment with the Firm
<1 year- 0
3 1 year – 3 marks 5
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to
maximum 2 marks
Total : 100

- 150 -
Note: Max Age = 65 Years

** tunnel projects, unless specifically mentioned, has to be major tunnels of length equal
to or more than 1.5 Km to be considered for evaluation

Note: applicable to all key personnel:

1. If a key personnel has worked in next lower category to the similar capacity, the
marks allotted to key personnel in the category ‘experience in similar capacity’ shall be
reduced To two thirds of marks in this category. This shall be applicable for evaluation of all
key personnel.

2. ** Similar project means 2/4/6 lane Tunnel projects as applicable for the
project for which RFP is invited. For 2-lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be
considered with a multiplication factor of 1.5. Experience of 4/6 lane shall be considered
interchangeably for 4/6 laning projects. For 4/6 laning projects, experience of 2 lane will be
considered with a multiplication factor of 0.5. For standalone tunnel projects, experience in
tunnel work (either standalone project or as apart of road/metro/rail/irrigation/hydo-
electric project) only be considered.

*****

- 151 -
Ministry of Road Transport & Highways

Government of India

Project Management Consultancy Services for Construction of 2- Lane Elevated

Srinagar Bypass on NH-07 (Design length : 8.0 km) in the state of Uttarakhand State
OF Uttarakhand.

PART-II

TERMS OF REFERENCE

&

DRAFT CONCESSION AGGREMENT

August 2025

Regional Officer, MoRT&H

1st Floor, The Institution of Engineers (India) Building

Near ISBT, Saharanpur Road, Dehradun, Uttarakhand, Pin – 248002

- 152 -
INDEX

Sl.
Content Page No.
No.
1 TERMS OF REFERENCE-Appendix-VI 142

Terms of Reference (TOR)for Project Preparation and Pre

2 145
Construction Activity-Appendix-VIA

3 Supplement -I: Additional Requirements for Hill Roads 217

4 Supplement - II: Additional Requirements for Bridges 221
5 Supplement - III : Additional requirement for safety audit 224
Terms of reference for phase 3: Construction supervision and
6 228
maintenance –Appendix-VIB

Enclosure - I: Schedule for Submission of Reports and Documents and

7 248
format of submission of reports and documents.
8 Enclosure - II: Format for submission of reports and documents 259
9 Appendix-VII: Draft Contract Agreement 347
Appendix-VIII: DPR Checklist for 8 stages [Stage 1: Inception Report, Stage
2: Feasibility Report, Stage 3: LA & Clearances I, Stage 4: Detailed Project
10 Report, Stage 5: Technical Schedules, Stage 6: LA & Clearances II]: Stage 7: 402
Award Determination (Structures), Stage 8: Land Possession Report
(Structures)
11 Appendix-IX: Sample Executive Summary of Detailed Project Report 461

- 153 -
APPENDIX-VI

TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)

Terms of Reference (TOR) for PMC

1. General

1.1 Ministry of Road Transport & Highways intends to execute the work Project
Management Consultancy Services for Construction of 2- Lane Elevated Srinagar Bypass
on NH-07 (Design length : 8.0 km) in the state of Uttarakhand Ministry of Road
Transport & Highwaysnow invites proposal from Technical consultants for PMC as per
details given in Annexure- I.

1.2 State PWD will be the employer and executing agency for the consultancy services and
the standards of output required from the appointed consultants are of international
level both in terms of quality and adherence to the agreed time [Link] consultancy
firm will solely be responsible for submission of quality work in stipulated period.

1.3 In case a level crossing exists in a project reach, consultant is required to co-ordinate with
consultant appointed by Ministry for preparation of feasibility/DPR of ROB/RUBsin lieu
of the level crossing and finalizes the alignment & configuration of road accordingly.
However, if the existing level crossing is not covered in the consultancy works already
awarded by Ministry, the consultant under this assignment shall be responsible for
preparing DPR for such level crossings along with pre-construction activities and
construction supervision of the entire project.

2. Objective

2.1 The main objective of the consultancy service is to establish the technical, economical,
and financial viability of the project and prepare feasibility report, detailed project
report, carrying out pre-construction activity and also construction supervision to ensure
quality work for rehabilitation and upgradation of the existing road to <lane>
configuration.

2.2 The viability of the project shall be established taking into account the requirements with
regard to rehabilitation, upgrading and improvement based on highway design,
pavement design, provision ofservice roads wherever necessary, type ofintersections,
rehabilitation and widening of existing and/or construction of new bridges and
structures,roadsafetyfeatures,quantitiesofvariousitemsofworksandcostestimatesand
economic analysiswithin thegiven time frame.

2.3 The Detailed Project Report (DPR) would inter-alia include detailed highway design,
design of pavement and overlay with options for flexible or rigid pavements, design of
bridges and crossdrainagestructuresandgradeseparatedstructures,designofserviceroads,
quantities of various items, detailed working drawings, detailed cost estimates, economic
and financial viability analyses, environmental and social feasibility, social and
environmental action plans as appropriate and documents required for tendering the
project on commercial basis for international / local competitive bidding.

2.4 The PMC consultant should ensure detailed project preparation incorporating aspects of
value engineering, quality audit and safety audit requirement in design and
implementation. The Consultant shall ensure to carry out Road Safety Audit at various
stages as per supplement-III (Additional Requirement for Safety Audit) of TOR.

2.5 The consultant should, along with Feasibility Report, clearly bring out through financial

- 154 -
 analysis the preferred mode of implementation on which the Civil Works for the stretches
are to be taken up. The consultant should also give cost estimates along with feasibility
report/ detailed Project Report.
2.6 If at inception stage or feasibility stage, employer desires to terminate the contract, the
contract willbe terminated after payment up to that [Link] the contract may also
be terminated/foreclose at any stage/phase and payment due upto that stage only would
be payable.
2.7 DPR for Kainchidham bypass to be submitted in three months from date of start of
consultancy services.
3. Scope of Services
The PMC consultancy shall be carried out into following phases:
Phase Description Sub-Phase Report/deliverable
Key activities
submitted
1A (Feasibility Project planning and Inception Report and
Study) mobilization QAP
1 Project
preparation Alignment finalization, Alignment Options
preliminary surveys Report and Feasibility
Report
LA, utilities Strip Plan, LA Report (3a,
identification; creation 3A), Clearances and
of draft notifications Utility Shifting proposals
and proposals
1B (DPR)
Detailed design of Draft DPR Report, Final
highway, preparation of DPR Report, documents
detailed project report and drawings
with drawings
Preparation of bid Civil Works Contract
documents and Agreement and
technical schedules Schedules
Land acquisition process, JMS and 3D Report, Final
obtaining final utilities Project Clearances and
Pre- estimates and required Utilities Report
construction clearances
2
activities Land acquisition award 3G Report
determination
Obtaining possession of Land Possession Report
land
Court cases, arbitration Court cases, arbitration
including mutation including mutation
3 Construction A. During Construction
activity and 1. Review and approval
maintenance of design
[Link] of
construction work,
3. review of progress
work
4. Quality assurance
monitoring and
supervision test,
- 155 -
Phase Description Sub-Phase Report/deliverable
Key activities
submitted
[Link] of safety
of
work/workers/users/
pedestrians
6. Progress of pre-
construction activities
7. Clearances from
different agencies

B. During
maintenance
1) Performance
Monitoring through
Network Survey Vehicle
2) Inspection of defect
and deficiencies
3) Maintenance of the
road work
4) Quality assurance
during project life
5) Safety aspects

Detailed TOR for Project Preparation and Pre Construction activity shall be as per
Appendix VI A and for construction Supervision as per Appendix VI B. Wherever the
consultant is stated in the TOR or elsewhere

(i)as DPR, it shall mean the Project Management consultant in the Phase 1 and Phase 2
(Project Preparation and Pre Construction activity) and

(ii) as Authority Engineer,it shall mean the Project Management consultant in Phase 3
(Construction Supervision and maintenance)

- 156 -
APPENDIX VI A

Terms of Reference (TOR)for Project Preparation and Pre Construction Activity

1. General

1.1 Ministry of Road Transport & Highways intends to execute the work Project
Management Consultancy Services for Construction of 2- Lane Elevated Srinagar Bypass
on NH-07 (Design length : 8.0 km) in the state of Uttarakhand Ministry of Road
Transport & Highways now invites proposal from Technical consultants for carrying out
detailed project report as per details given in Annexure- I.

1.2 State PWD will be the employer andexecuting agency for the consultancy services and the
standards of output required from the appointed consultants are of international level
both in terms of quality and adherence to the agreed time schedule. The consultancy firm
will solely be responsible for submission of quality work in stipulated period.

1.3 In case a level crossing exists in a project reach, consultant is required to co-ordinate with
consultant appointed by Ministry for preparation of feasibility/DPR of ROB/RUBs in lieu
of the level crossing and finalize the alignment & configuration of road accordingly.
However, if the existing level crossing is not covered in the consultancy works already
awarded by Ministry, the consultant under this assignment shall be responsible for
preparing DPR for such level crossings along with pre-construction activities and
construction supervision of the entire project.

2. Objective

2.1 The main objective of the consultancy service is to establish the technical, economical,
and financial viability of the project and prepare detailed project reports for construction
of 2 lane Tunnel and connecting road.

2.2 The viability of the project shall be established taking into account the requirements with
regard to construction of project tunnels as per Annexure-I based on Tunnel alignment &
design, approach roads and design of new bridges and structures,
roadsafetyfeatures,quantitiesofvariousitemsofworksandcostestimatesand economic
analysis within the given time frame.

2.3 The Detailed Project Report would inter-alia include detailed Tunnel alignment design,
Geotechnical studies and design report, Bore log report, Geophysical investigation report
Topographic Survey report, Study of Seismicity, Study of Water samples, Chemical
analysis of water samples, Detailed Tunnel design report, design of approach roads,
Design of Structures, Technical specification for road tunnels, E & M lighting and other
fixed operating equipments, Snow & Avalanche protection measures if any, quantities of
various items, detailed working drawings, detailed cost estimates, economic and financial
viability analyses, environmental and social feasibility, social and environmental action
plans as appropriate and documents required for tendering the project on commercial
basis for international / local competitive bidding.

2.4 The DPR consultant should ensure detailed project preparation incorporating aspects of
value engineering, quality audit and safety audit requirement in design and
implementation. The Consultant shall ensure to carry out Road Safety/Tunnel Safety
Audit at various stages as per supplement-III (Additional Requirement for Safety Audit)
of TOR.

2.5 The consultant should, along with Feasibility Report, clearly bring out through financial
analysis the preferred mode of implementation on which the Civil Works for the stretches

- 157 -
 are to be taken up. The consultant should also give cost estimates along with feasibility
report/ detailed Project Report.
2.6 If at inception stage or feasibility stage, employer desires to terminate the contract, the
contract will be terminated after payment up to that stage.

3. Scope of Services

The general scope of services is given in the sections that follow. However, the entire scope of
services would, inter-alia, include the items mentioned in the Letter of Invitation, terms of
reference, general contract and any supplements and appendices to these documents

3.1 RoW and Land related aspects

3.1.1 The Right of Way norms for National Highways should be as under:

(i) Expressways 90 m
(ii) Economic Corridors and major National Highways requiring provisions 70 m
for Service Roads and planned for expansion to 8-lanes
(iii) National Highways with planed capacity to 6-lane Configuration 60 m
(iv) National Highways with planned capacity to 4-lane 45 m
(v) NH with planned capacity to two-lane + PS configuration 24 m
3.1.2 In case of upgradation of an existing two lane Highway to a 4/6/8 lane
configuration,acomparative cost-benefit analysis shall necessarily be carried out while
recommending development of existing route/alignment vis-a-vis alternate option of a
green –field alignment. While carrying out the cost benefit analysis of both the options,
the following factors shall be considered:
(i) Extant of land acquisition and the associated costs;
(ii) Number of structures required to be acquired along their extant and costs.
(iii) The quantum of utilities and costs required for their shifting.
(iv) The extent of tree –felling and the associated cost & time for obtaining the
requisite permissions.
3.1.3 However, green-field option may not be resorted to in cases where growth of traffic is
such that ultimate capacity does not require widening beyond 4 lanes in future.
3.1.4 In case the green field alignment option works out to be a preferred option, then-
(i) Entire ROW (60m -70m) may be acquired for a maximum capacity of 8 lane main
carriage way with provision for service roads.
(ii) Initially 4 lane carriage-way with4lane structures shall be developed with
additional land left in the median for future expansion.
(iii) The highway shall have provision for service roads in inhabited areas, preferably
of 10 mtrs width, with maximum access –control for the main carriage way.
(iv) Access to the towns/cities/establishments located on the existing National
Highway, may be provided through spurs from the green field route.

3.1.5 All efforts shall be made to avoid any road alignment through National Parks and Wildlife
Sanctuaries, even if it requires taking a longer route / bypass. However, where it becomes
absolutely unavoidable and necessary to keep the alignment through such reserve forest
/ restricted areas, land would be acquired with RoW of not more than 30 mtrs.

- 158 -
3.1.6 Similarly, though it may be difficult, while determining the alignment for any bypass,
efforts be made to see if these could be along the revenue boundaries of two revenue
estates thereby minimizing the compulsions of land owners / farmers for cross-overs to
the other side. In case such an alignment is not found feasible, it should be ensured that
access to common facilities for the local people (e.g. schools, Healthcare facilities etc.) is
maintained only on one side of the alignment, thereby minimizing the need for cross-over
for day-to-day life.

3.1.7 Protection of the acquired RoW against any possible encroachments is extremely
important. Boundary stones be provided at the end of the RoW as per provisions of
IRC:SP:84 and also supplemented as per Circular No. RW/NH-24036/27/2010-PPP dated
04.02.2019or any amendment thereof,issued by Ministry of Road Transport & Highways.
The boundary pillars alone, which are subject to removal with passage of time, may not
be enough to save against encroachments. As such, the typical cross-section of a Highway
Road is being re-visited separately with the intention of providing permanent features in
this behalf. For a typical RoW of 60 mtrs, starting from one end, these will require the
following:

(a) Use barricading of the RoW with plantation of hedge-like species (Ficus /
Poplars) within a 3m wide strip area, dug up to 0.6 to 0.9 mtrs, of which 2.0 mtrs
to serve as a Utility Corridor.

(b) Provision of a Service Road (along the inhabited area) with its drainage slope
towards the drain / area reserved for Strip Plantation, for a width of 9.0 mtrs.

(c) Earmark width of 1.5 mtrs for construction of a drain so as to be able to capture
the rainwater flow from the Service Road (wherever provided) and the main
carriageway.

(d) Three lane with paved shoulders: Main carriageway – 10.5 mtrs, paved shoulder –
2.5 mtr and earthen shoulder – 1.5 mtr.

(e) Median – 5.0 mtrs (effective width 4.5 m), and

(f) A Mirror Image on the other end.

3.1.8 With regard to land acquisition, tree felling, utility shifting across the alignment,
Ministry’s Guidelines issued vide letter no. NH -15017/21/2018-P&M dated 10th May,
2018, or any amendment thereof,may be adhered to.

3.2 Provisions of short bypasses, service roads, alignment corrections, improvement of

intersections shall be made wherever considered necessary, practicable and cost
effective. However, bypasses proposals should also be considered, wherever in urban
areas, improvement to <lane> of the existing road is not possible.

3.3 Role and Responsibilities at different stages of Land Acquisition

The Consultant in the process of his deliverables, is expected to:

(i) To delineate and propose the most optimal alignment and take care of geometrics
of the road to meet safety parameters while finalizing the DPR;
(ii) Identify and avoid (to the extent feasible) all such structures(religious structures,
public utilities cremation grounds, private structures) in the RoW of the road
project that could become major hindrances at the time of project execution;
(iii) Procure or create digitized, geo referenced cadastral/land revenue maps for the
purpose of land acquisition activities. Where state governments of local agencies
- 159 -
 have already digitize cadastral maps, the consultant shall arrange to procure such
maps. The digitized map should exactly match the original map so that the
dimensions and area of plots can be extracted from the map itself.
(iv) Co-ordinate collection of all relevant land revenue records (including Khasra
maps, Khatiyan, Jamabandi etc.) from the local land revenue administration office
required for preparation of Draft notification under Section 3A of the NH Act.
(v) Identify and list all land parcels that need to be acquired as part of project road.
Conduct Joint measurement survey in conjunction with CALA, the Executing
Agency and the Land Revenue Department to verify land records.
(vi) Assist the CALA and the Project Executing agency in preparation of statutory
notification under Sections 3A, the CALA during hearing of objections received
under Section 3C, recording of hearings and completion of this process,
preparation of draft notification under Section 3D and completion of the LA
process at every stage, timely publication of notifications and public notices in
newspapers at every stage;
(vii) Clear identification and preparation of an inventory of the assets attached to the
land under acquisition (e.g. Structures, trees, crops or any such assets which
should be valued for payment of compensation);
(viii) Co-ordination with offices of various departments like Land Revenue Office (or
Tehsil), Registrar office and other State departments (public works department,
horticulture department, forest department etc.) for evaluation of assets
(Structures, tree, crops etc.) attached to the land and liaison with respective State
authority for authentication of the valuation.
(ix) Prepare an inventory of all the utilities (electrical/water supply lines/gas
pipelines etc.- both linear and cross overs) and all such structures (religious
structure, public utilities, cremation grounds, private structures) in the RoW of
the road project that could become major hindrances at the time of project
execution;
(x) Carefully avoid location of any Flyover/VUP/elevated structure where a high
tension electricity line (66/132/220/400 KV etc.) is crossing over so as to avoid
raising of such line at such point, while designing the road projects;
(xi) Assist in demarcation of the acquired land and installation of the boundary
stones/pillars/peg makings along the RoW of the alignment;
(xii) Identification of land parcels missed out from acquisition in the first round and
assist the Authority and the CALA in preparation of Draft Notification for
acquisition of the land under missing plots.

3.4 Approach to the provision and specifications for Structures:

3.4.1 The structures on roads viz. Bridges,ROBs (Road Over Bridges, and Flyovers), RUBs
(Road Under Bridges) etc. are designed for more than 50 years. It is difficult to increase
the width of the structures at a later date which may also have larger financial
implications apart from construction related issues in running traffic. Therefore, it has
been decided to keep provision for all the structures including approaches comprising of
retaining structures as 6-lane (length of such approaches shall, in no case, be less than
30m on either side) on all the four-lane highways except in the following cases (i)
Reserve Forest (ii) Wild life Areas (iii) Hilly Areas (iv) Urban Areas where site condition
do not permit [Link] elevated sections are designed through any inhabited areas,
these should be six-lane structures supported on single piers so that the road
underneath serves as effective service roads on both sides.
- 160 -
3.4.2 Highway projects shall be designed for separation of local traffic especially for
Vulnerable Road Users (VRUs), for longitudinal movements and crossing facilities
through viaduct(s) located at convenient walking distance. Provision of PUPs and CUPs
with size of 7.0m x 4.0m, as specified in para 2.10 of the IRC specifications, has proved to
be insufficient keeping in view the increased use of mechanization in agriculture
practices. These structures do not support the easy passage / crossing for the tractors
with trolleys so often used for agricultural operations. As traffic on cross roads is
increasing day-by-day, it has been decided to substitute the provision of Pedestrian
Underpass (PUP) / Cattle Underpass (CUP) [for para 2.10 of IRC specifies the dimensions
of 7.0m x 3.0m] with aLVUP with a minimum size of 12 (lateral clearance) x 4m (vertical
clearance). Out of 12m lateral width, 2.5m width on one side shall be raised for
pedestrian sidewalks with grills to make pedestrian movement convenient and safe. A
third smaller dimension VUP-SVUP (4m*7m) for all cross roads carriageway width lesser
than 5.5m may also be considered. Thus VUPs would be of three grades [Link]-
5.5mx20m; LVUP-4mx12m; and [Link] structures shall be located at the
most preferred place of pedestrian / cattle / day-to-day crossings. Depending on the site
conditions, feasibility of clubbingthe crossing facilities through service roads shall also
be explored. Further, the bed level of these crossings shall not be depressed as any such
depression, in the absence of proper drainage facilities becomes water-logged rendering
the same unusable. Ideally, the bed level of the crossings should be a bit higher with
proper connectivity to a drain, which could serve the drainage requirements of the main
carriageway, the underpass and the service road as well.

3.4.3 Wherever the alignment of 4-lane Highway road project is retained in-situ while passing
through inhabited areas (e.g. villages), it should be ensured that Service Roads are
provided on both sides of the carriageway, connected underneath with a cross-over
structure (VUP/LVUP/SVUP). Thus each habitation should preferably have crossing
facility at the highways with a vertical clearance of 4 mtrs.

3.4.4 To ensure that bypass once constructed serves the intended purpose during its life, all
the bypasses shall be well designed and access controlled. The entry / exit from / to side
roads shall be controlled such that they are grade separated at major roads or at spacing
not less than 5 kms. Side roads at closer spacing shallbe connected to the service roads
on either side and taken to major roads forprovision of grade separated interchange.

3.5 The provision of embankments shall be kept minimum so as to save land as well as earth
which are scarce resources. This can be decided on case to case basis with due
deliberations. However, economic considerations may also be given due weightage
before deciding the issue.

3.6 The Consultant shall study the possible locations and design of toll plazaif applicable to
the [Link] amenities Land (minimum 5 acres, length and depth preferably in
the ratio of 3:2) shall also be acquired for establishment of Way-side amenities at
suitable locations at distances varying between 30 to 50 kms on both sides of the
[Link] local and slow traffic may need segregation from the main traffic and
provision of service roads and fencing may be considered, wherever necessary to
improve efficiency and safety.

3.7 Delete.

3.8 All ready to implement ‘good for construction’ drawings shall be

prepared/reviewedincorporating all the details.

- 161 -
3.9 Environmental Impact Assessment, Environmental Management Plan and Rehabilitation
and Resettlement Studies shall be carried out by the Consultant meeting the
requirements of the lending agencies like ADB/ World Bank/JICA, etc.

3.10 Wherever required, consultant will liaise with concerned authorities and arrange all
clarifications. Approval of all drawings including GAD and detail engineering drawings
will be got done by the consultant from the Railways. However, if Railways require proof
checking of the drawings prepared by the consultants, the same will be got done
by<Authority>and payment to the proof consultant shall be made by < Authority
>directly. Consultant will also obtain final approval from Ministry of Environment and
Forest for all applicable clearances. Consultant will also obtain approval for estimates for
shifting of utilities of all types from the concerned authorities and Ministry of Road
Transport & Highways. Consultant is also required to prepare all Land Acquisition
papers (i.e. all necessary schedule and draft 3a, 3A, and 3D, 3G notification as per L.A.
act) for acquisition of land either under NH Act or State Act.

3.11 The DPR consultant shall be required toprepare the Bid Documents, based on the
feasibility report, due to exigency of the project for execution if desired by <Ministry of
Road Transport & Highways>.

3.12 Consultant shall obtain all types of necessary clearances required for implementation of
the project on the ground from the concerned agencies. The client shall provide the
necessary supporting letters and any official fees as per the demand note issued by such
concernedagenciesfromwhomtheclearancesarebeingsoughttoenable implementation.

3.13 The consultant shall prepare separate documents for BoT as well as EPC contracts at
Feasibility stage / DPR stage. The studies for financing options like BoT, Annuity, EPC
will be undertaken in feasibility study stage.

3.14 The consultant shall be guided in its assignment by the Model Concession/ Contract
Agreements for PPP/ EPC projects, as applicable and the Manual of Specifications and
Standards for two/ four/ six laning of highways published by IRC (IRC:SP:73 or
IRC:SP:84 or IRC:SP:87, as applicable) along with relevant IRC codes for design of
tunnels (IRC SP:91-2019-Guidelines for Road Tunnels)

3.15 The consultant shall prepare the bid documents including required schedules (as
mentioned above) as per EPC/ PPP documents. For that it is suggested that consultant
should also go through the EPC/PPP documents of ministry before bidding the project.
The Consultant shall assist the <Ministry of Road Transport & Highways>and the Legal
Adviser by furnishingclarifications as required for the financial appraisal and legal
scrutiny of the Project Highway and Bid Documents.

3.16 Consultant shall be responsible for sharing the findings from the preparation stages
during the bid process. During the bid process for a project, the consultant shall support
the authority in responding to all technical queries, andshall ensure participation of
senior team members of the consultant during all interaction with potential bidders
including pre-bid conference, meetings, site visits etc. In addition, the consultant shall
also support preparation of detailed responses to the written queries raised by the
bidders.

- 162 -
3A ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TUNNELS

The main objective of the consultancy service is to establish the technical,

economical, and financial viability of the project and prepare detailed project
reports for construction of Tunnel and connecting road. The general scope of
services for the tunnel is mentioned in following paras. However, the entire
scope of services would, inter-alia, include the items mentioned in the terms
of reference, general contract and any supplements and appendices to these
documents.

1 3A.1 Planning and Feasibility Studies:

The first phase of a planning & investigation program for a road tunnel
project starts with collection and review of available information to develop
an overall understanding of the site conditions and constraints to identify
existing conditions and features that may impact the design and construction
of the proposed tunnel, and can guide in planning the scope and details of
the subsurface investigation program. The early investigations for planning
and feasibility studies can be confined to information studies and
preliminary reconnaissance.
The planning study shall incorporate the project's objectives, evaluation of
transportation demands in the area, including existing road networks and
potential congestion points and long-term growth projections.
The feasibility study shall include desk studies, preliminary investigations,
traffic studies, topographic studies, alignment evaluations and tentative cost
estimation as detailed below.

1. Desk Study and Preliminary Investigation

• Literature Review: Gather existing geological, geotechnical, and

hydrogeological data for the project area from previous studies,
geological surveys, and relevant agencies such as Geological Survey of
India (GSI). Published topographical, hydrological, geological,
geotechnical, environmental zoning, and other information must be
collected, organized and evaluated. Historical seismic records, records of
Avalanches & landslides caused by earthquakes, documented by Defence
Geoinformatics Research Establishment (DGRE) and other Government
Agencies be analyzed to avoid locating tunnel portals and shafts at these
potentially unstable areas.

• Topographical Data: Topographic maps and aerial photographs are useful

- 163 -
 in identifying terrain and geologic features (i.e faults, drainage channels,
sinkholes, etc.) whenever lapped with published geological maps, by
interpretation. Aerial photographs taken on different dates be used to
reveal the site history in terms of Avalanches, erosion and scouring, past
construction, etc. Survey of India’s topographic maps may be used for
preliminary route selection and defining the Project Corridor Influence
area. However, after the project corridor has been defined, new aerial
photography should be obtained and photogrammetric maps should be
prepared to facilitate portal and shaft design, site access, right-of-way,
drainage, depth of cover, geologic interpretation and other studies.

• Geological Maps: Acquire geological maps and land survey records to

understand the regional geology, faults, and rock formations.

• Geological Hazards: Identify potential geological hazards, such as

landslides and faults that could impact tunnel construction and operation.

• Hydrogeological Information: Assess available information on

groundwater levels, aquifers, and potential water ingress sources.

2. Site Reconnaissance and Preliminary Surveys

Available contour maps published by Survey of India OR online available
contour mapping are sufficient only for initial planning purposes. A
preliminary survey will be needed for concept development and
preliminary design to expand existing topographical data and include
data from field surveys and an initial site reconnaissance. Features
identified on maps and aerial photography should be verified. Rock
outcrops, often exposed along the existing highway and other locations,
provide a source for information about rock mass fracturing and bedding
and the location of rock type boundaries, faults, dikes, and other geologic
features. Features identified during the site reconnaissance should be
photographed, documented and if feasible located by hand-held GPS
equipment. The reconnaissance should cover the immediate project
vicinity, as well as a larger regional area so that regional geologic,
hydrologic and seismic influences can be accounted for. A preliminary
horizontal and vertical control survey to be carried out to obtain general
site data for route selection and for design.

3. Alignment Finalization

• Initial assessment of the general area where the tunnel can be

built shall be achieved with bibliographical desk studies including
- 164 -
 study of any earlier investigation campaigns in the area, any
scholarly geological researches, remote sensing inputs and latest
satellite and photographic records. Walk over surveys shall be
carried out to study the outcrops and for corroborating the
remotely collected data including detailed Scan line or window
Mapping surveys .

• Geological surface mapping of the tunnel alignment shall be

developed based on the survey done by an experienced geologist.

• Scope includes acquiring high resolution three dimensional stereo

paired satellite imagery of the complete tunnel corridor with with
minimum 50 cm ground sample distance(GSD). The satellite
imagery shall be acquired for an area of not less than 20 Square
Kilometers, covering the entire tunnel route corridor. Based on
these images a Digital Elevation Model(DEM) shall be evolved
using state of the art digital processing techniques using
predictive analytics. The DEM is to be overlaid with topographical
contours to produce accurate topographical and
geomorphological maps. This result obtained after digital
processing should be represented in form of A3 size high
resolution photographs. Scale used for such photographs should
be 1:10000 with 5 m contour interval. However, for portal
locations the scale should be 1:5000 with contour interval of 2 m.
Inputs received after study of the DEM and photographs shall be
used to further populate the Geological Reference Model (GRM).

• The geological model shall be presented in the form of a geological

longitudinal section (Drawing scale 1: 10000, A3 size) clearly
demarcating the various interred lithological boundaries and
ground types along the alignment, the groundwater conditions
permeability and relevant structural information such as the width
of fault zones, shear zones and lineaments/discontinuities with
attitude and orientation.

• The satellite images shall be carefully evaluated to identify faults

and other significant lineaments. Information received from these
maps should be utilized in portal and shaft design, site access, right
of way, drainage, depth of cover and geologic interpretation and
other studies. Original purchase receipts of such digital maps
should be submitted to the Employer by the consultant.

• Identification of Alignment Options and Portal Locations shall be

- 165 -
 based on geological models developed. The Consultant shall
suggest the most viable, economical alignment after carrying out
Risk Assessment. As far as possible portal locations shall not be
near avalanche prone areas. Consultant need to submit details of 3
Nos alternative proposed alignments. Out of which one will be
recommended to the Employer.

• Topographic Surveys
After identification of preferred alignment and portal Locations,
detailed topographic maps, plans and profiles must be developed
to establish primary control for final design and construction
based on a high order horizontal and vertical control field survey.
As on a road tunnel system, centerline of the roadway and
centerline of tunnel may not identical because of clearance
requirements for walkways and emergency passages, A tunnel
centerline developed during design should be composed of
tangent, circular, and transition spiral sections that approximate
the complex theoretical tunnel centerline within a specified
tolerance. This centerline should be incorporated into the
drawings of the tunnel, and all tunnel control should be based on
this centerline. Quantum of Survey shall be as per relevant Indian
standard (IS Code) or international Code(s) for Highway Tunnels.
Scope includes ground marking of alignment, identifying grade,
portal positions and finding altitude and grid reference of the
portal, structural data from geological surface mapping and site
walk over survey, stereographical maps, preparation of cross
sections etc.

• Other Studies
Photo-geological and remote sensing studies, geomorphological
studies, etc. as prescribed in IRC:SP:91:2019.

• Formulation of conceptual designs and preliminary alternative

sections for the tunnel along with broad indications of construction
methods including alignment and ventilation arrangements both
temporary and permanent. Comparative economic and technical
studies for two lane single tube tunnel and two independent tube
tunnels, will be covered in study.

• Geometric Design and Constructability Cross Section

- 166 -
 2 A road tunnel cross section must be able to accommodate the
horizontal and vertical traffic clearances, as well as the other required
elements. The typical cross section elements include:

3 • Travel lanes

4 • Shoulders

5 • Sidewalks/Curbs

6 • Tunnel drainage

7 • Tunnel ventilation

8 • Tunnel lighting

9 • Tunnel utilities and power

10 • Water supply pipes for fire-fighting

11 • Cabinets for hose reels and fire extinguishers

12 • Signals and signs above roadway lanes

13 • CCTV surveillance cameras

14 • Emergency telephones

15 • Communication antennae/equipment

16 • Monitoring equipment of noxious emissions and visibility

17 • Fire & Life Safety Provisions

18 • Emergency egress illuminated signs at low level

19 • Additional elements may also be needed under certain

design requirements and should be taken into consideration when
developing the tunnel geometrical configuration.

20 Based on the traffic studies and safety requirement, the

consultant shall suggest the Tunnel Configuration in accordance
with IRC SP 91-2019.

• Scope also includes Establishment of Horizontal and Vertical Control points

through DGPS and staking of Centre line of tunnel alignment.

- 167 -
3A.1.1 The feasibility report should bring out clearly the technical and other problems
that may be encountered during the construction and maintenance of the tunnel and
also clear recommendations regarding the feasibility of the tunnel in the prevailing
conditions. Final portal locations, tunnel sections and geometrics to be defined in the
feasibility report.
3A.1.2 Preliminary indications of cost of the tunnel project and the time involved for
the construction to be indicated in the feasibility report. In short, report should be self
explanatory to enable the employer to take a decision regarding feasibility of the tunnel,
expertise available within the country for construction and preliminary costs for
purposes of getting Administrative Approval for the works. This report should also
bring out other detailed studies involved at pre-construction stage, construction stage
and post construction stage.

21 3A.2 Detailed Project Report (DPR)

The DPR will enumerate on the following salient features:-

• Determination of the seismic potential along the route corridor

• Determination of flash flood and land slide potential at both the portals and along
transportation routes.

• Traffic survey

• Identification of quarry sites for construction material

• Identification of muck dump sites

• Portal design

• Route selection of three alternative tunnel alignments

• Tunnel cross section design

• Construction Methodology

• Ventilation Design

• Fire and safety Provisions

• Permanent drainage layout and design

• Detailed Design of Tunnel and Approaches including bridges, cross-drainage

structures etc.

• Construction Program & Schedule

• Infrastructure facilities including power requirements.

• Development of landslide susceptibility map of the project area and propose

- 168 -
 landslide prevention and mitigation measures accordingly

• Preparation of detailed cost estimate

• Preparation of Geotechnical Baseline Report (GBR) and risk sharing mechanism

between client and contractor

• Preparation of Land Plan Schedules and Utility Relocation Plans

3A.2.1 Geophysical Investigations

During pre-construction stage of tunnels and underground projects, geophysical
methods can be effectively used to predict unfavorable geological conditions. The
consultant shall conduct any of appropriate geophysical investigation from the
following range of geophysical methods (alteast one) in the domain of underground
engineering:-
• Gravity Method
• Magnetic Method
• Seismic Refraction Method
• Seismic Reflection Method
• Hybrid Seismic Method
• Spectral Analysis of Surface Waves
• Multi-channel Analysis of Surface Waves
• Continuous Surface Wave System
• Refraction Micro-Tremor
• Borehole Seismic Method
• Vertical Seismic Profiling
• Seismic Tomography
• Electrical Resistivity Method
• Spontaneous Potential Method
• Induced Polarization Method
• Electrokinetic Probing
• Ground Penetrating Radar
• Transient Electromagnetic Method
• VLF Method
• Magnetotelluric Method
- 169 -
 • Radiometric Method
• Airborne/heliborne Methods

3A.2.2 Detailed Field Investigation

The Consultants shall carry out geo-technical investigations and sub-surface explorations
for the proposed Bridges / Road over bridges/ tunnels/ viaducts/ interchanges etc.,
along high embankments and any other location as necessary for proper design of the
works and conduct all relevant laboratory and field tests on soil and rock samples. The
geotechnical and subsurface investigation for tunnels shall be done asper IRC:SP:91-
2019. Geotechnical and subsurface investigation and testing shall be carried out through
the geotechnical Consultants who have the experience of geotechnical and subsurface
investigation in similar project. The detailed field investigations shall include :

1. Geological Mapping and Rock Mass Characterization

2. Borehole Drilling and Core Sampling
3. In-Situ Testing
4. Groundwater Investigation
5. Slope Stability Analysis:
6. Seismic Hazard Assessment
7. Assessment of Geological Hazards

NOTE:
(i) The consultant should propose landslide prevention and mitigation measures
based on landslide susceptibility map developed.
(ii) Acoustic Bore Hole tele-viewers (BHTV) and optical Tele-Viewers (OPTV) can be
used for Bore Hole Imagery to record the geo-mechanical characteristics of the
encountered strata. Mapping of in situ stresses my be done by using
hydrofracturing or other suitable techniques.

3A.2.2.1 The main focus of the investigation will be to identify/determine

following:-
(i) Bedrock condition, lithological variations, material properties, permeability,
weathering.
(ii) Discontinuities, orientation, spacing, persistency, surface properties and
infilling
(iii) Assessment of ground conditions.

- 170 -
 (iv) Identification and characterization of fault zones by morphological and
structural appearances

v) General geology, structural data, Engineering geology, description of ground

pattern, salinity and coefficient of permeability.

vi) Determination of seismic coefficient for safe design of structures

3A.2.2.2 Subsurface investigation is the most important type of investigation to
obtain ground conditions, as it is the principal means for:
• Defining the subsurface profile (i.e. stratigraphy, structure, and principal soil
and rock types)
• Determining soil and rock material properties and mass characteristics (Rock
mass property, rock stresses, ground water conditions, geothermal ground
gradient, inflammable gases, rock model and rock mass behaviors)
• Identify geological anomalies, fault zones and other hazards (squeezing soils,
methane gas, etc.)
• Defining hydro geological conditions (groundwater levels, aquifers,
hydrostatic pressures, etc.); and
• Identifying potential construction risks.
3A.2.2.3 Subsurface investigations will involve borings, sampling, in situ testing,
geophysical investigations, and laboratory material testing. These investigations shall
provide factual information about the distribution and engineering characteristics of
soil, rock and groundwater at a site, allowing an economical design, determining a
reliable construction cost estimate, and reducing the risks of construction.
Notes : 1. Core recovery in bed rock portions shall not be less than 80% for hard rock in
general. However the percentage of core-recovery may vary with the type of rock
encountered for which the minimum percent recovery will be guided by relevant code
provisions. Drilling activity to includes the followings:-
a) Boring holes and carrying out all relevant tests for ascertaining rock properties. This
includes geological logging, electrical logging, geothermal logging and Geohydrological
logging of boreholes. b) Determination of in situ stress field by over coring methods or
any other techniques available such as hydro-fracture technique.
c) Water percolation tests are to be conducted in the hole at ground level, at every six
metre depth intervals, at proposed tunnel grade level and at the junction of different
lithological strata at three different pressures as per relevant IS Codes.
d) Any deviation of holes from verticality is to be actually measured accurately and
reflected.

- 171 -
3A.2.2.4 VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL/INCLINED BORINGS
Vertical and inclined test borings and soil/rock sampling are key elements of any
subsurface investigations for underground projects. Horizontal boreholes along tunnel
alignments provide a continuous record of ground conditions and information which is
directly relevant to the tunnel alignment.
Intrusive investigation has to be carried out through Bore Holes at critical
junctions where more detailed information is required for designing the tunnel , as per
IRC: SP-91- 2019. The location, depth, and number of borehole must be finalised based
on the inputs of geophysical investigation, geological models developed and in
accordance with IRC SP:91-2019 and other international guidelines, with the approval
of employer.
Depth of boreholes shall be 200m/400m, as per the suggestion given in clause
2.3 of IRC SP:91-2019. In general, borings should be extended to at least 2 tunnel
diameters below the proposed tunnel invert. However, if there is uncertainty regarding
the final profile of the tunnel, the borings should extend at least three times the tunnel
diameter below the preliminary tunnel invert level.

SAMPLING - ROCK CORE

In rock, continuous rock core should be obtained below the surface of rock. Double and
triple tube core barrels should be used to obtain higher quality core representative of
the in situ rock. For deeper holes, coring should be performed with the use of wire-line
drilling equipment to further reduce potential degradation of the recovered core
samples. Boring shall be carried out using at least NX size coring bits. Core runs should
be limited to a maximum length of 3 M in moderate to good quality rock, and 2 M in
poor quality rock. The rock should be logged soon after it was extracted from the core
barrel. Following information is to be noted for each core run on the rock coring logs:
• Depth of core run
• Core recovery in length and percent
• Rock Quality Designation (RQD) percent
• Rock type, including colour texture, degree of weathering and hardness
• Character of discontinuities, joint spacing, orientation, roughness and alteration
• Nature of joint infilling materials. In addition, drilling parameters, such as type of
drilling equipment, core barrel and casing size, drilling rate, and groundwater level
logged in the field shall also be recorded.

- 172 -
BOREHOLE SEALING:

All borings should be properly sealed at the completion of the field exploration, if not
intended to be used as monitoring wells. This is typically required for safety
considerations and to prevent cross contamination of soil strata and groundwater.

TEST PITS
Test pits are to be excavated to investigate the shallow presence, location and depth of
existing utilities, structure foundations, top of bedrock and other underground features
that may interfere or be impacted by the construction of shafts, portals and tunnels. The
excavation pits are to be backfilled with excavation spoil, and the backfill is compacted
to avoid excessive future settlement. Tampers and rollers may be used to facilitate
compaction of the backfill.
3A.2.2.5 Soil identification and classification

The field classification of soil for a tunnel project shall be similar to that for other geotechnical
applications except that special attention must be given to accurately defining and documenting
soil grain size characteristics and stratification features since these properties may have greater
influence on the ground and groundwater behavior during tunneling than they may have on
other types of construction, such as for foundations, embankments and cuts. Items of particular
importance to tunnel projects which greatly influence ground behavior and groundwater inflow
during construction, and the selection of the tunneling equipment and methods are listed
below:

• Groundwater levels (general and perched levels),

• Ground permeability (loss of drilling fluid; rise or drop in borehole water level; etc.), and
artesian conditions

• Consistency and strength of cohesive soils

• Composition, gradation and density of cohesionless soils

• Presence of lenses and layers of higher permeability soils

• Presence of gravel, cobbles and boulders, and potential for nested boulders

• Maximum cobble/boulder size from coring and/or large diameter borings (and also based
on understanding of local geology), and the unconfined compressive strength of
cobbles/boulders (from field index tests and laboratory testing of recovered samples)

• Presence of cemented soils

• Presence of contaminated soil or groundwater. Mechanical properties such as Atterberg

limits, Unconfined compressive strength, Triaxial compressive strength , penetration,
Compressibility, Shear Strength, Deformability

- 173 -
3A.2.2.6 ROCK IDENTIFICATION AND CLASSIFICATION

In rock, rock mass characteristics and discontinuities typically have a much greater
influence on ground behaviour during tunnelling and on tunnel loading than the
intact rock properties. Therefore, rock classification needs to be focused on rock
mass characteristics, as well as its origin and intact properties for typical highway
foundation application. Special intact properties are important for tunnelling
application particularly for selecting rock cutters for tunnel boring machines and
other types of rock excavators, and to predict cutter 45 wear. Typical items to be
included in describing general rock lithology include:

• General rock type

• Colour

• Grain size and shape

• Texture (stratification, foliation, etc.)

• Mineral composition

• Hardness

• Abrasivity

• Strength parameters such as Uni-axial compressive strength, Tri-axial

compressive strength , Tensile strength (Brazilian) , Shear strength .

• Weathering and alteration.

• Density

• Porosity

• Deformability

• Permeability

• Swelling

• Creep

• Wave Velocity

• Rock discontinuity descriptions to be noted in rock classification include:

• Predominant joint sets (with strike and dip orientations)

- 174 -
• Joint roughness

• Joint persistence

• Joint spacing

• Joint weathering and infilling

Other information typically noted during subsurface rock investigations include:

• Presence of faults or shear zones

• Presence of intrusive material (volcanic dikes and sills)

• Presence of voids (solution cavities, lava tubes, etc.)

• Groundwater levels, and evidence of rock mass permeability (loss of

drilling fluid; rise or drop in borehole water level; etc.)

Method of describing discontinuities of rock masses shall be in accordance with

International Society of Rock Mechanics (ISRM)’s “Suggested Method of Quantitative
Description of Discontinuities of Rock Masses” (ISRM 1981). Index properties
obtained from inspection of the recovered rock core include core recovery (i.e., the
recovered core length expressed as a percentage of the total core run length), and
Rock Quality Designation or RQD (the combined length of all sound and intact core
segments equal to or greater than 4 inches in length, expressed as a percentage of
the total core run length). Often, materials encountered during subsurface
investigations represent a transitional (intermediate) material formed by the in
place weathering of rock. Such conditions may sometimes present a complex
condition with no clear boundaries between the different materials encountered.
Tunnelling through the intermediate geomaterial (IGM), in some cases referred as
mixed-face condition, can be extremely difficult especially when groundwater is
present. In the areas where tunnel alignment must cross this transition zone, the
subsurface investigation shall be conducted extensively for rocks, and when possible
cores shall be retrieved and classified, and representative intact pieces of rock
should be tested.

3A.2.2.7 PRESERVATION OF CORES SAMPLES

It is desirable to preserve the rock cores retrieved from the field properly for years
until the construction is completed and disputes/claims are settled. The rock cores is
to photograph in core boxes and scan the core samples for review by designers and
contractors.
- 175 -
 3A.2.2.8 GEOTECHNICAL REPORTS

The compilation of geotechnical data with all the necessary information shall be
shown in the ‘Geotechnical Investigation Factual Report’ (GFR), which summarizes
all results from the site investigations, including all lab and field tests as well as all
the structural data from geological surface mapping and site walk over survey.
Based on the Geotechnical Investigation Factual Report’ (GFR), Geotechnical
Investigation Interpretative Report (GIR) shall be prepared by the consultant
which includes a detailed analysis and interpretation of data contained in the above
mentioned GFR culminating in the development of a geological model of the ground
within the route corridor.
The final geological model will be developed on the basis of direct inference from
surface mapping, groundwater chemical studies, petro-graphical studies, and
mineralogical studies as well as the reasonable and appropriate extrapolating of the
geology and structures from the results of surface mapping. Based on the final
geological model, geotechnical hazards shall be identified and characterized
allowing the review of selected alignment, if needed the alignment can be modified
and freezed. The final geological model will be presented in the form of a geological
longitudinal section (A1 size) clearly demarcating the various interred lithological
boundaries and ground types along the alignment, the groundwater conditions
permeability and relevant structural information such as the width of fault zones,
shear zones and lineaments/ discontinuities with attitude and orientation.

3A.2.2.9 GEOTECHNICAL BASELINE REPORT (GBR)

The consultant is also required to prepare a GBR describing the sub surface physical
condition to serve as the basis for the execution of the excavation and lining works,
including design and construction methods, and the reaction of the ground to such
methods. This GBR must set out the location of the risk and risk sharing mechanism
between client and contractor.

3A.2.2.10 Scope includes development of landslide susceptibility map of the project

area and propose landslide prevention and mitigation measures accordingly
3A.2.2.11 Scope also includes Study and analysis of working faces, tunneling
method, cost analysis and types of equipments for various operations such as drilling,
blasting, mucking, haulage and disposal of muck, fire-fighting, extrication of poisonous
gases, ventilation, lighting, side cover, power and water supply systems etc. Possibilities
of using TBM are to be evaluated with specific limitations
3A.2.2.12 Engineering studies pertaining to leakage, de-watering, grouting, blasting,
ground acceleration due to blasting, tunnel closures supports system etc.
- 176 -
3A.2.2.13 Tentative constructions schedule including critical path analysis
3A.2.2.14 Listing of various codes of practice applicable, both Indian and Foreign
3A.2.2.15 Preparation and submission of all final reports as mentioned above
covering all the aspects of studies and recommendations listed above.

4. General

4.1 Primary Tasks

General Scope of Services shall cover but be not limited to the following major tasks
(additional requirements for Preparation of Detailed Project Report for Hill Roads and
Major Bridges are given in Supplement I and II respectively):

i. Review of all available reports and published information about the project road
and the project influence area;
ii. Environmental and social impact assessment, including such as related to
cultural properties, natural habitats, involuntary resettlement etc.
ii(a). Public consultation, including consultation with Communities located along the
road, NGOs working in the area, other stake-holders and relevant
Governmentdepartments at all the different stages of assignment (such as
inception stage, feasibility stage, preliminary design stage and once final designs
are concretized).
iii. DetailedReconnaissance;
iv. Identification of possible improvements in the existing alignment and bypassing
congested locations with alternatives, evaluation of different alternatives
comparison on techno-economic and other considerations and recommendations
regarding most appropriate option;
v. TrafficstudiesincludingtrafficsurveysandAxleloadsurveyanddemand forecasting
for next thirty years;
vi. Inventory and condition surveys for road;
vii. Inventory and condition surveys for bridges, cross-drainage structures,
otherStructures, river Bank training/Protection works and drainage provisions;
viii. Detailed topographic surveys using LiDAR equipped with minimum engineering
grade system or any other better technology having output accuracy not less
than (a) specified in IRC SP 19 (b) Total Station (c) GPS/ DGPS. The use of
conventional high precision instruments i.e Total Station or equivalent can be
used at locations such as major bypasses, water bodies etc. where it may not be
possible to survey using LiDAR. Use of mobile / Aerial LiDAR survey is
preferable.
ix. Pavement investigations;
x. Sub-grade characteristics and strength: investigation of required sub-grade and
sub-soil characteristics and strength for road and embankment design and sub
soil investigation;
xi. Identification of sources of construction materials;
xii. Detailed design of road, its x-sections, horizontal and vertical alignment and
design of embankment of height more than 6m and also in poor soil conditions
- 177 -
 and where density consideration require, even lesser height
[Link] design of structures preparation of GAD and construction
drawings and cross-drainage structures and underpasses etc.
xiii. Identification of the type and the design of intersections;
xiv. Design of complete drainage system and disposal point for storm water
xv. Value analysis / value engineering and project costing;
xvi. Economic and financial analyses;
xvii. Contract packaging and implementation schedule.
xviii Stripplanindicatingtheschemeforcarriagewaywidening,locationofall existing
utility services (both over- and underground) and the scheme for their
relocation, trees to be felled, transplanted and planted and land acquisition
requirements including schedule for LA: reports documents and drawings
arrangementofestimatesforcutting/transplantingoftreesandshiftingof utilities
from the concerned department;
xix Develop 3D engineered models of terrain and elevation, as-is project highway,
proposed and project highway along with all features, currentand proposed
structures, current and proposed utilities and land acquisition plans.
xx To find out financial viability of project for implementation and suggest the
preferred mode on which the project is to be taken up.
xxi. Preparation of detailed project report, cost estimate, approved for
constructionDrawings, rate analysis, detailed bill of quantities, bid documents for
execution of civil works through budgeting resources.
xxii. Design of toll plaza and identification of their numbers and location and office
cum residential complex including working drawings
xxiii. Design of weighing stations, parking areas and rest areas.
xxiv. Any other user oriented facility en-route toll facility.
xxv. Tie-in of on-going/sanctioned works of MORT&H/ Uttarakhand
PWD/NHIDCL/BRO/ other agencies.
xxvi. Preparation of social plans for the project affected people as per policyof the
lending agencies/ Govt. of India R&R Policy.

4.2 While carrying out the field studies, investigations and design, the development plans
being implemented or proposed for future implementation by the local bodies, should be
taken into account. Such aspect should be clearly brought out in the reports and
drawings.

4.3 Theconsultantshallstudythepossiblelocationsanddesignoftollplaza,wayside amenities

required and arboriculture along the highway shall also be planned.

4.4 The local and slow traffic may need segregation from the main traffic and provision of
service roads and physical barrier including fencing may be considered, wherever
necessary to improve efficiency and safety.

- 178 -
4.5 Standards and Codes of Practices

1. All activities related to field studies, design and documentation shall be done as per the
latest guidelines/ circulars of MoRT&H and relevant publications of the Indian Roads
Congress (IRC) and Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS). For aspects not covered by IRC and
BIS, international standards practices, may be adopted. The Consultants, upon award of
the Contract, may finalize this in consultation with State PWD and reflect the same in the
inception report.

2. All notations, abbreviations and symbols used in the reports, documents anddrawings
shall be as per IRC:71.

4.6 Quality Assurance Plan (QAP)

1. (i) The Consultants should have detailed Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) for all field
studies including topographic surveys, traffic surveys, engineering surveys and
investigations, design and documentation activities. The quality assurance
plans/procedures for different field studies, engineering surveys and
investigation, design and documentation activities should be presented as
separate sections like engineering surveys and investigations, traffic surveys,
material geo-technical and sub-soil investigations, road and pavement
investigations, investigation and design of bridges & structures, environment and
R&R assessment, economic & financial analysis, drawings and documentation,
preparation, checking, approval and filing of calculations, identification and
tractability of project documents etc. Further, additional information as per
format shall be furnished regarding the details of personal who shall be
responsible for carrying out/preparing and checking/verifying various activities
forming part of feasibility study and project preparation, since inception to the
completion of work. The detailed Draft QAP Document must be discussed and
finalized with the concerned State PWD officers immediately upon the award of
the Contract and submitted as part of the inception report.
(ii) It is imperative that the QAP is approved by MoRT&H before the Consultants
start the field work.

2. Data formats for report and investigation results

ii. Required data formats for some reports, investigations and documents are
discussed in ENCLOSURE-II
iii. Formats for submission of Reports and Documents.
iv. The consultants will need to propose data formats for use in all other field studies
and investigations not covered in enclosure II.
v. The proposed data forms will need to be submitted for the approval of MoRT&H
after the commencement of services.

4.7 Review of Data and Documents

1. The Consultants shall collect the available data and information relevant for the Study.
The data and documents of major interest shall include, but not be limited to, the
following:

i. Climate;
ii. Road inventory
iii Road condition, yearoforiginal construction,year andtype of major

- 179 -
 maintenance/rehabilitation works;
iv. Condition of bridges and cross-drainage structures;
v. sub-surface and geo-technical data for existing bridges;
vi. Hydrological data, drawings and details of existing bridges;
vii Existing geological maps, catchment area maps, contour plansetc. for theproject
area
viii Condition of existing river bank / protection works, if any.
ix. Detailsofsanctioned/on-goingworksonthestretchsanctionedbyMoRT&H/other
agencies for Tie-in purposes
x. Survey and evaluation of locally available construction materials;
xi. Historicaldataonclassifiedtrafficvolume(preferablyfor5yearsor more);
xii. Origin-destination and commodity movement characteristics; if available
xiii. Speed and delay characteristics; if available;
xiv. Commodity-wise traffic volume; if available;
xv. Accident statistics; and,
xvi. Vehicle loading behavior (axle load spectrum), if available.
xvii. Type and location of existing utility services (e.g. Fibre Optical Cable, O/H and
U/G Electric, Telephone line, Water mains, Sewer, Trees etc.)
xviii. Environmental setting and social baseline of the project.

4.8. Social Analysis

The social analysis study shall be carried out in accordance with the MORT&H/World
Bank/ADB Guidelines. The social analysis report will, among other things, provide a
socio-economic profile of the project area and address in particular, indigenous people,
communicable disease particularly HIV/AIDS poverty alleviation, gender, local
population, industry, agriculture, employment, health, education, health, child labor, land
acquisition and resettlement .

4.9 Traffic Surveys

All traffic surveys and studies will be completed in feasibility studies.

4.9.1 Number and Location of Survey Stations

1. The type of traffic surveys and the minimum number of survey stations shall normally be
as under, unless otherwise specifically mentioned.

[Link]. Description Numberof SurveyStations

1. Classified Traffic Volume Count 3
2. Origin-DestinationandCommodityMovement Minimum 2
Characteristics
3. Axle Loading Characteristics 2
4. Intersection Volume Count All Major Intersections
5. Speed-Delay Characteristics Project Road Section
6. Pedestrian/animal cross traffic count All major
inhabitationsalong the
- 180 -
 highway
7. Turning movement surveys For all major intersections

2. The number of survey locations indicated in the table above are indicative only for each
road stretch under a package. The Consultants shall, immediately upon award of the
work, submit to <Uttarakhand State PWD/Ministry of Road Transport & Highways>,
proposalsregarding thetotal number as well as the locations of the traffic survey stations
as of inception report. Suitable maps and charts should accompany the proposals clearly
indicating the rationale for selecting the location of surveyStation.

3. The methodology of collection and analysis of data, number and location of traffic survey
stations shall be finalized in consultation with <Ministry of Road Transport &
Highways>prior to start of the traffic survey.

4.9.2. Classified Traffic Volume Count Survey

1. Consultant shall make use of traffic survey done by Indian Highways Management
Company Limited (IHMCL) using ATCC [Link] in isolated locations where
there are site constraints, manual counting can be done. If required, especially in cases
where a particular stretch is not covered by IHMCL, DPR consultant should carry out
classified traffic volume count survey using ATCC systems or latest modern technologies.

2. Consultant shall use ATCC systems that can meet the following accuracy levels after
validation/ calibration:

(a) Classification of vehicles: better than 95%

(b) Counting of vehicles: better than 98%

Before validation and calibration, the ATCC system shall meet the following accuracy
levels:

(a) Classification of vehicles: better than 90%

(b) Counting of vehicles: better than 95%

For verification of above accuracy levels, audit of raw ATCC shall be done by the
consultant on a sampling basis and should submit a certificate in this regard.

3. ATCC systems such as Pneumatic Tube Detector, Inductive Detector Loop, Video Image
Detection, and Infrared Sensor or latest technologies shall be adopted.

4. Theclassifiedtrafficvolumecountsurveysshallbecarriedoutfor7days (continuous,
direction-wise) at the selected survey stations. The vehicle classification system as given
in relevant IRC code may be followed. However, the following generalized classification
system is suggested in view of the requirements of traffic demand estimates and
economic analysis:

Motorised Traffic Non-Motorised Traffic

2-Wheeler Bi-Cycle
3-Wheeler Cycle-Rickshaw
Passenger Car Animal Drawn Vehicle (ADV)
Utility Vehicle (Jeep, Van etc.) Hand Cart
Other Non-Motorised Vehicle
- 181 -
 Bus Mini Bus
Standard Bus
LCV LCV-Passenger
LCV-Freight
Truck MCV : 2-Axle Rigid Chassis
HCV : 3-Axle Rigid Chassis
MAV Semi Articulated
Articulated

5. All results shall be presented in tabular and graphical form. The survey data shall be
analyzed to bring out the hourly and daily variations. The traffic volume count per day
shall be averaged to show a weekly average daily traffic (ADT) by vehicle type. The
annual average daily traffic (AADT) shall be worked out by applying seasonal factors.

6. The consultant shall compile the relevant traffic volume data from secondary sources
also. The salient features of traffic volume characteristics shall be brought out and
variations if any, from the traffic census carried out by the State PWD shall be suitably
explained.

4.9.3. Origin Destination and Commodity Movements Surveys

1. The consultants shall carry out 1-day (24 hour, both directions) O-D and commodity
movement surveys at locations finalized in consultation with <MoRTH/Uttarakhand
PWD>.These will be essentially required around congested towns to delineate through
traffic. The road side interviews shall be carried out on random sample basis and cover
all four-wheeled vehicles. The location of the O-D survey and commodity movement
surveys shall normally be same as for the classified traffic count.

2. The location of origin and destination zones shall be determined in relation to each
individual station and the possibility of traffic diversion to the Project Road from/to
other road routes including bypasses.

3. The trip matrices shall be worked out for each vehicle type information on weight for
trucks should be summed up by commodity type and the results tabulated, giving total
weight and average weight per truck for the various commodity types. The sample size
for each vehicle type shall be indicated on the table and also in the graphical
representations.

4. The data derived from surveys shall also be analyzed to bring out the lead and load
characteristics and desire line diagrams. The data analysis should also bring out the
requirement for the construction of bypasses.

5. The distribution of lead and load obtained from the surveys should be compared. The
axle load surveys shall normally be done using axle load pads or other sophisticated
instruments. The location(s) of count station(s) and the surveywith those derived from
the axle load studies.

6. The commodity movement data should be duly taken into consideration while making
the traffic demand estimates.

4.9.4. Turning Movement Surveys

1. The turning movement surveys for estimation of peak hour traffic for the designofmajor
and minor intersections shall be carried out for the Study. The detailsregarding
- 182 -
 composition and directional movement of traffic shall be furnished by the Consultant.

2. The methodology for the surveys shall be as per IRC: SP: 41-1994. The details including
location and duration of surveys shall be finalized in consultation with
<MoRTH/Uttarakahnd PWD>officials. The proposal in response to this TOR shall clearly
indicate the number of locations that the Consultants wish to conduct turning movement
surveys and the rationale for the same.

3. The data derived from the survey should be analyzed to identify requirements of suitable
remedial measures, such as construction of underpasses, fly-overs, interchanges, grade-
separated intersections along the project road alignment. Intersections with high traffic
volume requiring special treatments either presently or in future shall be identified.

4.9.5. Axle Load Surveys

1. Axle load surveys in both directions shall be carried out at suitable location(s) in the
project road stretch on a random sample basis normally for trucks only (both empty and
loaded trucks) for 2 normal days - (24 hours) at special count stations to be finalized in
consultation with<Uttarakahnd PWD/MoRTH>. However, a few buses may be weighed in
order to get an idea about their loading behavior. While selecting the location(s) of axle
load survey station(s), the locations of existing bridges with load restrictions, if any,
should be taken into account and such sites should be avoided.

2. Axle load surveys shall normally be done using axle load pads or other sophisticated
instruments. The location(s) of count station(s) and the survey methodology including
the data formats and the instrument type to be used shall be finalized before taking up
the axle load surveys

3. The axle load data should be collected axle configuration-wise. The number of equivalent
standard axles per truck shall be calculated on the basis of results obtained. The results of
the survey should bring out the VDF for each truck type (axle configuration, if the
calculated VDF is found to be below the national average, then national average shall be
used. Furthermore, the data from axle load surveys should be analyzed to bring out the
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) and Single Axle Load (SAL) Distributions by truck type (axle
configuration).

4. The Consultant shall ascertain from local enquiries about the exceptional live loads that
have used the highway in the past in order to assess the suitability of existing bridges to
carry such loads.

4.9.6. Speed-Delay Surveys

The Consultants shall carry out appropriate field studies such as moving car survey to
determine running speed and journey speed. The data should be analyzed to identify
sections with typical traffic flow problems and congestion. The objective of the survey
would be to recommend suitable measures for segregation of local traffic, smooth flow
of through traffic and traffic safety. These measures would include the provision of
bypasses, under-passes, fly-overs, interchanges, grade-separated intersections and
service roads.

4.9.7 Pedestrian / animal cross traffic surveys:

1. These shall be conducted to determine if provision of viaduct for pedestrians/animals is

necessary to improve the traffic safety.

- 183 -
2. Consultant shall leverage information from local consultations, inputs from local
governmental/ non-governmental agencies in selecting sites for checking pedestrian/
animal crossing traffic surveys.

3. Surveys for provision of pedestrian crossings shall minimum be conducted at all

junctions being replaced by grade separators.

4.9.8 Truck Terminal Surveys

ThedataderivedfromtheO-D,speed-delay,othersurveysandalso supplementary surveys

should be analyzed to assess requirements for present and future development of truck
terminals at suitable locations en route.

4.10. Traffic Demand Estimates

1. The consultants shall make traffic demand estimates and establish possible traffic growth
rates in respect of all categories of vehicles, taking into account the past trends, annual
population and real per capita growth rate, elasticity of transport demand in relation to
income and estimated annual production increase. The other aspects including socio-
economic development plans and the land use patterns of the region having impact on
the traffic growth, the projections of vehicle manufacturing industry in the country,
development plans for the other modes of transport, O-D and commodity movement
behavior should also be taken into account while working out the traffic demand
estimates.

2. The values of elasticity of transport demand shall be based on the prevailing practices in
the country. The Consultants shall give complete background including references for
selecting the value of transport demand elasticity.

3. It is envisaged that the project road sections covered under this TOR would be completed
and opened to traffic after 3 years. The traffic demand estimates shall be done for a
further period of 30 years from completion of two/four lane. The demand estimates shall
be done assuming three scenarios, namely, optimistic, pessimistic and most likely traffic
growth. The growth factors shall be worked out for five-yearly intervals.

4. Traffic projections should be based on sound and proven forecasting techniques. In case
traffic demand estimated is to be made on the basis of a model, the application of the
model in the similar situation with the validation of the results should be established. The
traffic projections should also bring out the possible impact of implementation of any
competing facility in the near [Link] demand estimates should also take into account
the freight and passenger traffic along the major corridors that may interconnect with the
project. Impact of toll charges on the traffic estimates should be estimated.

5. The methodology for traffic demand estimates described in the preceding paragraphs is
for normal traffic only. In addition to the estimates for normal traffic, the Consultants
shall also work out the estimates for generated, induced and diverted traffic.

6. The traffic forecasts shall also be made for both diverted and generated traffic.

7. Overall traffic forecast thus made shall form the basis for the design of each pavement
type and other facilities/ancillary works.

4.11. Engineering Surveys and Investigations

4.11.1. Reconnaissance and Alignment

1. TheConsultantsshouldmakeanin-depthstudyoftheavailablelandwidth (ROW) topographic

- 184 -
 maps, satellite imageries and air photographs of the project area, geological maps,
catchment area maps, contour plans, flood flow data and seismological data and other
available relevant information collected by them concerning the existing alignment.
Consultant himself has to arrange the required maps and the information needed by him
from the potential sources. Consultant should make efforts for minimizing land
acquisition. Greater use of technology for LA be adopted by the consultant at the DPR
stage so as to have a precise land acquisition process.

2. The detailed ground reconnaissance may be taken up immediately after the study of
maps and other data. The primary tasks to be accomplished during the reconnaissance
surveys include;

(i). topographical features of the area;

(ii). typical physical features along the existing alignment within and outsideROW i.e.
land use Pattern;
(iii). possible alignment alternatives, vis-a-vis, scheme for the construction of
additional lanes parallel to the existing road;
(iv). realignment requirements including the provision of bypasses, ROBs / Flyovers
and via-duct for pedestrian crossings with possible alignment alternatives;
(v). Preliminaryidentificationofimprovementrequirementsincluding treatments and
measures needed for the cross-roads;
(vi). traffic pattern and preliminary identification of traffic homogenous links;
(vii). sections through congested areas;
(viii). inventory of major aspects including land width, terrain, pavement type,
carriageway type, bridges and structures (type, size and location),
intersections(type, cross-road category, location) urban areas (location, extent),
geologically sensitive areas, environmental features:
(ix). critical areas requiring detailed investigations; and,
(x). Requirements for carrying out supplementary investigations.
(xi). soil (textural classifications) and drainage conditions
(xii). Type and extent of existing utility services along the alignment (within ROW).
(xiii). Typical physical features along the approach roads

Possible bridge locations, land acquisition problems, nature of crossings,likely length of

approaches and bridge, firmness of banks, suitability of alignment of approach roads.

3. Thedataderivedfromthereconnaissancesurveysarenormallyutilizedfor planning and

programming the detailed surveys and investigations. All field
studiesincludingthetrafficsurveysshouldbetakenuponthebasisof information derived
from the reconnaissance surveys.

4. The data and information obtained from the reconnaissance surveys should be
documented. The data analysis and the recommendations concerning alignment and the
field studies should be included in the Inception Report. The data obtained from the
reconnaissance surveys should form the core of the database which would be
supplemented and augmented using the data obtained from detailed field studies and
investigations.

5. The data obtained from the reconnaissance surveys should be compiled in the tabular as
well as graphical (chart) form indicating the major physical features and the proposed

- 185 -
 widening scheme for<Uttarakahnd PWD/MoRTH>'s comments. The data and the charts
should also accompany the rationale for the selection of traffic survey stations.

4.11.2. Topographic Surveys

1. The basic objective of the topographic survey would be to capture the essential ground
features along the alignment in order to consider improvements and for working out
improvements, rehabilitation and upgrading costs. The detailed topographic surveys should
normally be taken up after the completion of reconnaissance surveys.

2. The carrying out of topographic surveys will be one of the most important and crucial
field tasks under the project. Technologies which can meet the following accuracy levels shall be
adopted. For land based surveys (a) Fundamental horizontal accuracy of 5cm or better (b)
Fundamental vertical accuracy of 5cm or better (c) More than 50 points shall be measured per
sq. m and for aerial based surveys (a) Fundamental horizontal accuracy of 5 cm or better (b)
Fundamental vertical accuracy of 5 cm or better (c) More than 10 points shall be measured per
sq. m. To establish accuracy, a check point survey using DGPS (for horizontal accuracy) and Auto
Level (for vertical accuracy) shall be carried out to establish the fundamental horizontal and
vertical accuracy. A minimum of 25 check points, or check points once every 4 km should be
established, and these should be strictly different from any geo-referencing or control network
points.

3. The following are the set of deliverables which should be submitted after completion of
survey:

(a). Raw DGPS data for the entire highway length and adjoining areas of interest
(b). Point cloud data or equivalent for the entire highway length and adjoining
areas of interest in a format/ platform as per industry good practice which
shall be amenable to operations by <State PWD/ Consultant. State PWDmay
decide about format/ platform of point cloud data
(c). Topographic map of scale 1:1000 of the entire highway length and adjoining
areas of interest
(d). Contour map of 50 cm of entire highway length and adjoining areas of
interest
(e). Cross section of the highway at every 50 m in drawing format.
(f). Develop a digital elevation/surface model (bare earth model from survey
data) digital terrain model combining topographic data from LiDAR, road
inventory and other available sources of data for use while modeling the
road alignment and road and structure design.
(g). For land based surveys, Mobile LiDAR (Light Detection and Ranging) or
better technology that can meet above requirements shall be adopted. For
aerial based surveys, Aerial Mobile LiDAR (Light Detection and Ranging) or
better technology that can meet above requirements shall be adopted.
Where possible, mobile/terrestrial LiDAR and total station or better studies
should be used to supplement aerial LiDAR for the final alignment chosen.
Aerial based surveys shall be used as the primary source of topographical
data only in cases where a new/green field alignment is being planned
and/or major junctions are being planned where it is necessary to
significantly increase the survey corridor beyond the capabilities of mobile
LiDAR. In shadow areas such as invert levels below culverts, terrestrial
LiDAR shall be used where LiDAR or better technologies cannot survey
accurately, traditional methods of Total Station/ Auto Level shall be used to
complete the study.

- 186 -
 (h). In case of mobile LiDAR or better technology, 360 degree panoramic images
of the entire highway length and adjoining areas of interest shall be
submitted. In case of aerial LiDAR or better technology, ortho-images of the
entire highway length and adjoining areas of interest shall be submitted.
(i). The detailed field surveys would essentially include the following activities:
i. Topographic Surveys along the Existing Right of Way (ROW): Carrying out
topographic survey using LiDAR or better technology along the existing road
and realignments, wherever required and properly referencing the same with
reference pillars fixed on either side of the centre-line at safe places within
the ROW
ii. The detailed field surveys would essentially include the topographic surveys
along the proposed location of bridge and alignment of approach road.
iii. The detailed topographic surveys should be carried out along the approach
roads alignment and location of bridge approved by<MoRTH>.
iv. Collection/ Extraction of details for all features such as structures (bridges,
culverts etc.) utilities, existing roads, electric and telephone installations
(both O/H as well as underground), huts, buildings, fencing and trees (with
girth greater than 0.3metre) oil and gas lines etc. falling within the extent of
survey.

4. The width of survey corridor will generally be as given under:

(i). The width of the survey corridor should take into account the layout of the
existing alignment including the extent of embankment and cut slopes and the
general ground profile. While carrying out the field surveys, the widening scheme
(i.e. right, left or symmetrical to the centre line of the existing carriageway)
should be taken into consideration so that the topographic surveys cover
sufficient width beyond the centre line of the proposed divided carriageway.
Normally the surveys should extend a minimum of 30 m beyond either side of the
centre line of the proposed divided carriageway or land boundary whichever is
more.
(ii). In case the reconnaissance survey reveals the need for bypassing the congested
locations, the traverse lines would be run along the possible alignments in order
to identify and select the most suitable alignment forthe bypass. The detailed
topographic surveys should be carried out along the bypass alignment approved
by <MoRTH>. At locations where grade separated intersections could be the
obvious choice, the survey area willbe suitably increased. Field notes of the
survey should be maintained which would also provide information about traffic,
soil, drainage etc.
(iii). The width of the surveyed corridor will be widened appropriately where
developments and / or encroachments have resulted in a requirement for
adjustment in the alignment, or where it is felt that the existing alignment can be
improved upon through minor adjustments.
(iv). Whereexistingroadscrossthealignments,thesurveywill extend minimum of100 m
either side of the road centre line and will be of sufficient width to allow
improvements, including at grade intersection to be designed.

8. The surveyed alignment shall be transferred on to the ground as under:

i. Reference Pillar and Bench Mark / Reference pillar of size 15 cm X 15 cm X 45cm

shall be cast in RCC of grade M 15 with a nail fixed in the centre of the top surface.
The reference pillar shall be embedded in concrete upto a depth of 30cm with CC

- 187 -
 M10 (5 cm wide all around). The balance 15 cm above ground shall be painted
yellow. The spacing shall be 250m apart, incase Bench Mark Pillar coincides with
Reference Pillar, only one of the two need be provided.
ii. Establishing Bench marks at site connected to GTS Bench marks at an interval
of250 metres on Bench mark pillar made of RCC as mentioned above with RL and
BM No. marked on it with red paint.
iii. Boundary Pillars- Wherever the proposed alignment follows the existing
alignment, the boundary pillars shall be fixed by the DPR consultant at an interval
of 200m on either side of proposed Right of Way. Wherever there is a proposal of
realignment of the existing Highway and/or construction of New Bypasses,
Consultant shall fixboundarypillarsalongtheproposedalignmentontheextreme
boundary on either side of the project Highway at 50 m interval. Boundary pillars
shall be strictly provided as per IRC:25:1967.

[Link] Longitudinal and Cross-Sections

The topographic surveys for longitudinal and cross-sections shall cover thefollowing:

i. Longitudinal section levels along final centre line shall be taken at every 10 m
interval. The levels shall be taken at closer intervals at thecurve points, small
streams, and intersections and at the locations of change in [Link]
interval shallalso be modified as per IRC:SP-19 for rolling, mountainous & steep
terrain.
ii. Cross sections at every 50 m interval in full extent of survey covering sufficient
number of spot levels on existing carriageway and adjacent ground for profile
correction course and earth work calculations. Cross sections shall be taken at
closer interval at [Link] interval shall be modified as per IRC SP 19 for
rolling, mountainous & steep terrain.
iii. Longitudinal section for cross roads for length adequate for design and quantity
estimation purposes.
iv. Longitudinal and cross sections for major and minor streams shall cover Cross
section of the channel at the site of proposed crossing and few cross sections at
suitable distance both upstream and downstream, bed level upto top of banks
and ground levels to a sufficient distance beyond the edges of
channel,natureofexistingsurfacesoilinbed,banks&approaches, longitudinal
section of channel showing site of bridge etc. These shall be as per
recommendations contained in IRC Special Publication No. 13 (Guidelines for the
Design of Small Bridges and Culverts) and provisions of IRC:5 (“Standard
Specifications & Code of Practice for Road Bridges, Section 1 – General Features
of Design”).

2. At feasibility study stage cross sections at 50m interval may be taken.

3. Consultants shall also develop an as-is map of the road including:

i. Geo-referenced digital map of as-is project highway

ii. Earth surface, road layers, utilities, buildings and trees with feature data
extracted and mapped in layers, marked on the map and tabulated data provided
separately.
iii. All road, surface, sub surface inventory, pavement investigation and soil survey
data to be super-imposed as layers using geo-referencing data

- 188 -
[Link] Details of utility Services and Other Physical Features

1. The Consultants shall collect details of all important physical features along the
[Link] include buildings
and structures, monuments, burial grounds, cremation grounds, places of worship,
railway lines, stream / river / canal, water mains, sewers, gas/oil pipes, crossings, trees,
plantations, utility services such as electric, and telephone lines (O/H & U/G) and poles,
optical fibre cables (OFC) etc. The survey would cover the entire right-of-way of the road
on the adequate allowance for possible shifting of the central lines at some of the
intersections locations.

2. Consultant shall also map out sub-surface utilities. Accurate mapping and resolution of all
sub-surface utilities up to a depth of 4 m shall be carried [Link] between sub-
surface utilities such as live electric cables, metallic utilities and other utilities shall be
indicated and sub-surface utilities radargrams further processed into utility maps in
formats such as PDF, JPEG and AutoCAD shall be furnished. To meet the accuracy levels,
consultant shall use Ground Penetrating Radar, Induction Locator or better technologies.

3. The information collected during reconnaissance and field surveys shall be shown on a
strip plan so that the proposed improvements can be appreciated and the extent of land
acquisition with LA schedule, utility removals of each type etc. assessed and suitable
actions can be initiated. Separate strip plan for each of the services involved shall be
prepared for submission to the concerned agency.

4.11.3. Road and Pavement Investigations

The Consultants shall carry out detailed field studies in respect of road and pavement.
The data collected through road inventory and pavement investigations should be
sufficient to meet the input requirements of HDM-IV.

[Link] Road Inventory Surveys

1. Detailedroadinventorysurveysshallbecarriedouttocollectdetailsof all existing road and

pavement features along the existing road sections using the technology [Link]
Survey vehicles. The inventory data shall include but not limited to the following:

i. Terrain (flat, rolling, mountainous);

ii. Land-use (agricultural, commercial, forest, residential etc) @ every kilometre;
iii. Carriageway width, surfacing type @ every 500m and every change of feature
whichever is earlier;
iv. Shoulder surfacing type and width @ every 500m and every change of feature
whichever is earlier;
v. Sub-grade / local soil type (textural classification) @ every 500m and every
change of feature whichever is earlier;
vi. Horizontal curve; vertical curve
vii. Road intersection type and details, at every occurrence;
viii. Retaining structures and details, at every occurrence;
ix. Location of water bodies (lakes and reservoirs), at every occurrence;
x. Height of embankment or depth of cut @ every 200m and every change of feature
whichever is earlier.
xi. Land width i.e. ROW

- 189 -
 xii. Culverts, bridges and other structures (type, size, span arrangement and location)
xiii. Roadside arboriculture
xiv. Existing utility services on either side within [Link] shall be a provision of
utility corridorfor appropriate categories / combination of utilities in the
construction of new 4/6 laning of National Highways. Such structures shall be
located at appropriate location preferably as close to the extreme edge of Right of
Way (RoW). In this connection, guidelines contained in IRC:98shall be followed.
xv. General drainage conditions
xvi. Design speed of existing road

2. The data should be collected in sufficient detail. The data should be compiled and
presented in tabular as well as graphical form. The inventory data would be stored in
computer files using simple utility packages, such as EXCEL.

[Link] Pavement Investigation

1. Pavement Composition

i. The data concerning the pavement composition may be already available with
the PWD. However, the consultants shall make trial pits to ascertain the
pavement composition. The test pit interval will be as per Para 4 below.
ii. For each test pit, the following information shall be recorded:
• test pit reference (Identification number, location):
• pavement composition (material type and thickness); and
• subgrade type (textural classification) and condition (dry, wet)
• embankment (composition and geometry)

2. Road and Pavement Condition Surveys

i. Detailed field studies shall be carried out to collect road and pavement surface
conditions. The data should generally cover:
• pavement condition (surface distress type and extent);
• shoulder condition;
• embankment condition; and
• drainage condition

Pavement Condition

• cracking(narrowandwidecracking),%ofpavementarea affected;
• raveling, % of pavement area affected;
• potholing, % of pavement areaaffected;
• edge break, length (m); and,
• rut depth, mm

Shoulder Condition

• Paved: Same as forpavement

- 190 -
 • Unpaved: material loss, rut depth and corrugation,
• Edge drop, mm.

Embankment Condition

• general condition; and

• extent of slope erosion
ii. The objective of the road and pavement condition surveys shall be to identify
defects and sections with similar characteristics. All defects shall be
systematically referenced, recorded and quantified for the purpose of
determining the mode of rehabilitation.
iii. In addition to visual means, the pavement condition surveys shall be carried out
using Network Survey vehicles mounted with equipments such as high resolution
cameras, digital laser profilometer, transverse profiler- the data from which
should be geo-referenced using a DGPS receiver and in vehicle data processing
software or equivalenttechnology to accurately measure the pavement surface
properties covered earlier. This pavement conditionsurvey shall also be used as a
repository for civil work and shall be carried out as per the directions of
<MoRTH>.
iv. Supplemented by actual measurements and in accordance with the widely
accepted methodology (AASHTO, IRC, OECD, TRL and World Bank Publications)
adapted to meet the study requirements. The measurement of rut depth would
be made using standard straight edges.
v. The shoulder and embankment conditions shall be evaluated by visual means
and the existence of distress modes (cuts, erosion marks, failure, drops) and
extent (none, moderate, frequent and very frequent) of such distress
manifestations would be recorded.
vi. Forsectionswithseveredistresses,additionalinvestigationsas appropriate shall be
carried out to determine the cause of such distresses.
vii. Middle 200m could be considered as representative sample for each one km. of
road and incase all other things are considered similar.

Drainage Condition

• General condition
• Connectivity of drainage turnouts into the natural topography
• Condition in cut sections
• Condition at high embankments

The data obtained from the condition surveys should be analyzed and the road segments
of more or less equal performance may be identified using the criteria given in IRC: 81-
1997.

3. Pavement Roughness

i. The roughness surveys shall be carried outusing a network survey vehicle

mounted laser profilometer or better technology with specifications as described
in para 2 above

i(a) In addition, the following criteria should be met by the process of defect
detection:
- 191 -
 • Roughness measurement with outputs of both raw longitudinal profiles
and IRI calculation shall be reported at 100m referenced to the preceding
LRP. The roughness must meet ASTM-E950 (equivalent to Class I road
profiler).

• The IRI shall be determined for both wheelpaths over a minimum length
of 250m for a minimum of 6 calibration sites with a roughness range
between 2m/km and 8m/km. Calibration shall be made for speeds of 20,
30, 40, 50, 60 km/h.

ii. The surveys shall be carried out along the outer wheel paths. The surveys shall
cover a minimum of two runs along the wheel paths for each direction.

iii. The results of the survey shall be expressed in terms of BI and IRI and shall be
presented in tabular and graphical forms. The processed data shall be analyzed
using the cumulative difference approach to identify road segments homogenous
with respect to surface roughness.

4. Pavement Structural Strength

1. The Consultants shall carry out structural strength surveys for existing pavements
using Falling Weight Deflectometer(FWD) in accordance with IRC 115 or IRC 117 as the
case may be.

i. It is suggested that the deflection surveys may be carried out as per the scheme
given below:
• mainline testing; and,
• Control section testing.
ii. The deflection tests for the mainline shall be carried out at every 500 m along
theroad sections covered under the study. The control section testing shall
involve carrying out deflection testing for each 100 m long homogenous road
segment along the road [Link] selection of homogenous segment shall be
based on the data derived from pavement condition surveys. The total length of
such homogenous segments shall not be less than 100 m per kilometre. The
deflection measurements for the control section testing should be at an interval of
not more than 10 m.
iii. Test pits shall be dug at every 500 m and also along each homogeneous road
segment to obtain pavement composition details (pavement course, material type
and thickness) so as to be able to study if a correlation exists between deflection
and composition. If so, the relationship may be used while working out the
overlay thickness for the existing pavement.
iv. Falling weight deflectometresurveys may not be carried out for severely
distressed sections of the road warranting reconstruction. The Consultants,
immediately upon the award of the contract, shall submit to <MoRTH>the scheme
describing the testing schedule including the interval. The testing scheme shall be
supported by data from detailed reconnaissance surveys.
v. It is mandatory for the consultant to use Falling weight deflectometre or
alternative better technique for the evaluation of pavement strength, details of
such methods or innovative features for deflection testing using Falling weight
deflectometrealong with themethodologyfordata analysis,interpretation and the
use of such data for pavement overlay design purposes using IRC or any other
widely used practices, such as AASHTO guidelines, should be got approved by
<MoRTH>. The sources of such methods should be properly referenced.
- 192 -
[Link] Subgrade Characteristics and Strength

2. Based on the data derived from condition (surface condition, roughness) and structural
strength surveys, the project road section should be divided into segments homogenous
with respect to pavement condition and [Link] delineation of segments
homogenous with respect to roughness and strength should be done using the
cumulative difference approach (AASHTO, 1993).

2. The data on soil classification and mechanical characteristics for soils along the existing
alignments may already be available with the PWD. The testing scheme is, therefore,
proposed as given under:

(i). For thewidening (2-Laning) of existingroadwithintheROW, the Consultants shall

test at least three sub-grade soil samples for each homogenous road segment or
three samples foreachsoil type encountered, whichever is more.
(ii). For the roads along new alignments, the test pits for sub grade soil shall be @5km
or for each soil type, whichever is more. A minimum of three samples should be
tested corresponding to each homogenous segment.

3. The testing for subgrade soil shall include:

(i). in-situ density and moisture content at each test pit

(ii). Field CBR using DCP at each test pit
(iii). Characterization (grain size and Atterberg limits) at each test pit and,
(iv). Laboratorymoisture-density characteristics(modified AASHTOcompaction);
(v). Laboratory CBR (unsoaked and 4-day soak compacted at three energy levels) and
swell.

4. For problematic soils, the testing shall be more rigorous. The characteristics with regard
to permeability and consolidation shall also be determined for these soils. The frequency
of sampling and testing of these soils shall be finalized in consultation with
the<MoRTH/Uttarakahnd PWD>officers after the problematic soil types are identified
along the road sections.

5. The laboratory for testing of material should be got approved from<MoRTH/Uttarakahnd

PWD>before start of work.

4.11.4 Investigations for Bridges and Structure

[Link] Inventory of Bridges, Culverts and Structures

The Consultants shall make an inventory of all the structures (bridges, viaducts,
ROBs/RUB and other grade separated structures, culverts, etc.) along the road under the
project. The inventory for the bridges, viaducts and ROBs shall include the parametres
required as per the guidelines of IRC-SP:35. The inventory of culverts shall be presented
in a tabular form covering relevant physical and hydraulic parametres.

[Link] Hydraulic and Hydrological Investigations

1. The hydrological and hydraulic studies shall be carried out in accordance with IRC
Special Publication No. 13 (“Guidelines for the Design of Small Bridges and Culverts”) and
IRC:5 (“Standard Specifications & Code of Practice for Road Bridges, Section I General
Feature of Design”). These investigations shall be carried out for all existing drainage
structures along the road sections under the study.
- 193 -
2. The consultant shall also collect information on observed maximum depth of scour.

3. In respect of major bridges, history of hydraulic functioning of existing bridge, if any,

under flood situation, general direction of river course through structure, afflux, extent
and magnitude of flood, effect of backwater, if any, aggradation/degradation of bed,
evidence of scour etc. shall be used to augment the available hydrological data. The
presence of flood control/irrigation structures, if affecting the hydraulic characteristics
like causing obliquity, concentration of flow, scour, silting of bed, change in flow levels,
bed levels etc. shall be studied and considered in design of bridges. The details of any
future planned work that may affect the river hydraulics shall be studied and considered.

4. TheConsultants shall make a desk studyofavailabledataon topography(topographic maps,

stereoscopic aerial photography), storm duration, rainfall statistics, top soil
characteristics, vegetation cover etc. so as to assess the catchment areas and hydraulic
parametres for all existing and proposed drainage provisions. The findings of the desk
study would be further supplemented and augmented by a reconnaissance along the
area. All-important hydrological features shall be noted during this field reconnaissance.

5. TheConsultantsshallcollectinformationonhighfloodlevel(HFL),low water levels (LWL),

high tide level (HTL),low tide level (LTL) where applicable, discharge velocity etc. from
available past records, local inquiries and visible signs, if any, on the structural
components and embankments. Local inquiries shall also be made with regard to the
road sections getting overtopped during heavy rains.

6. Conducting Model studies for bridges is not covered in the scope of consultancy
[Link] Model study is envisaged for any bridge, requirement of the same shall be spelt
out in the RPF documents separately indicating scope and time frame of such study.
Salient features of the scope of services to be included for model study are given in the
supplement- II Terms of Reference.

4.11.4.3Condition Surveys for Bridges, Culverts and Structures

1. The Consultants shall thoroughly inspect the existing structures and shall prepare a
report about their condition including all the parametres given in the Inspection pro-
forma of IRC-SP:35. The condition and structural assessment survey of the bridges /
culverts / structures shall be carried out by senior experts of the Consultants.

3. For the bridges identified to be in a distressed condition based upon the visual condition
survey, supplementary testing shall be carried out as per IRC-SP:35 and IRC-SP:40.
Selection of tests may be made based on the specific requirement of the structure.

3. The assessment of the load carrying capacity or rating of existing bridges shall be carried
out under one or more of the following scenarios:

i. when the design live load is less than that of the statutory commercial vehicle
plying or likely to ply on bridge;
ii. if during the condition assessment survey and supplementary testing the bridge
is found to indicate distress of serious nature leading to doubt about structural
and / or functional adequacy, and
iii. Design live load is not known nor are the records and drawings available.

4. The evaluation of the load carrying capacity of the bridge shall be carried out as per IRC-
SP:37 (“Guidelines for Evaluation of Load Carrying Capacity of Bridges”). The analytical
and correlation method shall be used for the evaluation of the load carrying capacity as
far as possible. When it is not possible to determine the load carrying capacity of the

- 194 -
 bridge using analytical and correlationmethod,thesameshallbecarriedoutusingload
testing. The consultant has to exhaust all other methods of evaluation of strength of
bridges before recommending totake up load testing of [Link] closure for testing if
unavoidable shall be arranged by State PWDfor limited duration say 12 hours or so.

5. Consultantshall carryout necessary surveys and investigations to establish the remaining

service life of each retainable bridge or structure with and without the proposed
strengthening and rehabilitation according to acceptable international practice in this
regard.

[Link] Geo-technical Investigations and Sub-Soil Exploration

1. The Consultants shall carry out geo-technical investigations and sub-surface explorations
for the proposed Bridges / Road over bridges/ tunnels/ viaducts/ interchanges etc., along
high embankments and any other location as necessary for proper design of the works
and conduct all relevant laboratory and field tests on soil and rock samples. The
minimum scope of geo-technical investigations for bridge and structures shall be as
under:

[Link]. Description Location of Boring

1 Overall length = 6 – 30 m Oneabutment locationand at least one
intermediate location
betweenabutmentsforstructureshavingmore than
one span
2 Overall length = 30 – 60 m Oneabutment location and at
leastone intermediate location
betweenabutments for structures having more
than one span.
3 Overall length >60 m Each abutment and each pier locations.

2. The deviation(s), if any, by the Consultants from the scheme presented above should be
approved by Public Works Department, Uttarakhand.

3. However, where a study of geo-technical reports and information available from

adjacentcrossingsoverthesamewaterway(existinghighwayandrailway bridges) indicates
that subsurface variability is such that boring at the suggested
spacingwillbeinsufficienttoadequatelydefinetheconditionsfordesign purposes, the
Consultants shall review and finalize the bore hole locations in consultation with the
State PWDofficers.

4. GeotechnicalInvestigationsandSub-soilExplorationshallbecarriedoutto
determinethenatureandpropertiesofexistingstratainbed,banksand approaches with trial
pits and bore hole sections showing the levels, nature and properties of various strata to
a sufficient depth below the level suitable for foundations, safe intensity of pressure on
the foundation strata, proneness of site to artesian conditions, seismic disturbance and
other engineering properties of soil etc. Geotechnical investigation and Sub-soil
Exploration will be done as per IRC78.

5. The scheme for the borings locations and the depth of boring shall be prepared by the
Consultants and submitted to Public Works Department, Uttarakhand/MoRTHfor
approval. These may be finalized in consultation withPublic Works Department,
Uttarakhand

- 195 -
6. Thesub-soilexplorationandtesting should be carried out through the Geotechnical
Consultants empanelled by MORT&H. The soil testing reports shall be in the format
prescribed in relevant IRC Codes.

7. For the approach road pavement, bore holes at each major change in pavement condition
or in deflection readings or at 2 km intervals whichever is less shall be carried out to a
depth of at least 2 m below embankment base or to rock level and are to be fully logged.
Appropriate tests to be carried out on samples collected from these bore holes to
determine the suitability of various materials for use in widening of embankments or in
parts of new pavement structure.

4.11.5. Material Investigations

1. The Consultants shall identify sources (including use of fly-ash/ slag), quarry sites and
borrow areas, undertake field and laboratory testing of the materials to
determinetheirsuitabilityforvariouscomponentsoftheworkandestablish quality and
quantity of various construction materials and recommend their use on the basis of
techno-economic principles. The Consultants shall prepare mass hauldiagram for haulage
purposes giving quarry charts indicating the location of selected borrow areas, quarries
and the respective estimated quantities.

“Environment friendly materials”

“As per MORTH circular No. RW /NH-33044/53/2013-S&R(R) dated 20th November,

2013, alternative pavement materials and technologies for road construction shall be
assessed and compared in the design stage. The alternative resulting in substantial
reduction in GHG emission and with least life cycle cost shall be recommended for
implementation.

Technical and economic feasibility of using industrial byproducts, recyclable and waste
materials shall be assessed depending on their availability in the concerned region.

2. It is to be ensured that no material shall be used from the right-of-wayexcept by way of

leveling the ground as required from the construction point of view, or for landscaping
and planting of trees etc. or from the cutting of existing ground for obtaining the required
formation levels.

3. Environmental restrictions, if any, and feasibility of availability of these sites to

prospective civil works contractors, should be duly taken into account while selecting
new quarry locations.

4. The Consultants shall make suitable recommendations regarding making the borrow and
quarry areas after the exploitation of materials for construction of works.

5. TheMaterialInvestigationaspectshallincludepreparationandtestingof bituminous mixes

for various layers and concrete mixes of different design mix grades using suitable
materials (binders, aggregates, sand filler etc.) as identified during Material Investigation
to conform to latest MoRT&H specification..

4.12 Detailed Design of Road and Pavements, Bridges, Structures

4.12.1General

1. The Consultants are to carryout detailed designs and prepare working drawings for the

- 196 -
 following:
i. High speed highway with divided carriageway configuration complete in all
respects with service roads at appropriate locations;
ii. Design of pavement for the additional lanes and overlay for the existing road,
paved shoulders, medians, verges;
iii. Bridges, viaduct/subways and other grade separated structures
includingROBs/RUBs etc.
iv. At-grade and grade-separated intersections, interchanges (if required);
v. ROB for railway crossings as per the requirement and the standards of the Indian
Railways; and,
vi. Prepare alignment plans, longitudinal sections and cross-sections@50mintervals;
vii. Designs for road furniture and road safety/traffic control features;
viii. Designs and drawings for service road/under passes/overpass / cattle passes
tree planting/fencing at locations where necessary / required
ix. Toll plazas and office-cum-residential complex for Ministry of Road Transport &
Highwaysone for each civil contract package)
x. Short bypasses at congested locations
xi. Drainage design showing location of turnouts, out falling structures, separate
drawings sheet for each 5 km. stretch.
xii. Bridges and structures rehabilitation plan with design and drawings
xiii. Traffic amenities (Parking Areas, Weighing Station and Rest Areas, etc.).
xiv. Design of pavement for approach road
xv. Designofriverbankprotection/trainingworks. Innovative type of structures with
minimum joints, aesthetically, pleasing and appropriate tothe topography of the
region shall be designed wherever feasible.

4.12.2. Design Standards

1. The Consultants shall evolve Design Standards and material specifications for the Study
primarily based on IRC publications, MoRT&H Circulars and relevant recommendations
of the international standards for approval by State PWD.

2. The Design Standards evolved for the project shall cover all aspects of detailed design
including the design of geometric elements, pavement design, bridges and structures,
traffic safety and materials.

4.12.3. Geometric Design

1. The design of geometric elements shall, therefore, take into account the essential
requirements of such facilities.

2. Based on the data collected from reconnaissance and topographic surveys, the sections
with geometric deficiencies, if any, should be identified and suitable measures for
improvement should be suggested for implementation.

3. The data on accident statistics should be compiled and reported showing accident
typeandfrequencysothatblackspots areidentifiedalongtheprojectroad section. The
possible causes (such as poor geometric features, pavement condition etc.) of accidents
should be investigated into and suitable cost-effective remedial measures suggested for
- 197 -
 implementation.

4. The detailed design for geometric elements shall cover, but not be limited to the following
major aspects:

i. horizontal alignment;
ii. longitudinal profile;
iii. cross-sectional elements, including refuge lane (50m) at every 2kms.
iv. junctions, intersections and interchanges;
v. bypasses; and,
vi. service roads as and when require i.e. built up area.

5. The alignment design shall be verified for available sight distances as per the standard
norms. The provision of appropriate markings and signs shall be made wherever the
existing site conditions do not permit the adherence to the sight distance requirements as
per the standard norms.

6. The consultants shall make detailed analysis of traffic flow and level of service for the
existing road and workout the traffic flow capacity for the improved project road. The
analysis should clearly establish the widening requirements with respect to the different
horizon periods taking into account special problems such as road segments with isolated
steep gradients.

7. In the case of closely spaced cross roads the Consultant shall examine different options
such as, providing grade separated structure for some of them with a view to reduce
number of at-grade crossings, services roads connecting the cross-roads and closing
access from some of the intersections and prepare and furnish appropriate proposals for
this purpose keeping in view the cost of improvement, impact on traffic movement and
accessibility to cross [Link] detailed drawings and cost estimate should include the
provisions for realignments of the existing cross roads to allow such arrangements.

8. TheConsultantshallalsopreparedesignofgradeseparatedpedestrian crossings (viaducts)

for large cross traffic of pedestrians and / or animalson the basis of passenger and animal
cross traffic surveys conducted.

9. The Consultant shall also prepare details for at-grade junctions, which may be adopted as
alternative to the grade separated structures. The geometric design of interchanges shall
take into account the site conditions, turning movement characteristics, level of service,
overall economy and operational safety.

10. The Consultants shall prepare design and other details in respect of the parallel service
roads in urbanized locations and other locations to cater to the local traffic, their effect of
the viability of the project on commercial basis if service roads are constructed as part of
the project and the implications of not providing the service roads.

11. The consultant shall prepare complete road and pavement design including drainage for
new bypass option identified around congestedtown en-route.

[Link] Design

1. The detailed design of pavement shall involve:

i. strengthening of existing road pavement and design of the new pavement if any, if
the findings of the traffic studies and life-cycle costing analysis confirm the
- 198 -
 requirement for widening of the road beyond 2lane undivided carriageway
standard;
ii. Pavement design for bypasses; and,
iii. Design of shoulders.

2. The design of pavement shall primarily be based on IRC publications.

3. The design of pavement shall be rigorous and shall make use of the latest Indian and
International practices. The design alternatives shall include both rigid and flexible
design options. The most appropriate design, option shall be established on life-
cycle costing and techno-economic consideration.

4. For the design of pavement, each set of design input shall be decided on the basis of
rigorous testing and evaluation of its suitability and relevance in respect of in-service
performance of the pavement. The design methodology shall accompany the design
proposals and shall clearly bring out the basic assumptions, values of the various design
inputs, rationale behind the selection of the design inputs and the criteria for checking
and control during the implementation of works. In other words, the design of pavement
structure should take due account of the type, characteristics of materials used in the
respective courses, variability of their properties and also the reliability of traffic
[Link], the
methodologyadoptedforthedesignofpavementshallbecompletewith flowcharts indicating
the various steps in the design process, their interaction with one another and the input
parametre required at each step.

5. For the design of overlays for the existing 2-lane pavement, the strengthening
requirement shall duly take into account the strength of the existing pavementvis-à-vis
the remaining life. The overlay thickness requirements shall be worked out for each road
segment homogenous with respect to condition, strength and sub- grade characteristics.
The rehabilitation provisions should also include the provision of regulating layer. For
existing pavement with acceptable levels of cracking, provision of a crack inhibiting layer
should also be included.

5 (a) For rehabilitation and strengthening, consultant shall consider the alternatives of
rehabilitating the existing pavement, overlaying with thesame or alternate pavement
type (e.g. white/black topping) and also the option of removal and replacement of
existing pavement layers and chose the best alternative basis lifecycle costing, and any
local considerations such as material availability, time available for construction etc.

6. Latest techniques of pavement strengthening like provision of geo-synthetics and

cold/hot pavement recycling should be duly considered by the consultant for achieving
economy. The use of technology particularly environment friendly technology viz.
recycling of bituminous mixes, warm mixes and soil stabilization etc. should be adopted
wherever feasible. Clause 519 of the “Specifications for Road and Bridge Works” (Fifth
Revision) covers specifications for recycling of existing bituminous pavement materials
to upgrade the pavements. These provisions notwithstanding, recycling of existing
bituminous materials is yet to be implemented in most of the State PWDprojects. The
reclaiming and reprocessing of pavement materials involve both design (how the
pavement should be designed using reclaimed materials with the given properties) and
technology (the methods to reclaim and reprocess, equipment, knowhow and quality)
issues. After addressing these issues, the recycling of pavements will be environmentally
and economically better option for rehabilitation, repair or reconstruction compared to
the use of fresh or virgin materials. Indian Road Congress has published IRC: 120-2015
on “recommended practice for recycling of bituminous pavements” giving a detailed
procedure for its implementation
- 199 -
7. The paved shoulders shall be designed as integral part of the pavement for the main
carriageway. The design requirements for the carriageway pavement shall, therefore, be
applicable for the design of shoulder pavements. The design of granular shoulder should
take into account the drainage considerations besides the structural requirements.

8. The pavement design task shall also cover working out the maintenance and
strengthening requirements and periodicity and timing of such treatments.

4.12.5. Design of Embankments

1. The embankments design should provide for maximum utilization of locally available
materials consistent with economy. Use of fly ash wherever available with in economical
leads must be considered. In accordance with Government instructions, use of fly ash
within 300 km from Thermal Power Stations is mandatoryas per extra ordinary
Gazette Notification No. S.O. 254 (E) Part Section – III – Sub Section (ii) dated 25th
January, 2016 and subsequent amendment, if any of Ministry of Environment, Forest and
Climate change, New Delhi.

2. The Consultants shall carry out detailed analysis and design for all embankments of
height greater than 6 m based on relevant IRC publications.

3. The design of embankments should include the requirements for protection worksand
traffic safety features.

4.12.6. Design of Bridges and Structures

1. The data collected and investigation results shall be analyzed to determine the following:

i. HFL
ii. LWL
iii. LBL
iv. Erodibility of bed/scour level
v. Design discharge
vi. Linear waterway and effective linear waterway
vii. Likely foundation depth
viii. Safe bearing capacity
ix. Engineering properties of sub soil
x. Artesian conditions
xi. Settlement characteristics
xii. Vertical clearance
xiii. Horizontal clearance
xiv. Free board for approach road
xv. Severity of environment with reference to corrosion
xvi. Data pertaining to seismic and wind load
xvii. Requirement of model study etc.

2. TheConsultantshallprepareGeneralArrangementDrawing(GAD)and
AlignmentPlansthesalientfeaturesofthebridgesandstructures proposed to be constructed
/ reconstructed along the road sections covered under the Study. These salient features
- 200 -
 such as alignment, overall length, span arrangement, cross section, deck level, founding
level, type of bridge components(superstructure, substructure, foundations, bearings,
expansion joint, returnwallsetc.)shall befinalizedbaseduponhydraulicandgeo-technical
studies, cost effectiveness and ease of construction. The GAD shall be supplemented by
Preliminary designs. In respect of span arrangement and type of bridge a few alternatives
with cost-benefit implications should be submitted to enable State PWDto approve the
best alternative. After approval of alignment and GAD the Consultant shall prepare
detailed design as per IRC codes /guidelines and working drawings for all components of
bridges and structures.

3. The location of all at-grade level crossings shall be identified falling across the existing
level crossings for providing ROB at these locations. The Consultants shall prepare
preliminary GAD for necessary construction separately to the Client. The Consultant shall
pursue the Indian Railways Authorities or/and any statutory authority of State/Central
Government for approval of the GAD from concerned Authorities.

4. GAD for bridges/structures across irrigation/water waychannels shall be got approved

from the concerned Irrigation/Water way Authorities. Subsequent to approval of GAD
and alignment plan byMinistry of Road Transport & Highways, the Consultants shall
prepare detailed design as per IRC codes/guidelines for all components of the bridges
and structures.

5. SubsequenttotheapprovaloftheGADandAlignmentPlanby State PWD and Railways, the

Consultant shall prepare detailed design as per IRC and Railways guidelines and working
drawings for all components of the bridges and structures. The Consultant shall furnish
the design and working drawings for suitable protection works and/or river training
works wherever required.

6. Dismantling/reconstructionofexistingstructuresshallbeavoidedasfaras possible except

where considered essential in view of their poor structural conditions/ inadequacy of the
provisions etc.

7. The existing structures having inadequate carriageway width shall be

widened/reconstructed in part or fully as per the latest MoRT&H guidelines. The
Consultant shall furnish the detailed design and working drawings for carrying out the
above improvements.

8. Suitablerepair/rehabilitationmeasuresshallbesuggestedinrespectofthe existing
structures as per IRC-SP:40 along with their specifications, drawings and cost estimate in
the form of a report. The rehabilitation or reconstruction of the structures shall be
suggested based on broad guidelines for rehabilitation and strengthening of existing
bridges contained in IRC-SP:35 and IRC-SP:40.

9. Subsequent to the approval of the GAD and the alignment plan by<MoRTH>, detailed
design shall also be carried out for the proposed underpasses, overpasses and
interchanges.

10. TheConsultantsshallalsocarryoutthedesignandmakesuitable recommendations for

protection works for bridges and drainage structures.

11. In case land available is not adequate for embankment slope, suitable design for RCC
retaining wall shall be furnished. However, RESwall may also be considered depending
upon techno-economic suitability to be approved by State PWD.

12. All the bridge structures having a length of 100 m or less can be used for tapping of water
for serving dual purpose i.e., to cross the water body or to store water, if technically

- 201 -
 feasible. Therefore, such structures shall be designed as bridge cum barrage structures
(bridge cum bandhara). Ministry’s guidelines in this regard issued vide letter no. RW/NH-
34066/89/2015-S&R(B) dated 18.04.2017 may be referred.

4.12.7. Drainage System

1. The requirement of roadside drainage system and the integration of the same with
proposed cross-drainage system shall be worked out for the entire length of the project
road section.

2. In addition to the roadside drainage system, the Consultants shall design the special
drainage provisions for sections with super-elevated carriageways, highembankments
and for road segments passing through cuts. The drainage provisions shall also be
worked out for road segments passing through urban areas.

3. The designed drainage system should show locations of turnouts/outfall points with
details of outfall structures fitting into natural contours. A separate drawing sheet
covering every 5 km. stretch of road shall be prepared.

4. The project highway shall be designed to have well designed efficient drainage system,
which shall be subsurface, as far as possible. While constructing the underpasses, the
finished road level shall be determined so as to ensure that the accumulation of rain
water does not take place and run-off flows at the natural ground level. The drains,
wherever constructed, shall be provided with proper gradient and connected to the
existing outlets for final disposal.

5. The rain water harvesting requirements be assessed taking into consideration the
Ministry of Environment & Forest Notification Dt. 14.01.1997 (as amended on
13.01.1998, 05.01.1999 & 06.11.2000). The construction of rainwater harvesting
structure is mandatory in and around water scarce / crisis areas notified by the Central
Ground Water Board. The provisions for rainwater harvesting be executed as per the
requirements of IRC:SP:42-2014 (Guidelines for Road Drainage) and IRC:SP:50-2013
(Guidelines on Urban Drainage).

6. All the bridge structures having a length of 100m or less can be used for tapping of water
for serving dual purpose i.e. to cross the water body and to store water, if technically
feasible. Therefore, such structures should be designed as bridge cum barrage structures
(bridge cum bandhara). Ministry’s guidelines in this regard issued vide letter no. RW/NH-
34066/59/2015-S&R(B) dated 18.04.2017 may be referred.

7. The locations of the culverts should be planned in such a way that the proposed culvert
covers optimum catchment area & the location shall be decided on the basis of
topographical survey, local rainfall data, gradient of natural ground and enquiry from the
local habitants. All culverts should preferably be box culverts as pipe culverts get filled up
with silt, which is rarely cleared.

4.12.8. Traffic Safety Features, Road Furniture and Road Markings

1. The Consultants shall design suitable traffic safety features and road furniture including
traffic signals, signs, markings, overhead sign boards, crash barriers, delineators etc. The
locations of these features shall be given in the reports and also shown in the drawings.

2. The Consultant should make the provisions for “the overhead (gantry-mounted)signs on
roads with two or more lanes in the same direction” as per provisions of IRC-67. The
minimum height of gantry mounted signbe 5.5 m above the highest point at the
carriageway.

- 202 -
3. Road safety shall be the focus of design. The roads shall be forgiving, having self-
explaining alignment, safe designed intersections / interchanges segregation and safe
crossing facilities for VRUs with crash barriers at hazardous locations. The details of
traffic signs and pavement markings with their locations, types and configuration shall be
shown on the plan so that they are correctly provided.

4. DPR shall undergo the exercise of Road Safety Audit through the Road Safety Auditor
(separate from design team) and recommendations mentioned be incorporated.

5. Road markings and proper signage constitute another important aspect of the Road
safety. The DPR shall contain a detailed signage plan, indicating the places, directions,
distances and other features, duly marked on the chainage plan. It shall specify the
suitable places where FoBs are to be provided. Road marking and signage plan shall be
included in DPR and shall be specifically approved by the <MoRTH>.

6. Advanced Traffic Management System (ATMS) shall be in place for all 4/6 lane roads
ofMinistry of Road Transport & Highwaysbeing put to tolling. This would provide real
time information, guidance and emergency assistance to users. ATMS would include
outdoor equipment including emergency call boxes, variable message sign systems,
meteorological data system, close circuit TV camera (CCTV) system in addition to any
other equipment required to meet the objective. Indoor equipment would include large
display board, central computer with Network Management System, CCTV monitor
system and management of call boxes system with uninterrupted power supply, all
housed in a central control centre. In this connection, <MoRTH>’s policy circular
no.11041/218/2007-Admn dated 15.09.2016 may be referred.

7. As availability of suitable sight distance has a large effect on road safety, the alignment of
all the NHs should be finalized in such a way so as to have doublethe stopping sight
distance available to the road users at all locations.

[Link] and Landscaping

The Consultants shall work out appropriate plan for planting of trees (specifying type of
plantation), horticulture, floriculture on the surplus land of the right-of way with a view
to beautify the highway and making the environment along the highway [Link]
activities should be included in the TOR for contractor/concessionaire and the cost of
these activities shall also be added to the total project cost for civil works. The existing
trees / plants shall be retained to the extent possible. The Transplantation of trees shall
also be proposed wherever feasible.

4.12.10. Toll Plaza

1. The Consultants shall identify the possible toll plaza location(s) based on the data and
information derived from the traffic studies and a study of the existing physical features
including the availability of land. The location of the plaza should keep in view that the
project road is to be developed as a partially access controlled highway facility and it is
required to collect toll on rational basis from as much of the vehicular traffic as possible
consistent with economy of collection and operations. The location of the toll plaza
should be finalized in consultation with Public Works Department, Uttarakhand/MoRTH.

2. The minimum number of toll lanes at the toll plazas should be carefully designed taking
into consideration the projected peak hour tollable traffic, permissible service time,
adopted toll collection system and the capacity of service lanes. The number of lanes at
any toll plaza would, however, be not less than four times the number of lanes for which
the highway has been designed. Eventually, all the lanes have to be designed / equipped
with Electronic Toll Collection (ETC) systems and one lane at the extreme outer side for

- 203 -
 Over Dimensioned Vehicles (ODV) should be earmarked in each direction.

3. Car lanes and lanes for commercial vehicles shall be earmarked at the toll plaza with
outer lanes earmarked for the commercial vehicles. At least 50% of the total lanes on
each side shall be equipped with weigh-in-motion facility for dedicated use by
commercial vehicles followed by a static weigh bridge on either side. Number of lanes
with weigh-in-motion facility may be suitably increased depending on proportion of
commercial vehicles in total trafficProvision should be kept for acquisition and
earmarking of about one acre area for parking of the overloaded vehicles.

4. Toll Plaza shall be designed as per IRC 84.

4.12.11. Weighing Station, Parking Areas and Rest Areas

1. The consultant shall select suitable sites for weighing stations, parking areas and rest
areas and prepare suitable separate designs in this regard. The common facilities like
petrol pump, first-aid medical facilities, police office, restaurant, vehicle parking etc.
should be included in the general layout for planning. For petrol pump, the guidelines
issued by OISD of Ministry of Petroleum shall be followed. The facilities should be
planned to be at approximately 50 km interval. At least each facility (1 no.) is foreseen to
be provided for this project stretch. Weighing stations can be located near toll plazas so
that overloaded vehicles can be easily identified and suitably penalized and unloaded
before being allowed to proceed further. The type of weighing system suitable for the
project shall be brought out in the report giving merits of each type of the state-of-the art
and basis of recommendations for the chosen system.

2. The Consultant should take into consideration the provisions for persons with disabilities
(PwD) in way side amenity centres / rest areas and provide ramp facilities, exit /
entrance door with minimum clear opening of 900 mm and specialtoilet facilities for use
of handicapped persons. The consultant shall also take into consideration, the provisions
for Pedestrians facilities as per IRC-103.

4.12.12Miscellaneous Works

1. The Consultants shall make suitable designs and layout for miscellaneous works
including rest areas, bus bays, vehicle parking areas, telecommunication facilities
etc. wherever appropriate.

2. The Consultants shall prepare the detailed scheme and lay out plan for the works
mentioned in Para 1.

3. The Consultants shall prepare detailed plan for the traffic management and
safety during the construction period.

4.13 Environment and Social Impact Assessment

The consultant shall under take the detailed environmental and social impact
assessment in accordance with the standard set by the Government of India for projects
proposed to be funded by MORT&HPublic Works Department, Uttarakhand. In respect of
projects proposed to be funded by ADB loan assistance, Environmental Assessment
Requirements, Environmental Guidelines for selected infrastructure projects, 1993 of
Asian Development Bank shall be followed. Similarly, for projects proposed to be funded
by World Bank loan assistance, World Bank Guidelines shall be followed.

4.13.1 Environmental Impact Assessment

Environment impact assessment or initial environment examination be carried out

- 204 -
inaccordancewithADB’sEnvironmentalAssessmentRequirementsofADB1998guidelines
for selected infrastructure projects 1993 as amended from time to time/World Bank
Guidelines / Government of India Guidelines, as applicable

1. The consultant should carry out the preliminary environmental screening to

assess the direct and induced impacts due to the project.

2. Theconsultantshallensuretodocumentbaselineconditionsrelevanttothe project
with the objective to establish the benchmarks.

3. The consultant shall assess the potential significant impacts and identify the
mitigation measures to address these impacts adequately.

4. The consultant shall do the analysis of alternatives incorporating environmental

concerns. This should include with and without scenario and modification
incorporated in the proposed project due to environment considerations.

5. The consultant shall give special attention to the environmental enhancement

measures in the project for the following:

(a) Cultural property enhancement along the highways

(b) Bus bays and bus shelters including a review of their location,
(c) Highway side landscape and enhancement of the road junctions,
(d) Enhancement of highway side water bodies, and
(e) Redevelopment of the borrow areas located on public land.

6. Theconsultantshallpreparethebill-of-quantities(BOQ)andtechnical specifications
for all items of work in such a way that these may be readily integrated to the
construction contracts.

7. The consultant shall establish a suitable monitoring network with regard to air,
water and noise pollution. The consultant will also provide additional inputs in
the areas of performance indicators and monitoring mechanisms for
environmental components during construction and operational phase of the
project.

8. The consultant shall provide the cost of mitigation measures and ensure that
environmentalrelatedstaffing,trainingandinstitutionalrequirementsare budgeted
in project cost.

9. Theconsultantshallpreparetheapplicationformsandobtainforestryand
environmental clearances from the respective authorities including the SPCBs
and the MOEFonbehalfof State PWD. Theconsultantswillmake presentation, if
required, in defending the project to the MOEF Infrastructure Committee.

10. The consultant shall identify and plan for plantation and Transplantation of the
suitable trees along the existing highway in accordance with IRC guidelines.

11. Theconsultantshallassistinprovidingappropriateinputinpreparationof relevant

environment and social sections of BPIP.

12 Provision should be made for Noise Barriers wherever (especially where project
highway passes through dense habitation) required as a mitigation measure
against noise pollution and nuisance. Their location, dimension, type, material

- 205 -
 and shapes should be determined and defined in environment impact assessment
studies forming part of DPR.

4.13.2 Social Assessment

1 The consultant would conduct base line socio-economic and censussurvey to assess the
impacts on the people, properties and loss of livelihood. The socioeconomic survey will
establish the benchmark for monitoring of R&R activities. A social assessment is
conducted for the entire project to identify
mechanismstoimproveprojectdesignstomeettheneedsofdifferent stakeholders. A
summary of stakeholder discussions, issue raised and how the project design was
developed to meet stakeholders need would be prepared.

2 The consultant shall prepare Land Acquisition Plan and assist<MoRTH/Uttarakahnd

PWD> in acquisition of land under various Acts.

4.13.3 The consultant would prepare Resettlementand Rehabilitation Plan and assess feasibility
and effectiveness of income restoration strategies and suitability and availability to
relocation sites. The resettlement plan which accounts for land acquisition and
resettlement impacts would be based on a 25% socio-economic survey and 100 % census
survey of project affected people which provides the complete assessment of the number
of affected households and persons, including common property resources. All untitled
occupants are recorded at the initial stages and identify cards will be issued to ensure
there is no further influx of people in to the project area. All consultations with affected
persons (to include list of participants) should be fully documented and records made
available to Ministry of Road Transport & Highways.

• Assessment on the impact of the project on the poor and vulnerable groups along
the project road corridor.
• Based on the identified impacts, developing entitlement matrix for the project
affected people.
• Assessmentonsocialissuessuchasindigenouspeople, gender, HIV/AIDS, labourers
including child labour.
• Implementation budgets, sources and timing of funding and schedule of tasks.
• Responsibility of tasks, institutional arrangements and personnel for delivering
entitlement and plans to build institutional capacity.
• Internal and external monitoring plans, key monitoring indicators and grievance
redress mechanism.
• Incorporating any other suggestions of the ADB/ World Bank/Ministry of Road
Transport & Highways /Public Works Department, Uttarakhand, till the
acceptance of the reports by the ADB/ World Bank/Ministry of Road Transport &
Highways /Public Works Department, Uttarakhand.

4.13.4Reporting Requirements of EIA

• Theconsultant wouldprepare the stand-alonereportsasper the requirementof the

ADB/ World Bank/Ministry of Road Transport & Highways /Public Works
Department, Uttarakhand, as applicable, with contents as per the following:
• Executive Summary
• Description of the Project
• Environmental setting of the project.

- 206 -
 • Identification and categorization of the potential impacts (during pre-
construction, construction and operation periods).
• Analysis of alternatives (thiswouldincludecorrelationamongstthefinally selected
alternative alignment/routing and designs with the avoidance and environmental
management solutions).
• The public consultation process.
• Policy, legal and administrative framework. This would include mechanisms at
the states and national level for operational policies. This would also include a
description of the organizational and implementation mechanism recommended
for this project.
• Typicalplanorspecificdesignsforalladditionalenvironmentalitemsas described in
the scope of work.
• IncorporatinganyotherasperthesuggestionsoftheADB/ World Bank/Ministry of
Road Transport & Highways /Public Works Department, Uttarakhand, till the
acceptance of the reports by the ADB/ World Bank/Ministry of Road Transport &
Highways /Public Works Department, Uttarakhand, as applicable.
• EMP Reports for Contract Package based on uniform methodology and
[Link] consultant will also ensure that the EMP has all the elements for it
to be a legal document. The EMP reports would include the following:
• Brief description of the project, purpose of the EMP, commitments on
incorporating environmental considerations in the design, construction and
operations phases of the project and institutional arrangements for implementing
the EMP.
• A detailed EMP for construction and operational phases with recourse to the
mitigation measures for all adverse impacts.
• Detailedplansforhighway-sidetreeplantation(as part ofthe compensatory
afforestation component).
• Environmental enhancement measurewould be incorporated.
• Enhancement measures would include items described in the scope of work and
shall be complete with plans, designs, man and technical specifications.
• Environmental monitoring plans during and after construction including scaling
and measurement techniques for the performance indicators selected for
monitoring.
• The EMP should be amendable to be included in the contract documents for the
works.
• Incorporating any other as per the suggestions of the ADB/ World Bank/Ministry
of Road Transport & Highways /Public Works Department, Uttarakhand, till the
acceptance of the reports by the ADB/ World Bank/Ministry of Road Transport &
Highways /Public Works Department, Uttarakhandas applicable.

4.13.5Reporting requirements of RAP

Analysis on the resettlement plan be conducted based on ADBs Hand Book on

Resettlement, A Guide to Good practice 1998 as amended time to time/ World Bank
Guidelines / Government of India Guidelines, as applicable.

• Executive summary
• Description ofproject
- 207 -
 • Objectives of the project.
• The need for Resettlement in the Project and evaluation of measures to minimize
resettlement.
• Descriptionandresultsofpublicconsultationandplansforcontinued participation of
PAPs.
• Definition of PAPs and the eligibility criteria.
• Censusandsurveyresults-numberaffected,howaretheyaffectedandwhat impacts
will they experience.
• Legalandentitlementpolicyframework-supportprinciplesfordifferent categories
of impact.
• Arrangements for monitoring and evaluation (internal and external)
• Implementation schedule for resettlement which is linked to the civil works
contract
• A matrix of scheduled activities linked to land acquisition procedures to indicate
clearly what steps and actions will be taken at different stages and the time
frame
• The payment of compensation and resettlement during the acquisition process
• An itemized budget (replacement value for all assets) and unit costs for different
assets

5.1 Land Acquisition

5.1.1 Overall program management of all activities pertaining to Land Acquisition

[Link] Coordinate all activities necessary for accurate and timely publication of notifications as
per NH Act including but not limited to

i. Identify all land parcels that need to be acquired as part of project highway
ii. Conduct Joint Measurement Survey in conjunction with CALA, Public Works
Department, Uttarakhandand state revenue department to verify land records
iii. Conduct valuation of land and associated assets (structures, trees, crops etc.) and
liaison with authorities of State Government for authentication of the valuation

[Link] Liaison with relevant state departments throughout land acquisition process

i. Liaison with State Government departments including but not limited to Land
Revenue Office (or Tehsil), Sub - Registrar office, Directorate of Surveys and with
other State departments (like Public works department, horticulture department
etc.) to expedite the land acquisition process
ii. Co-ordinate collection of all the necessary land record documents and
information required to support CALA/CALA staff during the LA process

[Link] Facilitate communication between Public Works Department, Uttarakhand/MoRTH and

CALA throughout land acquisition process

i. Ensure prompt official communication (including delivery of documents and

notifications) between the office of Competent Authority for Land Acquisition
(CALA) and MoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhand.

- 208 -
[Link] Support CALA and NH Divisionwith manpower and resources CALA throughout land
acquisition process

i. Ensure presence of adequate manpower like surveyors, revenue inspectors,

assistants, peons, computer operators as required to support CALA, NH Division,
RO in the LA process corresponding to respective project
ii. Ensure comprehensive quality checks (4 Eye Checks) for all the notifications
prepared before submission in the Bhoomi Rashi portal

5.1.2 Assist CALA and NH Division in the publication of notifications

[Link] Provide copy of following documents to NH Division - 1 soft copy (less than 3MB
combined) + 1 hard copy, on finalization of alignment and approval of the alignment
from the competent authority

i. Index Map: Document showing alignment of proposed highway overlaid on a

detailed political map of the region
ii. Alignment plan: Engineering plan detailing relative position of Proposed Right of
Way to existing road, bypasses, realignments significant structures, affected
villages and chainage
iii. Ministry of Road Transport & Highwaysproject sanction document detailing
chainage, length, scheme code and land acquisition requirements (Total Land
Required, Land available, land to be acquired etc.)

[Link] Conduct enquiry at Village Administrative Office along approved alignment to ensure
inclusion of all villages

[Link] Ensure correct spelling of taluks and villages according to local revenue records
(Jamabandi) or State Government land record website. The same should be done for
English and Hindi

[Link] Obtain approval of taluk names, village names and other details mentioned in 3a from
CALA office

[Link] Co-ordinate with NH Divisionand District Collector/State Government in obtaining

appointment order for CALA

[Link] Co-ordinate with NIC to ensure correct village names and spelling are included in
Bhoomi Rashi portal

[Link] Assist NH Divisionin creating 3a notification and preamble on Bhoomi Rashi along with
all supporting documents in format prescribed to be sent for approval to Ministry of
Road Transport & HighwaysHQ

5.1.3 Assist CALA andMoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhand in the publication of

3A notification

[Link] Co-ordinate collection of all village maps from state land revenue department

i. Ensure all village maps are collected from the Taluk Office/Regional Deputy
Director of Survey and Land Records and bear a saleable copy mark.

[Link] Co-ordinate collection of all survey maps for all the affected survey numbers in the
proposed right of way from state land revenue department

- 209 -
 i. Ensure collection of digitized survey maps from the state revenue department
prepared using CollabLand software of NIC for the purposes of land acquisition
activities, wherever available
ii. Ensure all survey maps collected are scaled to 1:500, 1:1000 or 1:2000
iii. Ensure survey maps contain all necessary information including boundary
dimensions, ladder diagrams, topographical details, sub division details and
adjoining survey numbers as available, in line with the norms of the State
Government
iv. Verify the level of accuracy in the maps and their suitability for the purposes of
supporting the land acquisition effort for the project road in terms of both
dimensional accuracy and details available
v. Ensure consistency between the revenue maps and other land records (Record of
Rights, Tenancy and Crops /A-Register etc.) and correct the maps/records in case
of inconsistency. Ensure, the corrected maps are vetted by the Village
Administrative Officer

[Link] Ensure collection of geo referenced control points capable of being imported into
appropriate GIS system

i. Conduct an alignment walk-through and ensure details of the ground control

points include village stones, suitable land details and permanent geographical
features are collected
ii. Ensure a minimum of 10 control points are identified and geo-referenced for
every 1 km
iii. Ensure the Geo-location information from the control points are imported into
the GIS system, to aid in superimposition of alignment map and the digitized
village map. Suitable land details and features should also be added to the GIS
system to enable review of individual land parcels.

[Link] Ensure accurate digitization and projection of village maps on GIS system

i. Consultant should ensure complete digitization of the area containing the

Proposed Right of Way
ii. Where digitized revenue maps are unavailable or are deemed to be insufficient
for the purposes of this project, the consultant shall digitize the survey maps of
the area falling in and surrounding the existing and PROW, keeping the following
in mind:
1. Create digitized maps of individual survey numbers using the procedure used
by the land revenue department to recreate revenue maps such as using
ladder diagrams, grid dimensions etc., using CollabLand software, wherever
possible
2. Input numerical measurements mentioned in the ladder diagram/grid
dimensions/survey boundaries in CollabLand or similar software to ensure
accuracy of digital map
3. Stitch the digitized survey maps to recreate a scaled and digitized village map
depicting all the survey numbers affected by the proposed right of way
iii. Ensure that the digitized map exactly matches the original map like a contact
print and contain all information contained in the original survey map
iv. Ensure an accuracy of 1mm or higher in a 1:1000 scale, as this translates into an
accuracy of 1 m or higher on ground

- 210 -
 v. In digitization and feature addition, the consultant shall endeavor to follow any
standards, requirements and formats laid down by the relevant state/ central
government agency for land ownership and revenue management or that set by
the authority involved in digitization of land records
1. Where applicable, the consultant shall share back the digitized cadastral maps
in both soft and hard copy with the relevant local agency or state government

[Link] Ensure accurate projection of survey revenue maps on Google Earth or similar GIS
software necessarily having the following layers

i. Alignment Map
ii. Digitized Village Map
iii. Topographical details as collected during topographical survey using LiDAR/.
Imaging
iv. Geo-referenced control points imported into GIS software

[Link] Ensure proper superimposition of the alignment map, digitized village map by
accurately matching the topographical details and geo-referenced ground control points
on both the layers.

i. Divide the village maps at every 500 meters (in case of the same village) to ensure
proper projection of the planar map on Google Earth or equivalent
ii. Adjust the digitized map to exactly match the ground situation using the geo-
referenced ground control points identified

[Link] Accurately identify extent of area encroached by alignment in survey numbers/sub

division numbers using appropriate software (ArcGIS/AutoCAD, etc) based on the
superimposition of the alignment map on the digitized village map

[Link] Co-ordinate collection all the relevant revenue records from state revenue department
required to ascertain type and nature of land

i. Collect the updated land revenue records with details on survey numbers, sub-
division, land type, land nature and owner from the Taluk office

[Link] Prepare and submit 3A draft and LA plan in the format prescribed by Ministry of Road
Transport & Highways

[Link] Co-ordinate submission of copies of LA plan and Alignment map to CALA offices through
Public Works Department, Uttarakhandrequired for verification of 3A draft in the
format prescribed by the CALA Office

[Link] Facilitate CALA staff in verification of the draft 3A document

[Link] Assist CALA staff in preparation of 3A notification, preamble and forwarding letter to be
forwarded to Public Works Department, Uttarakhand

[Link] Assist Public Works Department, Uttarakhandin uploading 3A notification (as declared
by CALA) along with preamble on Bhoomi Rashi

i. Provide computer operators to upload 3A notification on Bhoomi Rashi

ii. Ensure the 3A submitted on Bhoomi Rashi matches the signed copy verbatim and
no changes are made

- 211 -
[Link] Provide copy of 3A Gazette notification to the office of the CALA on publication in the
Gazette

[Link] Prepare 3A notification in vernacular language to be sent to newspaper for 3A(3)

notification

i. Ensure the translated 3A sent to the newspaper matches the 3A Gazette copy
verbatim and no changes are made

[Link] Co-ordinate with the CALA to get a signed copy of the press ready version along with the
file reference number needed for future reference at the CALA office

[Link] Assist Public Works Department, Uttarakhandin coordinating with newspaper agency to
ensure publication of 3A notification in 2 newspapers: 1 Vernacular + 1 Other

[Link] Provide copies of newspaper publication of 3A notification to the CALA and Public
Works Department, Uttarakhand.

[Link] Ensure all activities are planned and adequate manpower is made available to ensure
the prescribed timelines are adhered to

i. Ensure submission of 3A to the Public Works Department, Uttarakhandin

prescribed format within 30 days of 3a publication
ii. Ensure publishing of 3A in Gazette by pursuing the same with relevant
stakeholder within 14 days of submission of final 3A to the Public Works
Department, Uttarakhand
iii. Provide adequate manpower including but not limited to AutoCAD draftsmen,
liaison officers, computer operators, retired tahsildars, etc. to ensure mandated
timelines are met
iv. Ensure adequate resources including but not limited to computers, software
licenses, scanner, printer etc. are deployed to ensure mandated timelines are met

5.1.4 Assist CALA and Public Works Department, Uttarakhand in conduction of 3C enquiry
and compilation of final orders

[Link] Co-ordinate with CALA for scheduling public hearings as necessitated by section 3C of NH
Act 1956

[Link] Assist CALA staff in sending notices to petitioners on respective hearing dates either
through newspaper notifications to be published in 2 newspapers: 1 Vernacular + 1 other
or through respective village administrative offices

[Link] Provide copies of newspaper publication/ notices of 3C notification to the office of the
CALA

[Link] Assist CALA staff in receiving and compiling of objections

[Link] Assist CALA during objection hearings, recording of hearings, ensuring compliance of
corresponding orders and notification of final CALA order to petitioners

[Link] Assist CALA staff in dispatching and ensuring delivery of final 3C orders to petitioners in
a timely manner and obtain acknowledgement of receipt of 3C orders from the aggrieved
parties

- 212 -
5.1.5 Assist CALA and Public Works Department, Uttarakhand in conducting Joint
Measurement Survey

[Link] Co-ordinate with the CALA office and state government departments and obtain all
permissions necessary to conduct JMS and center line marking

[Link] Ensure laying of boundary pillars in an accurate and expedited manner

i. Ensure use of Differential GPS or Total Station systems to conduct center line
marking
ii. Ensure placing of boundary pillars (left and right) and the center line peg (in case
of brownfield sections), center line pillar (in case of greenfield sections) at 50-
meter intervals, clearly demarcating the Proposed Right of Way.
iii. Ensure all boundary pillars are provided and planted as per IRC:25:1967
iv. Ensure that the boundary stones are secured at location
v. Provide daily reports to Public Works Department, Uttarakhandand CALA office
by mail indicating progress of boundary stone marking in terms of length and
chainage covered
vi. Retain a Total Station system, controller and a prism holder for the entire
duration of the JMS to ensure prompt assistance to the survey team

[Link] Ensure accurate and timely conduction of JMS for the complete length of the project

i. Provide scaled revenue maps, latest ownership records, village map and other
revenue documents necessary for conducting JMS
ii. Arrange retired revenue sub inspectors of survey and chainmen to conduct Joint
Measurement Survey at the consultant’s cost
iii. Ensure accurate measurement of revenue survey plots with respect to PROW of
project, by identifying physical features present on the ground & the survey
sketches, measuring the distance of the PROW stone from the physical features
and marking the distance on the survey sketch
iv. Ensure marking of PROW on scaled revenue maps indicating extent of
encroachment into survey numbers/sub division numbers
v. Ensure surveyors collect details of structures and trees present in sub-divisions
during JMS
vi. Ensure accurate calculation of area affected in each sub-division
vii. Ensure sub-division records are prepared as per the guidelines of the state
revenue surveyor clearly indicating the name of the land owner as per latest
ownership record
viii. Ensure sub-division records divide affected sub-divisions clearly indicating
portion of land vested with the owner and portion of land acquired by Public
Works Department, Uttarakhand
ix. Ensure submission of JMS records in format expected by the CALA office along
with all supporting documents
x. Co-ordinate with local land revenue office in updating of all land records as per
sub-division records submitted to CALA office, including vesting of acquired land
in the name of Government of India, post publication of the 3D notification

- 213 -
 xi. Provide daily reports to MoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhandand
CALA office by mail indicating progress of JMS in terms of length, villages and
number survey numbers covered

[Link] Assist land revenue department in conducting pre-scrutiny

i. Ensure all records are submitted at Taluk office in the correct format
ii. Facilitate creation of new sub-divisions based on the sub division records
submitted by the survey team, including vesting of acquired land in the name of
Government of India, post publication of the 3D notification
iii. Provide daily reports to Public Works Department, Uttarakhandand CALA office
by mail indicating progress of pre-scrutiny in terms of number of villages covered

[Link] Co-ordinate with CALA team and Public Works Department, Uttarakhandto facilitate site
inspection

5.1.6 Assist CALA and Public Works Department, Uttarakhand in the publication of 3D
notification

[Link] Prepare 3D draft based on 3A notification and scrutinized JMS statements in the format
prescribed by Public Works Department, Uttarakhand

[Link] Co-ordinate submission of copies of 3D draft and scrutinized JMS Statements to the office
of the CALA for verification

[Link] Facilitate CALA staff in verification of the draft 3D version

i. Ensure presence of surveyors to clarify/rectify any issue that may arise during
verification, both during on-ground inspection as well as during the document
verification

[Link] Assist CALA staff in preparation of 3D notification, preamble and forwarding letter to be
forwarded to Public Works Department, Uttarakhand

[Link] Assist Public Works Department, Uttarakhandin uploading 3D notification (as declared
by CALA) along with preamble on Bhoomirashi

i. Provide computer operators to upload 3D notification on Bhoomirashi

ii. Ensure the 3D submitted on Bhoomirashi matches the signed copy verbatim and
no changes are made

[Link] Provide copy of 3D Gazette notification to the office of the CALA on publication in the
Gazette

[Link] Prepare 3D notification in vernacular language to be sent to newspaper

i. Ensure the translated 3D sent to the newspaper matches the 3D Gazette copy
verbatim and no changes are made

[Link] Co-ordinate with the CALA to get a signed copy of the press ready version along with the
file reference number needed for future reference at the CALA office

[Link] Assist Public Works Department, Uttarakhandin coordinating with newspaper agency to
ensure publication of 3A notification in 2 newspapers: 1 Vernacular + 1 Other

- 214 -
[Link] Provide copies of newspaper publication of 3D notification to the CALA and Public Works
Department, Uttarakhand

[Link] Ensure all activities are planned and adequate manpower is made available to ensure the
prescribed timelines are adhered to

i. Ensure submission of 3D statement along with sub-division records to the PIU in

prescribed format within 45 days of 3A publication
ii. Ensure publishing of 3D in Gazette by pursuing the same with relevant
stakeholder within 15 days of submission of final 3D to the Public Works
Department, Uttarakhand.
iii. Provide adequate manpower including but not limited to surveyors, revenue
inspectors, chain-men, liaison officers, computer operators, central line marking
teams, helpers, etc. to ensure mandated timelines are met
iv. Ensure adequate resources including but not limited to computers, boundary
pillars, Total Station/DGPS systems, vehicles etc. are deployed to ensure
mandated timelines are met

5.1.7 Assist the CALA in the declaration of award (3G)

[Link] Assist CALA in drafting public notice inviting claims (under sub-section 3 of section 3G)
from all persons interested in the land tobe acquired and 3D notification to be published
in 2 local newspaper - 1 vernacular and 1 other.

[Link] Co-ordinate with Public Works Department, Uttarakhand/CALA on publishing of claim

invitation notification in 2 local newspapers - 1 vernacular and 1 other. The public notice
inviting claims (under sub-section 3 of section 3G) from all persons interested in the land
to be acquired can be issued along with the newspaper publication of 3D notification

[Link] Provide 1 copy of newspaper notification of 3D and claim invitation to CALA, Ward,
Panchayat, Circle office, police station and Collector office.

[Link] Assist CALA during claim hearings, record hearings and compliance of corresponding
orders

i. Collate ownership claims and the documents received during the claim hearings
ii. Assist the office of the CALA in verifying the claims and in finalizing the land
owners

[Link] Assist CALA office in collection of sales statistics and market value (Guideline value/
Collector rates) from the relevant State Government department

i. Collect the sales statistics for 3 years prior to the date of the 3A notification from
the Sub-Registrar’s Office
ii. Assess the sales statistics to evaluate the nature of land for all the sale deeds
based on the land records available with the State Government (Chitta/ A-
Register, etc.)
iii. Compute the average of the top 50% of the sales statistics after eliminating the
outliers, with proper justification
iv. Collect the Guideline Value/ Prevalent market rates, as issued by the order of the
Competent Authority of the State Government for all the relevant villages
v. Collect the details of the sales of land for public purpose through private
negotiation in the recent past for similar type of land
- 215 -
[Link] Compute land valuation for the all the affected survey numbers in line with RFCTLARR
Act and the guidelines issued by MoRTH

[Link] Conduct valuation of land related assets (Structures, trees, crops etc.) and liaison with
respective State authority including but not limited to State Public Works Department,
Agriculture, Horticulture, Forest Department, etc. for authentication of the valuation.

[Link] Assist CALA in 3G award preparation and in drafting 3G award documents along with the
required Annexures including but not limited to preparation of field book which contains
award by each beneficiary, list of sales statistics considered for finalizing the market
value, etc.

5.1.8 Assist Public Works Department, Uttarakhandin obtaining possession of land

[Link] Co-ordinate delivery of confirmation letter of deposit from Public Works Department,
Uttarakhandto CALA

[Link] Assist CALA staff in drafting notification for beneficiaries for award collection and
vacating the land within 60 days (under section 3E)

[Link] Co-ordinate serving of notice to all beneficiaries for collection of award and to vacate the
land within 60 days (under section 3E)

[Link] Co-ordinate collection of certificate of possession from CALA

[Link] Assist and liaison with competent authority for Land acquision in getting mutation of
land done in the name of Public Works Department, Uttarakhand. Also incorporate status
of mutation of land in Monthly Progress Report (MPR).

5.1.9 Publication of Gazette Notifications relating to Land Acquisition:

[Link] Cost for publication of Gazette Notifications relating to land acquisition in Newspapers
shall be borne by the Public Works Department, Uttarakhand.

5.2 Utility shifting proposal and estimates

5.2.1 Identify type and location of all existing utilities within the proposed ROW

1. Consultant will review information available with all utilities agencies in the region,
consult maps/plans available with Public Works Department, Uttarakhand, MoRTH and
state road agencies, consult with locals and municipal bodies to ascertain the presence
and location of utilities , including but not limited to water-mains, gas, telephone,
electricity and fiber-optic installations in and around the project road

2. Deploy ground penetrating radar, inductor locators or better technology to accurately

map the location, type and size of utilities in the ROW of the project road as required in
the section of this TOR

3. Develop a detailed strip plan and digitized maps showing:

i. type, size and current location of all the utilities identified

ii. relative offset from the centerline
iii. existing right of way

- 216 -
5.2.2 Plan for utilities in future road design

1. Consultants need to identify utilities that will require shifting to enable construction of
the proposed project road

2. Incorporate space required for elevated and under-ground utilities corridors and utilities
crossings as required for existing and future utilities in consultation with user
departments

5.2.3 Develop a utilities relocation plan

1. Consultants need to develop and submit a utilities relocation plan in consultation with
Public Works Department, Uttarakhandand user departments clearly identifying current
utilities and suggested relocations along with crossings as required

2. Plan and conduct discussions, consultations and joint site visits required for the planning
of utilities shifting and the development of required drawings and proposals

3. Prepare necessary details, documents and suggested relocation plan to be submitted to

user department

4. Develop initial cost estimates based on suggested relocation plan and the latest available
schedule of rates for inclusion in the cost of the project at the time of approval

5.2.4 Estimates and approvals

1. Consultants need to obtain draft utilities shifting proposal from user departments for all
utilities identified for shifting along project road

2. Prepare utility shifting cost estimates using latest schedule of rates and obtain approval
from user departments

3. Review final designs submitted, cost estimates, complete checklist, obtain required
declarations and submit to Public Works Department, Uttarakhandfor approval

4. Work with user department, Public Works Department, Uttarakhandas required to

incorporate any changes requested in shifting proposal and cost estimate

5. Obtain all required utilities shifting proposal estimates and required approvals from both
user departments and Public Works Department, Uttarakhandwithin the time stipulated
in DPR contract

5.3 Estimation of Quantities and Project Costs

1. The Consultants shall prepare detailed estimates for quantities (considering designs
and mass haul diagram) and project cost for the entire project (civil packages wise),
including the cost of environmental and social safeguards proposed based on
MoRT&H’s Standard Data Book and market rate for the inputs. The estimation of
quantities shall be based on detailed design of variouscomponents of the projects. The
estimation of quantities and costs would have to be worked out separately for civil work
Package as defined in this TOR.

2. The Consultants shall make detailed analysis for computing the unit rates for the
different items of works. The unit rate analysis shall duly take into account the various

- 217 -
 inputs and their basic rates, suggested location of plants and respective lead distances for
mechanized construction. The unit rate for each item of works shall be worked out in
terms of manpower, machinery and materials.

3. The project cost estimates so prepared for Public Works Department,

UttarakhandADB/WB projects are to be checked against rates for similar on-going works
in India under Public Works Department, Uttarakhand/WorldBank/ ADB financed road
sector projects.

4. The Consultant should work out the quantity of Bitumen, Steel and Cement likely to be
used in the project and indicate in the summary sheet.

5. The consultant shall furnish cost comparison amongst conventional and with the use of
New/alternative Material and Technology to arrive at the estimated cost. The estimated
cost as proposed by the consultant shall be cost effective as well as environment friendly.

6. Viability and Financing Options and Bidding process

1. The Project Road should be divided into the traffic homogenous links based on the
findings of the traffic studies. The homogenous links of the Project Road should be further
subdivided into sections based on physical features of road and pavement, sub-grade and
drainage characteristics etc. The economic and commercial analysis shall be carried out
separately for each traffic homogenous link as well as for the Project Road.

2. The values of input parametres and the rationale for their selectionfor the economic and
commercial analyses shall be clearly brought out and got approved by
<MoRTH/Uttarakahnd PWD>.

3. For models to be used for the economic and the commercial analyses, the
calibration methodology and the basic parametres adapted to the local conditions shall
be clearly brought out and got approved by Public Works Department, Uttarakhand.

4. The economic and commercial analyses should bring out the priority of the
different homogenous links in terms of project implementation.

6.1. Economic Analysis

1. The Consultants shall carry out economic analysis for the project. The analysis should be
for each of the sections covered under this TOR. The benefit and cost streams should be
worked out for the project using HDM-IV or other internationally recognized life-cycle
costing model.

2. The economic analysis shall cover but be not limited to be following aspects:

i. assess the capacity of existing roads and the effects of capacity constraints on
vehicle operating costs (VOC);
ii. calculate VOCs for the existing road situation and those for the project;
iii. quantify all economic benefits, including those from reduced congestion, travel
distance, road maintenance cost savings and reduced incidence of road accidents;
and,
iv. estimate the economic internal rate of return (EIRR) for the project over a30-year
period. In calculating the EIRRs, identify the tradable and non- tradable
components of projects costs and the border price value of the tradable
components.
v. Saving in time value.
- 218 -
3. Economic Internal Rate of Return (EIRR) and Net Present Value (NPV), “with “and
“without time and accident savings” should be worked out based on these cost-benefit
stream. Furthermore, sensitivity of EIRR and NPV worked out forth different scenarios as
given under:

Scenario – I Base Costs and Base Benefits

Scenario - II Base Costs plus 15% and Base Benefits
Scenario - III Base Costs and Base Benefits minus 15%
Scenario – IV Base Costs plus 15% and Base Benefits minus 15%

The sensitivity scenarios given above are only indicative. The Consultants shall select the
sensitivity scenarios taking into account possible construction delays, construction costs
overrun, traffic volume, revenue shortfalls, operating costs,
exchangeratevariations,convertibilityofforeignexchange,interestrate volatility, non-
compliance or default by contractors, political risks and force majeure.

4. The economic analysis shall take into account all on-going and future road and transport
infrastructure projects and future development plans in the project area.

6.2 Financial Analysis

6.2.1 Need for financial analysis

1. It is envisaged that project stretches should be implemented in a commercial, PPP

funded format
2. Therefore, the Consultant will need to study the financial viability of the project
under various available commercial formats and suggest a mode of funding and
execution that is most likely to be successful
3. The consultant shall study the financial viability of the project under several
different traffic volume, user fee scenarios and funding options to arrive at the
optimal execution mode and funding modalities

6.2.2 Financial analysis of the project

1. The Consultants shall in consultation with <MoRTH/Uttarakahnd PWD>finalize

the format for the analysis and the primary parameters and scenarios that should
be taken into account while carrying out the commercial analysis
2. TheFinancialanalysisfortheprojectshouldcoverfinancialinternalrateof return,
projected income statements, balance sheets and fund flow statements and
should bring out all relevant assumptions.
3. The financial analysis should cover identification, assessment, and mitigating
measures for all risks associated with the project. The analysis shall cover, but be
not limited to, risks related to construction delays, construction costs overrun,
traffic volume, revenue shortfalls, operating costs, exchange rate variations,
convertibility of foreign exchange, interest rate volatility, non-compliance or
default by contractors, political risks and force majeure.
4. The sensitivity analysis should be carried out for a number of probabilistic
scenarios.

6.2.3 Outputs from financial analysis

1. The financial model so developed shall be handed over to and be the property of
Public Works Department, Uttarakhand.
- 219 -
 2. The consultant shall also suggest positive ways of enhancing the project viability
and furnish different financial models for implementing on BOT format

6.3 Bidding process

6.3.1 Consultant shall assist the authority in preparing the required bid documents and
support the authority through the bidding process

6.3.2 Preparation of documents

1. The consultant shall prepare all required bid documents and technical schedules
required for the bidding of the project

2. The Consultants shall prepare separate documents for each type of contract
(EPC/PPP) for each package of the DPR assignment

3. The consultant shall assist authority in reviewing bid documents and in making
any changes required basis their findings or the and finalising bid documents

4. The consultant shall assist the authority in collecting and providing all required
supporting documents for initiating bid as defined by the SOP for contracting

5. The DPR consultant may be required to prepare the Bid Documents, based on the
feasibility report, due to exigency of the project for execution if desired by
MoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhand

a. To enable this, consultant should study the financial viability and financial
options for the project for modes such as BOT Toll/Annuityduring the
feasibility stage.

6. Provide any and all clarifications required by the authority or other functionaries
such as the financial consultant and legal advisor as required for the financial
appraisal and legal scrutiny of the Project Highway and Bid Documents.

7. The consultant shall be guided in its assignment by the Model Concession/

Contract Agreements for PPP/ EPC projects, as applicable and the Manual of
Specifications and Standards for two/ four/ six laning of highways published by
IRC (IRC:SP:73 or IRC:SP:84 or IRC:SP:87, as applicable) along with IRC SP-91
code for design of tunnels.

a. It is suggested that consultant should go through the EPC/PPP documents of

ministry before bidding the project.

6.3.3 Support during the bidding process

1. Consultant shall support MoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhandthrough

the entire bid process and shall be responsible for sharing the findings from the
preparation stages during the bid process.

2. The consultant shall ensure participation of senior team members of the

consultant during all interaction with potential bidders including pre-bid
conference, meetings, site visits etc.

3. During the bid process for a project, the consultant shall support the authority in:

a. Responding to all pre-bid technical queries

- 220 -
 b. Preparation of detailed responses to the written queries raised by the bidders

4. The consultant shall assist MoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhandand its

functionaries as needed in the evaluation of technical bids

7. Time period for the service

1. Time period envisaged for the study of the project is indicated in Annexure-I to LOI. The
final reports, drawings and documentation shall be completed within this time schedule.

2. MoRTH/Public Works Department,

Uttarakhandshallarrangetogiveapprovalonallsketches,drawings,reportsand
recommendations and other matters and proposals submitted for decision by the
Consultant in such reasonable time so as not to delay or disrupt the performance of the
Consultant’s services.

8. Project Team and Project Office of the Consultant

1. TheConsultantsshallberequiredtoformamulti-disciplinary teamforthis assignment. The

consultants’team shall be manned by adequate number of experts with relevant
experience in the execution of similar detailed design assignments.

2. List of suggested key personnel to be fielded by the consultant with appropriate man-
month of consultancy services is given in APPENDIX-IA (Part-I) as per client's
assessment.

3. AManningScheduleforkeypersonnelmentionedaboveisenclosedas APPENDIX-IA (Part-

I)along with broad job- description and qualification as APPENDIX-IB (Part-I). The
information furnished in APPENDIX-I & II (Part-I) are to assist the Consultants to
understand the client’s perception about these requirements and shall be taken by the
Consultants for the purpose of Financial Proposal and deployment schedule etc. in
technical proposal to be submitted by them. Any deviation proposed may be recorded in
the comments on TOR. Key personnelsas mentioned in LOI will be evaluated at the
time of evaluation of technical proposal. Consultants are advised in their own interest
to frame the technical proposal in an objective manner as far as possible so that these
could be properly assessed in respect of points to be given as part of evaluation criteria as
mentioned in Data sheet. The bio-data of therequired key personnel should be signed on
every sheet by the personnel concerned and the last sheet of each bio-data should also be
signed by the authorized signatory of the Consultants.

4. The Consultants shall establish an office at the project site manned by senior personnel
during the course of the surveys and investigations. All the project related office work
shall be carried out by the consultant in their site office unless there are special reasons
for carrying out part of the office work elsewhere for which prior approval
of<MoRTH/Uttarakahnd PWD> shall be obtained. The address of the site office including
the personnel manning it including their Telephone and FAX numbers will be intimated
by the Consultant to MoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhandbefore
commencement of the services.

5. All key personnel and sub professional staff of the DPR Consultants shall use the
fingerprint based (biometric) attendance system for marking their daily attendance.
Attendance shall be marked at least once a day and anytime during the day. Biometric
Attendance System shall be installed by the DPR Consultants at its own cost at the site
office and design office in order to facilitate the attendance marking. A copy of attendance

- 221 -
 records shall be attached at the time of submission of their bills to the MoRTH/Public
Works Department, Uttarakhandfrom time to time. Proper justification shall be provided
for cases of absence of key personnel/ sub-professional staff which do not have prior
approval from Project Director of Concerned stretch. If MoRTH/Public Works
Department, Uttarakhandso desires, it shall facilitate electronic linking of the attendance
system with the Central Monitoring System of MoRTH/Public Works Department,
Uttarakhand.

9. Reports to be submitted by the Consultant to MoRTH/Public Works Department,

Uttarakhand

9.1 All reports, documents and drawings are to be submitted separately for each of the traffic
homogenous link of the Project Road. The analysis of data and the design proposals shall
be based on the data derived from the primary surveys and investigations carried out
during the period of assignment. The sources of data and model relationships used in the
reports shall be indicated with complete details for easy reference.

9.2 Projectpreparationactivitieswillbesplitintoeightstagesasbroughtoutbelow.

No Stage Key activities Report/deliverable submitted

1 Inception Project planning and mobilization Inception Report and QAP
2 Feasibility Alignment finalization, preliminary Alignment Options Report and
surveys Feasibility Report
3 LA and LA, utilities identification; creation Strip Plan, LA Report (3a, 3A),
Clearances I & of draft notifications and proposals Clearances and Utility Shifting
Stage-I Forest proposals and AIP for Stage-I
clearence forest proposal.
4 DPR Detailed design of highway, Draft DPR Report, Final DPR
preparation of detailed project Report, documents and
report with drawings drawings
5 Technical Preparation of bid documents and Civil Works Contract Agreement
Schedules technical schedules and Schedules
6 (i) LA II Land acquisition process, obtaining JMS and 3D Report, Final Project
(ii) Project final utilities estimates and required Clearances and Utilities Report
Clearances clearances
7 LA III- Award Land acquisition award 3G Report
Determination and determination Approval of Stage forest proposal
Stage-II forest by MoEF
clearence
8 LA IV- Possession Obtaining possession of land Land Possession Report

Preliminary design work should commence without waiting for feasibility study to be
completed. Stage 3, 5 and 6 shall run in parallel with Stage 2 and 4

For stages 7 and 8 consultant will be required to submit a report at the completion of
90% of the activities for that stage. In addition, an updated report will need to be
submitted at the completion of all land acquisition activities covering receipt of 100% of
the land possession certificates for the land parcels pertaining to the project road.

9.3 Timelines for the submission of reports and documents

Consultant shall be required to complete, to the satisfaction of the client, all the different
stages of study within the time frame indicated in the schedule of submission in para
- 222 -
 10pertaining to Reports and Documents for becoming eligible for payment for any part
ofthe next stage.

10 Reports and Documents to be submitted by the Consultant to

<MoRTH/Uttarakahnd PWD>

1. The Consultant shall submit to the client the reports and documents in bound volumes
(and not spiral binding form) after completion of each stage of work as per the schedule
and in the number of copies as given in Enclosure-I. Further, the reports shall also be
submitted in floppy diskettes / CD’s in addition to the hardcopies as mentioned in
Enclosure-I. Consultant shall submit all other reports mentioned specifically in the
preceding paras of the TOR.

2. The time schedule for various submissions prescribed at Sl. No.1 above shall be strictly
adhered to. No timeoverrun in respect of these submissions will normally be permitted.
Consultant is advised to go through the entire terms of reference carefully and plan his
work method in such a manner that various activities followed by respective submissions
as brought out at [Link].1 above are completed as stipulated. Consultant is, therefore,
advised to deploy sufficient number of supporting personnel, both technical and
administrative, to undertake the projectpreparationactivities in constructionpackage
(Section) simultaneously. As far as possible, the proposal should include complete
information such as number of such persons, name, position, period of engagement,
remuneration rate etc. The Consultant is also advised to start necessary survey works
from the beginning so as to gain time in respect of various other activities in that stage.

3. DPR Deliverables in each stage of project

1. The key stages, activities and deliverables for the detailed project report are as
described in these documents

2. The following section describes the detailed requirements for each report that
needs to be submitted

3. Consultants are also advised to refer to ENCLOSURE-II

4. Formats for submission of Reports and Documents to understand any additional

format and content requirements

5. All reports must be submitted along with the relevant checklist form completed and
signed off by the consultant

STAGE 1

10.1 Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) Document

1. Immediately upon the award, the Consultants shall submit four copies of the QAP
document covering all aspects of field studies, investigations design and economic
financial analysis. The quality assurance plans/procedures for different field studies,
engineering surveys and investigation, design and documentation activities should be
presented as separate sections like engineering surveys and investigations, traffic
surveys, material geo-technical and sub-soil investigations,
roadandpavementinvestigations,investigationanddesignofbridges&structures,
environment and R&R assessment, economic & financial analysis, drawings and
documentation; preparation, checking, approval and filing of calculations, identification
and traceability of project documents etc. Further, additional information as per format
shall be furnished regarding the details of personnel who shall be responsible for

- 223 -
 carrying out/preparing and checking/verifying various activities forming part of
feasibility study and project preparation, since inception to the completion of work. The
field and design activities shall start after the QAP is approved by Public Works
Department, Uttarakhand.

2. Data formats for report and investigation result submission

i. Required data formats for some reports, investigations and documents are
discussed in ENCLOSURE-II
ii. Formats for submission of Reports and Documents.
iii. The consultants will need to propose data formats for use in all other field studies
and investigations not covered in enclosure II.
iv. The proposed data forms will need to be submitted for the approval of Public
Works Department, Uttarakhandafter the commencement of services.

10.2 Inception Report (IR)

1. The report shall cover the following major aspects:

i. Project appreciation;
ii. Detailed methodology to meet the requirements of the TOR finalized in
consultation with the Public Works Department, Uttarakhandofficers; including
scheduling of various sub activities to be carried out for completion of various
stages of the work; stating out clearly their approach & methodology for project
preparationafterdueinspectionoftheentireprojectstretchand collection/ collation
of necessary information;
iii. Task Assignment and Manning Schedule;
iv. Work programme;
v. Proforma for data collection;
vi. Design standards and proposed cross-sections;
vii. Key plan and LinearPlan;
viii. Developmentplansbeingimplementedand/orproposedfor implementation in the
near future by the local bodies and the possible impact of such development plans
on the overall scheme for field work and design for the study;
ix. Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) finalized in consultation with MoRTH/Public
Works Department, Uttarakhand;
x. Draft design standards; and

2. The requirements, if any, for the construction of bypasses should be identified on the
basis of data derived from reconnaissance and traffic studies. The available alignment
options should be worked out on the basis of available maps. The most appropriate
alignment option for bypasses should be identified on the basis of siteconditions and
techno-economic considerations. Inception Report should include the details regarding
these aspects concerning the construction of bypasses for approval by Ministry of Road
Transport & Highways /Public Works Department, Uttarakhand.

i. Bypasses should be identified on the basis of data derived from reconnaissance

and initial traffic information/traffic studies

- 224 -
ii. The available alignment options should be worked out on the basis of available
topographic maps, publicly available mapping services or remote sensing based
topography and land use maps
iii. The most appropriate alignment option for bypasses should be identified on the
basis of site conditions and techno-economic considerations

- 225 -
STAGE 2: Feasibility Report

10.3 Alignment options report

1. Basis review of the existing project road, local traffic patterns and initial reconnaissance
surveys, the consultant shall present possible alignment alternatives for the project road

2. Alignment options should include but not be limited to:

(i) Greenfield sections of the road

(ii) New alignments due to lack of RoW, opportunity to shorten road etc.
(iii) New/Re-alignment to cater to local traffic and o-d points
(iv) Re-alignment due to changes in local network and/or surrounding road network
(v) Bypasses as suggested and approved in alignment report
(vi) Re-alignment due to need to improve road geometry
(vii) Provision of ROBs, flyovers and other structures

3. The alignment report shall contain:

i. Drivers for re-alignment of road and re-alignment needed as discussed in para 2

above
ii. Alignment alternatives for each section where re-alignment of road is needed
iii. Analysis of alignment alternatives bringing out the pros and cons of each
alternative including, but not limited to: new construction required, land
acquisition requirements, environmental impact, utilities and structures affected,
cost of construction, road geometry and road safety aspects, input from local
consultation, Ministry of Road Transport & Highways /Public Works
Department, Uttarakhandviews
iv. Recommendations from among the alignment options presented for the authority
to consider

a. Consultant will enable authority to visualize and compare alignment options

by providing alignment options in a GIS environment that should include, but
not be limited to:

i. Road alignment alternative centerlines

ii. Digital elevation model of the region
iii. Land use / land cover information
iv. Hydrology information
v. Surrounding road network including key NH, SH, MDR and ODRs
vi. Key O/D points and urban settlements
vii. High resolution satellite/airborne imagery of the region

10.4 Feasibility Report

1. The consultant shall commence the Feasibility Study of the project in accordancewith the
accepted IR and the report shall contain the following:

i. Executive summary

- 226 -
 ii. Overview of<MoRTH>organization and activities,and project financing and cost
recovery mechanisms
iii. Projectdescriptionincludingpossiblealternativealignments/bypasses and
technical/engineering alternatives
iv. Methodology adopted for the feasibility study
v. Socioeconomic profile of the project areas
vi. Indicative design standards, methodologies and specifications
vii. Traffic surveys and analysis
viii. Environmental screening and preliminary environmental assessment
ix. Initial social assessment and preliminary land acquisition/resettlement plan
x. Cost estimates based on preliminary rate analysis and bill of quantities,
xi. Cost analysis of all alternate identifiedalignments
xii. Economic and financial analysis
xiii. Conclusions and recommendations

2. In view of para 1 above the consultant has to submit the following documents insix sets:

i. Technical Specifications: The MORT&H’s Technical Specifications forRoad and

Bridge works shall be followed for this study. However, Volume-IV:
TechnicalSpecifications shall contain the special technical
specificationswhicharenotcoveredbyMORT&HSpecificationsfor Roads and
Bridges (latest edition / revision)and also specific quality control norms for the
construction of works.

ii. Rate Analysis: This volume will present the analysis of rates for all items of
works. The details of unit rate of materials at source, carriage charges,
anyotherapplicablecharges,labourrates,and machine charges as considered in
arriving at unit rates will be included in this volume.

iii. Cost Estimates:This volume will present theeach item of work as well as a
summary of total cost.

iv. Bill of Quantities:Thisvolume shall contain the detailed BillofQuantities for all
items of works

3. Thebasicdataobtainedfromthefieldstudiesandinvestigationsshallbe submitted in a
separate volume as an Appendix to Feasibility Report.

4. The Final Feasibility Study Report incorporating comments, revisions and modifications
suggested by Ministry of Road Transport & Highways /Public Works Department,
Uttarakhandshall be submitted within 15 days of receipt of comments from Ministry of
Road Transport & Highways /Public Works Department, Uttarakhandon draft feasibility
study report.

- 227 -
STAGE 3

10.5 Strip Plan and Clearances

1. The Consultants shall submit the following documents:

i. Details of the center line of the proposed widened NH along with the existing and
proposed right-of-way limits to appreciate the requirements of land acquisition;
ii. The information concerning the area including ownership of land to be acquired
for the implementation of the project shall be collected from the revenue and
other concerned authorities and presented along with the strip plans;
iii. Stripplansshowingthepositionofexistingutilitiesandservices indicating clearly the
position of their relocation;
iv. Details for various clearances such as environment and forest clearances;
v. Separate strip plan showing shifting / relocation of each utility services in
consultation with the concerned local authorities;
vi. The utility relocation plans should clearly show existing right-of-way and
pertinent topographic details including buildings, major trees, fences and other
installations such as water-mains, telephone, telegraph and electricity poles, and
suggest relocation of the services along with their crossings the highway at
designated locations as required and prepare necessary details for submission
tothe Service Departments;
vii. Detail schedules for acquisition of additional landand additional properties in
consultation with the revenue authorities; and
viii. Land Acquisition Plan shall be prepared after digitization of cadastral/land
revenue [Link] digitized map shall exactly match the original map, like a
contact print, since the dimensions and area of plots, or the whole village is to be
extracted from the map itself. An accuracy of 1mm or higher in a 1:1000 scale
map shall be ensured, as this translates into an accuracy of 1 m or higher on
ground.

2. The strip plans and land acquisition plan shall be prepared on the basis of data from
reconnaissance and detailed topographic surveys.

3. The Report accompanying the strip plans should cover the essential aspects as given
under:

i. Kilometre-wise Land Acquisition Plan (LAP) and schedule of ownership thereof

and Costs as per Revenue Authorities and also based on realistic rates.
ii. Details of properties, such as buildings and structures falling within the right-of-
way and costs of acquisition based on realistic rates.
iii. Kilometre-wise Utility Relocation Plan (URP) and costs for relocation per civil
construction package as per concerned authorities.
iv. Kilometre-wise account in regard to felling of trees of different type and girth
and value estimate of such trees based on realistic rates obtainable from
concerned District forest office.

4. The strip plans shall clearly indicate the scheme for widening. The views and suggestions
of the concerned State PWDs should be duly taken into account while working out the
widening scheme (left, right or symmetrical). The widening scheme shall befinalized in
consultation with Ministry of Road Transport & Highways /Public Works Department,

- 228 -
 Uttarakhand.

5. Kilometre-wise Strip Plans for section (Package) shall be prepared separately for each
concerned agency and suggested by Ministry of Road Transport & Highways /Public
Works Department, Uttarakhand.

10.6 Land Acquisition Report

1. Consultant shall submit a detailed land acquisition plan that provides details on
kilometre-wise land acquisition requirements, all required details and draft notifications
made.

2. The Land acquisition plan and report shall be prepared and submitted for each section
(package). Details shall also be submitted in land acquisition proforma to be supplied by
Public Works Department, Uttarakhand, in both Hindi and English languages.

3. The Land Acquisition Plan shall be prepared after digitization of cadastral/land revenue
maps as per clause of this TOR

i. Land parcels identification should be verified by superimposing the proposed

road corridor RoW on the geo-located cadastral map to ensure all affected land
parcels have been accounted for and land area to be acquired is accurately
determined

4. The land acquisition plan shall present details concerning the land area to be acquired in
conjunction with the strip plan:

i. Kilometer-wise existing and proposed RoW on either side of the proposed

centreline
ii. Detail schedules of additional land to be acquired, land ownership and other
required details as per revenue records
iii. Details of properties, such as buildings and structures falling within the right-of
way
iv. Costs of acquisition as per revenue authorities and also based on realistic market
derived rates
v. Detail schedules for acquisition of additional land and additional properties in
consultation with the revenue authorities;

5. The land acquisition plan shall report the progress of the land acquisition process under
the NH Land Acquisition act

i. All required details on land parcels to be acquired

ii. Copies draft 3a and 3A notifications and approvals from Public Works
Department, Uttarakhand
iii. Copies of published notifications, communication with CALAs and current status
land acquisition process
iv. Village, district and CALA wise summary of land to be acquired, current status of
process and notifications published

6. The estimated cost of land acquisition shall invariably be worked out realistically for all
projects before finalization of 3(D) notifications for publication so as enable taking a
conscious decision regarding the feasibility of acquiring the land or exploring of other
alternatives (such as following alternative alignments, etc.).
- 229 -
7. The land acquisition report should be prepared in consultation with affected persons,
non-governmental organisations and concerned government agencies and should cover
land acquisition and resettlement plan and estimated costs of resettlement and
rehabilitation of affected persons.

10.7 Utility relocation plan

1. The consultant shall prepare a kilometre-wise Utility Relocation Plan (URP) and costs for
relocation per civil construction package as per estimates from concerned authorities

2. The utility relocation shall contain details regarding:

i. All utilities identified in the existing and proposed road RoW such as water-
mains, telephone, telegraph and electricity poles
ii. Those utilities that will require shifting to enable construction of the project road
iii. All necessary details required for submission of utilities shifting proposals to the
concerned user agencies
iv. Copies of utilities shifting proposals made to the concerned user agencies along
with suggested relocation of services along with their crossings across the project
road at designated locations as required
v. Details of consultations made with local people and user agencies
vi. Preliminary scheme for shifting and cost estimates for shifting as per the
concerned authorities
vii. Separate strip plan showing shifting/relocation of each utility services prepared
in consultation with the concerned local authorities
viii. Draft map and plans showing road centerline, existing right of way, proposed
right of way, pertinent topographic details and existing and proposed location of
utilities

10.8 Clearances report

1. The consultant shall prepare a report regarding all other clearances required to enable
the construction of the project road such as environment, forest, tree cutting and railways
clearances

2. The clearances report shall include kilometre-wise requirement of all clearances required
presented along with the strip plan including, but not limited to:

i. Requirements for environmental clearances along the project corridor

ii. Requirements for forest clearances including type of forest affected, extent of land
area needing diversion
iii. Account of required felling of trees of different type and girth and value estimate
of such trees based on realistic rates obtainable from concerned District forest
office
iv. Plan of compensating afforestation, its land requirement with specific locations
and cost involved for undertaking all activities in this regard.
v. Requirements for wildlife clearances
vi. Requirements for CRZ clearances
vii. ROB/RUBs along the project corridor to be constructed, widened or modified in
any form requiring clearances from the railways
- 230 -
 viii. Clearances from Irrigation Authorities regarding Irrigation structures, etc.

3. The clearances report shall also include:

i. Details of proposals made to concerned agencies and departments

ii. Date of submission of clearances proposals, Environmental impact assessment
report to the competent authority
iii. Copies of all actual clearance proposals made or drafts of proposals yet to be
submitted
iv. Information regarding points of contact, current status of proposals made, key
issues raised and clear next steps to obtaining clearances
4. The consultant shall also assist in attending to queries raised/ furnishing of clarifications
towards securing applicable clearances.

STAGE: 4

10.9 Draft Detailed Project Report (DPR)

1. The draftDPRSubmissionshallconsistofconstructionpackage-wiseMain Report, Design

Report, Materials Report, Engineering Report, Drainage Design Report, Economic and
Financial Analysis Report, Environmental Assessment Report including Resettlement
Action Plan (RAP), Package-wise bid Documents and Drawings.

2. The Report volumes shall be submitted as tabulated in para 10 above.

3. The Documents and Drawings shall be submitted for the Package and shall be in the
following format:

Reports

i. Volume-I, Main Report:This report will present the project background, social
analysis of the project, details of surveys and investigations carried out, analysis
and interpretation of survey and investigation data, traffic studies and demand
forecasts designs, cost estimation, environmental aspects, economic and
commercial analyses and conclusions. The report shall include Executive
Summary giving brief accounts of the findings of the study and recommendations
including what not limited to the reports such as General Project Description,
Horizontal and Vertical Tunnel Alignment, Typical cross section, Pavement,
Tunnel Safety concept, Ventilation Concept and design , Ventilation shafts etc.,
Hydraulic Design , Construction Method, Geotechnical/Geological evaluation and
Rock Mass classification , Tunnel Support System, Portal Design and Construction
Time, Construction Cost etc. The Report shall also include maps, charts and
diagrams showing locations and details of 80 existing features and the essential
features of improvement and upgrading. The Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) Report for contract package shall be submitted as a part of the main report.
The basic data obtained from the field studies and investigations and input data
used for the preliminary design shall be submitted in a separate volume as an
Appendix to Main Report.

ii. Volume - II, Design Report:This volume shall contain design calculations,
supported by computer printout of calculations wherever applicable. The Report
shall clearly bring out the various features of design standards adopted for the
study. The design report will be in two parts. Part-I shall primarily deal with the
- 231 -
 design of bridges, tunnels and cross-drainage structures while Part-II shall deal
with the design of road features and pavement composition. The sub-soil
exploration report including the complete details of boring done, bore log report,
geotechnical base line report, comparison between conventional and TBM
construction, analyses and interpretation of data and the selection of design
parameters shall be included as an Appendix to the Design Report. The detailed
design for all features should be carried out as per the requirements of the
Design Standards for the project. However, there may be situations wherein it
has not been possible to strictly adhere to the design standards due to the
existing site conditions, restrictions and other considerations. The report should
clearly bring out the details of these aspect and the standards adopted.

iii. Volume - III, Materials Report: The Materials Report shall contain details
concerning the proposed borrow areas and quarries for construction materials
and possible sourcesof water for construction purposes. The report shall include
details on locations of borrow areas and quarries shown on maps and charts and
also the estimated quantities with mass haul diagram including possible end use
with leads involved, the details of sampling and testing carried out and results in
the form of important index values with possible end use thereof.

The materials Report shall also includedetails of sampling, testing and test
results obtained in respect physical properties of subgrade soils. The information
shallbepresentedintabularaswellasingraphicalrepresentationsand schematic
diagrams. The Report shall present soil profiles along the alignment.

The material Report should also clearly indicate the locations of areas with
problematic soils. Recommendations concerning the improvement of such soils
for use in the proposed construction works, such as stabilization (cement, lime,
mechanical) should be included in the Report.

iv. Volume - IV, Environmental Assessment Report including Environmental

Management Plan (EMP) & Resettlement Action Plan (RAP): The Report shall
be prepared conforming to the Guidelines of the Government of India, State
Government and World Bank / ADB as appropriate for construction package.

v. Volume-V, Technical Specifications: The MORT&H’s TechnicalSpecificationsfor

Road and Bridge works shall be followed for this study. However, Volume IV:
TechnicalSpecificationsshallcontainthe specialtechnicalspecifications which are
not covered by MOST Specifications for Roads and Bridges (latest edition /
revision) and also specific quality control norms for the construction of works.

vi. Volume - VI, Rate Analysis: This volume will present the analysis of rates for all
itemsof works. The details of unit rate of materials at source, carriage charges,
any other applicable charges, labour rates, machine charges as considered in
arriving at unit rates will be included in this volume.

vii. Volume - VII, Cost Estimates:This volume will present the contract package
wise cost of each item of work as well as a summary of total cost.

viii. Volume - VIII, Bill of Quantities:This volume shall contain the package-wise
detailed Bill of Quantities for all items of works.

ix. Volume - IX, Drawing Volume: All drawings forming part of this volume shall be
‘good for construction’ drawings. All plan and profile drawings will be prepared
inscale 1:250V and 1:2500H scale to cover one km in one sheet. In addition, this
volume will contain ‘good for construction’ drawings for the following:

- 232 -
 Horizontal Alignment and Longitudinal Profile.
Cross-section @ 50m interval along the alignment within ROW
Typical Cross-Sections with details of pavement structure.
Detailed Working Drawings for individual Culverts and Cross Drainage
Structures.
Detailed Working Drawings for individual Bridges, tunnels and Structures.
Detailed Drawings for Improvement of At-Grade and Grade-Separated
Intersections and Interchanges.
Drawings for Road Sign, Markings, Toll Plazas, and other Facilities.
212
Schematic Diagrams (linear chart) indicating but be not limited to be following:
Widening scheme;
Locations of median openings, intersections, interchanges, underpasses,
overpasses, bypasses;
Locations of service roads;
Location of traffic signals, traffic signs, road markings,safety features; and,
Locations of toll plaza, parking areas, weighing stations, bus bays, rest areas, if
any.

Drawings for toll plaza, Bus Bays, Parking areas, Rest areas, weighing stations [Link]
drawings will be prepared in A2 size sheets. The format for plan, crosssection and
profile drawings shall be finalized in consultation with the concerned officers. The
drawings shall also include details of all BM and reference pillars, HIP and VIP. The
co-ordinates of all points should be referenced to a common datum, preferably GTS
referencing system. The drawings shall also include the locations of all traffic safety
features including traffic signals, signs, markings, crash barriers, delineators and rest
areas, busbays, parking areas etc.

4. The draft Detailed Project report of specialized projects will be scrutinized by the Peer
Review consultant appointed by MoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhand. The
peer Review Consultant will be retired professional in the field, drawn from the various
Central/State Highway/Road Work departments having adequate knowledge in the field.
One professional will be earmarked from the standing panel of Peer Review consultant
approved by MoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhandfor each DPR. The Peer
Review consultant will scrutinize the draft DPR within 15 days of submission and the
observations will be complied with and incorporated in the final DPR.

The typical cross-section drawings should indicate the scheme for future widening of the
carriageway. The proposed cross-sections of road segment passing through urban areas
should indicate the provisions for pedestrian movements and suitable measures for surface
and sub-surface drainage and lighting, as required.

Digital drawings of proposed highway/ Tunnel and features

The consultant shall deliver the final road alignment geometry, proposed road way model and
all proposed structures in a 3D engineered model with all the required features as proposed
in Enclosure II

The consultant shall also provide digital versions of all drawings stated in para 1 above in the
format proposed in Enclosure II

The draft Detailed Project report of specialized projects will be scrutinized by the Peer Review
consultant appointed by MoRT&H. The peer Review Consultant will be retired professional in
the field, drawn from the various Central/State Highway/Road Work departments having

- 233 -
 adequate knowledge in the field. One professional will be earmarked from the standing panel
of Peer Review consultant approved by MoRT&H for each DPR. The Peer Review consultant
will scrutinize the draft DPR within 15 days of submission and the observations will be
complied with and incorporated in the final DPR.

10.10 Final Detailed Project Report, Documents and Drawings (6 Sets)

1. The Final package-wise DPR consisting of Main Report, Design Report, Drainage Design
Report and Materials Report, incorporating all revisions deemed relevant
followingreceiptofthecommentsfrom MoRTH/Public Works Department,
UttarakhandonthedraftDPRshallbe submitted as per the schedule given in Enclosure-I.

STAGE: 5

10.11 Bid documents and Technical Schedules

1. Bid documents

a. The consultant shall prepare bid documents for EPC, PPP or other modes of
contracting as suggested by MoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhand.
b. Individual bid documents will be submitted for each mode suggested and for each
individual package or section identified for execution
c. Consultant shall assemble and provide all supporting documents from the DPR
assignment that will be required for the bid, in the format required by the
contracting SOP in force at the time of bidding or as maybe required by the
authority

2. Technical Schedules

a. The consultant shall submit a Draft Contract/Concession Agreement derived from

the Master Contract/Concession Agreement maintained by the authority with all
required modifications and inclusions made with reference to the
b. The agreement submitted shall contain all required technical schedules updated
with the pertinent project details and data required
c. Draft agreement and schedules shall be finalised in consultation with the
authority and submitted for further processing and use with the
contractor/concessionaire awarded the bid packages

STAGE: 6

10.12 LA & Clearances II Report

Land acquisition report II

1. The consultant shall prepare and submit a second report on Land Acquisition
providing details of further land acquisition activity, relevant documentation and
notifications until 3D and report the outcomes of the joint measurement survey

2. The land acquisition report shall contain:

i. Current status of land acquisition at a village, district and CALA level

- 234 -
 ii. Dates and details of all land acquisition related notifications published,
proceedings/hearings held and objections raised
iii. Draft, final (as declared by CALA where applicable) and published 3a, 3A
and 3D notifications
iv. Date of joint measurement survey by village, key proceedings and outcomes
v. Detailed schedule of information regarding land to be acquired with
information on land area, land type, nature of land use, ownership status,
and area to be acquired by survey number and list of structures by plot
vi. The report shall also contain updated sketches of alignment, updated land
parcels to be acquired
vii. All relevant information in this report shall be verified by the consultant
with the land revenue department, and CALA office

Clearances Report II

1. The consultant shall obtain all the necessary project related clearances such as
environment, forest and wildlife clearance from MOEF, Railways in respect of
ROB/ RUBs, Irrigation Deptt, CRZ clearances from concerned authorities, and any
other concerned agencies by the end of this stage

2. The final approvals shall be obtained and submitted to <MoRTH>so that project
implementation can begin straight away

3. The accompanying report on clearances shall include:

i. An updated list of all clearances required, current status, expected

completion date in case the clearance is pending, key issues and suggested
next steps
ii. Details of all public hearings, consultations and meetings conducted in the
process of obtaining the required clearances
iii. Date/details of proposals submitted and estimated date for issue of
clearances
iv. Date and details of all joint measurement and site inspection surveys
completed
v. Date of final approval of clearances if any
vi. Copies of all clearances obtained

Utilities Report II

1. Consultant shall obtain final utility clearances from the relevant user agencies to
enable shifting of the utilities from project road

2. A report shall be submitted on the final completion status and costs of utilities
shifting along with other final clearances and land acquisition II report

3. The final utilities clearances report shall contain a summary view of utilities
shifting: type and extent of utility, length of road affected, chainage, user agency,
point of contact and approver at agency, date of approval at agency and
<MoRTh/uttarakahnd PWD>, shifting estimate, agency/super vision fees,
executing agency – user agency or <MoRTH/Uttarakahnd PWD>

4. In addition, for each utility to be shifted, the report shall contain:

- 235 -
i. Copies of actual approvals granted at user agency and <MoRTH/uttarakahnd
PWD>
ii. Cost estimates and shifting plans approved, demand note from agency
iii. Approved utilities shifting proposal including strip plan showing scheme of
shifting
iv. Map and design/engineering drawings of existing utility and shifting to be
executed
v. Details of approved contractors, schedule of rates for state and bank
account/deposit details for agency
vi. Finance pro-forma, utilities checklist, no upgradation certificate and other
documentation as maybe required by MoRTH/Uttarakahnd PWD at the time
of approval

- 236 -
 Stage 7: Award Determination

10.13 Submission of Award Determination Report

a. Consultant shall submit a report on status of award upon approval by Public

Works Department, Uttarakhandof award declared for 90% of linear length as per
LA plan or as per the timeline as given in Enclosure I, whichever is earlier

b. The Consultant shall also submit an updated report containing all required details
upon approval of award by Public Works Department, Uttarakhandof 100% of
land required to be acquired

c. The Land award report shall contain details of:

i. Summary of compensation award status by village including:

1. total private and public land being acquired for the project (sq. m) - by
village
2. date of 3A& 3D, final award by CALA, approval by <MoRTH/State
PWD>by village
3. variation of land area and nature of land use against that notified in 3D
with reasons
4. Total award declared by village, claims made by beneficiaries and status
of disbursement
ii. In detail for each village:
1. Updated land acquisition tracker containing parcel-wise status of each
notification, award and disbursement
2. Method used by CALA for arrival on market value
3. Valuation report and details of Award calculation
4. Claims report (received under sub-section 3 of 3G)
5. Copies of notifications published, certificates received
6. Deviations in area according to CALA from provisions under sec. 26-30
iii. Key issues being faced in completing land acquisition and tentative timeline
for completion
iv. A GIS map containing digitised details of land parcels shall be updated with
all relevant land possession details and supplied in the agreed digital format

- 237 -
 Stage 8: Land Possession

10.14 Submission of land possession report

a) The consultant shall submit a report on status of land possession upon receiving
land possession certificates for 90% of linear length as per LA plan or as per the
timeline as given in Enclosure I, whichever is earlier

b) The Consultant shall also submit an updated report containing all required details
upon completion of 100% of land possession certificates

c) The land possession report shall contain

i. Summary of land possession status by village including:

• total private and public land being acquired for the project (sq. m) - by
village

• date of final award by CALA, approval by Public Works Department,

Uttarakhand, notification (3E) to owners and receipt of land possession
certificates from CALA by village

• Status of disbursement on the date of receipt of land possession certificate

ii. Key issues being faced in completing land acquisition and tentative timeline
for completion
iii. Land possession certificates as received from CALA by village
iv. Updated land acquisition tracker containing parcel-wise status of each
notification and disbursement status
v. A GIS map containing digitised details of land parcels shall be updated with
all relevant land possession details and supplied in the agreed digital format

11. Interaction with MoRTH/ Public Works Department, Uttarakhand

1. During entire period of services, the Consultant shall interact continuously with
MoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhandand provide any clarification as regards
methods being followed and carryout modification as suggested by MoRTH/Public Works
Department, Uttarakhand. A programme of various activities shall be provided to
MoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhandand prior intimation shall be given to
MoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhandregarding start of key activities such as
boring, survey etc. so that inspections of MoRTH/Public Works Department,
Uttarakhandofficials could be arranged in time.

2. The MoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhandofficers and other Government

officers may visit the site at any time, individually or collectively to acquaint/ supervise
the field investigation and survey works. MoRTHmay also appoint a Proof Consultant to
supervise the work of the DPR consultant including inter-alia field investigation, survey
work, Design work and preconstruction activities

3. The consultant shall be required to send 3 copies of concise monthly Progress Report by
the 5th day of the following month to the designated officer at his Head Quarter so that
progress could be monitored by the MoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhand.
These reports will indicate the dates of induction and de-induction of various key
personnel and the activities performed by them. Frequent meetings with the consultant

- 238 -
 at site office or in Delhi are foreseen during the currency of project preparation.

4. All equipment, software and books etc. required for satisfactory services for this project
shall be obtained by the Consultant at their own cost and shall be their property.

12. Payment Schedule

1. The Consultant will be paid consultancy fee as a percentage of the contract values as per
the schedule given in the Draft Contract Agreement.

13. Data and Software

1. a. Consultants shall also deliver to MoRTH/Public Works Department,

Uttarakhandall basic as well as the processed data from all field studies and
investigations, report, appendices, Annexure, documents and drawings in a digital
format as described in Enclosure II over the course of this assignment and at the
submission of the final report in the form of a removable storage device (CD or
USB pen drive) and hosted in a secure online file hosting platform

b. If required by MoRTHthe consultant shall arrange at their own cost necessary

software for viewing and measurement of imagery/ point cloud data.

i. EngineeringInvestigationsandTrafficStudies:RoadInventory, Condition,
Roughness, Test Pit (Pavement composition), Falling Weight Deflectometer
(FWD)Material Investigation including test results for subgrade soils, Traffic
Studies(traffic surveys), axle load surveys, Sub-soil Exploration, Drainage
Inventory, Inventory data for bridge and culverts indicating rehabilitation,
new construction requirement etc. in MS EXCEL or any other format which
could be imported to widely used utility packages.

ii. Topographic Surveys and Drawings: All topographic data would be

supplied in (x, y, z) format along with complete reference so that the data
could be imported into any standard highway design [Link] drawing
files would be submitted in dxf or dwg format.

iii. Rate Analysis: The Consultant shall submit the rate analysis for various
works items including the data developed on computer in this relation so
that it could be used by the Authority later for the purpose of updating the
cost of the project.

iv. Economic and Financial Analysis

2. Software: The Consultant shall also hand-over toMoRTHfloppies/CD’s containing any

general software including the financial model which has been specifically developed for
the project.

3. The floppy diskettes/CD’s should be properly indexed and a catalogue giving contents of
all floppies/CD’sandprint-outsofthecontents(datafrom field studies topographic data and
drawings) should be handed over toMoRTHat the time of submission of the Final Report.

4. Consultant shall include editable soft copies of the final versions of all documents,
including but not limited to the strip plan, plan & profile drawings, cross sections of right
of way and details of structures as well as any cost workings.

- 239 -
SUPPLEMENT-I

ADDITIONAL POINTS TO BE CONSIDERED FOR HILL ROADS IN ADDITION TO POINTS

COVERED IN MAIN TOR

- MoRTH Circular no RW/NH-33044/37/2025-S&R(P&B) dated 07.11.2025 and MoRTH Expert

Committee Report on Cost Effective Long-term Remedial Measures for Landslide Prone Areas in Hilly
Region issued vide OM no RW/NH-33044/55/2021-S&R(P&B)pt./Hill Slope Monitoring dated
28.11.2024 be supplemented in preparing DPR for Hill Roads

Sr. Clause No. Additional points

No of TOR
.
1. 2.2 a)Provisions of tunnels if required.
2. 2.3 a)Design of tunnels, if required
b)Design of protective works, slope stabilization measures, erosion
controlmeasures,landslidecontrol/protectionmeasuressnowdrift control/snow
clearance measures, avalanche protection measures, if required
3. 3 Feasibility study and preparation of detailed project report for hill roadsshall be
done in accordance with best international practices and wherever
practicable/feasible steep gradients and hair pin bends may be avoided by
realignments by provision of structures and provision of tunnels if required
4. 4.1 a)Inventory and condition survey for tunnels, if required.
b)Identification of faults in rock strata and impact of faults in design of tunnels, if
required
c)Detailed design of road considering and incorporating specific aspects related
to hill region like terrain, topographic conditions, extreme weather conditions,
altitude effects etc.
d)Design of protective works, slope stabilization measures, erosion control
measures, land slide control/protection measures, snow drift control/snow
clearance measures, avalanche protection measures, if required
e)Design of scenic overlooks/watering points etc.
5. 4.5 (1) All activities related to field studies, design and documentation shall bedone as
per the latest guidelines/circulars of MORT&H and relevant publications of the
Indian Roads Congress (IRC)/Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for hill roads. For
aspects not covered by IRC and BIS, international standard practices, such as,
British and American Standards may be adopted.
6. 4.7 Review of data and documents pertaining to
a) Terrain and soil condition
b) Condition of tunnels, if required.
c) Sub-surface and geo-technical data for existing tunnels, if required.
d) Drawing and details of existing tunnels, if required.
e) Existing protective works, erosion control and land slide control/protection
works,slope stabilization measures, snow drift control measures, avalanche
protection measures
f) Existing land slide and snow clearance facilities
g) Geological details of rock strata in the area in case of tunnels

- 240 -
Sr. Clause No. Additional points
No of TOR
.

7. 4.11.1(1) The Consultant should make an in depth study of available geological

andMeteorological maps of the area.
8. 4.11.1(2) The primary tasks to be accomplished during the reconnaissance surveyshall
also include:
a) details of terrain (steep or mountainous), cliffs and gorges, general elevation
of the road including maximum heights negotiated by main ascents and
descents, total number of ascents and descents, hair pin bends, vegetation etc.
b) Climatic conditions i.e. temperature, rainfall data, snowfall data, fog
conditions, unusual weather conditions etc.
c) Realignment requirements including provision of tunnels, if required.
d) Inventory of tunnels and geologically sensitive areas like slip prone areas,
areas subject to landslides, rockfall, snow drifts, erosion, avalanche activity etc.
9. [Link] Cross sections shall be taken at every 25 m. in case of hill roads and at points of
([Link]) appreciable changes in soil [Link] taking cross sections, soil
conditions shall also be recorded.
[Link].1 (1) The inventory data shall also include:
a)General elevation of road indicating maximum & minimum heights negotiated
by main ascents & descents and total [Link] ascents &descents.
b)Details of road gradients, lengths of gentle & steep slopes, lengths & location of
stretches in unstable areas, areas with cliffs, areas with loose rocks, land
slideprone areas, snow drift prone areas, no. & location of hairpin bends etc.
c)Details of tunnels
d)Details & types of protective structures, erosion & land slide
control/protection measures, snow drift control measures, avalanche
protection/control measures etc.
[Link].2 (2) Pavement:
a)Location of crust failures along with their causes
b) Conditions of camber/cross falls/super elevations etc., whether affected by
subsidenceEmbankment:Extent of slope erosion on hill and valley side
12.-- ConditionSurveys&InvestigationforSlopeStabilization,ErosionControl,LandslideC
orrection/Protection&AvalancheProtectionMeasures:
a)Inventory&ConditionSurveysofExistingProtective/ControlMeasures:
The consultant shall make an inventory of all the structures related to Slope
Stabilization, Erosion Control, Landslide Control/protection,
AvalancheProtection [Link] shall include details of effectiveness of control
measures already done and condition of protective/control structures.
b) Landslide Investigation
This shall be carried out to identify landslide prone areas, to suggest preventive
measures or alternate routes that are less susceptible to landslide hazard.
Further in existing slide areas this shall help to identify factors responsible for
instability and to determine appropriate control measures needed to prevent or
minimize recurring of instability [Link] preliminary studies shall be
carried out using available contour maps, topographical maps, geological/geo-
- 241 -
Sr. Clause No. Additional points
No of TOR
.
morphological maps, aerial photographs etc. for general understanding of
existing slide area and to
[Link] investigations like
geological/geotechnical/hydrological investigation to
determinespecificsiteconditionsprevailingintheslideareaasper relevant IRC
specifications/publications, MORT&H circulars and relevant recommendations
of the international standards for hill roads. The result of the investigations shall
provide basis for engineering analysis and the design of protection/remedial
measures.
Identification of vulnerable locations of landslide based on site condition &
past history, along with rectification plan, needs to be given by PMC
consultant.

[Link].4 a)For tunnels if required, geotechnical and subsurface investigationshall be done

asper IRC:SP:91-2019.
b)Geotechnical andsubsurface investigation and testing for tunnels shall be
carried out through the geotechnical Consultants who have the experience of
geotechnical and subsurface investigation in similar project.
[Link] (1) The Consultant shall also carry out detailed designs and prepare workingdesigns
for the following:
a) Cross sections at every 25 m intervals
b) Slope stabilization and erosion control measures
c) Design of protection/control structures in areas subject to subsidence,
landslides, rock fall, rock slide, snow drifts, icing, scour, avalanche activity etc.
d) Design of protective structures in slip prone and unstable areas
e) Design of scenic overlooks, watering points etc.
f)Safety features specific to hill roads
[Link] (1) The Consultant shall evolve Design Standards and material specifications for the
Study primarily based on IRC publications, MORT&H Circulars and relevant
recommendations of the international standards for hill roads for approval by
MoRTH.
4.12.2 (2) The Design Standards evolved for the project shall cover all aspects of detailed
design including the design of geometric elements, pavement design, bridges and
structures, tunnels if required, traffic safety and materials.

[Link] Wherever practicable/feasible hairpin bends and steep gradients shall

beavoidedbyrealignments,provisionofstructuresoranyothersuitable provisions.
[Link] While designing pavement for hill roads specific aspects relevant to hillregions
like terrain & topographic conditions, weather conditions, altitude effects etc.
shall be duly considered and suitably incorporated in design so that pavement is
able to perform well for the design traffic and service life. Effects of factors like
heavy rainfall, frost action, intensive snow and avalanche activity, thermal
stresses due to temperature difference in day and night, damage by tracked
vehicles during snow clearance operations etc. must also be considered along
with traffic intensity, its growth, axle loads and design life.
[Link](3) The design of embankments should include the requirements for
- 242 -
Sr. Clause No. Additional points
No of TOR
.
protectionworks and traffic safety features including features specific to hill
roads.
[Link] DesignandDrawing of Tunnels:
The Consultant shall prepare design and drawings for tunnels, if required as per
the results of feasibility study, as per the relevant specifications of IRC:SP:91-
2019/MORT&H and other international specifications.
[Link] a) Topography of hills generates numerous water courses and this coupledwith
continuous gradients of roads in hills and high intensity of rainfall calls for
effective drainage of roads. The drainage system shall be designed to ensure that
the water flowing towards the road surface may be diverted and guided to
follow a definite path by suitable provision of road side drains, catch water
drains, interceptors etc. and flow on valley side is controlled so that stability is
not affected.
b) Further, adequate provision shall be made for sub-surface/subgrade drainage
to take care of seepage through the adjacent hill face of the road & underground
water flows.
[Link] TheConsultantshalldesignsuitabletrafficsafetyfeaturesandroadfurniture
including traffic signals, signs, markings, overhead sign boards, crash
barriers,delineators etc. including any feature specific to hill roads. The locations
of these features shall be given in the reports and also shown in the drawings.
[Link] The Consultant shall makesuitable designs and layout for miscellaneous works
including restareas, bus bays, vehicle parking
areas,telecommunicationfacilities,scenicoverlooks,[Link]
appropriate.
[Link] Volume II: Design Report :
a) Inventory of protection measures and other structures b) Inventory of
tunnels, if required.
b) Proposed preliminary designs for tunnels, if required.
Volume III: Drawings
a) Drawings for protection/control measures and other structures
b) Drawings for tunnels, if required.
[Link] Volume II: Design Report (Part II)
Part II of Design Report shall also deal with design of tunnels, if required and
design of other protection/control structures.
Volume IX: Drawing Volume
This shall also include :
a) Detailed working drawings for tunnels, if required.
b) Detailed working drawings for protection/control structures

- 243 -
SUPPLEMENT-II

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BRIDGES

- For proposed 8000m elevated section, the consultant has to carry out sub-soil
investigation for 5% of the total piers at alignment finalization stage and an additional 5%
of the total piers & two boreholes on each approach side at DPR finalization stage.
Further, If a drastic variation in strata is observed based on the results of borehole
investigations, additional borehole investigation shall be carried out and payment will be
made for the actual quantity of boring at rates quoted by bidder.

[Link]. Clause No. Additional points

of TOR
1 4.1 For standalone bridge projects the scope of work shall include
detailed design of approach road extending at least up to 2 km
on either side of the bridge

1. [Link](6) Model Studies for Bridges

1. Objective
Physical/ Mathematical Model study for detailed Hydraulic /
Hydrologic investigations regarding the proposed bridge for
hydraulic design of the bridge and assessment and hydraulic design
of required river training works.
2. Methodology
Physical/Mathematical Model study shall be carried out at a
reputed/recognized institution. The consultant will be responsible
for identifying the institution, supplying Information /Documents
/Data required for modal studies as indicated in para 4 below and
coordinating the model study with the institution concerned
3. Scope of Work
3.1 Physical Model study
Physical modeling with appropriate model scale for Hydraulic and
Hydrologic Investigations to:
i) Finalize span arrangement causing uniformity in flow distribution,
and work out the alignment and orientation of river training works
and bridge axis.
ii) Provide information on estimated/observed maximum depth of
scour.
iii) Provide information on required river training works for
proposed bridge
iv) Provide hydraulic design for the bridge and the required river
training works.
v) Quantify the general direction of river course through bridge,
afflux, extent and magnitude of flood, effect of backwater, if any,
aggradation/degradation of bed, evidence of scour etc. shall be used
to augment the available hydrological data. The presence of flood

- 244 -
[Link]. Clause No. Additional points
of TOR
control/irrigation structures, if affecting the hydraulic
characteristics like causing obliquity, concentration of flow, scour,
silting of bed, change in flow levels, bed levels etc. shall be studied
and considered in Hydraulic design of proposed bridge. The details
of any planned work in the immediate future that may affect the
river hydraulics shall be studied and considered.
vi) Analyze effects of Wind Load on the Structures.

3.2 Mathematical Model study

2D Mathematical model study of the river for quantifying the
basic hydraulic parameters like water surface levels, flow
pattern, flow concentration/distribution, afflux, velocity, bed
shear stress etc. The model shall be conducted without and with
placement of the Piers of the elevated road. Effect of construction
of the elevated road in terms of change in flow pattern shall be
studied.

Mathematical modeling for detailed Hydraulic / Hydrologic

investigations regarding the proposed new bridge to:
i) Finalize the site/location of the proposed new bridge based on
mathematical modeling.
ii) Provide information on estimated/observed maximum depth of
scour.
iii) Provide information on required river training works for
proposed bridge
iv) Provide hydraulic design for the bridge and the required river
training works.
v) Quantify the general direction of river course through bridge,
afflux, extent and magnitude of flood, effect of backwater, if any,
aggradation/degradation of bed, evidence of scour etc. shall be used
to augment the available hydrological data. The presence of flood
control/irrigation structures, if affecting the hydraulic
characteristics like causing obliquity, concentration of flow, scour,
silting of bed, change in flow levels, bed levels etc. shall be studied
and considered in Hydraulic design of proposed bridge. The details
of any planned work in the immediate future that may affect the
river hydraulics shall be studied and considered.
vi) Compute the scour depth and protection measures, if any
shall be designed. The provided vertical clearances shall also
be checked
vi) Analyze effects of Wind Load on the Structures

3.3 Hydrological study of the river for estimating 100-years

peak discharges using catchment characteristics and rainfall
data.

4. Information/Documents/Data required for Physical

/Mathematical Model study

- 245 -
[Link]. Clause No. Additional points
of TOR
i) Plan layouts showing the locations of the proposed bridge as well
as the existing bridges /barrages etc., in the vicinity of the proposed
bridge with the chainages with respect to a standard reference
marked on it.
ii) High flood discharges and corresponding flood levels at the
locations of the existing bridges in the vicinity of the proposed
bridge.
iii) General arrangement drawing (GAD) of the existing bridges
showing number of spans, pier and well dimensions, founding
levels, maximum scour level, the design discharge and the HFL,
guide bund details. On this, the plan form of the river course with
the bridge alignment may also be shown as far as possible.
iv) General arrangement drawing (GAD) of the proposed new bridge
showing number of spans, pier and foundation dimensions. On this,
the plan form of the river course with the bridge alignment may also
be shown as for as possible.
v) River cross sections at 500m longitudinal spacing (maximum) up
to a distance of 2 times the bridge total length on the upstream side
and up to a distance equal to the bridge total length on the
downstream with right bank and left bank clearly marked on it. At
least one cross section to be provided at the location of the
proposed bridge. At each cross section, the bed levels to be taken at
a maximum lateral distance of 8 m in flow section and at 25 m in
non-flow section respectively. The abrupt variations in the bed
levels to be captured by taking measurements at closer locations
both in longitudinal as well as lateral directions.
vi) The cross sections, as for as possible, from high bank to high
bank.
vii) The longitudinal profile of the river along the length of the
proposed alignment.
viii) Size distribution of the river bed material and the bore log data
at different locations at the site of the proposed bridge.
ix) The series of annual peak rainfall and flood of the river for at
least 30 years period

- 246 -
SUPPLEMENT-III

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT FOR SAFETY AUDIT

The use of checklists is highly recommended as they provide a useful “aide memoire” for
theaudit team to checkthat no important safety aspects are being overlooked. They also give to
theproject manager and the designengineer a sense of understanding of the place of safety audit
inthe design process. The following lists have beendrawn up based on the experience
ofundertaking systematic safety audit procedures overseas. This experience indicates that
extensivelists of technical details has encouraged their use as “tick” sheets without sufficient
thoughtbeing given to the processes behind the actions. Accordingly, the checklists provide
guidelineson the principalissues that need to be examined during the course of the safety audits.

Stage F-During Feasibility Study

1. The audit team should review the proposed design from a road safety perspective and
heck the followingaspects

CONTENTS ITEMS
Aspects to be checked A. Safety and operational implications of proposed alignment and
junction strategy with particular references to expected road
users and vehicle types likely to use the road.
B. Width options considered for various sections.
C. Departures from standards and action taken.
D. Provision of pedestrians, cyclists and intermediate transport
E. Safety implicationsofthe schemebeyond itsphysical limits i.e.
how the scheme fits into its environs and road Hierarchy
A1 : General 1. Departures from standards
2. Cross-sectional variation
3. Drainage
4. Climatic conditions
5. Landscaping
6. Services apparatus
7. Lay-byes
8. Footpath
9. Pedestrian crossings
10. Access (minimize number of private accesses)
11. Emergency vehicles
12. Public Transport
13. Future widening
14. Staging of contracts
15. Adjacent development
A2 : Local Alignment 1. Visibility
2. New/Existing road interface
3. Safety Aids on steep hills
A3 : Junctions 1. Minimise potential conflicts
2. Layout
3. Visibility
A4:Non-Motorised road 1. Adjacent land
usersProvision 2. Pedestrians
3. Cyclists
4. Non-motorised vehicles

- 247 -
CONTENTS ITEMS
A5 : Signs and Lighting 1. Lighting
2. Signs/Markings
A6:Constructionand 1. Build ability
Operation 2. Operational
3. Network Management

Stage 1 – Completion of Preliminary Design

1. The audit team should review the proposed check the following aspects design from a road
safety perspective and check the following aspects
CONTENTS ITEMS
[Link] and operational implications of proposed alignment
Aspects to be checked
and junction strategy with particular references to
expected road users and vehicle types likely to use the
road.
[Link] options considered for various sections.
[Link] from standards and action taken.
[Link] of pedestrians, cyclists and intermediate
transport
[Link] implications of the scheme beyond its physical limits
i.e. how thescheme fits into its environs and road
hierarchy
1. Departures from standards
B1 : General
2. Cross-sectional variation
3. Drainage
4. Climatic conditions
5. Landscaping
6. Services apparatus
7. Lay-byes
8. Footpaths
9. Pedestrian crossings
10. Access (minimize number of private accesses)
11. Emergency vehicles
12. Public Transport
13. Future widening
14. Staging of contracts
15. Adjacent development
1. Visibility
B2 : Local Alignment
2. New/Existing road interface
3. Safety Aids on steep hills
1. Minimise potential conflicts
B3 : Junctions
2. Layout
3. Visibility
1. Adjacent land
B4:Non-Motorisedroad users
2. Pedestrians
Provision
3. Cyclists
4. Non-motorised vehicles
1. Lighting
B5 : Signs and Lighting
2. Signs/Markings

- 248 -
 1. Build ability
B6:Construction andOperation
2. Operational
3. Network Management

- 249 -
Stage 2 – Completion of Detailed Design

[Link] audit team should satisfy itself that all issues raised at Stage 1 have been resolved.
Items may require further consideration where significant design changes have occurred.
2. If a scheme has not been subject to a stage 1 audit, the items listed in Checklists B1 to B6
should be considered together with the items listed below.
CONTENTS ITEMS
Aspects to be checked A. Any design changes since Stage 1.
B. The detailed design from a road safety viewpoint,
including the road safety implications of future
maintenance (speed limits; road signs and markings;
visibility; maintenance of street lighting and central
reserves).
C1 : General 1. Departures from standards
2. Drainage
3. Climatic conditions
4. Landscaping
5. Services apparatus
6. Lay-byes
7. Access
8. Skid-resistance
9. Agriculture
10. Safety Fences
11. Adjacent development
C2 : Local Alignment 1. Visibility
2. New/Existing road interface
C3 : Junctions 1. Layout
2. Visibility
3. Signing
4. Lighting
5. Road Marking
6. T,X,Y-junctions
7. All roundabouts
8. Traffic signals
C4:Non-Motorisedroad users 1. Adjacent land
Provision 2. Pedestrians
3. Cyclists
4. Non-motorised vehicles
C5 : Signs and Lighting 1. Advanced direction signs
2. Local traffic signs
3. Variable message signs
4. Other traffic signs
5. Lighting
6. Network Management

- 250 -
APPENDIX- VI B
Terms of reference for phase 3: Construction supervision and maintenance

[Note: The term Agreement and caluses thereof refered to the EPC agreement to be
entered between Authority and .... contractor for the work of Project Management
Consultancy Services for Construction of 2- Lane Elevated Srinagar Bypass on NH-07
(Design length : 8.0 km) in the state of Uttarakhand on Engineering Procurement
Construction (EPC) basis]
1. Scope

1.1 These Terms of Reference (the “TOR”) for the Authority’s Engineer are beingspecified
pursuant to the EPC Agreementwhich has to be entered into between the Authority
and the civil work contractor (the “Contractor”) for ( Project Management
Consultancy Services for Construction of 2- Lane Elevated Srinagar Bypass on
NH-07 (Design length : 8.0 km) in the state of Uttarakhand on Engineering,
Procurement, Construction (EPC) [Link] tender document for the civil work will be
prepared by the Consultant as per the TOR and will be invited and awarded by the
Employer.

1.2 The TOR shall apply to construction and maintenance of the ProjectHighway(Rishikesh
Bypass Tunnel + connecting roadof Length 7.00 Km).

2. Definitions andinterpretation

2.1 The words and expressions beginning with or in capital letters and not defined herein
but defined in the Agreement shall have, unless repugnant to the context, the meaning
respectively assigned to them in theAgreement.

2.2 References to Articles, Clauses and Schedules in this TOR shall, except where the
context otherwise requires, be deemed to be reference to the Articles, Clauses and
Schedules of the Agreement, and references to Paragraphs shall be deemed to be
references to Paragraphs of thisTOR.

2.3 The rules of interpretation stated in Clauses 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 of the Agreement shall
apply, mutatis mutandis, to thisTOR.

3. General

3.1 The Authority’s Engineer shall discharge its duties in a fair, impartial and efficient
manner, consistent with the highest standards of professional integrity and Good
IndustryPractice.

3.2 The Authority’s Engineer shall perform the duties and exercise the authority in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, but subject to obtaining prior
written approval of the Authority beforedetermining.

- 251 -
(a) any TimeExtension.
(b) Any additional cost to be paid by the Authority to theContractor;
(c) The Termination Payment;or
(d) Any other matter which is not specified in (a), (b) or (c) above and which creates
anobligationorliabilityoneitherPartyforasumexceedingRs.5,000,000([Link] lakh.)

- 252 -
 3.3 The Authority’s Engineer shall submit regular periodic reports, once every month, to
the Authority in respect of its duties and functions under this Agreement. Suchreports
shallbesubmittedbytheAuthority’sEngineer within10 (ten)daysofthebeginningof every
month.

3.4 TheAuthority’sEngineershallinformtheContractorofanydelegationofitsdutiesand
responsibilitiestoitssuitablyqualifiedandexperiencedpersonnel;provided,however, that
it shall not delegate the authority to refer any matter for the Authority’s prior approval
in accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.2 EPCAgreement.

3.5 TheAuthority’sEngineershallaidandadvisetheAuthorityonanyproposalforChange of
Scope under Article 13.

3.6 IntheeventofanydisagreementbetweenthePartiesregardingthemeaning,scopeand
nature of Good Industry Practice, as set forth in any provision of the Agreement, the
Authority’s Engineer shall specify such meaning, scope and nature by issuing a
reasonedwrittenstatementrelyingongoodindustrypracticeandauthentic literature.

4. Role and responsibility of Officers of theAuthority

Theofficerin-chargeoftheAuthority([Link]/RO/CGM/MemberinthecaseofNHAI;
RO/CE/ADG in the case of MoRTH projects executed through the State PWDs; and
PD/ED/Director in the case of NHIDCL) is responsible for the overall supervision and
monitoringoftheexecutionofprojectastherepresentativeoftheowneroftheproject. The
Authority's Engineer is appointed to assist the Authority for carrying out the
[Link],anofficerofthe
Authority is vested with all such powers and responsibilities as are enjoined upon the
Authority's Engineer and is fully competent to issue any instructions for proper
monitoringandsupervisionoftheproject,eitherbyhimselforthroughtheAuthority's
Engineer. Instructions issued by the concerned officer of the Authority shall have the
same effect as that of the Authority's Engineer in terms of this Agreement. Wherever
such concerned officer issues any instructions or notice to the Contractor, he shall
endorse a copy thereof to the Authority'sEngineer.

5 ConstructionPeriod

5.1 During the Construction Period, the Authority’s Engineer shall reviewand approve the
Drawings furnished by the Contractor along with supporting data, including the geo-
technical and hydrological investigations, characteristics of materials from borrow
areas and quarry sites, topographical surveys, and the recommendations of the Safety
Consultant in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.1.6 of EPC Agreement. The
Authority’sEngineershallcompletesuchreviewandapproveandsenditsobservations
totheAuthorityandtheContractorwithin15(fifteen)daysofreceiptofsuchDrawings;
provided, however that in case of a Major Bridge or Structure, the aforesaid period of
15 (fifteen) days may be extended upto 30 (thirty) days. In particular, such comments

- 253 -
 shallspecifytheconformityorotherwiseofsuchDrawingswiththeScopeoftheProject and
Specifications andStandards.
5.2 The Authority’s Engineer shall review and approve any revised Drawings sent to it by
the Contractor and furnish its comments within 10 (ten) days of receiving such
Drawings. The review/approval of drawing should be authenticated by Authority’s
Engineer.
5.3 [Link]
essential that the Quality Assurance Manual and Plan prepared by the Concessionaire
be checked and approved. Thus, the Authority’s Engineer shall check contents of
Quality Assurance Plan and Manual of Concessionaire as per requirements of Quality
Management System (as per ISO 9001), IRC Special Publication-112:2017 (Manual for
Quality control in Road & Bridge. The Authority’s Engineer shall also offer their
comments for modifying/ improving the document. After receiving the corrected
document, the Authority’s Engineer shall review and formally approve the QAM and
Quality Plan and send one copy to the Authority. The Authority’s Engineer shall
complete the review of the methodology proposed to be adopted by the Contractor for
executing the Works, and convey its comments to the Contractorwithin a period of 10
(ten) days from the date of receipt of the proposed methodology from theContractor.

5.4 The Authority’s Engineer shall grant written approval to the Contractor, where
necessary, for interruption and diversion of the flow of traffic in the existing lane(s) of
the Project Highway for purposes of maintenance during the Construction Period in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.4 EPCAgreement.

5.5 The Authority’s Engineer shall review the monthly progress report furnished by the
Contractor and send its comments thereon to the Authority and the contractor within 7
(seven) days of receipt of suchreport.

5.6 On a daily basis, the concerned key personnel of Authority Engineer shall inspect the
Construction Works. Following activities need to be undertaken during thevisits.
• Review of construction including progress, quality and safety ofconstruction
• Inspection of defects and deficiencies in construction works
• Witnessing quality inspection tests at labs established by Concessionaire on a
sample basis
Review of quality of work shall be done in reference to Quality Assurance Plan
(QAP)/Manual and ISO 9001:2008, IRC: SP: 47-1998 and IRC: SP: 57-2000 for road
bridges and roads respectively. The Authority’s Engineer also needs to capture following
documents and send to MoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhandfield office via
email on a daily basis

• Scanned copy of filled RFI (Request for Inspection) form including commentary on
‘Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory’ nature of work completed byConcessionaire
• Daily inspection report Proforma as provided in EnclosureIB1
• Readings of quality inspection tests witnessed by theConsultant
• Minimum 6 high resolution photographs supporting the remarks made by the
Authority’s Engineer in RFI form

- 254 -
Team Leader will be responsible for sending daily emails to MoRTH/ Public Works
Department, Uttarakhandoffice.

5.7 On a monthly basis, the Authority Engineer shall prepare a Monthly Inspection
Report in accordance with the format prescribed in Enclosure I B 5setting forth an
overview of the status, progress, quality and safety of construction, including thework
methodology adopted, the materials used and their sources, and conformity of
ConstructionWorkswiththeScopeoftheProjectandtheSpecificationsandStandards. In a
separate section of the Inspection Report, the Authority Engineer shall describe in
reasonable detail the lapses, defects or deficiencies observed by it in the construction
of the Project Highway. The Authority Engineer shall send a copy of its Inspection
Report to the Authority and the Concessionaire latest by 7th of every month. Key
sections of the Monthly Progress Report are asfollows.

S No. Section Sub-Sections

1.1 Construction progress in current month
1 Executive Summary 1.2 Summary of strip plan
1.3 Detailed strip plan
1.4 Current issues and recommended actions by AE
2.1 Salient Features of the Project
2 Project Overview 2.2 Project Milestones
2.3 Location Map
2.4 Key Plan
3 Critical issues and 3.1 Pending issues and action log
Actionlog 3.2 Obligations as per contract
4 Physical Progress 4.1 Detailed physical progress by component
5.1 LA summary
5.2 LA detail by CALA
Land Acquisition 5.3 LA detail by village
5
andClearances 5.4 Manpower with each CALA
5.5 Clearances summary
5.6 Status of utility shifting
6 Change of Scope 6.1 Status of pending COS proposals
7 Mobilization of Resources 7.1 Resource mobilization by contractor/ concessionaire
8 Financial Progress Details 8.1 Pen picture- Escrow
8.2 Escrow details
9 Summary of quality 9.1 Tests witnessed by IE/AE
controltests 9.2 Tests conducted by IE/AE
Monitoring of maintenance 10.1 Critical issues and action log
10 obligations during 10.2 Cumulative defects and deficiencies
construction phase 10.3 Status of damages
11 Safety features 11.1 Pen picture on safety features at construction site
11.2 Accident report
Annexure1:Detailedlistofphysicalcomponentsasper
12 Annexures ScheduleG
Annexure 2 onwards: Additional details provided by AE

- 255 -
5.8 If at any time during the Construction Period, the Authority Engineer determines that
theConcessionairehasnotmadeadequatearrangementsforthesafetyofworkersand
Usersinthezoneofconstructionorthatanyworkisbeingcarriedoutinamannerthat
threatens the safety of the workers and the Users, it shall make a recommendation to
the Authority forthwith, identifying the whole or part of the Construction Works that
should be suspended for ensuring safety in respectthereof.

5.9 The Authority’s Engineer shall conduct the pre-construction review of manufacturer’s
reports and standard samples of manufactured Materials, and such other Materials as
the Authority’s Engineer mayrequire.

5.10 For determining that the Works conform to Specifications and Standards, the
Authority’s Engineer shall require the Contractor to carry out, or cause to be carried
out,testsatsuchtimeandfrequencyandinsuchmannerasspecifiedintheAgreement and in
accordance with Good Industry Practice for quality assurance. For purposes of this,
the tests specified in the IRC Special Publication-112:2017 (Manual for Quality control
in Road & Bridge works and the Specifications for Road and Bridge Works issued by
MORT&H (the “Quality Control Manuals”) or any modifications/substitution thereof
shall be deemed to be tests conforming to Good Industry Practice for
qualityassurance.

5.11 The Authority’s Engineer shall test check at least 60(sixty) percent of the quantity or
number of tests prescribed for each category or type of test for quality control by the
Contractor.

5.12 The timing of tests referred to in Paragraph 5.10, and the criteria for
acceptance/rejection of their results shall be determined by the Authority’s Engineer
in accordance with the Quality Control Manuals. The tests shall be undertaken on a
randomsamplebasisandshallbeinadditionto,andindependentof,theteststhat may
becarriedoutbytheContractorforitsownqualityassuranceinaccordancewithGoodIndust
ryPractice.

5.13 In the event that results of any tests conducted under Clause 11.10 establish any
Defects or deficiencies in the Works, the Authority’s Engineer shall require the
Contractor to carry out remedialmeasures.

5.14 The Authority’s Engineer may instruct the Contractor to execute any work which is
urgentlyrequiredforthesafetyoftheProjectHighway,whetherbecauseofanaccident,
unforeseeable event or otherwise; provided that in case of any work requiredon
accountofaForceMajeureEvent,theprovisionsofClause21.6ofEPCAgreementshall apply.

5.15 In the event that the Contractor fails to achieve any of the Project Milestones, the
Authority’s Engineer shall undertake a review of the progress of construction and
identify potential delays, if any. If the Authority’s Engineer shall determine that
completion of the Project Highway is not feasible within the time specified in the
Agreement, it shall require the Contractor to indicte within 15 (fifteen) days the steps
- 256 -
 proposed to be take to expedite progress, and the period within which the Project
Completion Date shall be achieved. Upon receipt of a report from the Contractor,
theAuthority’sEngineershallreviewthesameandsenditscommentstotheAuthorityand
the Contractor forthwith.

5.16 TheAuthority’sEngineershallobtainfromtheContractoracopyofalltheContractor’s
quality control records and documents before the Completion Certificate is issued
pursuant to Clause 12.2 of EPCAgreement.

5.17 Authority’sEngineermayrecommendtotheAuthoritysuspensionofthewholeorpart of
the Works if the work threatens the safety of the Users and pedestrians. After the
Contractor has carried out remedial measure, the Authority’s Engineer shall inspect
such remedial measures forthwith and make a report to the Authority recommending
whether or not the suspension hereunder may berevoked.

5.18 Intheevent that the Contractorcarries outanyremedialmeasures tosecurethesafety of

suspended works and users, and requires the Authority’s Engineer to inspect such
works, the Authority’s Engineer shall inspect the suspended works within 3 (three)
days of receiving such notice, and make a report to the Authority forthwith,
recommending whether or not such suspension may be revoked by theAuthority.

5.19 The Authority’s Engineer shall carry out, or cause to be carried out, all the Tests
specified in Schedule-K and issue a Completion Certificate or Provisional Certificate as
the case may be. For carrying out functions under this Paragraph and all matters
incidental thereto, the Authority’s Engineer shall act under and in accordance with the
provisions of Article 12 and Schedule-K. The Authority’s Engineer shall use following
equipment in carrying out thetests.

S No Key metrics of Asset Equipment to be used

1 Non Destructive Testing (NDT) Air Coupled GPR
2 Low oxygen, poisonous gases, Remotely operated vehicles (ROV)
dusty conditions from
ventilation or unsafe access
3 Measure crack widths Crack Comparator Gauge
4 Surface cracks Dye Penetrant or Magnetic Particle
in steel Test
5 Strength of pavement Falling Weight Reflectometer
6 Road signs and road markings (FWD)
Retro-reflectometer
6 Maintenance Period

6.1 The Authority’s Engineer shall aid and advise the Contractor in the preparation of its
monthly Maintenance Programme and for this purpose carry out a joint monthly
inspection withContractor.

6.2 The Authority’s Engineer shall undertake regular inspections, at least once every
month to evaluate compliance with the Maintenance Requirements and submit a
- 257 -
 Maintenance Inspection Report to the Authority and theContractor.

6.3 Visual Inspection of projecthighway

6.3.1 The Authority Engineer shall carry out visual inspection of entire highway stretch as
per the frequency defined in the followingtable

Frequency
Nature of defect or deficiency of
inspection
ROADS
(a) Carriageway and paved shoulders
(i) Breach or blockade Daily
(ii) Pot holes Daily
(iii) Cracking Weekly
(iv) Rutting Weekly
(v) Bleeding/skidding Weekly
(vi) Ravelling/Stripping of bitumen surface Weekly
(vii) Damage to pavement edges Weekly
(viii) Removal of debris Daily

(b) Hard/earth shoulders, side slopes, drains and culverts

(i) Variation by more than 2% in the prescribed slope of camber/cross fall Weekly
(ii) Edge drop at shoulders Weekly
(iii) Variationbymorethan15%intheprescribedside(embankment)slopes Weekly
(iv) Rain cuts/gullies in slope Weekly
(v) Damagetoorsiltingofculvertsandsidedrainsduringandimmediately Weekly
precedingtherainyseason
(vi) Desilting of drains in urban/semi-urban areas Daily
(c) Road side furniture including road signs and pavement marking
(i) Damage to shape or position; Daily
poor visibility or loss of retro-reflectivity
(d) Street lighting and telecom (ATMS)
(i) Any major failure of the system Daily
(ii) Faults and minor failures Daily
(iii) Streetlight with Lux Meter Weekly
(e) Trees and plantation
(i) Obstructioninaminimumhead-roomof5mabovecarriagewayor Daily
obstructioninvisibilityofroadsigns
(ii) Deterioration in health of trees and bushes Weekly
(iii) Replacement of trees and bushes Weekly
(iv) Removal of vegetation affecting sight line and road structures Weekly
(f ) Rest areas/Wayside amenities
(i) Cleaning of toilets Daily
(ii) Defects in electrical, water and sanitary installations Daily
(g) Toll plaza[s]
(i) Failure of toll collection equipment including ETC or lighting Daily
- 258 -
(ii) Damage to toll plaza Weekly
(h) Other Project Facilities and Approach roads
DamageordeteriorationinApproachRoads,
(i) -[pedestrianfacilities,trucklay-bys,bus-bays,bus- Daily
shelters,cattlecrossings,TrafficAidPosts, MedicalAidPostsandotherworks]
(j) Incident Management
Frequency
Nature of defect or deficiency of
inspection
(i) InstancesofIncidentManagementasreportedincludingtimeofcall, Daily
responsetime,servicesrenderedandtimeofclearingoftheHighway.
(ii) List of the Incident Management Services rendered. Weekly
BRIDGES
(a) Superstructure of bridges
(i) Cracks Weekly
(ii) Spalling/scaling Weekly
(b) Foundations of bridges
(i) Scouring and/or cavitation Weekly
(c) Piers, abutments, return walls and wing walls of bridges
(i) Cracks and damages including settlement and tilting Weekly
(d) Bearings (metallic) of bridges
(i) Deformation Weekly
(e) Joints in bridges
(i) Loosening and malfunctioning of joints Weekly
(f) Other items relating to bridges
(i) Deforming of pads in elastomeric bearings Weekly
(ii) Gatheringofdirtinbearingsandjoints;orcloggingofspouts,weepholes Weekly
andvent-holes
(iii) Damage or deterioration in parapets and handrails Weekly
(iv) Rain-cuts or erosion of banks of the side slopes of approaches Weekly
(v) Damage to wearing coat Weekly
(vi) Damageordeteriorationinapproachslabs,pitching,apron,toes,flooror Weekly
guidebunds
(vii) Growth of vegetation affecting the structure or obstructing the waterway Weekly
TUNNEL
I Tunnel lining for damage and loose tile. Daily
Ii Tunnel ceiling. Daily
Iii Tunnel lighting. Daily
Iv Steel, timber or concrete tunnel supports for damage. Daily
V Low hanging equipment and their anchorage system, such as Daily
Vi Elements along the roadway such as railings, curbs, and Daily
Vii Seismic Event Weekly
Viii Non Destructive Testing (NDT) Weekly
Ix low oxygen, poisonous gases, dusty conditions from Daily
X Measure crack widths Weekly
Xi surface cracks in steel Weekly
Xii Strength of pavement Weekly

- 259 -
 Xiii Road signs and road markings

6.3.2 All elements which have daily inspection frequency shall be inspected weekly as
well. Similarly, all elements which have weekly inspection frequency shall be
inspected monthly aswell.
6.3.3 Dailyinspectionreportformatandweeklyinspectionreportformathasbeen provided
in IB2andEnclosure
[Link] visual inspection
and mode of reporting is defined in the followingtable

Frequency of inspection Inspection to be carried out by Mode of reporting

Daily Sub-professional staff Soft copy by Email
Weekly Key personnel Soft copy by Email
Monthly Key personnel Hard copy and Soft copy

6.3.4 Highresolutionphotographsandvideoofthehighwaystretcheshavingdefects
and/or deficiencies shall be submitted along with Weekly Inspection Report and
Monthly Status Report. Summary of key observations around defects and deficiencies
in highway stretch shall be reported in Monthly Progress Report and detailed
inspection report shall be provided as Annexure to Monthly ProgressReport.
6.3.5 The Authority’s Engineer shall also be responsible for inspection and monitoring of
WaysideAmenities. ETC (Electronic Toll Collection) and ATMS (Advanced Traffic
Management System) and incident management.

6.4.1 Road conditionssurveys

6.4.1 The carrying out of condition surveys will be one of the most important and crucial
field tasks under the project. The Authority Engineer shall carry out condition surveys
using equipment and following a frequency as definedunder.

S No Key metrics of Asset Equipment to be used Frequency of

conditionsurvey
Surface defects of Atleasttwiceayear(Asper
1 pavement Network Survey Vehicle (NSV) surveymonthsdefinedforthe
statebasisrainyseason)
Atleasttwiceayear(Asper
2 Roughness of pavement Laser Profilometer surveymonthsdefinedforthe
statebasisrainyseason)
3 Strength of pavement Falling Weight Reflectometer At least once a year
(FWD)
Mobile Bridge Inspection Unit Atleasttwiceayear(Asper
4 Bridges surveymonthsdefinedforthesta
(MBIU)
tebasisrainyseason)

Atleasttwiceayear(Asper
5 Road signs Retro-reflectometer surveymonthsdefinedforthesta
tebasisrainyseason)

- 260 -
Thefirstequipmentbasedinspectionshallbeconducted atthe [Link] other
inspections shall be conducted before and after the rainy seasons as per the schedule defined
in Enclosure I B 4, except for FWD testing which shall be conducted once ayear.
Calibration of equipment, wherever needed, is required to be done in presence of Competent
Authority. Once approval of equipment, the settings and a sample data set is provided by
Competent Authority, network level data for entire project stretch can be collected. Month of
survey for each state has been defined in Enclosure I B 4 of this document.

6.4.2 Measurement of pavement surface defects androughness

i. The Authority Engineer shall use Network Survey Vehicles mounted with
equipment such as Laser based automatic crack detection, high resolution digital
cameras for RoW and pavement, high accuracy DGPS receiver and in vehicle data
processing software or better technology to accurately measure following
pavement surfaceproperties.

Surface defect Dimensions to be reported

••Length
Cracking ••Width
••Depth
Potholes ••Area
• Depth
Raveling ••Indicator

- 261 -
 Surface defect Dimensions to be reported
• %
• Area
Rutting • Depth
• Width
Concrete Joint/ Faulting • Length
Roughness • IRIinbothwheelpaths
ii. The following criteria shall be met by the process of defectsdetection
• Measurement of 3D road profile using such technologies as laser scanning or
other proven technologies.
• Ability to operate (collect data) at different speeds with a minimum speed of
30km/hr and upto at least 75 km/ hr.
• Profile depth accuracy of0.5mm
• Capability for lane tracking to control driver wander’ and ensure high
repeatability of data betweensurveys.
• Measure at least 3.5m width of highwaylane.
• Transverse Profile including rut depth measurement of pavement surface
widths of both carriageway and shoulders. The rut depth data must be
convertible to different straightedge lengths (1.8m to 3.5m) and meet
industry standards (ASTM E1703 /E1703M).
• Pavement images with capability to automatically identify and ratedistresses
• Roughness measurement with outputs of both raw longitudinal profiles and
InternationalRoughnessIndex(IRI)calculationshallbereportedatleast100m
referenced to the preceding Location Reference Post (LRP). The roughness
must meet ASTM-E950 (equivalent to Class I road profiler). The IRI shall be
determined in both wheelpaths.
• Ability to record images at user-defined intervals (e.g. every 5, 10m,etc.)
• Minimum images resolution of1600x1200
• Outputs must include Standard JPEG image or similar industrystandard
• Distance resolution of<1mm,
• Capable of achieving distance accuracy of 0.1% (i.e. within 1m over 1km
distance)
• All data outputs should be in a non-proprietary format (e.g. .CSV, .MDB, Excel)
and not require specialist software in order to view or formatdata
• Data should also be capable of being easily formatted into data compatible
withHDM-4

iii. The following are the set of deliverables which should be submitted after
completion of survey as part of Monthly ProgressReport
• RawdatageneratedfromtheequipmentwhicharepartofNetworkSurvey
covering the parameters mentioned in above table. It should also include
o Survey ID, Description, Date,Lane
o GPS referenced data for GISmapping
• Videologging
o Pavement imagery(AVI/JPEG)
o 360 degree imagery(JPEG)
- 262 -
 • Interpretation report covering summary of entire survey and analysis of
defects anddeficiencies

6.4.3 Measurement of pavementstrength

(i) The Authority Engineer shall carry out structural strength surveys for existing
pavements using Falling Weight Deflectometer technique in accordance with the
procedure given in IRC:115-2014 (Guidelines for Structural Evaluation and
Strengthening of Flexible Road Pavements Using Falling Weight Deflectometer
(FWD) Technique) and IRC: 117-2015 (Guidelines for the Structural Evaluation of
Rigid Pavement by Falling WeightDeflectometer)

(ii) The interval at which deflection measurements are to be taken up are as per
IRC:115- 2014 / IRC:117-2015. For flexible pavements, the sample size and the
interval of the data to be collected depends on the length of the uniform section
calculated and condition of the pavement section i.e. ‘good’, ‘fair’ and ‘poor’ for each
lane, established onthepavementconditiondatabasedonthecriteriongiveninIRC:115-
[Link] pavements, the deflection data may be collected at interiors, corners,
transverse joints and longitudinal joints in the outer lanes at intervals as specified in
IRC:117-2015.

(iii) The following are the set of deliverables which should be submitted after
completion of inspection test as part of Monthly ProgressReport.

• Data report covering followingparameters

o Deflection Bowl (Transient Deflections at seven differentpoints)
o Corrected Elastic Modulus BituminousE1
o Corrected Elastic Modulus GranularE2
o Corrected Elastic Modulus SubgradeE3
o SubgradeCBR
• Interpretation report covering summary of entire survey results and
analysis of keyparameters.

6.4.4 The Authority Engineer shall carry out the condition and structural assessment
survey of the bridges in accordance with IRC-SP; 35 with the use of Mobile Bridge
Inspection unit (MBIU) or bettertechnology.

(i) The following criteria shall be met by the process of bridge conditionassessment

• Automatic folding and unfolding of platform

• 90 degree rotation ofplatform
• Sufficient safety features to be incorporated such as dedicated power supply,
emergency cut off system,etc.
• Complete access to hidden parts of the bridge by theraters

- 263 -
(ii) Detailed bridge inspection report shall be submitted as per the Inspection Proforma
provided in IRC-SP35
6.4.5 Measurement of retroreflection of roadsigns

(i) TheAuthorityEngineershallmeasureCoefficientofretroreflectedluminanceRA(night
time retro reflection) of road traffic signs using a portable retroreflectometer.

(ii) The following criteria shall be met by the process of road signs retro reflection
measurement

• MeasurementofretroreflectivesignsshallbeconductedinaccordancewithASTM
E1709 and ASTME2540
• Measurement time after pressing trigger shall be less than or equal to 1sec
• Observation angle adjustment from 0.2 degrees to 2.0degrees
• Entrance angle adjustment from -45 degrees to +45degrees
• Self-contained commercially availablebattery
• Inbuilt data storage of at least 2,000 measurements so that data transfer
requirement is minimized while the survey is beingconducted
• Interface for transferring data from device toComputer
• Built in GPS to capture GPS coordinates of roadsign
• Range shall be at least 0-2000 cd/lx/m2

(iii) The following are the set of deliverables which should be submitted after completion
of survey as part of Monthly Progress Report

• System generated coefficient of retro reflected luminance RA (nighttime retro

reflection) of all road signs
• Interpretation report covering analysis of road signs falling in different range
of RA and actions to betaken
6.5 The Authority Engineer shall carry out following inspections of ETC lanes at
tollplazas on a monthbasis:

(i) Infrastructure:

• Availability of civil infrastructure at toll plazas required for installation of ETCsystems

• Adequacy of hardware, software and other related items as per
IHMCL/MORT&Htechnical specifications andrequirements

(ii) Operations:

• Adherence of various stakeholders (acquirer bank, system integrator, toll

operator, issuer bank etc.) of the ETC system to the service levelagreements

- 264 -
 • Efficacy of the ETC system (RFID tagging, AVC, WIM etc.) in terms of accuracy
and uptime
• Tracking and reporting toll plaza experience metrics such as average waiting
time, transaction times for different modes of payment (RFID, cash, smart cards,
QRcodesetc) and congestion levels (eg. length of queue in different lanes) across
4 different times in a day
• Robustness of dispute resolution mechanisms in place for the tag holder and
toll operators by the issuer and acquirerbanks

6.6 TheAuthorityEngineershallprepareaMonthlyStatusReportinO&Mphaseofproject in
respect of its duties and functions under this Agreement and in accordance with the
format prescribed in Enclosure I B 6. 1st deliverable of the report which is an
executive summary to the main report (Section 1) shall be submitted to the
Authority and updated on the PMIS and project specific website by 4th of every
month. Main report (Section 2 onwards) shall be submitted to the Authority and
updated on the PMIS and project specific website by 7th of every month. Key
sections of the Monthly Status Report are asfollows;

[Link] Sections Sub sections

1.1 Overall road condition
1.2 Key reporting metrics
1 Executive Summary 1.3 Key maintenance activities undertaken
1.4 Pending issues
1.5 Recommended actions by AE
1.6 Strip plan for maintenance
2.1 Key project details
2.2 Location map
2 Project Overview 2.3 Key plan
2.4 Summary of project features
2.5 RoW availability
3.1 Issue and action log
Critical issues and action 3.2 Summary of deficiencies
3 taken
3.3 Obligations as per contract
3.4 Inspection schedule
4.1 Summary of NCR issued
4 Monthly Inspection Report
4.2 Equipment based inspection report
5.1 Monthly ETC Report
5 Monitoring of ETC Lanes 5.2 On-ground infrastructure report
5.3 On ground ETC operations & SLA adherence
6.1 Damages for non completion of project facilities
6 Status of damages 6.2 Damages for breach of maintenance activities
6.3Damagesfornoncompletionofmajormaintenance
works
7 Change of 7.1 Change of Scope proposals
Scopeproposals
- 265 -
 8 Status of pending disputes 8.1 Status of pending disputes
9.1 Toll collection statement
9 Reports
9.2 Accident Report
9.3 Details of user complaints
9.4 Encroachment list
9.5 Lane closure report
AnnexureI-Detailedvisualinspectionreportofproject
10 Annexures highway
Annexure II onwards- Additional details provided by AE

6.7 The Authority’s Engineer shall specify the tests, if any, that the Contractor shall carry
out,orcausetobecarriedout,forthepurposeofdeterminingthattheProjectHighway is in
conformity with the Maintenance Requirements. It shall monitor and review the
results of such tests and remedial measures, if any, taken by the Contractor in this
behalf.

6.8 In respect of any defect or deficiency referred to in Paragraph 3 of Schedule-E, the

Authority’s Engineer shall, in conformity with Good Industry Practice, specify the
permissible limit of deviation or deterioration with reference to the Specifications
and
Standardsandshallalsospecifythetimelimitforrepairorrectificationofanydeviation or
deterioration beyond the permissiblelimit.

6.9 TheAuthority’sEngineershallexaminetherequestoftheContractorforclosureofany
lane(s)oftheProjectHighwayforundertakingsmaintenance/repairthereof,andshall
grant permission with such modifications, as it may deem necessary, within 5 (five)
days of receiving a request from the Contractor. Upon expiry of the permitted period
ofclosure,theAuthority’sEngineershallmonitorthereopeningofsuchlane(s),andin
caseofdelay,determinetheDamagespayablebytheContractortotheAuthorityunder
Clause 14.5 of EPCAgreement.

7 Determination of costs andtime

7.1 The Authority’s Engineer shall determine the costs, and/or their reasonableness, that
are required to be determined by it under theAgreement.

7.2 TheAuthority’sEngineershalldeterminetheperiodofTimeExtensionthatisrequired to be
determined by it under theAgreement.

7.3 The Authority’s Engineer shall consult each Party in every case of determination in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.5 of EPCAgreement.

- 266 -
8 Payments

8.1 TheAuthority’sEngineershallwithholdpaymentsfortheaffectedworksforwhichthe
Contractor fails to revise and resubmit the Drawings to the Authority’s Engineer in
accordance with the provision of Clause 10.2.4 (d) of EPCAgreement.

8.2 Authority’s Engineer shall

(a) within 10 (ten) days of receipt of the Stage Payment Statement from the
Contractor pursuant to Clause 19.4, determine the amount due to the
Contractorandrecommendthereleaseof90(ninety)percentoftheamountso
determined as part payment, pending issue of the Interim Payment
Certificate; and
(b) within 15 (fifteen) days of the receipt of the Stage Payment Statement
referred to in Clause 19.4, deliver to the Authority and the Contractor an
Interim Payment Certificate certifying the amount due and payable to the
Contractor, after adjustments in accordance with the provisions of Clause
19.10 of EPC Agreement.

8.3 The Authority’s Engineer shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of the First stage
Maintenance Payment Statement from the Contractor pursuant to Clause 19.6 of EPC
Agreement, verify the Contractor’s statement and certify the amount to be paid to
the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of theAgreement.

8.4 TheAuthority’sEngineershallcertifyfinalpaymentwith30 (thirty)days of the receipt of

the final payment statement of Maintenance in accordance with the provisions of
Clause 19.16 of EPC Agreement.

9 Other duties andfunctions

TheAuthority’sEngineershallperformallotherdutiesandfunctionsasspecifiedinthe
Agreement.

10 Miscellaneous

10.1 All key personnel and sub professional staff of the Authority Engineer shall use the
fingerprint based (biometric) attendance system for marking their daily attendance.
Attendanceshallbemarkedatleastonceadayandanytimeduringtheday.1Biometric
Attendance System shall be installed by the Authority Engineer at its own cost at the
site office in order to facilitate the attendance marking. More systems can be
installed
neartheprojecthighwayuptoamaximumof1systemper50kminordertoencourage
frequent visits of project highway by key personnel and sub professional staff. A
copy of monthly attendance records shall be attached with Monthly Status Report.
Proper justification shall be provided for cases of absence of key personnel/ sub
- 267 -
 professional staff which do not have prior approval from Project Director of
concernedstretch.

10.2 Acopyofallcommunications,comments,instructions,DrawingsorDocumentssentby the

Authority’s Engineer to the Contractor pursuant to this TOR, and a copy of all the
test results with comments of the Authority’s Engineer thereon, shall be furnished
by the Authority’s Engineer to the Authorityforthwith.

10.3 The Authority’s Engineer shall retain at least one copy each of all Drawings and
Documents received by it, including ‘as – built’ Drawings and keep them in its safe
custody.

10.4 Within 90 (ninety) days of the Project Completion Date, the Authority’s Engineer
shall obtainacompletesetofas-
builtDrawingsin2(two)hardcopiesandinmicrofilmformor in such other medium as
may be acceptable to the Authority, reflecting the Project
Highwayasactuallydesigned,engineeredandconstructed,includinganas-builtsurvey
illustrating the layout of the Project Highway and setback lines, if any, of the
buildings and structures forming part of project Facilities; and shall hand them over
to the Authority against receiptthereof.

10.5 The Authority’s Engineer, if called upon by the Authority or the Contractor or both,
shallmediateandassistthePartiesinarrivingatanamicablesettlementofanyDispute
between the Parties.

10.6 The Authority’s Engineer shall inform the Authority and the Contractor of any event
of Contractor’s Default within one week of itsoccurrence.

10.7 The test results on completion including video, NSV survey report/data and safety
audit shall invariably be uploaded on the PMIS portal before issue of completion
certificate by the Authhority’s Engineer after ascertaining that all pre-requuisites as
per Contract Agreement has been fullfilled by the contractor, failign which
Consultancy firm shall be debarred for a period of two years.

10.8 The consultant shallrecord all aspects as per services to be provided in terms of
Reference (ToR), failing which the consultancy firm shall be warned for non-
performance. In case Consultancy firm continues to default, even after multiple
warning exceeding 5 times, the form shall be put on holiday listing (temporary
debarment) for a period upto 12 months from future assignments by MoRTH or its
executing Agencies.

11. PERFORMANCECLAUSE

- 268 -
 Authority’s Engineers shall be expected to fully comply with all the provisions of the
`Terms of Reference’, and shall be fully responsible for supervising the Designs,
Construction and maintenance and operation of the facility takes place in accordance
with the provisions of the EPC Agreement and other schedules. Any failure of the
Authority Engineer in notifying to Employer and the Contractor on non-compliance
of the provisions of the EPC Contract Agreement and other schedules by the EPC
Contractor, non-adherence to the provision of ToR and non-adherence to the time
schedule prescribed under ToR shall amount tonon-performance.
The Authority Engineer shall appoint its authorized representative, who shall issue
on behalfoftheAE,CompletionCertificatealongwiththeTeamLeaderandshallcarryout
any such task as may be decided by Employer. The AE shall take prior approval of
Employer before issuing Completion Certificate. The proposal submitted shall also
include the name of the authorized representative along with the authorization
letter and power ofattorney.

12. CONSULTANT’SPROPOSAL

12.1 List of key personnel to be fielded by the Consultants shall be as below:

Standalone TunnelProject:

i. Team Leader Cum Senior TunnelExpert

ii. Resident cum ExcavationSpecialist
iii. Senior GeotechnicalEngineer
iv. Tunnel Design Engineer
v. Tunnel SafetyExpert
vi. Senior Contract Specialist
vii. Senior Geologist

12.2 Broad job-description and minimum qualification for key personnel mentioned
above isenclosedasAppendix-IB (Part-I).However,
highermarksshallbeaccordedtotheCandidate with higher relevant qualification and
experience. TheageoftheKeyPersonnelshouldnotbemorethan65years as on date
of submission of bid/[Link] to frame
the technical proposal in an objective manner as far as possible so that these
couldbeproperlyassessedinrespectofpointstobegivenaspartofevaluationcriteria. The
bio-data of the key personnel should be signed on every sheet by the personnel
concerned and the last sheet of each bio-data should also be signed by the
authorised
[Link]- data
proforma that they have not left any of the Employer works without completing of
their assignment and have not accepted any other offer at the time of signing of the
bio-data and as such shall be available to work with the Authority Engineer. In case
- 269 -
 the key personnel leaves the assignment without approval ofEmployer,
Employerwouldbeatlibertytotakeanyappropriateactionagainstthat key personnel
including debarment. The CV submitted by selected firm/JV shall be hoisted on
official website [Link] is clarified that CVs for the key Personnel to be
deployed during supervision phase shall be submitted at the time of start of
construction and supervision work.

12.3 In addition to above, consultants are required to propose other key personnel, sub-
professional staff and other field engineers as detailed in Appendix-IA (Part-I)and
the minimum qualification requirements for the same is enclosed inAppendix-IB
(Part-I).

13. PERIOD OFSERVICES

13.1 The services of an Authority’s Engineer will be in phases as per Contract

Agreement.
13.1.1 The time period for construction supervision shall be as per Annexure A of LOI.

14. Project Coordinator

TheFirmshallappointapersonnelfromitsheadofficetoactasProjectCoordinatorfor the
assignment. He will be authorised to communicate with the Authority in respect of
all matters pertaining to the project. The cost of the Project Coordinator shall be
incidental to the ConsultancyAssignment.

- 270 -
ENCLOSURE-I A

Schedule for submissionofReports andDocuments for Phase-1 & 2

StageNo. Activity No. ofcopies TimePeriod in

daysfromdateof
commencement
1 Monthly Reports 3 th
By10 dayofevery
month
2 Inception Report
(i)DraftInceptionReportincludingQAPdocu 3 21
ment
(ii)Inception Report includingQAP 3 30
document
3 F.S. REPORT
i)DraftFeasibilityStudyReportincludingop 4 90
tion studyreport including draft
3(a)report 1 100
ii)Comments ofclient 4 120
iii)FinalFeasibility Study Report
incorporating complianceofcomments
ofClient
4 LA & Clearances I Report
i) Draft LA & Clearances I Report including4 150
draft 3(A) report
ii) Comments of client 1 180
iii) Final LA & Clearances I Report 4 210
incorporating compliance of comments
of Client
5 DetailedProjectReport
i)DraftDPR 4 240
ii)Comments ofclient 1 270
iii)FinalDPR incorporatingcompliance 6 300
ofcomments ofClient
6 Technical Schedules
i) Draft Technical Schedules 4 240
ii) Comments of client 1 270
iii) Final technical schedule 6 300
7 Land Acquisition II 4 330
Submission of draft 3D publication
report
8 Land AcquisitionIII, Award 350
determination (3G)
9 Project Clearances& LA IV Report 6
Approval of Projectclearancesfrom Originalletters 360
Concernedagenciese.g. fromMOEF; Rlyfor fromtheconcern
approvalofGADand detailengineering edagenciesand 5
drawingofROB/RUB; Irrigation photocopies
- 271 -
 Dept.,Utility Reportand Possession of ofeach
Land

The checklist for different stages of submission of report has been enclosed as under
and the same shall be appended with proper references and page numbering. The
checklist/s shall be appended with the report without which no payment shall be made.

- 272 -
Schedule for approval of Reports and Documents by Client after submission by
Consultant.

StageN Activity Time Period in days from date of

o. submission of Comment and
acceptance by Client/RO
1 Inception Report 7 days
2 Feasibility Study Report
i) Draft Feasibility StudyReport including 15days
option study report including draft 3(a)
report 7 days
ii) Final feasibility Study report
3 LA & Clearances Report
i) Draft LA & Clearances Report 15 days
ii) Final LA & Clearances Report 7 days
incorporating compliance of comments of
Client
4 Detailed Project Report
i) Draft DPR 30 days
ii) Final DPR incorporating compliance of 7 days
comments of Client
5 Technical Schedules
i) Draft Technical Schedules 30 days
ii) Final technical schedule 7 days

The checklist for different stages of submission of report has been enclosed as under
and the same shall be appended with proper references and page numbering. The
checklist/s shall be appended with the report without which no payment shall be made.

- 273 -
 ENCLOSURE- I B1
Daily Inspection Report in construction period Phase 3

Results of lab
Description of tests conducted Name of key
Component Item Description inspection (Test personnel
work carried conducted, inspecting the
out Pass/Fail) work

1. Road works
including Embankment/ Sub
culverts, and Grade/GSB/WMM/D
minor bridges BM/BC

[Link]
works, Flyovers, Foundation/ Sub
ROB,RUB,VUP, structure/ Super
PUP structure

3. Approach to
ROB/RUB/ Major Foundation/ Sub
Bridges/ Viaduct / structure/ Super
RE wall structure

4. Other Works

- 274 -
 ENCLOSURE- I B2

Daily Inspection Report in O&M period -Phase 3

Nature of defect/ deficiency Defect If defect found, Compliance of AE Remarks

found Chainage &side previous
(Yes/No) defect
(Yes/No/NA)
ROADS
Carriageway and paved shoulders
Breach or blockade
Pot holes
Removal of debris
Hard/earth shoulders, side slopes, drains and culverts
Desiltingofdrainsinurban/semi-
urbanareas
Road side furniture including road signs and pavement marking
Damagetoshapeorposition;poor
visibilityorlossofretro-reflectivity

Street lighting and telecom (ATMS)

Any major failure of the system
Faults and minor failures
Trees and Plantation
Obstruction in a minimum head-
roomof5mabovecarriagewayor
obstructioninvisibilityofroadsigns

Rest areas
Cleaning of toilets
Defectsinelectrical,waterand
sanitaryinstallations
Toll plaza[s]
Failureoftollcollectionequipment
includingETCorlighting
Other Project Facilities and Approach roads
Damage or deterioration in
ApproachRoads,-[pedestrian
facilities,trucklay-bys,bus-bays,
bus- shelters, cattle crossings,
TrafficAidPosts,MedicalAidPosts
andotherworks]

- 275 -
 ENCLOSURE- I B 3

Weekly Inspection Report in O&M period

Defect If defect Compliance of AE Remarks

found found, previous defect
Nature of defect or deficiency (Yes/No) Chainage (Yes/No/NA)
&side

ROADS

(a) Carriageway and paved shoulders

(i) Breach or blockade

Roughnessvalueexceeding2,500mm
in a stretch of 1 km (as measured
(ii)
by a standardised
roughometer/bump integrator)
(iii) Pot holes

(iv) Crackinginmorethan5%ofroad
surfaceinastretchof1km
Ruttingexceeding10mminmore
than2%ofroadsurfaceinastretch
(v)
of1km(measuredwith3mstraight
edge)
(vi) Bleeding/skidding

(vii) Ravelling/Stripping of bitumen

surface exceeding 10 sq m

(viii) Damage to pavement

edgesexceeding 10 cm
(ix) Removal of debris

(b) Hard/earthshoulders,sideslopes,drainsand
culverts
Variationbymorethan2%inthe
(i) prescribedslopeofcamber/crossfal
l

(ii) Edgedropatshouldersexceeding
40mm
Variationbymorethan15%in the
(iii) prescribed side (embankment)
slopes
(iv) Rain cuts/gullies in slope

- 276 -
 Defect If defect Compliance of AE Remarks
found found, previous defect
Nature of defect or deficiency
(Yes/No) Chainage (Yes/No/NA)
&side
Damagetoorsiltingofculvertsand
(v) sidedrainsduringandimmediately
precedingtherainyseason

(vi) Desiltingofdrainsinurban/semi-
urbanareas

(c) Roadsidefurnitureincludingroadsignsand
pavementmarking
Damage to shape or position;

(i) poor visibility or loss of retro-

reflectivity

(d) Street lighting and telecom (ATMS)

(i) Any major failure of the system

(ii) Faults and minor failures

(e) Trees and plantation

Obstruction in a minimum head-

(i) roomof5mabovecarriagewayor
obstructioninvisibilityofroadsigns

(ii) Deteriorationinhealthoftreesand
bushes
(iii) Replacement of trees and bushes

(iv) Removalofvegetationaffecting
sightlineandroadstructures
(f ) Rest areas

(i) Cleaning of toilets

(ii) Defectsinelectrical,waterand
sanitaryinstallations
Toll plaza[s]
(g)

(i) Failureoftollcollectionequipment
includingETCorlighting

(ii) Damage to toll plaza

(h) Other Project Facilities and Approach roads

- 277 -
 Defect If defect Compliance of AE Remarks
found found, previous defect
Nature of defect or deficiency
(Yes/No) Chainage (Yes/No/NA)
&side
Damage or deterioration in
ApproachRoads,-[pedestrian
facilities,trucklay-bys,bus-bays,
(i)
bus- shelters, cattle crossings,
TrafficAidPosts,MedicalAidPosts
andotherworks]
BRIDGES

(a) Superstructure of bridges

(i) Cracks

(ii) Spalling/scaling

(b) Foundations of bridges

(i) Scouring and/or cavitation

(c) Piers,abutments,returnwallsandwingwalls
ofbridges

(i) Cracksanddamagesincludingsettl
ementandtilting
(d) Bearings (metallic) of bridges

(i) Deformation

Joints inbridges
(e)

(i) Looseningandmalfunctioningof
joints
(f) Other items relating to bridges

(i) Deformingofpadsinelastomeric
bearings
Gatheringofdirtinbearingsand
(ii) joints;orcloggingofspouts,weep
holesandvent-holes

(iii) Damage or deterioration in

parapets and handrails

(iv) Rain-cutsorerosionofbanksofthe
sideslopesofapproaches
(v) Damage to wearing coat

- 278 -
 Defect If defect Compliance of AE Remarks
found found, previous defect
Nature of defect or deficiency
(Yes/No) Chainage (Yes/No/NA)
&side
Damage or deterioration in
(vi) approachslabs,pitching,apron,toes
,floororguidebunds

Growthofvegetationaffectingthe
(vii) structure or obstructing the
waterway

- 279 -
 ENCLOSURE- I B 4

Month of survey for equipment based road condition assessment

EquipmentbasedroadinspectionshallbedonebytheAuthority’sEngineertwiceayearasper the
month of the year defined in the followingtable.

However, since the first survey shall be conducted at the time of completion testing, the
following modification to the schedule shall be adopted. For example, if majority of highway
length (>50%) passes through a state, where defined survey months are May and November,
if completion testing is conducted in April, then the first equipment based survey shall be
conducted in the month of April. This shall be considered as the equipment based survey tobe
conducted in the month of May. The 2nd equipment based survey shall be conducted in the
month of November, the 3rd survey shall be conducted in the month of May and so on. As
regards FWD, the first test/survey shall be conducted at the time of completion in April. The
2nd test/survey shall be conducted in April of next year and soon.

Region State Survey before rains Survey after rains

East Bihar May Nov

East Chhattisgarh May Nov

East Jharkhand May Nov

East Orissa May Nov

East West Bengal May Nov
Central Madhya Pradesh May Nov
NE Arunachal Pradesh Mar Oct
NE Assam Mar Oct

NE Manipur Mar Oct

NE Meghalaya Mar Oct

NE Mizoram Mar Oct

NE Nagaland Mar Oct

NE Sikkim Mar Oct

NE Tripura Mar Oct

North Chandigarh May Nov

North Delhi May Nov

North Haryana May Nov

North Himachal May Nov

- 280 -
North Jammu And Kashmir May Nov

North Punjab May Nov

North Uttar Pradesh May Nov

Region State Survey before rains Survey after rains

North Uttaranchal May Nov

Andaman And Nicobar
South Apr Nov
Islands
South Andhra Pradesh Apr Nov

South Karnataka Apr Nov

South Kerala Apr Nov

South Pondicherry Jun Jan

South Tamil Nadu Jun Jan

West Dadar Nagar Haveli Apr Oct
West Daman And Diu Apr Oct

West Goa May Nov

West Gujarat Apr Oct

West Maharashtra May Nov

West Rajasthan Apr Oct

- 281 -
 ENCLOSURE- I B5

MONTHLY PROGRESS REPORT IN CONSTRUCTION PHASE

( Project Management Consultancy Services for Construction of 2- Lane Elevated

Srinagar Bypass on NH-07 (Design length : 8.0 km) in the state of Uttarakhand State OF
Uttarakhand.)

CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR PROJECT MANAGEMMET CONSULTANCY FOR

SUPERVISION OF

[NAME OF CONSULTING FIRM]

MONTHLY PROGRESS REPORT NO.[XX] FOR THE MONTH OF: Month,

Year

- 282 -
 Contents
Table of content

1 Executive Summary ...............................................................................................................................................

1.1 Construction progress in current month …………………………………………………..

1.2 Current issues and recommended actions by IE/AE………………………………………

1.3 StripPlan(Summary)……………………………………………………………………………………

1.4 Strip Plan (Details)……………………………………………………………………………………………..

2 ProjectOverview .................................................................................................................................................................

2.1 Salient Features of Project…………………………………………………………………………….

2.2 Project Milestones………………………………………………………………………………………

2.3 LocationMap……………………………………………………………………………………………….

2.4 KeyPlan……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

3 Critical Issues &ActionLog .............................................................................................................................................

3.1 Pending Issues &ActionLog………………………………………………………………………….

3.2 Obligations asperContract …………………………………………………………………………..

4 PhysicalProgress ................................................................................................................................................................

4.1 Detailed Scope of Work & Physical ProgressbyComponent…………………………..

5 Land AcquisitionandClearance ...................................................................................................................................

5.1 LASummary

5.2 LA Detail by CALA

5.3 LA Detail by Village foreachCALA

5.4 Manpower details ofCALA

5.5 ClearancesSummary

5.6 Status ofutilitiesshifting

6 ChangeofScope ....................................................................................................................................................................

7 MobilizationofResources ................................................................................................................................................

8 Financial Progress Details (forPPPprojects) ........................................................................................................

8.1 Pen Picture-Escrow

8.2 Escrowdetails
- 283 -
9 Summary of qualitycontroltests.......................................................................................................................

9.1 Tests witnessed by IE/ AE142

9.2 Tests conducted by IE/AE

10 Monitoring of maintenance obligations duringconstructionphase.............................................

10.1 Critical issues andactionlog

10.2 Summary ofrepairwork

10.3 Status of damages

11 Safetyfeatures .......................................................................................................................................................

11.1 Pen picture ofsafetyfeatures

11.2 AccidentReport

12 Annexures ...............................................................................................................................................................

- 284 -
1 Executive Summary

1.1 Construction progress in currentmonth

Key reporting metrics Value/ %/ Amount

Scheduled Physical Progress (%)

Cumulative Physical Progress upto current month (%)

Physical Progress during current month (%)

Financial progress (%)

Cumulative Expenditure till date (Rs Cr)

Tests passed as % of total tests witnessed by IE

Tests passed as % of total tests conducted by IE

Number of pending COS proposals

Amount for pending COS (Rs Cr)

1.2 Current issues and recommended actions by IE /AE

1. Slow Progress of Structures: The progress of structures (especially,major

bridges, flyovers and ROB’s) is very slow. Overall progress is only XX%.
Out of the total YY underpasses not even single underpass structure and
its approaches is completed so far. No bridge is open to trafficso far.

a. Recommendation: Concessionaire should improve the progress of

[Link] planfromConcessionaireincluding
specific activities onstructures.

2. Status of Change of Scope Proposals: Concessionaire has submitted Xx No.

Change of Scope proposals. Yy No. of them are still pending for decision.
Concessionaire has not submitted necessary clarifications /details for the
following Changes of Scope in spite ofseveral reminders.

a. Recommendation: Concessionaire to submit all pending clarifications to

Authority. Authority and Concessionaire to expedite pendingCOS proposals.

- 285 -
 1.3 Strip Plan (Summary)

1. WorkfrontUnavailable& reason for Unavailability

2. Length completed bylayer(MCW)

3. Length completed bylayer(ServiceRoad)

% Total % %
Lengt Pendin Lengt Total Lengt Total
h (km) g h (km) Lengt h (km) Lengt
Length h h
Total Length 7 Total 7 Total 7
Length Length
Total 7 12% Total 27.5 33% Total 0 0%
Workfront Length Length
Unavailable Complete Complete
d (Till d
DBM) (Till DBM)
Pending Land 0 0% BC 27 32% BC 0 0%
Acq. DBM 27.5 33% DBM 0 0%
Pending 7 12% WMM 29.5 35% WMM 0 0%
Clearances GSB 32.5 39% GSB 0 0%
Encumbrance 0 0% Sub- 35 42% Sub- 0 0%
s Grade Grade
C&G 47.9 57% C&G 0 0%

- 286 -
 1.4 Strip Plan(Details)

Detailedreport

2 ProjectOverview

2.1 Salient Features ofProject

Project Name
NH No. (New/ Old)
Scheme/ Phase
ModeoftheExecution(BOTToll/BOTAnnuity/EPC/
HAM/ItemRate/Others)
No. of Lanes/ Configuration
Length of the Project (in Km)
Total Project Cost (in Cr)
No. of Bypasses (Name of Town, Length)
No. of Major Bridges (Number and Location)
No. of Toll Plazas (Number and Location)
No. of Fly Overs (Number and Location)
- 287 -
 DPR Authority’s EngineerName
Lead & Consortium Members of Banks
Concessionaire Name (SPV & Parent Company)
Date of Award (LOA Date)
Appointed Date
Concession Period
Construction Period (in Days)
O&M Period (in Days)
Scheduled Date of Completion
Authority Engineer
IE / AE Agreement Date
IE / AE Mobilization Date

ALL FIGURES & GRAPHS IN TEMPLATES ARE

ILLUSTRATIVE. PLEASE ADD ACTUAL DETAILS

2.2 ProjectMilestones

Descripti on
Planned Actual Delay
Project (Days from Curren t
([Link]
Milesto Appointe d Status
month
ne Date) Physical Scheduled Physical
Revised Date s)
Progress Date Progress
(%) (%)

Milestone I [Description] 25 [DD/MM/YYYY] 25 [DD/MM/YYYY] 5 Achieve d

Started
Milesto ne [DD/MM/YYYY] [DD/MM/YYYY] , not
[Description] 65 22
II achieve d

Schedule d
Not
Completio n [DD/MM/YYYY] [DD/MM/YYYY]
[Description] 100 21 starte d

ALL FIGURES & GRAPHS IN TEMPLATES ARE

ILLUSTRATIVE. PLEASE ADD ACTUAL DETAILS

- 288 -
2.3 Location Map

ALL FIGURES & GRAPHS IN TEMPLATES ARE

ILLUSTRATIVE. PLEASE ADD ACTUAL DETAILS

- 289 -
2.4 KeyPlan

[Above image is illustrative only. Please include chainage and name

below the axis and list of features above the axis]

ALL FIGURES & GRAPHS IN TEMPLATES ARE

ILLUSTRATIVE. PLEASE ADD ACTUAL DETAILS

- 290 -
3 Critical Issues & ActionLog

3.1 Pending Issues & ActionLog

Ongoin Expected
Chainage( Action(s)
g/ New Length Action(s) date/ Actual
S.N Issue Type Concerned s)affected suggested by
Issue/ affecte taken till Date for
o Description Authority due tothe the AE
Resolve d (km) now resolving
issue
d issue

1. Proposal
submitted to
Diversion of Xx MoEFLetter Escalateto
1 haofforestLand Clearance Ongoin MoEF [Chainage] 4 kms sentbyROto higherlevel [DD/MM/YYY
g Issue MoEF nodal officersat Y]
officeron MoEF
[DD/MM/YYY
Y]
1. Escalated
to chief
21 secretary
Crcompensati on level through
2 disbursement Land Resolve [CALANam [Chainage] 2.4 km DO from [DD/MM/YYY
pending Acquisitio d e] Chairman/ Y]
n Secretary,
dated
[DD/MM/YYY
Y]
Project
Slow progress Director to
3 by Concession New [Concess. [Chainage] 57 km None call [DD/MM/YYY
concessionair ai re Issue Name] higherups Y]
E Issue concessionai
of
re

3.2 Obligations as perContract

Expected Contents & Structure

Please write a summary of non-compliances of contractual obligations highlighting
reasons for delay, stating pending actions and their potential risk to the project’s progress
and recommended actions by the IE.

• Critical obligation sand constraints of concessionaire as percontract

• Critical obligations of authority as percontract
• Critical pending obligations of IE as percontract
NOTE: Please include important issues requiring intervention of various parties,
giving details and background wherever necessary

- 291 -
 ALL FIGURES & GRAPHS IN TEMPLATES ARE
ILLUSTRATIVE. PLEASE ADD ACTUAL DETAILS

4 PhysicalProgress

Physical
% Physical Progress
Component Progress(During (Cumulative,
Weightage
Current Month) Upto Current
Month)

Road Works 63.97% 0.00% 0.00%

Other Works 27.43% 0.00% 0.00%
Physical Progress
0% 0%

ALL FIGURES & GRAPHS IN TEMPLATES ARE

ILLUSTRATIVE. PLEASE ADD ACTUAL DETAILS

- 292 -
4.1 Detailed Scope of Work & Physical Progress byComponent

Cost Cost Value of

Weightage Item Description Weighta Plannedi Progress %Physical Physical
Component nScope(A
in Project ge in till Date Progress Progress
s
(%) Compone (7X4)
perScope
nt (%)
ofWork)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
63.97% 1. Length of Segment-2 5.00% 80 km 45 km 56% 2.8%
1. Road works
including 2. Cross-sectional 5.00% 80 km 40 km 50% 2.5%
culverts, minor arrangement
3. Major Bridge 5.00% 80 km 35 km 44% 2.2%
bridges, 4. Minor Bridge 5.00% 80 km 33 km 41% 2.1%
underpasses, 5. Tunnels 5.00% 80 km 30 km 38% 1.9%
overpasses, 6. Cut & Cover Tunnels 5.00% 80 km 28 km 35% 1.8%
approaches to 7. Culverts 5.00% 80 km 27 km 34% 1.7%
ROB/RUB/ Major [Link] Area at Km 5.00% 35 km 2.1 km 6% 0.2%
Bridges/ 13+125
9. Pvt. Land(RHS )
Required 5.00% 35 km 2.1 km 6% 0.2%
Structures (but 10. Forest Area required 6.00% 35 km 2.1 km 6% 0.2%
including service
roads) [Link] of Land

[Link] 27.43% 1. 4.00% 4 No 0 0% 0.0%

GRANDTOTAL 100% 42.0%

5 Land Acquisition andClearance

5.1 LASummary
Description Total Required Total in possessionat Total to be acquired
(ha) start (ha) (ha)
Existing ROW 135.00 135.00 0.00
Pvt. Land To be Acquired 240.00 0.000 240.00
Public Land To be Transferred 52.00 50.35 1.65
Grand Total 427 185 242

ALL FIGURES & GRAPHS IN TEMPLATES ARE

ILLUSTRATIVE. PLEASE ADD ACTUAL DETAILS

5.2 LA Detail byCALA

- 293 -
 3G Amount Amount Amount Pendin
Total 3H 3DDo 3ADo
CALA Landleft Pend-
3HDo Pend 3GDo 3DPend 3APend Awarde Deposite Disbursed g
ne(ha ne(ha
n - ing ne(ha i ng i d d (Crore by Amount
to be ing(ha ) )
e(ha) (ha) ) (ha) ng(Ha) (Crore Rs.) CALA(Cro (Crore
Acquired )
Rs.) re Rs.) Rs.)
(Ha)
CALA1] 150 15 15 15 135 0 150 0 150 396 370 327 43
[CALA2
67 0 0 0 67 0 67 0 67 132 132 120 23
]
[CALA 23 23
23 23 0 14 9 0 23 0 0 0 0
3]
Grand
240 38 202 38 202 14 226 0 240 528 502 447 66
Total

5.3 LA Detail by Village for each CALA1

Total 3H 3G Amount Amount Amount Pendin

Landleft Pend 3H 3G 3D 3D 3A 3A
Pend Awarde Deposite Disburse g
Village to be -ing Done Done Pendin Done Pendin Done
-ing d(Crore d (Crore d by Amoun
Acquire (ha) (ha) (ha) g (ha) (ha) g (Ha) (ha) CALA t (Rs
(ha) Rs.) Rs.)
d(Ha) (Rs Cr) Cr)
[Village 1] 150 15 15 15 135 0 150 0 150 396 370 327 43
[Village 2] 67 0 0 0 67 0 67 0 67 132 132 120 23
[Village 3] 23 23 23 23 0 14 9 0 23 0 0 0 0
Grand 240 38 202 38 202 14 226 0 240 528 502 447 66
Total

ALL FIGURES & GRAPHS IN TEMPLATES ARE

ILLUSTRATIVE. PLEASE ADD ACTUAL DETAILS

- 294 -
 5.4 Manpower details ofCALA

Provided Patwaris Revenu Tehsilda Compu

by Amins/ e r s/ Clerks
/ Accounta ter Chainm
CALA MoRT&H Survey Village Inspect Dep. / Peons Tota
nts operat an l
/ o rs Sahaya
accounta o rs/ Tehsilda ors
StateGov Kanung r s ks
nt
MoRT&H
t
[CALA 1] 4 1 0o 0 3 0 3 1 0 12

[CALA 1] State Govt 2 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 5

[CALA 2] MoRT&H

[CALA 2] State Govt

Grand Total

5.5 ClearancesSummary

Environment

Proposal Description Status Length Current Stage Issues/ Comments

Impacted
Approvalofconstructionincoastal Obtained Nil Completed
zone
Forest Land

Proposal Description Status Length Current Stage Issues/ Comments

Impacted
Diversion of Xx ha ([Chainage]) Pending [Length Completed Stage 1 clearancepending
inkm]
Diversion of Xx Ha. ([Chainage]) Obtained Nil Ongoing

ALL FIGURES & GRAPHS IN TEMPLATES ARE

ILLUSTRATIVE. PLEASE ADD ACTUAL DETAILS

- 295 -
 Wildlife

Proposal Description Status Length Current Stage Issues/ Comments

Impacted
Diversion of Xx Ha. of forest Pending [Length Ongoing QueriessenttoMoEFbyRO,
land inkm] compliancepending
TreeCutting

Proposal Description Status Length Current Stage Issues/ Comments

Impacted
N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
Railway (ROBs/RUBs)

Proposal Description Status Length Current Stage Issues/ Comments

Impacted
[GAD Number] Proposal [Chainage] Uploaded on N.A.
Submitted, portal on
Approval pending [DD/MM/YYYY]

- 296 -
5.6 Status of utilitiesshifting

Date when Date of

Date of Date of Progre
Date of Estimate Certificati
Utility Length Approval Deposit ss Estimat
requestby was on from Issue/
Categor Nam Status affecte Departm by ofsuper- ofPhys e
Authority Received Agency Commen
y e d ent Authority vision ical Amoun
for from for ts
RO/ HQ charge Shiftin t
estimate concerned Completio
dept. g
n

Estima
[Lengt [DEPART [DD/MM/ [DD/MM/ [DD/MM/ [DD/MM Not
te
Water h / TBD
Appro MENT] YYYY] YYYY] YYYY] started
in km] YYYY]
ved

Estima
Electric [Lengt [DEPART [DD/MM/ [DD/MM/ [DD/MM/ [DD/MM Not
te
ity h / TBD
Appro MENT] YYYY] YYYY] YYYY] started
in km] YYYY]
ved

Estima
[Lengt [DEPART [DD/MM/ [DD/MM/ [DD/MM/ [DD/MM/
te
Others h TBD
Appro MENT] YYYY] YYYY] YYYY] YYYY]
in km]
ved

6 Change ofScope

Date of first COS ed/ Actual Date

S No. Proposal Details submission to Current Status
Amount of Approval
AE

Construction of [Flyover Approved in principle by

1 Name] at [DD/MM/YYYY] [+/ - [DD/MM/YYYY]
Authority. Detailed quantities in
[Chainage] proper order yet to be Amount]
submitted

Nallah diversion through Clarificationstobesubmittedb [+/ -

2 [DD/MM/YYYY] y Concessionaire, expected [DD/MM/YYYY]
box culvert at[Chainage] Amount]
date[DD/MM/YYYY]

- 297 -
7 Mobilization ofResources

Deploye Reason(s) Expected

Age of Planned/ Delaydue Remark
S Equipment Mak Mode Actual dDuring for
Equipme Required toUnder- s
No. Name l Quantity theMont Under/Over
e nt Quantity
h Mobilization Mobilizati
on
Excavator/
5
Poclain

Paver 2

Transit Meter 0

Plate
0
Compactors

[ADD
OTHERS]

8 Financial Progress Details (for PPPprojects)

8.1 Pen Picture -Escrow

Cumulative inflow
Cumulative outflow Inflow to Escrow Outflow from
TPC (Cr) to Escrow till
from Escrow till during the Escrow during
previous month
previous month(Cr) month(Cr) themonth(Cr)
(Cr)

1,206 1,033 900 30 35

Are the Escrow withdrawals in accordance with the order of withdrawal as specified in the
Concession Agreement?

Tick as applicable

If not, details to be provided below:

ALL FIGURES & GRAPHS IN TEMPLATES ARE

ILLUSTRATIVE. PLEASE ADD ACTUAL DETAILS

- 298 -
 8.2 Escrowdetails

EscrowPlan Escrow Escrow

Cumulative EscrowPlan EscrowPlan EscrowActual
till date- Actual till Actualtill
TPC (Cr) exp. till tilldate- till date- tilldate-
Equity(BOT) date- date-VGF
date (Cr) Debt(BOT)( VGF Equity(BOT)(
(Cr) Debt(BOT (BOT)(Cr
Cr) (BOT)(Cr) Cr)
)(Cr) )
1,206 1,033 900 306 - 769 264 -

PLEASE EXCLUDE OUTSTANDING

MOBILIZATION FEE/ ADVANCE IN S-CURVE

9 Summary of quality controltests

9.1 Tests witnessed by IE/AE

Total test up
Frequen toPrevious Total test in This Cumulative No. of
Descriptio n cy of Uni Month tests Remark
Month
tests t s

No. Conducte Pas Fai Conducte Pas Fai Conducte Pas Fai
s Qt d s l d s l d s l
y.

- 299 -
Sub grade

15
Procter test 1 0 m3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0
Atterberg 15
Limits 1 0 m3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0
Free 15
SwellIndex 1 0 m3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0
Grain 15
SizeAnalysis 1 0 m3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0
30
C.B.R 1 0 m3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0
Granular Sub Base

Gradation 1 20 m3 151 151 0 5 5 0 156 156 0

0

AtterbergLi
mits 1 20 m3 151 136 15 5 5 0 151 136 15
0

15
Procter test 1 0 m3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0
Wet Mix
Macadam
Filter
material
Concrete

Cement

Water

Prime
Coat
Tack coat

Dense
Bituminous
Macadam
Bituminous
Concrete
Bitumen
test
DLC

- 300 -
Steel

9.2 Tests conducted by IE /AE

<Quality inspection test results to be reported in a table similar to the table provided in
previous section>

ALL FIGURES & GRAPHS IN TEMPLATES ARE

ILLUSTRATIVE. PLEASE ADD ACTUAL DETAILS

10 Monitoring of maintenanceobligations during constructionphase

10.1 Critical issues and actionlog

IssueDescription

ExpectedDatefor
Action(s)taken
Lengthaffected

resolvingissue
Ongoing/New

suggestedbySC
affecteddueto
Concerned

Chainage(s)
Authority

Action(s)
tillnow
(km)
Issue

theissue
SNo

1 Drying up Ongoing Concessionaire 325+200 2.6 Irregular Replacemen t NA

of plants to watering of plants
on median 327+800 and daily
watering
2 Large New Concessionaire 387+300 0.1 None Filling of <DD/M
potholes LHS potholes M>

10.2 Summary of repairwork

Work Work
doneupto doneduring
SNo Description Unit Total previous reporting Balance Remarks
month month
1 Carriageway and paved shoulders

(a) Pot Holes Sqm 42 - - 42

(b) Roughness value exceeding mm

2,500mm
(c ) Cracking in more than 5% Sqm 7179 - - 7179
of road surface

- 301 -
(d) Ruttingexceeding10mmin Sqm 5 - - 5
morethan2%ofroad
surface
(e) Bleeding/Skiding Sqm

(f) Ravelling Sqm

(g) Damage to pavement m

edges exceeding 10cm
2 Hard/Earth Shoulders

Work Work
doneupto doneduring
SNo Description Unit Total Balance Remarks
previous reporting
month month
(a) Rain cuts/ gullies in slope Cum 650 25 - 625

(b) Edge drop at shoulders m

exceeding 40 mm
3 Drains and culverts

(a) Cleaning of Culvert Nos 1 - - 1

(b) Damage to or silting

ofculverts
(c) Silting of drains in urban/
semi urban areas
4 Road furniture

(a) Sign Boards Nos 456 - - 456

(b) Kilometer Stones

(c) Metal Beam Crash Barrier

(d) Bus Shelters Nos 72 4 - 68

(e) Junction signs Nos 26 8 - 18

(f) Median Grills Rmt 894 - - 894

(g) Studs Nos 5328 - - 5328

(h) Delinators Nos 8236 - - 8236

(i) Road Marking Sqm 1899 - - 1899

(j) Kerb Painting Sqm 4575 - - 4575

(k) Guard Posts Nos 3657 - - 3657

5 Street lighting and telecom (ATMS)

(a) Street lights Nos

- 302 -
(b) Telecom Nos

6 Trees and plantation

(a) Removalofvegetationaff Ha 77.42 - 3.57 73.85

ectingsightlineand
roadstructures
(b) Replacement of trees and Nos 15072 - - 15072
bushes
Work Work
doneupto doneduring
SNo Description Unit Total Balance Remarks
previous reporting
month month
7 Buildings and bridges

(a) Rest areas

(b) Toll plazas

(c) Bridges

Status ofdamages

SNo Period Amount of damages (Rs)

1 Upto June 2016

2 Jul 2016
3 Aug 2016
4 Sep 2016
Total

11 Safetyfeatures

11.1 Pen picture of safetyfeatures

Details to be provided after assessment of the site requirement vis-à-vis provisions in

the Concession Agreement:
Suggested Remedial Financial implications of
Location of Black Measures within Additional Remedial additional Remedial
Spots provisions of Measures (if any) Measures for Authority(Cr.)
Concession Agreement

- 303 -
11.2 Accident Report

1
S No

7
1/1/1 0
Date

RHS

382/05
Chainage no
05:25
pm M 2 2

Time of accident
Sex (M/F)

A B
Accident location
Nature of accident

C D
Classification of
3 4

Causes

E
Load conditions of
1

F
Road condition
1 -

G
Intersection type of

H
Weather condition
1

Age of victim I
3

J
Type of victim
1

Type of vehicle
3 -

Fatal
persons
affected
No
1

Major
of

Minor
1
Ambu

Help provided by

Mapping of report fields to responses

A 1. Urban 2. Rural

B [Link]
[Link]/Hit&RanAway
C 1. Fatal 2. Major injury 3. Minor injury

D [Link] Problem
[Link]/[Link]
E 1. Normally Loaded 2. Overloaded/Handing 3. Empty 4. Unknown

- 304 -
F 1. Straight road 2. Slight Curve 3. Sharp Curve 4. Hump 5. Dip

G [Link] than
[Link]

H [Link]/[Link]/Fog3.Cloudy4.LightRain5.HeavyRain6.StrongWind7.DustStorm8. Cold [Link]

I 1. 0-18 Years 2. 18-25 Years 3. 25-40 Years 4.40-60 Years 5. 60-80 Years
J 1. Driver 2. Passenger 3. Pedestrian 4. Cyclist 5. Others

K [Link]/[Link]
8. Bicycle 9. Cycle Rickshaw 10. Hand Drawn Cart 11. Animal Drawn Cart

- 305 -
12 Annexures

Annexure 1. Detailed List of Physical Components as per ScheduleG

Component Physical Item

A- Widening and strengthening of existing road

(1) Earthwork up to top of the sub-grade
(2) Granular work (sub- base, base, shoulders)
(a) GSB
(b) WMM
(3) Shoulders
(4) Bituminous work
(a) DBM
(b) BC
(5) Rigid Pavement
Concrete work
(6) Widening and repair of culverts
(7) Widening and repair of minor bridges
B- New realignment/bypass
Road works (1) Earthwork up to top of the sub-grade
including culverts, (2) Granular work (sub- base, base, shoulders)
minor bridges, (a) GSB
underpasses, (b) WMM
overpasses, (3) Shoulders
approaches to (4) Bituminous work
ROB/RUB/ Major (a) DBM
Bridges/ Structures (b) BC
(but excluding (5) Rigid Pavement
service roads) Concrete work
C-Newculverts,minorbridges,underpasses,overpassesonexistingroad,
realignments, bypasses:
(1) Culverts
(2) Minor bridges
(a) Foundation
(b) Sub-structure
(c) Super-structure (including crash barriers etc. complete)
(3) Cattle/Pedestrian underpasses
(a) Foundation
(b) Sub-structure
(c) Super-structure (including crash barriers etc. complete)
(4) Pedestrian overpasses
(a) Foundation
(b) Sub-structure
(c) Super-structure (including crash barriers etc. complete)
(5) Grade separated structures
(a) Underpasses

- 306 -
 Component Physical Item

(i) Foundation
(ii) Sub-structure
(iii) Super-structure([Link])
(b) Overpass
(i) Foundation
(ii) Sub-structure
(iii) Super-structure(including crash [Link])
(c) Flyover
(i) Foundation
(ii) Sub-structure
(iii) Super-structure(including crash [Link])
(d) Foot over Bridge
A- Widening and repairs of Major Bridges
(1) Foundation
(a) Open Foundation
(b) Pile Foundation/Well Foundation
(2) Sub-structure
(3) Super-structure (including crash barriers etc. complete)
B- Widening and repair of
(a) ROB
(1) Foundation
(2) Sub-structure
(3) Super-structure (including crash barriers etc. complete)
(b) RUB
(1) Foundation
MajorBridge works and (2) Sub-structure
ROB/RUB (3) Super-structure (including crash barriers etc. complete)
C- New Major Bridges
(1) Foundation
(a) Open Foundation
(b) Pile Foundation/Well Foundation
(2) Sub-structure
(3) Super-structure (including crash barriers etc. complete)
D- New rail-road bridges
(a) ROB
(1) Foundation
(2) Sub-structure
(3) Super-structure (including crash barriers etc. complete)
(b) RUB
(1) Foundation
(2) Sub-structure
(3) Super-structure (including crash barriers etc. complete)
Structures (elevated (1) Foundation
sections, reinforced (2) Sub-structure
earth) (3) Super-structure (including crash barriers etc. complete)

- 307 -
 Component Physical Item

(4)ReinforcedEarthWall(includesApproachesofROB,Underpasses,
Overpasses, Flyoveretc.
(i) Service roads/ Slip Roads
(ii) Toll Plaza
(iii) Road side drains
(iv) Road signs, markings, km stones, safety devices, ….
(a)Road signs, markings, km stones, ….
(b) Concrete Crash Barrier/ W-Beam Crash Barrier in Road work
(v) Project facilities
(a) Bus bays
(b) Truck lay-byes
Other Works
(c) Rest areas
(vi) Repairs to bridges/structures
(vii) Road side plantation
(viii) Protection works
(a) Boulder Pitching on slopes
(b) Toe/Retaining wall
(ix) Tunnel
(a) Excavation
(b) Construction of support systemincluding rock bolting, lining etc.
(c) On complete completion of tunnel
(x) Miscellaneous

* The above list is illustrative and may require modification as per the actual scope of the
work
Annexure 2. Onwards

IE / AE should include comments, status update, data points and reports in

following Annexures which have not been included elsewhere in the main report.
Such reports may include but not limited to:
• Review status of drawings/ designreports
• Review status of other documents
• Minutes of reviewmeeting
• Detailed Inspection report of projecthighway
• Correspondence details
• Weatherreport
• Organizational chart of Concessionaire / Contractor and IE /AE
• List of labequipment
• Details of usercomplaints
• Project photographs

- 308 -
ENCLOSURE-I B 6
MONTHLY STATUS REPORT IN CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Project Management Consultancy Services for Construction of 2- Lane Elevated Srinagar

Bypass on NH-07 (Design length : 8.0 km) in the state of Uttarakhand State OF Uttarakhand

MONTHLY STATUS REPORT NO.[XX]

FOR THE MONTH OF: January-2024

- 309 -
 Table of content

Nos. Contents

1 ExecutiveSummary.................................................................................................................................................

1.1 Overallroadcondition

1.2 Keyreportingmetrics

1.3 Key maintenanceactivitiesundertaken

1.4 Pendingissues

1.5 Recommended actions byAuthorityEngineer

1.6 Strip Planformaintenance

2 ProjectOverview ............................................................. ..................................................................................................

2.1 Key project details

2.2 LocationMap

2.3 Keyplan

2.4 RoWavailability

2.5 Summary ofprojectfeatures

3 Critical Issues andActiontaken ....................................................................................................................................

3.1 Issue andactionlog

3.2 Summary of items (CumulativeObservations/Deficiencies)

3.3 Obligations aspercontract

3.4 Major maintenance andInspectionschedule

4 InspectionReport................................. ..............................................................................................................................

4.1 Summary ofNCRissued

4.2 Equipment basedinspectionreport

5 Monitoring ofETClanes....................................................................................................................................................

5.1 MonthlyETCReport

5.2 On-ground infrastructure report

5.3 On-ground ETC operations and SLA adherence

6 Status of Damages for breach ofmaintenanceactivities ..................................................................................

6.1 Damages for non completion ofprojectfacilities

- 310 -
6.2 Damages for breach ofmaintenanceactivities

6.3 Damages for non completion of major maintenance/ periodicoverlay

7 Change ofScopeproposals...................................................................................................................................

8 Status ofpendingdisputes ...................................................................................................................................

9 Reports ........................................................................................................................................................................

9.1 Monthly Toll Collection Report (Applicable only if project highway istolled)

9.2 AccidentReport

9.3 Detailsofcomplaints

9.4 Encroachment list

10 LaneClosureReport ......................................................................................................................

11 Annexures3

- 311 -
1 Executive Summary

1.1 Overall road condition

Road condition LHS RHS

Satisfactory road condition 40 km 20 km
Poor road condition 50 km 70 km
Total length of project 90 km 90 km

1.2 Key reportingmetrics

Key metrics Value/Amount

No of pending NCRs 35
Damages amount recommended on Concessionaire (Rs Cr) Rs 5.9 Cr
No of pending Change of Scope proposals 2
No of pending disputes 2
Monthly toll collection (Rs Cr) (If applicable) Rs 3.8 Cr
No of accidents 12
No of encroachments 47

1.3 Key maintenance activitiesundertaken

Asset Maintenance activities undertaken

Pavement • Concessionairehascommencedtheworkforrenewalandrepairofpavement
ontheprojecthighwayw.e.f14thSeptember2016
Shoulder
Drainage • Cleaningofdrainageinbuiltupareasnprogress
Median

Road furniture • ConcessionairehastakenuprepairsandmaintenanceofMBCBandelectric

poles,[Link]
Bridges
• AsperprovisionsofCAandpolicydecidedbyMoRTH/MoRT&H ,2ETClanes
ateachtollplazahavebeen operationalized [Link]
Buildings connectivity of ETC lanes with Central Clearing House (CCH) has been
achievedandpresentlyETClanesareoperationalizedinHybridModedueto
lessnumberoftagspurchasedbyhighwayusers
Horticulture • PlantingofnewtreesfromChainage200+300to226+650
• Trimmingofplantswhich werecausingobstructiontohighwayusers

1.4 Pendingissues

• Overlay on the entire stretch of project length of 252 km and service roads has not
been taken up by Concessionaire yet since the date of completion of overlay is due
- 312 -
 in next 25days
• Over all progress is very slow regarding repair of potholes and rutting on Main
Carriageway which is causing inconvenience to highway users and is also a
concern from road safety point ofview.
• Street lightingin
– Anantapur bypass completed on main carriageway and is energized but
for service roads street lighting is pending on bothsides
– Kurnoolbypasserectionofpolesonlycompletedinmaincarriagewaynotyet
energized till to date, but for service roads not started

1.5 Recommended actions by AuthorityEngineer

• In spite of the repeated requests, there is no material change in status of works

pertaining to repairs/ rectifications of defects on the project highway. AE has
recommended the damages of Rs 5.9 Cr on the Concessionaire on account of delay
in repairs of defects in road and bridge works in terms of the provision of Clause
15.8.1 of the Concession Agreement. Concessionaire shall be liable for imposition
of further damages on similar lines till the date ofcompletion
• Concessionaire is requested to take at most care for completing the overlay before
31.03.2017 since the existing road condition is getting deteriorated day by day
causing much inconvenience to thetraffic

All figures and graphs in templates

are illustrative. Please add actual
details.

- 313 -
1.6 Strip Plan formaintenance

Satisfactory road condition (Maintenance not

Poor road condition (Maintenance required)
required)
All figures and graphs in templates are
illustrative. Please add actual details.

- 314 -
 Main report

2 ProjectOverview
2.1 Key project details

Project Name
NH no (New/Old)
Mode of the Project
No. of Lanes
Length of the Project
Total Project Cost
Concessionaire/Contractor
Date of Award (LOA date)
Appointed Date
Commercial Operation Date (COD)
Concession Period
O&M Period
Authority Engineer
AE Agreement Date
AE Mobilization Date
AE Scheduled Completion Date
AE EOT (Extension Of Time)

All figures and graphs in templates are

illustrative. Please add actual details.

- 315 -
2.2 Location Map

All figures and graphs in templates are

illustrative. Please add actual details.

- 316 -
 2.3 Keyplan

RoWavailability

Width of RoW available on both sides of the highway

>2
0
20m
WidthofRoWavailable

18
m
16
m 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
m
14
12
m
10
m
8
mm 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2
6m
LHS-

4m 4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
2 m 1. 1. 7 7 7 7 7
Chainag 8 8
2m
WidthofRo

e
Wavailabl

4m
6m 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6.
RHS-

8m 2 2 2 2 2 2
10 10 10
e

12
m
m - 317 -
 14
16
m
18
m 17. 17. 17. 17. 17. 17. 17. 17.
m
20 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
>2
m 25 25 25
0m
All figures and graphs in templates are
illustrative. Please add actual details.

2.5 Summary of projectfeatures

SNo Particulars Value

1 No of flyovers 2
2 Service Road 45
3 ROBs 5

4 ROB location (chainage) 261.975, 299.606, 350.547,

396.135 & 420.302
5 RUBs 0
6 RUB location (chainage) NA
7 No of Bypass 7
8 Length of Bypass 43
9 No of Major Bridges 7
10 No of Minor Bridges 67
11 No of Culvert 640
12 No of VUP 16
13 No of PUP/ Cattle Underpass 12
14 No of Major Intersection/ Junction 22
15 No of Toll Plaza 3
16 Location of Toll Plaza (chainage)
17 No of Truck Laybye 30
18 No of Bus Bays 122
19 No of Wayside Amenities 0
20 Location of Wayside Amenities (chainage) NA

All figures and graphs in templates are

illustrative. Please add actual details.

- 318 -
3 Critical Issues and Actiontaken

3.1 Issue and actionlog

IssueDescription

ExpectedDatefor
Action(s)taken
Lengthaffected

resolvingissue
Ongoing/New

suggestedbySC
affecteddueto
Concerned

Chainage(s)
Authority

Action(s)
tillnow
(km)
Issue

theissue
SNo

Drying Replacemen t
1 upof Ongoing Concession 325+200 to 2.6 Irregular of plants NA
plants on aire 327+800 watering and daily
median watering
Large Concession 387+300 Filling of <DD/M
2 potholes New aire LHS 0.1 None potholes M>

All figures and graphs in templates are

illustrative. Please add actual details.

3.2 Summary of items (Cumulative Observations/Deficiencies)

Work Work
SNo Description Unit Total doneupto doneduring Balance Remarks
previous reporting
month month
1 Carriageway and paved shoulders
(a) Pot Holes Sqm 42 - - 42
(b) Roughness value exceeding mm
2,500mm
(c) Cracking in more than 5% Sqm 7179 - - 7179
of road surface
(d) Ruttingexceeding10mmin Sqm 5 - - 5
morethan2%ofroad
surface
(e) Bleeding/Skiding Sqm
(f) Ravelling Sqm
(g) Damage to pavement m
edges exceeding 10cm
2 Hard/Earth Shoulders
(a) Rain cuts/ gullies in slope Cum 650 25 - 625

- 319 -
 Work Work
SNo Description Unit Total doneupto doneduring Balance Remarks
previous reporting
month month
(b) Edge drop at shoulders m
exceeding 40 mm
3 Drains and culverts
(a) Cleaning of Culvert Nos 1 - - 1
(b) Damage to or silting of
culverts
(c) Silting of drains in urban/
semi urban areas
4 Road furniture
(a) Sign Boards Nos 456 - - 456
(b) Kilometer Stones
(c) Metal Beam Crash Barrier
(d) Bus Shelters Nos 72 4 - 68
(e) Junction signs Nos 26 8 - 18
(f) Median Grills Rmt 894 - - 894
(g) Studs Nos 5328 - - 5328
(h) Delinators Nos 8236 - - 8236
(i) Road Marking Sqm 1899 - - 1899
(j) Kerb Painting Sqm 4575 - - 4575
(k) Guard Posts Nos 3657 - - 3657
5 Street lighting and telecom (ATMS)
(a) Street lights Nos
(b) Telecom Nos
6 Trees and plantation
(a) Removalofvegetationaff Ha 77.42 - 3.57 73.85
ecting
sightlineandroadstructur
es
(b) Replacement of trees and Nos 15072 - - 15072
bushes
7 Buildings and bridges
(a) Rest areas
(b) Toll plazas
(c) Bridges

- 320 -
 3.3 Obligations as percontract

Please write a summary of contractual obligations of Concessionaire and non-compliances of

critical obligations highlighting reasons for delay and stating pending actions

• Critical obligations of Concessionaire as percontract

• Non compliances of critical contractualobligations

3. 4 Major maintenance and Inspectionschedule

Item Responsibility Last completed on Due date

Major maintenance Concessionaire [DD/MM/YY] [DD/MM/YY]

Periodic overlay Concessionaire [DD/MM/YY] [DD/MM/YY]

Pavement
inspection using Authority Engineer [DD/MM/YY] [DD/MM/YY]
NSV
Roughness using Authority Engineer [DD/MM/YY] [DD/MM/YY]
Laser Profilometer
Pavement strength Authority Engineer [DD/MM/YY] [DD/MM/YY]
using FWD
Bridge inspection Authority Engineer [DD/MM/YY] [DD/MM/YY]
using MBIU

Road sign
inspection using Authority Engineer [DD/MM/YY] [DD/MM/YY]
Reflectometer
Other

All figures and graphs in templates are

illustrative. Please add actual details.
4 InspectionReport
4.1 Summary of NCRissued

Total NCR issued NCR issued in NCR closed in

SNo Highway asset till previous reporting month reporting month Balance NCR
month (A+B-C)
(B) (C)
(A)
1 Pavement 48 12 25 35
2 Shoulder 7 0 3 4
3 Drainage
4 Median

- 321 -
5 Road furniture
6 Bridges
7 Buildings
8 Horticulture
9 [Other assets]
Total

4.2 Equipment based inspectionreport

Pavement Surface Defects Roughness Pavement Strength

m
B

n
g
e
e

c
(

)
l

i
Starting Chainage

depth

Elastic Modulus
depth

Elastic Modulus
Potholes(cm)

Raveling(cm)
Cracks(cm)

(International

Bituminous E1
Chainage

Chainage
Lanenum

R
Granular E2 u

n
g
d

p
SubGrade E3

e
Starting

Bleeding (cm)
Number

Roughness

t
Modulus t
Ending

i
Resistance
(cm)

(cm)

(cm)
ber
Chainage

Index)
Rutting

Texture

Elastic
Cracks

Potholes

Raveling
Ending

(mm)
(mm)
Skid
Lane

(cm)

IRI
mm)

0.000 0.500 L1 2X10 20X35 2.5X1.2 4X12 25 1.4 4.23 7110 34 14

0.500 1.000 L1 3X5 10X15 1.5X0.8 3X10 24 1.8 2.68 7430 36 15

(
1.000 1.500 L1

Report of equipment based inspection needs be provided as an Annexure to monthly

report as per the defined frequency. Following documents/media to be submitted for
equipment based inspection.

• Video footage of all cameras installed on Network Survey Vehicle- ROW

cameras and pavementcamera
• Network Survey Vehicle report capturing dimensions of following key
metrics of pavement
– Cracks
– Potholes
– Raveling
– Bleeding
– Rutting
– Texturedepth
– Skid resistance
– Roughness(IRI)
• Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD) report capturing following key metrics of
pavementstrength
– Deflection Bowl (Transient Deflections at seven differentpoints)
– Corrected Elastic Modulus BituminousE1
- 322 -
 – Corrected Elastic Modulus GranularE2
– Corrected Elastic Modulus SubgradeE3
– SubgradeCBR
– Bituminous layer coefficientA1
– Base layer coefficientA2
– Granular base layer coefficientA3
– Modified structuralnumber
• Mobile Bridge Inspection Report (MBIU) capturing following key metrics ofbridges
– ConditionApproach
– ConditionSigns
– ConditionDebris
– Condition Joint
– ConditionDeck
– Condition Rails
– ConditionProtect
– ConditionStream
– Condition Superstructure
– ConditionPiers
– Condition Abutment
• Retro reflectometer report capturing following key metrics of road furniture
– Coefficient of retroreflected luminance RA (night time retroreflection) of road
trafficsigns
All figures and graphs in templates are
illustrative. Please add actual details.

5 Monitoring of ETClanes

5.1 Monthly ETCReport

For Corresponding
TYPE OF VEHICLE month of previous For Previous Month For Current Month
year
No of Fee No of Fee Fee per No of Fee
vehicles Collected vehicles Collected vehicle vehicles Collected
A Car Total 3845 384500 4659 465,900.00 100 4289 428,900.00
B LCV Total 1521 243360 1312 209,920.00 160 1399 223,840.00
C Bus Total 2404 793386 2284 765,207.00 201 2349 786,915.00
D Truck Total 1603 528924 1523 510,138.00 134 1566 524,610.00
E 3 Axle Total 18990 6836400 16310 5,953,150.00 365 15127 5,521,355.00

- 323 -
F MAV Total 16119 8381880 21111 11,188,830.00 530 18790 9,958,700.00

G Over Total 1 630 27 17,280.00 640 36 23,040.00

Size
Total for the 49844 18,050,618 52963 19,898,834 49016 18,265,661
Month

5.2 On-ground infrastructurereport

Total number of plaza lanes =

Total number of dedicated ETC
lanes = Total number of hybrid
lanes =

Units Equipment Equipmentas

Total Units per
SNo Description damaged/ owner/ Remarks
units working specifications
missing provider
(Y/N)
1 Hardware
(a) Over-head transceiver 4 3 1 ABC Co. Y
(b) Hand-held reader
(c ) Lane controller
(d) AVC
(e) Camera
(f) Weigh-in-motion
(g) Static weigh bridge
(h) Any other items
2 Softwares

Units Equipment Equipmentas

SNo Description Total Units per Remarks
damaged/ owner/
units working specifications
missing provider
(Y/N)
(a) Software – Lane/ Plaza
level
(b) TMS
(c) Any other items

- 324 -
 5.3 On-ground ETC operations and SLAadherence

Average Average Average

queue queue Average Average Average Average
transction
Lane length length Transaction transaction transaction transaction
time
during during time (cash) time (RFID) time(cards) time(wallet
(others)
peaktime onpeaktime )

Lane 1 10 vehicles 5 vehicles 15 seconds 10 seconds 20 seconds 25 seconds UPI – 20

seconds
Lane 2

Lane 3

• Average system uptime =80%

• Transactions uploaded (as per SLA) =80%
• Blacklists uploaded (as per SLA) =50%
• Blacklists downloaded (as per SLA) = 85%

6 Status of Damages for breach of maintenanceactivities

6.1 Damages for non completion of projectfacilities

SNo Period Amount of damages (Rs)

1 Upto June 2024 15,00,35,000

2 Jul 2016 2,00,88,000
3 Aug 2016 2,00,88,000
4 Sep 2016 1,94,40,000
Total 20,96,51,000

Supporting Calculations for damages for Sep 2016

• No of days in Sep =30
• Performance security is Rs64,80,00,000
• As per CA Clause 12.3.2 damages payable is 0.1% of performance security
per day = Rs6,48,000
• Total damages payable = 30 X 6,48,000 = Rs1,94,40,000
6.2 Damages for breach of maintenanceactivities

SNo Period Amount of damages (Rs)

1 Upto June 2016 1,00,35,000
2 Jul 2016 6.63,196

- 325 -
 3 Aug 2016 6,63,196
4 Sep 2016 52,22,444
Total 1,65,83,836

Supporting Calculations for damages for reporting month

Costof repair
asestimated

Noofdaysas
Damagesas

Damagesat
higherside

inspection

Noofdays
Damages

Damages
damages
Natureof

Quantity

amount
Dateof
defect

perCA

perCA
Total

from
Rate
Unit
SNo

6.3 Damages for non completion of major maintenance/ periodicoverlay

SNo Period Amount of damages (Rs)

1 June 2016 6,48,000

2 Jul 2016 2,00,88,000

3 Aug 2016 2,00,88,000

4 Sep 2016 1,94,40,000

Total 6,02,64,000

Supporting Calculations for damages for Sep 2016

• No of days in Sep =30

• Performance security is Rs 64,80,00,000
• As per CA Clause 12.3.2 damages payable is 0.1% of performance security
per day = Rs6,48,000
• Total damages payable = 30 X 6,48,000 = Rs1,94,40,000

All figures and graphs in templates

are illustrative. Please add actual
details.

- 326 -
 7 Change of Scopeproposals
SN Dateoffirsts Expected/
Proposal Details ubmission Current status COS Amount Actualdateo
o
toAE fapproval
Approved in principle by
1 Construction of [Flyover [DD/MM/YYYY Authority. Detailed [+/- Amount] [DD/MM/YYY
Name] at [Chainage] ] quantitSCsinproperordery Y]
ettobesubmitted

Nallah diversion Clarifications to be

[DD/MM/YYYY submitted by [+/- Amount] [DD/MM/YYY
2 throughbox culvert at
] Concessionaire, expected Y]
[Chainage]
date [DD/MM/YYYY]

8 Status of pendingdisputes

SN Date of first Dispute Current

Dispute Details submission to Suggested resolution by AE Amount (if
o stage
AE applicable)
Increased tollable Nomeritinincreasingtollable
1 length to be [DD/MM/YYYY] lengthhencenoactionrequiredby NA SAROD
applicable MoRT&H
intollfeecalculations
Filling stations MoRT&H to consider the B/w
2 energized without [DD/MM/YYYY] Concessionaire's request for [+/- Amount] Concession
obtainingNOCfromm intervention and assistance aire and
inistry MoRT&H .
All figures and graphs in templates are
illustrative. Please add actual details.

9 Reports

9.1 Monthly Toll Collection Report (Applicable only if project highway istolled)

For Corresponding
TYPE OF VEHICLE month of previous For Previous Month For Current Month
year

No of Fee No of Fee Fee No of Fee

vehicles Collected vehicles Collected per vehicles Collected
vehicle
Single 3845 384500 4659 465,900.00 100 4289 428,900.00
A Car Return 1506 218370 1972 295,800.00 150 1758 263,700.00
Local 769 38450 979 48,950.00 50 1029 51,450.00
Single 1521 243360 1312 209,920.00 160 1399 223,840.00
B LCV Return 134 31490 162 38,880.00 240 132 31,680.00

- 327 -
 Local 1683 134640 1838 147,040.00 80 1461 116,880.00
Single 2404 793386 2284 765,207.00 201 2349 786,915.00
C Bus Return 359 177903 173 87,567.00 303 203 102,717.00
Local 277 45738 205 34,782.00 102 318 54,060.00
Single 1603 528924 1523 510,138.00 134 1566 524,610.00
D Truck Return 240 118602 116 58,378.00 202 136 68,478.00
Local 185 30492 136 23,188.00 68 212 36,040.00
Single 18990 6836400 16310 5,953,150.00 365 15127 5,521,355.00
E 3 Axle Return 131 70740 34 18,700.00 550 37 20,350.00
Local 69 12420 84 15,540.00 185 131 24,235.00
Single 16119 8381880 21111 11,188,830.00 530 18790 9,958,700.00
F MAV Return 2 1550 20 15,800.00 790 35 27,650.00
Local 6 1560 18 4,770.00 265 8 2,120.00
Single 1 630 27 17,280.00 640 36 23,040.00
G Over
Size Return 0 0 - 965 -
Local 0 0 - 320 -
Total for the 49844 18,050,618 52963 19,898,834 49016 18,265,661
Month
1

S No
7
1/1/1 382/05 05:25 M

Date
RHS
0

Chainage no

Time of accident
pm

Sex (M/F)
A

Accident location
2

Nature of accident
2

Classification of accident
3

Causes
4

Load conditions of vehicle

1

Road condition
1 -

Intersection type of control

H

Weather condition
1

Age of victim
3

Type of victim
1

- 328 -
 K
Type of vehicle

3 -
Fatal

persons
affected
Noof
1
Major
Minor

1
Ambu
Help provided by

Mapping of report fields to responses

A 1. Urban 2. Rural

B [Link]
[Link]/Hit&RanAway
C 1. Fatal 2. Major injury 3. Minor injury

D [Link]
[Link]/Not [Link]
E 1. Normally Loaded 2. Overloaded/Handing 3. Empty 4. Unknown

F 1. Straight road 2. Slight Curve 3. Sharp Curve 4. Hump 5. Dip

G [Link]
[Link]
H [Link]/[Link]/Fog3.Cloudy4.LightRain5.HeavyRain6.StrongWind7.DustStorm8. Cold [Link]

I 1. 0-18 Years 2. 18-25 Years 3. 25-40 Years 4.40-60 Years 5. 60-80 Years

J 1. Driver 2. Passenger 3. Pedestrian 4. Cyclist 5. Others

K [Link]/[Link]
8. Bicycle 9. Cycle Rickshaw 10. Hand Drawn Cart 11. Animal Drawn Cart
All figures and graphs in templates are
illustrative. Please add actual details.

- 329 -
 9.3 Details ofcomplaints

Toll Complaint Name of the Contact Details of Compliance by the

SNo Date detailsof
plaza No person complaint concessionaire
person
Mr. Shailendra Mr. Shailendra
Gurjar, LIG- Complaints
1 81 8/9/2016 44,RSS RegardingPotholeso Pot holes are
mohalla, ntheHighway repaired
Shivaji Nagar, may cause
Bhopal (M.P.) accidents.
Dr. Diwakar Animals are
Dr. Anil complaints that continuously driven
Diwakar,HIGS presence of outfromtheRoad
2 82 10/9/201 warganga Animals and also by the Highway
6 ComplexBusSt Potholesonroad PatrollingteamandP
and Seoni areobstructingthed ot holes are
(M.P.) riving whichmay repaired.
causeaccidents.
The Exemption
under Indian Toll
(Army and Air
Maj. Sidharth while force) Act 1901, to
travelling in army personnel
Maj. Sidharth, personal car wants travelling in private
3 83 11/9/201 238 Fd wksp Exemption from vehicle may be
6 C/o- 56 APO Toll Fee on given if on Govt.
production of I.D. duty with requisite
Card pass as specified
in the Indian Toll
(Army and Air
Force Rules, 1942)

All figures and graphs in templates

are illustrative. Please add actual
details.

- 330 -
 9.4 Encroachmentlist

Encroachmentwidthand length
Category(Teastall,Temple, etc)

Establishment(New/existing)
(Temporary/Permanent)

Distancefromroadedge(m)
StretchChainage(km)

District/ Tehsil

Encroachmenttype

NameofEncroacher
Side(LHS/RHS)

Village
SNo

1 212+50 LHS Kurnool Kurnool Temporary Tea New 7 5mX3.5m Vijay Kumar Reddy
0 stall

2 213+20 RHS Kurnool Dinnedevara Padu Permanent Godown Existing 5 10.5m X Buddana
0 4m

10 Lane ClosureReport
[Link] Date Chainage (Km) Side Time of Closure Reasons for Lane Closure Remarks
& ApprovalDetails
From To

1 9/9/201 215+30 215+35 RHS 1pm-4pm Patch work

6 0 0

11 Annexures

Annexure 1: Detailed visual inspection report of project highway

Assets to be covered- Pavement, Shoulder, Drainage, Median, Bridges, Road furniture,

Buildings, Horticulture, Service Road

SNo NCP/ SNo Date of issue Description of Chainage Side AE Remarks

defect

1 311 15.08.2016 Potholes 311+200 LHS To be repaired

2 312 15.08.2016 Cracking 311+500 RHS To be filled

immediately

Annexure2 onwards:

AE should include comments, status update, data points and reports in following
Annexures which have not been included elsewhere in the main report. Such
reports may include but not limited to:
• Minutes of reviewmeeting
• Correspondence details
• Weatherreport
• Organizational chart of Concessionaire andAE
• Project photographs

- 331 -
 ENCLOSURE-IB 7

OUTPUT FORMAT FROM NETWORK SURVEY VEHICLE AND FWD TESTING

( Project Management Consultancy Services for Construction of 2-

Lane Elevated Srinagar Bypass on NH-07 (Design length : 8.0 km) in
the state of Uttarakhand State OF Uttarakhand.)

PROJECT MANAGEMENT CONSULTANCY

[NAME OF CONSULTING FIRM]

OUTPUT FROM NETWORK SURVEY VEHICLE AND FWD TESTING

- 332 -
 Table of contents

Contents

SECTION 1 ROAD INVENTORY DATA 344

1.1. Location Reference Post (LRP) Master 344

1.2. Carriageway Type 345
1.3. Road Type 346
1.4. Pavement Type 346
1.5. Pavement Width 348
1.6. Shoulder Type 349
1.7. Shoulder Width 350
1.8. Topography 351
1.9. Cross Section 352
1.10. Drain Type 352
1.11. Median Opening 354
1.12. Right Of Way 354
1.13. Pavement composition 355
1.14. Carriageway Furniture 357
1.15. Wayside Amenities 359
1.16. Land Use 360

SECTION 2 ROAD CONDITION DATA 361

2.1. Visual condition 361

2.2. Roughness 364
2.3. Rutting 365
2.4. Texture Depth 366
2.5. Skid Resistance 367
2.6. Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD) 369
2.7. Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD) Rigid 372

- 333 -
 Enclosure-IB 7:
OUTPUT FORMAT FROM NETWORK SURVEY VEHICLE AND FWD TESTING (SECTION 1:
TESTING AT TIME OF COMPLETION, SECTION 2: FWD ATTRIBUTES - ANNUALLY, BALANCE
PARAMETERS –BIANNUALLY AFTER CONSTRUCTION PHASE)

In addition to the reports being submitted on equipment based inspection as specified in

Section4.2oftheMonthlyProgressReportintheO&Mphase,theAuthorityEngineer(AE)shall
submitelectronicallyinexcel(.xls)formatcertainkeyparameterstotheProjectDirectorinthe
following format.

Worksheets under Section 1 (‘Road inventory data’) shall be updated from surveys conducted
onlyonceatthetimeofcompletiontesting.WorksheetsunderSection2(‘Roadconditiondata’) shall
be updated from surveys carried out annually for FWD attributes and biannually for the
remainingattributes.

The fields to be updated in each of the worksheets are described below. Each description is
followed by an example of data for a sample project.

SECTION 1 - ROAD INVENTORY DATA

Roadinventorydataconsistsofparameterswhichprovidebasicinformationaboutroadssuch as
pavement type, number of lanes, topography, etc. These parameters are largely static in
nature, and therefore a survey to update this dataset shall be conducted only once at the time
of completion testing. The road inventory data shall be used to update specific worksheets
listedbelow.
1.1 Location Reference Post (LRP) Master

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘LRP Master’ attribute.
The descriptions of the fields are given below.

Field Description Example

NH Number New National Highway number NH0065
LRP Name Name of location reference post (LRP) Km stone 17
Chainage Chainage of the survey point (in km) 17
Direction Direction of survey Increasing
• Increasing(chainage)
• Decreasing(chainage)
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671
Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17
Old NH Number Old National Highway number NH0065
Section Code
Codeindicatingstartingandendinglocationsofsectio HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
n Vijayawada)

- 334 -
 A sample output is shown below for reference

NH Survey Old NH Section

Number LRP Name Chainage Direction Latitude Longitude Altitude Date Number Code

NH0xxx Road Start 1.230 Increasing 9.98897 78.02671 63.07767 23-12-15 NH0yyy ABC-DEF
NH0xxx Km Stone 8 8.000 Increasing 9.98444 78.02934 68.60126 23-12-15 NH0yyy ABC-DEF
NH0xxx Km Stone 8 8.030 Increasing 9.98341 78.03004 68.15520 23-12-15 NH0yyy ABC-DEF
NH0xxx Km Stone 9.008 Increasing 9.98107 78.03078 65.17153 23-12-15 NH0yyy ABC-DEF
NH0xxx Km Stone 12.012 Increasing 9.96328 78.04160 56.03436 23-12-15 NH0yyy ABC-DEF
NH0xxx Km Stone 17 17.085 Increasing 9.95385 78.05255 56.24748 23-12-15 NH0yyy ABC-DEF

1.2 CarriagewayType

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Carriageway Type’
attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given below.
Field Description Example
NH Number New National Highway number NH-58
HYD-VIJ
Section Code Code indicating starting and ending locations of section (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)
Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500
End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500
Type of carriageway, classified into one of the below Divided
categories:
Carriageway Type
• Divided
• Undivided
Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

A sample output is shown below for reference

NH Number Section Start End Carriageway Date of Latitude Longitude

Chainage Chainage Type Survey

NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.794 Undivided 06-05-17 9.98897 78.02671

NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.794 1.000 Undivided 06-05-17 9.98444 78.02934
NH00xx ABC-DEF 1.000 2.810 Undivided 06-05-17 9.98341 78.03004
NH00xx ABC-DEF 2.810 4.335 Undivided 06-05-17 9.98107 78.03078
NH00xx ABC-DEF 4.335 6.666 Undivided 06-05-17 9.96328 78.04160
NH00xx ABC-DEF 6.666 12.906 Undivided 06-05-17 9.95385 78.05255

- 335 -
1.3 Road Type

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Road Type’ attribute.
The descriptions of the fields are given below.

Field Description Example

NH Number New National Highway number NH0065
Section Code Codeindicatingstartingandendinglocationsof HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
section Vijayawada)
Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500
End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500
Classification of road on basis of number of lanes Four Lane
• SingleLane
• TwoLane
Road Type • IntermediateLane
• FourLane
• SixLane
Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

A sample output is shown below for reference:

NH Number Section Start End RoadType Date of Latitude Longitude

Chainage Chainage Survey

NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.794 Two Lane 06-05-17 9.98897 78.02671

NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.794 1.000 Two Lane 06-05-17 9.98444 78.02934
NH00xx ABC-DEF 1.000 2.810 Two Lane 06-05-17 9.98341 78.03004
NH00xx ABC-DEF 2.810 4.335 Two Lane 06-05-17 9.98107 78.03078
NH00xx ABC-DEF 4.335 6.666 Two Lane 06-05-17 9.96328 78.04160
NH00xx ABC-DEF 6.666 12.906 Two Lane 06-05-17 9.95385 78.05255

1.4 PavementType

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Pavement Type’
attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given below.
Field Description Example
NH Number New National Highway number NH0065
Section Code Codeindicatingstartingandendinglocationsofsecti HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
on Vijayawada)
Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500
End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500

- 336 -
 Direction of survey Increasing
Direction • Increasing(chainage)
• Decreasing(chainage)
Pavement Type Classification of pavement based on type of Asphalt
surface:

- 337 -
 Field Description Example
• Asphalt
• Cementconcrete
Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

A sample output is shown below for reference:

NH Number Section Start End Direction Pavement Date of Latitude Longitude

Chainage Chainage Type Survey
NH00xx ABC- 0.000 0.804 Both Asphalt 06-05-17 9.98897 78.02671
DEF
NH00xx ABC- 0.804 1.000 Both Asphalt 06-05-17 9.98444 78.02934
DEF
NH00xx ABC- 1.000 1.172 Both Asphalt 06-05-17 9.98341 78.03004
DEF
NH00xx ABC- 1.172 2.821 Both Asphalt 06-05-17 9.98107 78.03078
DEF
NH00xx ABC- 2.821 4.350 Both Asphalt 06-05-17 9.96328 78.04160
DEF
NH00xx ABC- 4.350 6.710 Both Asphalt 06-05-17 9.95385 78.05255
DEF
NH00xx ABC- 6.710 12.925 Both Asphalt 06-05-17 9.93102 78.05648
DEF

1.5 PavementWidth

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Pavement
Width’ attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given below.

Field Description Example

NH Number New National Highway number NH0065

Section Code Codeindicatingstartingandendinglocationsof HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
section Vijayawada)
Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500
End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500
Direction of survey Increasing
Direction • Increasing(chainage)
• Decreasing(chainage)
Widthofthepavementinmetres,classifiedintooneof >7m and <10.5m
thebelowcategories
• >=3.75mand<5.5m
Pavement Width
• >5.5mand<7m
• >=7mand<10.5m
• >=10.5m and<=12.5m
• >12.5m
Pavement Width Value Width of the pavement in metres, rounded to 7.0
two places after decimal

- 338 -
 Field Description Example

Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17

Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

A sample output is shown below for reference:

Section Start End Pavement Pavement Survey

NH Number Code Chainage Chainage Direction Width Width Date Latitude Longitude
Value

NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.794 Both 7 – 10.5 m 7.00 06-05-17 9.98897 78.02671
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.794 1.000 Both 7 – 10.5 m 7.00 06-05-17 9.98444 78.02934
NH00xx ABC-DEF 1.000 2.810 Both 7 – 10.5 m 7.00 06-05-17 9.98341 78.03004
NH00xx ABC-DEF 2.810 4.335 Both 7 – 10.5 m 7.00 06-05-17 9.98107 78.03078
NH00xx ABC-DEF 4.335 6.666 Both 7 – 10.5 m 7.00 06-05-17 9.96328 78.04160
NH00xx ABC-DEF 6.666 12.906 Both 7 – 10.5 m 7.00 06-05-17 9.95385 78.05255

1.6 ShoulderType

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Shoulder Type’
attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given below.

Field Description Example

NH Number New National Highway number NH0065
Codeindicatingstartingandendinglocationsof HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Section Code section Vijayawada)
Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500
End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500
Direction of survey Increasing
• Increasing(chainage)
Direction • Decreasing(chainage)
Type of shoulder, classified into one of the Gravel
below categories:
• None
• Paved
• Gravel
Shoulder Type • Earth
Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

- 339 -
 A sample output is shown below for reference:

NH Number Section StartChainage End Direction ShoulderType SurveyDate Latitude Longitude

Code Chainage

NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.763 Increasing No Shoulder 09-01-16 9.98897 78.02671

NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.763 0.834 Increasing Gravel 09-01-16 9.98444 78.02934
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.834 1.254 Increasing Gravel 09-01-16 9.98341 78.03004
NH00xx ABC-DEF 1.254 2.945 Increasing Gravel 05-01-16 9.98107 78.03078
NH00xx ABC-DEF 2.945 4.327 Increasing Gravel 05-01-16 9.96328 78.04160
NH00xx ABC-DEF 4.327 4.405 Increasing Gravel 05-01-16 9.95385 78.05255
NH00xx ABC-DEF 4.405 6.844 Increasing Gravel 05-01-16 9.93102 78.05648
NH00xx ABC-DEF 6.844 9.359 Increasing Gravel 05-01-16 9.91229 78.04961
NH00xx ABC-DEF 9.359 12.966 Increasing Gravel 05-01-16 9.89041 78.03458

1.7 ShoulderWidth

The following table lists the fields for the ‘Shoulder Width’ attribute, which need to be
populated. The descriptions of the fields are given below.

Field Description Example

NH Number New National Highway number NH0065
Code indicating starting and ending locations HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Section Code of section Vijayawada)
Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500
End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500
Direction of survey Increasing
• Increasing(chainage)
Direction • Decreasing(chainage)
Widthoftheshoulderinmetres,classifiedintoone < 1m
of thebelowcategories
• Noshoulder
• <1m
• >=1mand<=2m
Shoulder Width • >2m
Widthoftheshoulderinmetres,roundedtooneplace 0.5
Shoulder Width Value afterdecimal
Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

- 340 -
 A sample output is shown below for reference:

Section Start End Shoulder Shoulder Survey

NH Number Code Chainage Chainage Direction Width Width Date Latitude Longitude
Value

NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.785 Increasing No 0.0 03-01-16 9.98897 78.02671

Shoulder
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.785 2.612 Increasing No 0.0 03-01-16 9.98444 78.02934
Shoulder
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 2.612 3.170 Increasing 1-2m 2.0 03-01-16 9.98341 78.03004
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 3.170 5.194 Increasing 1-2m 2.0 03-01-16 9.98107 78.03078
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 5.194 6.793 Increasing 1-2m 2.0 03-01-16 9.96328 78.04160
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 6.793 11.404 Increasing 1-2m 2.0 03-01-16 9.95385 78.05255

1.8 Topography

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Topography’
attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given below.

Field Description Example

NH Number New National Highway number NH0065
Code indicating starting and ending locations of HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Section Code section Vijayawada)
Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500
End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500
Topographyoftheroad,classifiedintooneofthe
belowcategories
Topography • Flat Flat
• Rolling
• Hilly

Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17

Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

A sample output is shown below for reference:

NH Number Section Start End Topography Survey Latitude Longitude

Code Chainage Chainage Date
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.808 Flat 05-01-16 9.98897 78.02671
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.808 1.254 Flat 05-01-16 9.98444 78.02934
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 1.254 2.828 Flat 05-01-16 9.98341 78.03004
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 2.828 4.363 Flat 05-01-16 9.98107 78.03078
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 4.363 6.724 Flat 05-01-16 9.96328 78.04160
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 6.724 12.933 Flat 05-01-16 9.95385 78.05255

- 341 -
1.9 CrossSection

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Cross Section’
attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given below.

Field Description Example

NH Number New National Highway number NH0065
Code indicating starting and ending locations HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Section Code of section Vijayawada)
Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500
End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500
Direction of survey Increasing
• Increasing(chainage)
Direction • Decreasing(chainage)
Crosssectiontype,classifiedintooneofthebelow Fill
Cross Section categories
Field Description Example
• Cut
• Fill
• Cut andFill
• Level

Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17

Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

A sample output is shown below for reference:

NH Number Section Start End Direction CrossSection Survey Date Latitude Longitude
Code Chainage Chainage
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.822 Increasing Level 03-01-16 9.98897 78.02671
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.822 2.642 Increasing Level 03-01-16 9.98444 78.02934
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 2.642 3.199 Increasing Level 03-01-16 9.98341 78.03004
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 3.199 5.360 Increasing Level 03-01-16 9.98107 78.03078
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 5.360 5.715 Increasing Fill 03-01-16 9.96328 78.04160
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 5.715 6.941 Increasing Level 03-01-16 9.95385 78.05255
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 6.941 11.163 Increasing Level 03-01-16 9.93102 78.05648

1.10 DrainType

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Drain Type’
attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given:

- 342 -
 Field Description Example
NH Number New National Highway number NH0065
Code indicating starting and ending locations HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Section Code of section Vijayawada)
Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500
End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500
Direction of survey Increasing
• Increasing(chainage)
Direction • Decreasing(chainage)
Type of drain, classified into one of the below Open lined drain
categories
• Openunlineddrain
• Openlineddrain
• Coveredlinedrain
Drain Type • Nodrain
Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671
A sample output is shown below for reference:

NHNumber SectionCode StartChainage EndChainage Direction DrainType SurveyDate Latitude Longitude

NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.069 Increasing Open Unlined 09-01-16 9.98897 78.02671
Drain
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.069 0.782 Increasing Open Lined Drain 09-01-16 9.98444 78.02934
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.288 0.000 Decreasing Open Unlined 09-01-16 9.98341 78.03004
Drain
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.782 0.846 Increasing Open Unlined 09-01-16 9.98107 78.03078
Drain
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.846 1.254 Increasing Open Unlined 09-01-16 9.96328 78.04160
Drain
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 1.254 2.265 Increasing Open Unlined 05-01-16 9.95385 78.05255
Drain
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 1.929 0.288 Decreasing Open Unlined 09-01-16 9.93102 78.05648
Drain
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 1.952 1.929 Decreasing No Drain 09-01-16 9.91229 78.04961
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 2.265 3.005 Increasing Open Unlined 05-01-16 9.89041 78.03458
Drain
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 2.680 1.952 Decreasing Open Unlined 09-01-16 9.88489 78.02995
Drain
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 3.005 4.424 Increasing Open Unlined 05-01-16 9.87474 78.02828
Drain
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 3.109 2.680 Decreasing Open Unlined 09-01-16 9.87363 78.02744
Drain
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 3.320 3.109 Decreasing Covered Line 09-01-16 9.84857 78.01535
Drain
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 3.917 3.320 Decreasing Open Unlined 09-01-16 9.83764 78.00392
Drain
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 4.424 4.601 Increasing Open Unlined 05-01-16 9.83711 77.98576
Drain
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 4.601 5.693 Increasing Open Unlined 05-01-16 9.83386 77.97729
Drain

- 343 -
1.11 MedianOpening

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Median Opening’
attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given below.

Field Description Example

NH Number New National Highway number NH0065
Code indicating starting and ending locations HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Section Code of section Vijayawada)
Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500
End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500
Direction of survey
• Increasing(chainage) Increasing
Direction • Decreasing(chainage)
Type of median, classified into one of the below
categories
• Raised;
Raised
• Depressed;
• Barrier;
Median Type • None.
Field Description Example
Width of the median in metres, rounded to one
0.5
Median Width place after decimal
Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

A sample output is shown below for reference:

NHNumber Section Start End Direction Median Median Survey Latitude Longitude
Code Chainage Chainage Type Width Date
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.794 Both Raised 0.5 05-01- 9.98897 78.02671
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.794 1.000 Both Raised 0.5 16
05-01- 9.98444 78.02934
NH00xx ABC-DEF 1.000 2.810 Both No Median 0.0 16
05-01- 9.98341 78.03004
NH00xx ABC-DEF 2.810 4.335 Both Raised 1.5 16
05-01- 9.98107 78.03078
NH00xx ABC-DEF 4.335 6.666 Both No Median 0.0 16
05-01- 9.96328 78.04160
NH00xx ABC-DEF 6.666 12.906 Both No Median 0.0 16
05-01- 9.95385 78.05255
16

1.12 Right OfWay

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Right of Way’
attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given below.

- 344 -
 Field Description Example
NH Number New National Highway number NH0065
Code indicating starting and ending locations HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Section Code of section Vijayawada)
Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500
End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500
Direction of survey
• Increasing(chainage) Increasing
Direction • Decreasing(chainage)
Row Width Width of Right of Way (in metres) 24
Remarks
Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

A sample output is shown below for reference:

NHNumber Section Start End Direction ROW Remarks Survey Latitude Longitude
Code Chainage Chainage Width Date
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.000 1.000 Increasing 28 05-05-15 9.98897 78.02671
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 1.000 2.000 Increasing 24 05-05-15 9.98444 78.02934
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 2.000 3.000 Increasing 30 05-05-15 9.98341 78.03004
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 3.000 4.000 Increasing 26 05-05-15 9.98107 78.03078
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 4.000 11.000 Increasing 24 05-05-15 9.96328 78.04160

1.13 Pavementcomposition

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Pavement
composition’ attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given below.
Field Description Example
NH Number New National Highway number NH0065

Section Code Code indicating starting and ending locations of section HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad- Vijayawada)

Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500

End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500

Direction of survey Increasing
Direction
• Increasing(chainage)
• Decreasing(chainage)
Type of pavement Asphalt
Pavement Type
• Asphalt
• Cementconcrete
Bituminous Surface Course Type of bituminous surface course BC
Type
Bituminous Surface Course Thickness of BSC layer in mm 40
Thickness MM

- 345 -
BSC Construction Year YearofconstructionofBSClayerinflexiblepavements 2015
Bituminous Base Course Type of bituminous base course DBM
Type
Bituminous Base Course Thickness of BBC layer in mm 100
Thick—ness
BBC Construction Year YearofconstructionofBBClayerinflexiblepavements 2015

Granular Base Type Type of granular base WMM

Granular Base Thick- ness Thickness of GB layer in mm 250

GB Construction Year Year of construction of GB layer in flexible pavements 2015

Pavement Quality Concrete Type of pavement quality concrete PQC
Type
Pavement Quality Concrete Thickness of PQC layer in mm 300
Thickness
PQC Construction Year Year of construction of PQC layer in rigid pavements 2015
Dry Lean Thickness of DLC layer in mm 100
ConcreteThickness MM
Dry Lean ConcreteType Type of dry lean concrete DLC

DLC Construction Year Year of construction of DLC layer in rigid pavements 2015
Granular Sub Base Type Type of granular sub base GSB

Granular Sub Base Thickness of GSB layer in mm 200

Thickness
GSB Construction Year Year of construction of GSB layer 2014

Design CBR Design CBR of the subgrade, expressed in % 5%

Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17

Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897

Field Description Example
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

A sample output is shown below for reference:

Bituminou s Bituminou s BSC Bitumino Bitumino BBC Granular

NH Sec- Start End Direc- Paveme Surface Surface Constru us Base us Base Constru Granul Base
No. tion Chai Chai tion nt Type Course Course c-tion Course Course c-tion arBase Thickne
Code nage nage Type Thickness Year Type Thicknes s Year Type ss

NH00x ABC- 0.0 5.0 Both Asphalt BC 40.0 2015 DBM 100 2015 WMM 250
x DEF side
NH00x ABC- 5.0 11.0 Both Asphalt BC 40.0 2015 DBM 80 2015 WMM 250
x DEF side
NH00x ABC- 11.0 20.0 Both Asphalt SDBC 25.0 2015 BM 115 2015 WMM 250
x DEF side
NH00x ABC- 20.0 22.0 Both Asphalt BC 40.0 2015 DBM 100 2015 WMM 250
x DEF side
NH00x ABC- 22.0 30.0 Both Asphalt SDBC 25.0 2015 BM 115 2015 WMM 250
x DEF side
NH00x ABC- 30.0 31.0 Both Asphalt BC 40.0 2015 DBM 100 2015 WMM 250
x DEF side
(table continued…)

- 346 -
 Paveme Dry
GB Paveme nt PQC Lean Dry DLC Granul Granula GSB
Constr nt Quality Constr Concret Lean Constr ar r Constru Desig Survey Latit Longit
uction Quality Concret uction e Concret uction SubBas SubBase ction n Date ude ude
Year Concret e Year Thickn e Type Year e Type Thickne Year CBR
e Type Thickne ess ss
ss

2015 NA NA NA NA NA NA GSB 300 2015 5% 05-05- 9.99 78.03

15
2015 NA NA NA NA NA NA GSB 300 2015 5% 05-05- 9.98 78.03
15
2015 NA NA NA NA NA NA GSB 300 2015 5% 05-05- 9.98 78.03
15
2015 NA NA NA NA NA NA GSB 300 2015 5% 05-05- 9.98 78.03
15
2015 NA NA NA NA NA NA GSB 300 2015 5% 05-05- 9.96 78.04
15
2015 NA NA NA NA NA NA GSB 300 2015 5% 05-05- 9.95 78.05
15

1.14 CarriagewayFurniture

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Carriageway
Furniture’ attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given below.

Field Description Example

NH Number New National Highway number NH0065
Section Code Code indicating starting and ending locations HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
of section Vijayawada)
Chainage Chainage of the point (in km) 0.500
Direction of survey Increasing
Direction • Increasing(chainage)
• Decreasing(chainage)
Field Description Example
Wayside amenities classified into one of the Road sign
below categories:
• Crashbarriers
Wayside Amenity Type
• Signs
• StreetLights
• Kmstone
Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

- 347 -
A sample output is shown below for reference:

NHNumber SectionCode Chainage Direction EventType SurveyDate Latitude Longitude

NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.012 Increasing Street Light 03-01-16 9.98897 78.02671

Start

NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.287 Increasing Street 03-01-16 9.98444 78.02934

LightEnd
NH00xx ABC-DEF 2.491 Decreasing Road Sign 03-01-16 9.98341 78.03004
NH00xx ABC-DEF 2.708 Decreasing Road Sign 03-01-16 9.98107 78.03078
NH00xx ABC-DEF 3.496 Increasing Road Sign 03-01-16 9.96328 78.04160
NH00xx ABC-DEF 5.160 Increasing Road Sign 03-01-16 9.95385 78.05255
NH00xx ABC-DEF 5.356 Decreasing Road Sign 03-01-16 9.93102 78.05648
NH00xx ABC-DEF 8.402 Decreasing Road Sign 03-01-16 9.91229 78.04961
NH00xx ABC-DEF 10.966 Decreasing Road Sign 03-01-16 9.89041 78.03458

- 348 -
1.15 WaysideAmenities

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Wayside
Amenities’ attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given below.

Field Description Example

NH Number New National Highway number NH0065

Section Code Code indicating starting and ending locations of section HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad- Vijayawada)

Chainage Chainage of the point (in km) 0.500

Direction of survey Increasing
Direction
• Increasing(chainage)
• Decreasing(chainage)
Wayside amenities classified into one of the below Restaurant/Motel
categories:
• Busshelter;
• Culverts;
Wayside Amenity
• Restaurant/Motel;
• Toilet/Publicconvenience;
• RestRoomsforshortstay;
• TollPlaza;
• First aid/Medicalcentre;

Field Description Example

• Telephonebooth;
• Petrolpump/minorrepairshop(optional);
• PoliceStation;
• Temple/Mosque;
• Bridges.

Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17

Data Source
Remarks
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897

Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

A sample output is shown below for reference:

NH Section Chainage Direction Wayside Amenity Survey Data Remarks Latitude Longitude
Number Code Date Source

NH00xx ABC- 0.650 Increasing Restaurant/Motel 05-01-16 9.98897 78.02671

DEF
NH00xx ABC- 1.998 Increasing Restaurant/Motel 05-01-16 9.98444 78.02934
DEF
NH00xx ABC- 5.524 Increasing Petrol Pump 05-01-16 9.98341 78.03004
DEF
NH00xx ABC- 11.413 Increasing Restaurant/Motel 05-01-16 9.98107 78.03078
DEF

- 349 -
1.16 LandUse

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Land Use’ attribute.
The descriptions of the fields are given below.

Field Description Example

NH Number New National Highway number NH0065

Section Code Code indicating starting and ending locations of section HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad- Vijayawada)

Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500

End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500

Direction of survey Increasing
Direction
• Increasing(chainage)
• Decreasing(chainage)
Land use classified into one of the below categories: Commercial
• Residential;
Land Use • Commercial;
• Industrial;
• Agricultural;
• Waterbodies;
• Mixed.

Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17

Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897

Field Description Example
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

A sample output is shown below for reference:

NHNumber SectionCode StartChainage EndChainage Direction LandUse SurveyDate Latitude Longitude

NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.797 Increasing Mixed 03-01-16 9.98897 78.02671
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.511 0 Decreasing Mixed 03-01-16 9.98444 78.02934
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.797 2.699 Increasing Mixed 03-01-16 9.98341 78.03004
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.835 0.511 Decreasing Mixed 03-01-16 9.98107 78.03078
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.987 0.835 Decreasing Mixed 03-01-16 9.96328 78.04160
NH00xx ABC-DEF 1.641 0.987 Decreasing Agriculture 03-01-16 9.95385 78.05255

NH00xx ABC-DEF 2.081 1.641 Decreasing Barren 03-01-16 9.93102 78.05648

Land
NH00xx ABC-DEF 2.378 2.081 Decreasing Agriculture 03-01-16 9.91229 78.04961
NH00xx ABC-DEF 2.458 2.378 Decreasing Agriculture 03-01-16 9.89041 78.03458
NH00xx ABC-DEF 2.699 3.234 Increasing Agriculture 03-01-16 9.88489 78.02995

- 350 -
SECTION 2 - ROAD CONDITION DATA

Roadconditiondataconsistsofparameterswhichdirectlyaffectmaintenancerequirementsof
the road. These parameters are dynamic in nature, and therefore a survey to update this
dataset shall be conducted annually for FWD testing and every six months as per Annexure
IV for network survey vehicle testing. The first survey shall be conducted at the time of
completiontestingandtheremainingsurveysshallbeconductedasperthedefinedfrequency.

As an example, if majority of highway length (>50%) passes through a state, where defined
survey months are May and November, if completion testing is conducted in April, then the
first network survey shall be conducted in the month of April. This shall be considered as
the network survey to be conducted in the month of May. The 2nd survey shall be
conducted in the month of November, the 3rd survey shall be conducted in the month of
May and so on. As regards FWD, the first test/survey shall be conducted at the time of
completion in April. The 2nd test/survey shall be conducted in April of next year and so on.

The road condition data shall be used to update specific worksheets, which are listed below.

2.1 Visual condition

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Visual Condition’
attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given below.

Field Description Example

NH Number New National Highway number NH0065
Field Description Example
Section Code Code indicating starting and ending locations HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
of section Vijayawada)
Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500
End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500
Direction of survey Increasing
Direction • Increasing(chainage)
• Decreasing(chainage)
Numberofthelane:L1,L2,R1,R2,etc.,L1being1stla L1
Lane Number neontheleftfrom centerline
ofcarriageway,L2being
2ndlaneontheleftfromcenterlineandsoon

- 351 -
 Percentofpavementareaaffectedbyravelling,which 2
isconvertedtothefollowingratingscale:
• 1-VeryPoor(>30%)
Ravelling • 2-Poor(11-30%)
• 3-Fair(6-10%)
• 4-Good(1-5%)
• 5-VeryGood(0%)
[Link],whichisconvertedtothefollowing 1
ratingscale:
• 1-VeryPoor(>5)
Pot Holes • 2-Poor(3-5)
• 3-Fair(2)
• 4-Good(1)
• 5-VeryGood(0)
Pavement area containing edge breaks, which is 3
converted to the following rating scale:
• 1-VeryPoor(>5m2)
Edge Break • 2-Poor(1-5m2)
• 3-Fair(0.5-1m2)
• 4-Good(0-0.5m2)
• 5-VeryGood(0m2)
Percentofpavementareaaffectedbycracking,which 3
isconvertedtothefollowingratingscale:
• 1-VeryPoor(>30%)
Cracking • 2-Poor(21-30%)
• 3-Fair(11-20%)
• 4-Good(5-10%)
• 5-VeryGood(<5%)
Percent of pavement area affected by 2
disintegration, which is converted to the following
rating scale:
Disintegration • 1-VeryPoor(>50%)
• 2-Poor(20-50%)
• 3-Fair(10-20%)
• 4-Good(1-10%)
• 5-VeryGood(<1%)
Field Description Example
Percent of pavement area affected by 5
depression, which is converted to the following
rating scale:
Depression • 1-VeryPoor(>5%)
• 2-Poor(3-5%)
• 3-Fair(1-2%)
• 4-Good(0-1%)
• 5-VeryGood(0)

- 352 -
 Percent of pavement area affected by bleeding, 3
which is converted to the following rating scale:
• 1-VeryPoor(>50%)
Bleeding • 2-Poor(20-50%)
• 3-Fair(10-20%)
• 4-Good(1-10%)
• 5-VeryGood(<1%)
Percentofpavementareaaffectedbypatching,which 4
isconvertedtothefollowingratingscale:
• 1-VeryPoor(>30%)
Patching • 2-Poor(16-30%)
• 3-Fair(6-15%)
• 4-Good(2-5%)
• 5-VeryGood(<2%)
Condition of the drain, which is converted to the 2
following rating scale:
Drain Condition • 1-Poor
• 2-Fair
• 3-Good
Conditionoftheshoulder,whichisconvertedtothe Fair
followingratingscale:
Shoulder Condition
• 1-Poor
• 2-Fair
• 3-Good
Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

A sample output is shown below for reference:

NHNumber Section Start End Direction Lane Ravelling PotHoles EdgeBreak Cracking
Chainage Chainage Number
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.500 Increasing L1 4 4 4 4
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.500 1.000 Increasing L1 4 4 4 5
NH00xx ABC-DEF 1.000 1.500 Increasing L1 5 5 4 5
NH00xx ABC-DEF 1.500 2.000 Increasing L1 5 5 5 5
NH00xx ABC-DEF 2.000 2.500 Increasing L1 5 5 5 5
NH00xx ABC-DEF 2.500 3.000 Increasing L1 5 5 4 5
NH00xx ABC-DEF 3.000 3.500 Increasing L1 5 5 4 5
NH00xx ABC-DEF 3.500 4.000 Increasing L1 5 4 3 5
NHNumber Section Start End Direction Lane Ravelling PotHoles EdgeBreak Cracking
Chainage Chainage Number
NH00xx ABC-DEF 4.000 4.500 Increasing L1 4 4 4 5
NH00xx ABC-DEF 4.500 5.000 Increasing L1 5 5 4 5
NH00xx ABC-DEF 5.000 5.500 Increasing L1 5 5 4 5
NH00xx ABC-DEF 5.500 6.000 Increasing L1 5 5 4 5
NH00xx ABC-DEF 6.000 6.500 Increasing L1 5 5 4 5
NH00xx ABC-DEF 6.500 7.000 Increasing L1 5 5 4 5

- 353 -
NH00xx ABC-DEF 7.000 7.500 Increasing L1 5 5 5 5
NH00xx ABC-DEF 7.500 8.000 Increasing L1 5 5 4 5
NH00xx ABC-DEF 8.000 8.500 Increasing L1 5 5 4 5
NH00xx ABC-DEF 8.500 9.000 Increasing L1 5 5 4 5
NH00xx ABC-DEF 9.000 9.500 Increasing L1 5 5 4 5
NH00xx ABC-DEF 9.500 10.000 Increasing L1 5 5 3 5

Disintegration Depression Bleeding Patching Drain ShoulderCondition Date of Latitude Longitude

Condition Survey
4 4 4 4 2 2 06-05-17 9.98897 78.02671
4 4 4 4 2 2 06-05-17 9.98444 78.02934
5 5 5 4 2 2 06-05-17 9.98341 78.03004
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.98107 78.03078
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.96328 78.04160
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.95385 78.05255
5 5 5 5 2 3 06-05-17 9.93102 78.05648
4 4 4 4 2 3 06-05-17 9.91229 78.04961
4 4 4 4 2 2 06-05-17 9.89041 78.03458
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.88489 78.02995
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.87474 78.02828
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.87363 78.02744
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.84857 78.01535
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.83764 78.00392
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.83711 77.98576
5 5 5 5 1 2 06-05-17 9.83386 77.97729
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.81804 77.97875
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.77426 77.98129
5 4 4 4 2 2 06-05-17 9.73071 77.97999
5 5 5 3 2 2 06-05-17 9.68686 77.97017

2.2 Roughness

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Roughness’
attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given below.

Field Description Example

NH Number New National Highway number NH0065

Section Code Code indicating starting and ending locations of section HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad- Vijayawada)

Field Description Example

Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500

End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500

Direction of survey Increasing
Direction
• Increasing(chainage)
• Decreasing(chainage)
LwpIri International roughness index (IRI) of left wheel path 2.33
measured from laser profilometer

- 354 -
RwpIri Internationalroughnessindex(IRI)ofrightwheelpath 1.97
measuredfromlaserprofilometer

LaneIri Average of the International roughness index (IRI) of left and 2.15
right wheel paths

Speed Speed of vehicle in km/h 42

Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YYYY> 06-05-17

Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897

Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

A sample output is shown below for reference:

NH Section Start End Direction Lane LwpIri RwpIri LaneIri Speed Survey Latitude Longitude
Number Code Chainage Chainage Number Date
NH00xx ABC- 0.0 0.1 Increasing L1 3.31 5.16 4.24 20 06-05- 9.98897 78.02671
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 0.1 0.2 Increasing L1 2.81 3.54 3.18 37 06-05- 9.98444 78.02934
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 0.2 0.3 Increasing L1 2.31 1.92 2.12 42 06-05- 9.98341 78.03004
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 0.3 0.4 Increasing L1 2.17 2.37 2.27 46 06-05- 9.98107 78.03078
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 0.4 0.5 Increasing L1 2.11 1.72 1.92 42 06-05- 9.96328 78.04160
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 0.5 0.6 Increasing L1 2.33 1.97 2.15 49 06-05- 9.95385 78.05255
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 0.6 0.7 Increasing L1 2.37 2.00 2.19 42 06-05- 9.93102 78.05648
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 0.7 0.8 Increasing L1 2.15 2.17 2.16 33 06-05- 9.91229 78.04961
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 0.8 0.9 Increasing L1 2.45 2.05 2.25 32 06-05- 9.89041 78.03458
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 0.9 1.0 Increasing L1 2.18 2.51 2.35 48 06-05- 9.88489 78.02995
DEF 17

2.3 Rutting
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Rutting’ attribute.
The descriptions of the fields are given below.
Field Description Example
NH Number New National Highway number NH0065

Section Code Code indicating starting and ending locations of section HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)
Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500
Field Description Example
End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500
Direction of survey Increasing
Direction • Increasing(chainage)
• Decreasing(chainage)

- 355 -
 Numberofthelane:L1,L2,R1,R2,etc.,L1being1 laneon L1
st

Lane Number
theleftfrom centerline ofcarriageway,L2being
nd
2 laneontheleftfromcenterlineandsoon
Rutting Left Rut depth in mm, measured from left wheel path 20
Rutting Right Rut depth in mm, measured from right wheel path 18
Rutting Avg Average rut depth measured from left and right wheel 19
Speed paths of vehicle in km/h
Speed 42
Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YYYY> 06-05-17
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

A sample output is shown below for reference:

NH Section Start End Direction Lane Rutting Rutting Rutting Speed Survey Latitude Longitude
Number Code Chainage Chainage Number Left Right Avg Date
NH00xx ABC- 0.0 0.5 Increasing L1 15 14 15 20 06-05- 9.98897 78.02671
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 0.5 1.0 Increasing L1 20 18 19 37 06-05- 9.98444 78.02934
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 1.0 1.5 Increasing L1 10 8 9 42 06-05- 9.98341 78.03004
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 1.5 2.0 Increasing L1 5 6 6 46 06-05- 9.98107 78.03078
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 2.0 2.5 Increasing L1 10 10 10 42 06-05- 9.96328 78.04160
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 2.5 3.0 Increasing L1 7 5 6 49 06-05- 9.95385 78.05255
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 3.0 3.5 Increasing L1 20 18 19 42 06-05- 9.93102 78.05648
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 3.5 4.5 Increasing L1 5 5 5 33 06-05- 9.91229 78.04961
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 4.5 5.0 Increasing L1 5 5 5 32 06-05- 9.89041 78.03458
DEF 17

2.4 TextureDepth

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Texture
Depth’ attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given below.
Field Description Example
NH Number New National Highway number NH0065

Section Code Code indicating starting and ending locations of section HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)

Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500

Field Description Example
End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500

- 356 -
 Direction of survey Increasing
Direction • Increasing(chainage)
• Decreasing(chainage)
Number of the lane: L1, L2, R1, R2, etc., L1 being L1
Lane Number st
1 lane on the left from centerline of carriageway, L2
nd
being 2 lane on the left from centerline and so on
Texture Left Texturedepthofpavementinmm,measuredfromleft 0.40
wheelpath
Texture Right Texture depth of pavement in mm, measured from 0.30
right wheelpath
Texture Average Averagetexture depth measured from left and right 0.35
wheel paths
Speed Speed of vehicle in km/h 42
Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YYYY> 06-05-17
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

A sample output is shown below for reference:

NH Section Start End Direction Lane Texture Texture Texture Speed Survey Latitude Longitude
Number Code Chainage Chainage Number Left Right Average Date
NH00xx ABC- 0.0 0.5 Increasing L1 0.40 0.30 0.35 20 06-05- 9.98897 78.02671
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 0.5 1.0 Increasing L1 0.60 0.50 0.55 37 06-05- 9.98444 78.02934
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 1.0 1.5 Increasing L1 0.80 0.90 0.85 42 06-05- 9.98341 78.03004
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 1.5 2.0 Increasing L1 0.40 0.40 0.4 46 06-05- 9.98107 78.03078
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 2.0 2.5 Increasing L1 0.30 0.30 0.3 42 06-05- 9.96328 78.04160
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 2.5 3.0 Increasing L1 0.70 0.60 0.65 49 06-05- 9.95385 78.05255
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 3.0 3.5 Increasing L1 0.40 0.50 0.45 42 06-05- 9.93102 78.05648
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 3.5 4.5 Increasing L1 0.90 0.80 0.85 33 06-05- 9.91229 78.04961
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 4.5 5.0 Increasing L1 0.40 0.30 0.35 32 06-05- 9.89041 78.03458
DEF 17

2.5 SkidResistance

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Skid
Resistance’ attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given below.
Field Description Example
NH Number New National Highway number NH0065

Section Code Code indicating starting and ending locations of section HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)

- 357 -
 Field Description Example
Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500
End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500
Direction of survey Increasing
Direction • Increasing(chainage)
• Decreasing(chainage)
Number of the lane: L1, L2, R1, R2, etc., L1 being L1
Lane Number st
1 lane on the left from centerline of carriageway, L2
nd
being 2 lane on the left from centerline and so on
Skid Left Skid resistance of pavement measured as skid 25
number, measured from left wheel path
Skid Right Skid resistance of pavement measured as skid 24
number, measured from right wheel path
Skid Average Average skid resistance measured from left and right 24.5
wheel paths
Speed Speed of vehicle in km/h 42
Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YYYY> 06-05-17
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

A sample output is shown below for reference:

NH Section Start End Direction Lane Skid Skid Skid Speed Survey Latitude Longitude
Number Code Chainage Chainage Number Left Right Average Date
NH00xx ABC- 0.0 0.5 Increasing L1 25.0 24.0 24.5 20 06-05- 9.98897 78.02671
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 0.5 1.0 Increasing L1 23.0 23.0 23.0 37 06-05- 9.98444 78.02934
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 1.0 1.5 Increasing L1 23.0 24.0 23.5 42 06-05- 9.98341 78.03004
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 1.5 2.0 Increasing L1 22.0 22.0 22.0 46 06-05- 9.98107 78.03078
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 2.0 2.5 Increasing L1 20.0 21.0 20.5 42 06-05- 9.96328 78.04160
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 2.5 3.0 Increasing L1 24.0 24.0 24.0 49 06-05- 9.95385 78.05255
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 3.0 3.5 Increasing L1 28.0 28.0 28.0 42 06-05- 9.93102 78.05648
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 3.5 4.5 Increasing L1 21.0 21.0 21.0 33 06-05- 9.91229 78.04961
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 4.5 5.0 Increasing L1 25.0 24.0 24.5 32 06-05- 9.89041 78.03458
DEF 17

- 358 -
 2.6 Falling Weight Deflectometer(FWD)

The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘FWD’ attribute.
The descriptions of the fields are given below.

Field Description Example

NH Number New National Highway number NH0065
Field Description Example
HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Section Code Code indicating starting and ending locations of section Vijayawada)
Chainage Chainage of survey point (in km) 0.500
Direction of survey
Direction • Increasing(chainage) Increasing
• Decreasing(chainage)
st
Number of the lane: L1, L2, R1, R2, etc., L1 being 1 lane on the
nd
left from centerline of carriageway, L2 being 2 lane on the left L1
Lane Number
from centerline and so on

Air Temperature Air temperature recorded in °C 33

Surface Temperature Temperature of the pavement surface, recorded in °C 39.3
Peak Load Peak impulse load, measured in kN 45.7
Deflection0 Surface deflection at the test load center, measured in micron 246
Surface deflection at location 1 from the test load center,
Deflection1 measured in micron 110

Distance1 Distance of location 1 from the test load center 300

Surface deflection at location 2 from the test load center,
Deflection2 measured in micron 153

Distance2 Distance of location 2 from the test load center 600

Surface deflection at location 3 from the test load center,
Deflection3 measured in micron 110

Distance3 Distance of location 3 from the test load center 900

Surface deflection at location 4 from the test load center,
Deflection4 measured in micron 76
Distance4 Distance of location 4 from the test load center 1200
Surface deflection at location 5 from the test load center,
Deflection5 measured in micron 59
Distance5 Distance of location 5 from the test load center 1500
Surface deflection at location 6 from the test load center,
Deflection6 measured in micron 44
Distance6 Distance of location 6 from the test load center 1800
Surface deflection at location 7 from the test load center,
Deflection7 measured in micron 35
Distance7 Distance of location 7 from the test load center 2100

- 359 -
 Surface deflection at location 8 from the test load center,
Deflection8 measured in micron 28
Distance8 Distance of location 8 from the test load center 2400
Elastic Modulus
BituminousE1 Elastic modulus of bituminous layer, back calculated in MPa 3359
Elastic Modulus
GranularE2 Elastic modulus of granular layer, backcalculated in MPa 396
Elastic Modulus
SubGradeE3 Elastic modulus of subgrade, back calculated in MPa 90
Field Description Example
Corrected Elastic
Modulus BituminousE1 Corrected elastic modulus of bituminous layer in MPa 3424
Corrected Elastic
Modulus GranularE2 Corrected elastic modulus of granular layer in MPa 300
CorrectedElastic
ModulusSubGradeE3 Corrected elastic modulus of subgrade in MPa 69
Bituminous Layer Thickness of bituminous layer in mm 105
Base Layer Thickness of base layer in mm 230
GSB Layer Thickness of GSB layer in mm 200
Subgrade CBR CBR of subgrade 0.08
BituminousLayerCoefficie
ntA1 Layer coefficient of the bituminous layer 0.36

BaseLayerCoefficientA2 Layer coefficient of the base layer 0.17

GranularBaseLayerCoeffic
ientA3 Layer coefficient of the GSB layer 0.17
Structural Number Structural number of the pavement 3.86
Modified Structural
Number Modifiedstructuralnumberincludingcontributionfromsubgrade 4.85
Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

A sample output is shown below for reference:

NH Lane Air Surface Pea

Numbe Sectio Chainag Directio Numbe Temperatur Temperatur k Deflection Deflection Locatio Deflection
r nCode e n r e e Loa 0 1 n1 2
d
NH00xx ABC- 0.500 RHS R2 32.6 43.7 45.7 333 188 300 243
DEF
NH00xx ABC- 1.000 LHS L1 29.9 32.6 45.4 317 163 300 217
DEF
NH00xx ABC- 1.499 RHS R1 33.0 39.3 45.7 246 110 300 153
DEF
NH00xx ABC- 2.000 LHS L2 28.7 32.4 46.0 293 130 300 187
DEF
NH00xx ABC- 2.500 RHS R2 33.7 45.8 45.3 429 232 300 316
DEF
NH00xx ABC- 3.000 LHS L1 29.0 33.0 45.7 343 204 300 252
DEF

- 360 -
NH00xx ABC- 3.500 RHS R1 33.5 45.4 44.5 373 194 300 268
DEF
NH00xx ABC- 4.010 LHS L2 28.9 33.5 45.0 348 201 300 254
DEF
NH00xx ABC- 4.500 RHS R2 33.3 40.3 46.0 393 241 300 301
DEF

Locatio Deflection Locatio Deflection Locatio Deflection Locatio Deflection Locatio Deflection Locatio Deflection
n2 3 n3 4 n4 5 n5 6 n6 7 n7 8

600 180 900 128 1200 102 1500 75 1800 58 2100 42

600 158 900 104 1200 70 1500 48 1800 38 2100 28
600 110 900 76 1200 59 1500 44 1800 35 2100 28
600 126 900 81 1200 62 1500 44 1800 32 2100 23
600 227 900 152 1200 116 1500 86 1800 71 2100 58
600 196 900 144 1200 117 1500 85 1800 65 2100 48
600 187 900 118 1200 83 1500 47 1800 31 2100 22
600 198 900 135 1200 105 1500 64 1800 42 2100 26
600 231 900 162 1200 123 1500 82 1800 62 2100 46

Sub
Loca ElasticMod ElasticMod ElasticMod CorrectedElastic CorrectedElastic CorrectedElasti Bitumi Bas GS gra
tion ulusBitumi ulusGranul ulusSubGra ModulusBitumin ModulusGranul cModulusSub nousL eLa BLa de
8 nousE1 arE2 deE3 ousE1 arE2 GradeE3 ayer yer yer CB
R
2400 6213 185 100 6447 135 78 105 230 200 0.08
2400 5356 195 100 5295 143 78 105 230 200 0.08
2400 3359 396 90 3424 300 69 105 230 200 0.08
2400 4830 226 100 4770 169 78 105 230 200 0.08
2400 4570 137 97 4781 93 75 105 230 200 0.08
2400 8454 135 100 8374 91 78 105 230 200 0.08
2400 4394 165 100 4590 117 78 105 230 200 0.08
2400 7817 139 96 7762 95 74 105 230 200 0.08
2400 7666 123 95 7847 81 73 105 230 200 0.08

Bituminous Layer Base Layer Granular Base Structural Modified Survey

Latitude Longitude
Coefficient A1 CoefficientA2 Layer Coefficient Number Structural Date
A3 Number
0.45 0.13 0.13 3.68 4.82 01-07-16 9.98897 78.02671
0.42 0.13 0.13 3.56 4.70 23-06-16 9.98444 78.02934
0.36 0.17 0.17 3.86 4.85 01-07-16 9.98341 78.03004
0.41 0.14 0.14 3.65 4.79 23-06-16 9.98107 78.03078
0.41 0.11 0.11 3.24 4.34 01-07-16 9.96328 78.04160
0.49 0.11 0.11 3.58 4.72 23-06-16 9.95385 78.05255
0.40 0.12 0.12 3.34 4.48 01-07-16 9.93102 78.05648
0.48 0.12 0.12 3.67 4.75 23-06-16 9.91229 78.04961
0.48 0.11 0.11 3.53 4.59 01-07-16 9.89041 78.03458

- 361 -
 2.7 Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD)Rigid
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘FWD Rigid’
attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given below.
Field Description Example
NH Number New National Highway number NH0065
HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Section Code Code indicating starting and ending locations of section Vijayawada)
Chainage Chainage of the point (in km) 0.500
Direction of survey
• Increasing(chainage) Increasing
Direction • Decreasing(chainage)
Lane Number Number of the lane: L1, L2, R1, R2, etc. L2
Air Temperature Air temperature recorded in °C 30.1
Surface Temperature Temperature of the pavement surface, recorded in °C 39.4
Peak Load Peak impulse load, measured in kN 103.7
Deflection1 Surface deflection at the test load center, measured in micron 140
Surfacedeflectionat300mmfromthetestloadcenter,measured
Deflection2 inmicron 121

Surface deflection at 600mm from the test load center, measured

Deflection3 in micron 108

Surface deflection at 900mm from the test load center, measured

Deflection4 in micron 101

Concrete Slab Thicknessh Thickness of concrete slab, measured in mm 300

Area of Areaofdeflectionbasin,calculatedfrommeasureddeflections,in
DeflectionBasin cm2 761
Radius of Relative
Stiffness Radius of relative stiffness, calculated in mm 823

NormalizedDeflectiond 1 Normalized deflection at location 1, in mm 3.1

NormalizedDeflectiond 2 Normalized deflection at location 2, in mm 2.9

NormalizedDeflectiond 3 Normalized deflection at location 3, in mm 2.4

NormalizedDeflectiond 4 Normalized deflection at location 4, in mm 1.9

Modulus of
SubgradeReaction k Modulus of subgrade reaction, measured in MPa/m 131
Elastic Modulus
Elastic modulus of concrete, calculated in MPa 26118
ofConcrete Ec
Cube Strength of
Concrete fck Cube strength of concrete, calculated inMPa 27
Flexural strength of
Flexural strength of concrete, calculated in MPa 3.7
concrete fmr
Date Of Testing Date of testing in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671

- 362 -
A sample output is shown below for reference:
Pea Concrete
Sectio Chain Lan Air Surface k Slab
Directio e Temperatur Temperatur Deflectio Deflectio Deflectio Deflectio
NH No n - Loa Thickness
Code -age n No. e e n1 n2 n3 n4
d h
NH00x ABC- 104.
x DEF 0.0 LHS L2 29.0 34.9 1 167 143 130 119 300
NH00x ABC- 104.
x DEF 0.5 RHS R2 30.5 38.1 4 141 130 122 115 300
NH00x ABC- 105.
x DEF 1.0 LHS L1 30.0 35.6 2 147 111 100 91 300
NH00x ABC- 102.
x DEF 1.5 RHS R1 28.9 38.3 4 140 126 116 107 300
NH00x ABC- 103.
x DEF 2.0 LHS L2 30.1 39.4 7 140 121 108 101 300
NH00x ABC- 104.
x DEF 2.5 RHS R2 29.0 37.5 6 150 134 126 117 300
NH00x ABC- 102.
x DEF 3.0 LHS L1 30.6 38.9 7 124 109 104 92 300
NH00x ABC- 105.
x DEF 3.5 RHS R1 29.3 39.1 9 149 136 128 119 300
NH00x ABC- 104.
x DEF 4.5 RHS R2 30.3 41.0 9 138 127 121 114 300

Radius Modulu Elastic Cube Flexura

Area of of Normaliz Normaliz Normaliz Normaliz s of Modulu Strengt l Date
Latitu Longitu
Deflecti Relative ed ed ed ed Subgra s of h of strengt Of
de de
on S Deflectio Deflectio Deflectio Deflectio de Concre Concre h of Testin
Basin tiffness n d1 n d2 n d3 n d4 Reactio te Ec te fck concre g
nk tefmr

759 816 3 3 2 2 112 21590 19 3 25-06- 9.9889 78.0267

16 7 1
821 1214 3 3 3 2 62 58161 135 8 28-06- 9.9844 78.0293
16 4 4
684 580 3 3 2 1 246 12051 6 2 25-06- 9.9834 78.0300
16 1 4
796 1014 3 3 3 2 87 39783 63 6 28-06- 9.9810 78.0307
16 7 8
761 823 3 3 2 2 131 26118 27 4 25-06- 9.9632 78.0416
16 8 0
800 1040 3 3 3 2 79 39908 64 6 28-06- 9.9538 78.0525
16 5 5
789 971 3 3 3 2 107 41290 68 6 25-06- 9.9310 78.0564
16 2 8
814 1150 3 3 3 2 66 50086 100 7 28-06- 9.9122 78.0496
16 9 1
826 1257 3 3 3 2 59 64082 164 9 28-06- 9.8904 78.0345
16 1 8

- 363 -
ENCLOSURE-II

Formats for submission of Reports and Documents

1 Standard formats for deliverables

i. During the course of the assignment to prepare detailed project report,

several reports, drawings and documents will need to be submitted by the
consultants to MoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhand.
ii. For the purposes of submission, format requirements have been laid out for
some of the reports and drawing deliverables in this enclosure, which shall be
adhered to strictly
iii. In addition, consultants are to align and agree with MoRT&H officials the
format of submission for all reports, during the inception stage as mentioned
in clause 10.2 of this terms of reference

1. Format for submission of report deliverables

1 Printed hard copies of reports

iv. All reports and documents shall be submitted in both printed hard copy and
digital formats
v. For hard copies, the consultant shall submit bound volumes (and not in spiral
binding form) after completion of each stage of work as per the schedule and
in the number of copies as given in Enclosure I.

2 Digital copies of reports

1. Every report shall also be submitted in digital format to the authority in the
following formats:

i. The final report as submitted in the portable document format (.pdf)

ii. An editable document in the relevant Open Document Format for Office
Applications (ODF) and if available the relevant Microsoft Office
document format (MS Office)
iii. All tables and models used to and referred to in the reports shall also be
submitted as spread-sheets in the relevant ODF format and MS Office
format
iv. The digital copies of reports shall be submitted in the form of removable
storage devices (CD or USB pen drive) and also hosted on a secured
online document storage and retrieval platform as described in clause 2
Data products

2. The removable storage device submitted at each deliverable stage shall

contain:

i. Reports for that stage

ii. All draft and final reports previously submitted
vi. Correspondence with MoRTH/Public Works Department, Uttarakhand

- 364 -
 vii. Clients’ comments on submitted reports
viii. Any communication, letters and approvals to and from other government
and local agencies and any other relevant body
ix. An updated index of all the contents on the removable storage device

2. Every submission will be accompanied by a table of contents and index of all

documents submitted for ease of reference

2 Data products

1. During the course of the assignment, the consultant shall perform several surveys and
collect data that will be used for the design of the road and delivered to the client.

2. Consultants are encouraged to keep commonly available software and data packages,
and typical uses for data while deciding final formats of data within the constraints of
this document or where a format has not been defined

3. As required in clause 1. (iii) of this Enclosure-II,consultants are required to agree with

<MoRTH/Uttarakahnd PWD>officials inall actual data formats proposed to be used
for the project

4. In order to standardise data formats and simplify hand over and re-use of data, some
requirements for minimum content and format are laid down below.

Sr Data product Contents required (definition) Data format

No

0 Formats to be List of data, drawing and design outputs, CSV or ODF sheet,
used reporting format, digital format suggested, .xlsx optional
key data to be included (column headers),
units and system to be used

1 Traffic surveys

1.1 List of traffic Point no, location coordinates (lat, long), CSV or ODF sheet,
survey points location of survey point, chainage, no .xlsx optional
lanes/type of junction, type of survey, date of
survey, length of survey, any commentary,
equipment/technique used, link to survey
output

1.2 Classified Survey point, survey location, location id Raw data: IHMCL
traffic volume (ihmcl), no of lanes, chainage, location Traffic survey data
count survey coordinates (lat, long), date, time and period format
of survey Processed,
corrected with
AADT: CSV or ODF
sheet, .xlsx optional

1.3 O-D, turning Survey point, survey location, location lat, CSV or ODF sheet,
movement, long, chainage, date, time, period of survey, .xlsx optional
axle load and technique/equipment used in addition to the
other surveys survey data itself

- 365 -
Sr Data product Contents required (definition) Data format
No

2 Engineering surveys and investigations

2.1 Raw DGPS data Notes must contain Date, time of survey, CSV or ODF,
equipment used, corrections applied is any. Receiver
Data: Survey benchmarks, benchmark points, Independent
location data points Exchange
Format (RINEX)

2.2 LiDAR point Notes must contain Date, time of survey, LASer file format
cloud equipment, summary post processing applied. for exchange
Data: Survey benchmarks, data points, point CSV sheet, .xlsx
cloud of entire project corridor as defined in optional

2.3 Images 360 Deg/ ortho images of entire project road Geographic Tagged
way Image File Format
(GeoTIFF)

2.4 Video Traverse video of entire project length Audio video

interleave (.avi) or
MPEG-4 file (.mp4)

2.5 Topographic 1:1000 scale map with 50 cm contours with Contours: geo-
map + roadway marked on maps referenced shape
contours files (.shp) or .dxf
files, .dwg/.dgn files
options

2.6 Digital Digital terrain modeled from aerial and Digital elevation
elevation ground surveys model in USGS
model Spatial Data
transfer standard
(SDTS) format

2.7 Longitudinal Location of cross section - existing, design .dxf files, .dwg/.dgn
and cross chainage, lat, long, Cross section drawing files options
sections

2.8 As-is road map 3D digital map of as-is project highway Digital terrain
containing earth surface, road layers, utilities, model and maps in
buildings and trees with feature data LandXML/.dxf
extracted and mapped in layers, marked on format, .dwg/.dgn
the map and tabulated data provided files options
separately. All road, surface, sub surface Separate CSV or
inventory, pavement investigation and soil ODF sheet, .xlsx
survey data to be super-imposed as layers optional of feature
data in addition to
map

2.9 Details of type of utility, no, class and category of utility CSV or ODF sheet,
utility installation (e.g. 66 kV xlpe), location, distance .xlsx optional

- 366 -
Sr Data product Contents required (definition) Data format
No

from centerline, user agency

2.10 Utility maps geo-referenced schematic map, existing and georeferenced

design road centerline, type of utility, size, no, shape files (.shp)
class and category and drawings in .dxf
format

2.11 Road All data as required in clause [Link], geo- CSV or ODF sheet
inventory referencing for each row of data in lat, long
surveys form

2.12 Pavement Test pit reference id, location, chainage, geo- CSV or ODF sheet
investigation reference (lat, long), pavemet composition -
layer no, material type, thickness, sub grade
type, and condition

2.13 Pavement Data as required in clause [Link], along with CSV or ODF sheet
condition location/chainage and geo-reference for all
survey data

2.14 Pavement FWD results as per IRC guidelines, geo- CSV or ODF sheet
structural referencing for test points
strength

2.15 Sub-grade and In the format of the testing lab, summary Summary in CSV or
soil strength details must be tabulated and must include: ODF sheet
test pit no, location, chianage, lat/long, date,
time of test, tester/lab details, in-situ density,
moisture content, field CBR, characterization,
in-lab moisture and density, lab CBR

3 Proposed roadway designs

3.1 Proposed Georeferenced centerline horizontal and Geometry or shape

alignment vertical alignment for the road files : .shp/.dxf,
geometry To be presented superimposed on surface .dwg/.dgn files
map, satellite imagery and digital elevation options
model of region

3.2 Final Georeferenced centerline horizontal and Geometry or shape

alignment vertical alignment for the road. Additional files : .shp/.dxf,
geometry detail on lanes, super elevation, junctions, .dwg/.dgn files
structures, under/overpasses, PUP/CUP, options
wayside amenities etc

3.3 Proposed Proposed digital roadway model and design .dxf/.dtm

roadway data- including embankment, road way, road
model layers, roadside amenities, signals, road
furniture, markings and other construction
elements in 3D

- 367 -
Sr Data product Contents required (definition) Data format
No

3.4 Proposed Geo referenced location and alignment, 3D .dxf/.dtm

structures model of structure and appurtenances, cross
section, plan and profile drawings for
construction as per IRC

3.5 Proposed Roadway cross sections for homogenous .dxf files

highway cross sections Digital surface
sections model in .dxf format

4 Other deliverables

4.1 Digitized Digitized revenue map overlaid with key Geometry or shape
cadastral maps landmarks, land size, survey number and files : .shp/.dxf,
ownership data. min 1:1000 scale map with .dwg/.dgn files
>1mm accuracy options

4.2 Financial Spreadsheet model with instructions, index ODF sheets, MS

analysis and containing all inputs and assumptions, office .xlsx optional
time series construction and operating costs,
revenues, financing and equity cash flows,
NPV/IRR, sensitivity scenarios and results

3 Online hosting and archival of deliverables

3.1 Hosting deliverables online

i. The consultant shall store all deliverables from this assignment on a secure
online file hosting platform that is remotely accessible by authorised users on
the world wide web
ii. The consultant shall provide read only access to all relevant officers of
<MoRTH/Uttarakhand PWD>and provide further access to additional users as
and when requested by <MoRTH/Uttarakhand PWD>
iii. Consultant shall provide a point of contact for access to these files, solving any
technical issues and shall respond to all requests in a timely manner
iv. Consultant shall ensure that the files are hosted in a platform that conforms to
any file hosting and file sharing security standards as may be laid down by the
government of India

3.2 Deliverables to be hosted

i. Data and deliverables to be hosted in an online accessible format shall include

but not be limited to:
ii. All draft and final deliverables in the digital formats prescribed in this TOR
and in file formats in wide use where formats are not specified
iii. Data, images and videos from all surveys and investigations conductedof this
enclosure

- 368 -
 iv. All correspondence to and from <MoRTH/Uttarakhand PWD> including
clients’ comments on submitted reports
v. Any communication, letters and approvals to and from other government
local agencies and any other relevant body
vi. The platform shall also contain an index and table of contents of information
being hosted for ease of access and use

3.3 Time period and costs

i. Access to above mentioned files will be provided till the end of construction
(final commercial operations date of contractor/ concessionaire) of all
packages that form a part of this assignment at the cost of the consultant
ii. Access to additional users shall also be at no additional cost to the authority

- 369 -
APPENDIX-VII

DRAFT CONTRACT AGREEMENT

Between

<Ministry of Road Transport & Highways>

<Address>

And

M/s ………………………………….….. in JV with M/s ……………….…………….

For

Project Management Consultancy Services for Construction of 2-

Lane Elevated Srinagar Bypass on NH-07 (Design length : 8.0 km) in
the state of Uttarakhand

- 370 -
CONTENTS

Sl. No. Description Page No.

I CONTRACT FORCONSULTANT’S SERVICES

II GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1. General Provisions

1.1 Definitions

1.2 Relation between the Parties

1.3 Law Governing the Contract

1.4 Language

1.5 Headings

1.6 Notices

1.7 Location

1.8 Authority of Member in Charge

1.9 Authorized Representatives

1.10 Taxes and Duties

2. Commencement, Completion, Modification and Termination of Contract

2.1 Effectiveness of Contract

2.2 Termination of Contract for Failure to Become Effective

2.3 Commencement of Services

2.4 Expiration of Contract

2.5 Entire Agreement

2.6 Modification

2.7 Force Majeure

2.7.1 Definition
2.7.2 No Breach of Contract

- 371 -
2.7.3 Measures to be Taken
2.7.4 Extension of Time
2.7.5 Payments
2.8 Suspenstion
2.9 Termination
2.9.1 By the Client
2.9.2 By the Consultants
2.9.3 Cessation of Rights and Obligations
2.9.4 Cessation of Services
2.9.5 Payment upon Termination
2.9.6 Disputes about Events of Termination

3. Obligations of the Consultants

3.1 General

3.1.1 Standard of Performance

3.1.2 Law Governing Services

3.2 Conflict of Interests

3.2.1 Consultants not to Benefit from Commissions,discounts etc.

3.2.2 Consultants and Affiliates not to be otherwise interested in Project

3.2.3 Prohibition of Conflicting Activities

3.3 Confidentiality

3.4 Liability of the Consultants

3.5 Insurance to be taken out by the Consultants

3.6 Accounting, Inspection and Auditing

3.7 Consultants’ Actions requiring Client’s prior Approval

3.8 Reporting Obligations

3.9 Documents prepared by the Consultants to be the Property of the Client

3.10 Equipment and Materials furnished by the Client

4. Consultants’Personnel

4.1 General

4.2 Description of Personnel

4.3 Approval of Personnel

- 372 -
4.4 Working Hours, Overtime, Leave etc.

4.5 Removal and/or Replacement of Personnel

4.6 Resident Project Manager

5. Obligations of the Client

5.1 Assistance and Exemptions

5.2 Access to Land

5.3 Change in the Applicable Law

5.4 Services, Facilities and Property of the Client

5.5 Payment

6. Payment to the Consultants

6.1 Cost Estimates; Ceiling Amount

6.2 Currency of Payment

6.3 Mode of Billing and Payment

7. Responsibility for accuracy of the project document

7.1 General

7.2 Retention money

7.3 Penalty

7.4 Action for deficiency in services

8. Fairness and Good Faith

8.1 Good Faith

8.2 Operation of the Contract

9. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

9.1 Amicable Settlement

9.2 Dispute Settlement

III. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

- 373 -
IV. APPENDICES

Appendix A: Terms of reference containing, inter-alia, the Description of the

Services and Reporting Requirements

Appendix A1: Reporting requirement

Appendix B: Consultants’ Sub consultants, Key Personnel and Sub Professional

Personnel, Task assignment, work programme, manning schedule,
qualification requirements of key personnel, schedule for submission
of various report.

Appendix B1: Medical certificate

Appendix C: Hours of work for Consultants’ Personnel

Appendix D: Duties of the Client

Appendix E: Cost Estimate

Appendix F: Copy of letter of invitation

Appendix G: Copy of letter of acceptance

Appendix H: Format for Bank Guarantee for Performance Security for individual work

Appendix I: Minutes of the Pre-bid meeting

Appendix J: Memorandum of Understanding

- 374 -
CONTRACT FOR CONSULTANTS’ SERVICES

Consultancy Services for <Project Description>

(From km ________________ tokm______________ Of NH in the State of ….)

This CONTRACT (hereinafter called the “Contract”) is made on the ---------- day of themonth
of -----------------2021 between, on the one hand, Superintending Engineer(Zone-1)-II,
Ministry of Road Transport and Highways, New Delhi (hereinafter called the “Client”) and,

on the other hand,M/s ------------------------------------------ in JV with ----------------------------------

(hereinafter called the “Consultants”).

WHEREAS

(A) the Client has requested the Consultants to provide certain consulting services as
defined in the General Conditions attached to this Contract (hereinafter called the
“Services”);

(B) the Consultants, having represented to the Client that they have the required
professional skills, personnel and technical resources, have agreed to provide the
Services on the terms andconditions set forth in this Contract;

NOW THEREFORE the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1 The following documents attached hereto shall be deemed to form an integral part of
this Contract:

(a) The General Conditions of Contract (hereinafter called “GC”);

(b) The Special Conditions of contract (hereinafter called “SC”);

(c) The following Appendices:

Appendix A: Terms of reference containing, inter-alia, the Description of the Services and
Reporting Requirements

Appendix A1: Reporting requirement

Appendix B: Consultants’ Sub consultants, Key Personnel and Sub ProfessionalPersonnel,

Task assignment, work programme, manning schedule, qualification
requirements of key personnel, and schedule for submission ofvarious report.

Appendix B1: Medical certificate

Appendix C: Hours of work for Consultants’ Personnel

Appendix D: Duties of the Client

Appendix E: Cost Estimate

Appendix F: Copy of letter of invitation

Appendix G: Copy of letter of acceptance

- 375 -
Appendix H: Copy of Bank Guarantee for Performance Security

Appendix-I: Minutes of the pre-bid meeting

Appendix J: Memorandum of Understanding

2. The mutual rights and obligations of the Client and the Consultants shall be as set
forth in the Contract; in particular:

(a) The Consultants shall carry out the Services in accordance with the provisions of the
Contract; and

(b) Client shall make payments to the Consultants in accordance with the provisions of
the Contract.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Contract to be signed in their
respective names as of the day and year first above written.

FOR AND ON BEHALF OF Witness

(MoRT&H )

1. Signature Name

Address

By

Authorized Representative 2. Signature Name

Address

FOR AND ON BEHALF OF Witness

(Consultant)

1. Signature

Name

Address

By

Authorized Representative 2. Signature

Name

Address

- 376 -
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1. GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1 Definitions

Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms whenever used in
thisContract have the following meanings:

(a) “ApplicableLaw”meansthelawsandanyotherinstrumentshavingtheforceof law

in the Government’s country [or in such other country as may be specified in
the Special Conditions of Contract (SC)], as they may be issued and in force
from time to time.

(b)
“Contract”meanstheContractsignedbytheParties,towhichtheseGeneralCondit
ions of Contract are attached, together with all the documents listed in
Clause1 of such signed Contract;

(c) “Effective Date” means the date on which this Contract comes into forceand
effectpursuant to Clause GC 2.1;

(d) “foreign currency” means any currency other than the currency of
theGovernment;

(e) “GC” means these General Conditions of Contract;

(f) “Government” means the Government of India;

(g) “local currency” means the currency of the Government;

(h) “Consultant” wherever mentioned in this Contract Agreement means the

“Project Management Consultant (PMC))” and includes sub-consultants or
Associates engaged by the primary consultant.

(i) “Member”, in case the Consultants consist of a joint venture or consortium of

more than one entity, means any of these entities, and “Members” means all of
these entities;

(j) “Personnel” means persons hired by the Consultants or by any Sub-

Consultants and or Associates as Employees and assigned to the performance
of the Services

Or any part thereof;“Foreign Personnel” means such persons who at the time
of being so hired had their domicile outside the Government’s Country, “Local
Personnel” means such persons who at the time of being so hired had their
domicile inside the Government’s Country; and ‘key personnel’ means the
personnel referred to in Clause GC 4.2 (a).

(k) “Party” means the Client or the Consultants, as the case may be, and Parties
meansboth of them;

(l) "Services" means the work to be performed by the Consultants pursuant to his

- 377 -
 contract, as described in Appendix A hereto. The scope of work will be strictly
as given in various Clauses in TOR. The approach and methodology to be
adopted by the Consultant for carrying out the assignment as Authority
Engineer may be modifieddependingonthesiterequirementsandwork
programme of the EPC Contract or after mutual discussions with Employer,
the EPC Contractor and the Authority Engineer. The work plan as indicated by
the Consultant may be modified accordingly to the site requirements.

(m) “SC” means the Special Conditions of Contract by which these

GeneralConditions of Contract may be amended or supplemented;

(n) “Sub consultant” means any entity to which the Consultants subcontract
any part of the Services in accordance with the provisions of Clause GC 3.7;
and

(o) “Third Party” means any person or entity other than the Government, the
Client, theConsultants or a Sub consultant.

1.2 Relation between the Parties

Nothing contained herein shall be construed as establishing a relation of master and

servant or of agent and principal as between the Client and the Consultants.
TheConsultants, subject to this Contract, have complete charge of Personnel
performing theServices and shall be fully responsible for the Services performed by
them or on their behalf hereunder.

1.3 Governing Law and Jurisdiction

This Contract, its meaning and interpretation, and the relation between the
Partiesshallbe governed by the Applicable Laws of India and the Courts at
…………shall have exclusivejurisdiction over matters arising out of or relating to this
Agreement.

1.4 Language

This Contract has been executed in the language specified in the SC, which shall be
the binding and controlling language for all matters relating to the meaning or
interpretation of this Contract.

1.5 Table of Contents and Headings

The table of contents, headings or sub-headings in this agreement are for

convenience for reference only and shall not be used in, and shall not limit, alter or
affect the construction and interpretation of this Contract.

1.6 Notices

1.6.1 Any notice, request or consent required or permitted to be given or made pursuant to
thisContract shall be in writing. Any such notice, request or consent shall be deemed
tohave been given or made when delivered in person to an authorized representative of
theParty to whom the communication is addressed, or when sent by registered mail,
facsimile or e-mail to such Party at the address specified in the SC.

1.6.2 Notice will be deemed to be effective as specified in the SC.

- 378 -
1.6.3 A party may change its address for notice hereunder by giving the other Party notice
of such change pursuant to the provisions listed in the SC with respect to Clause GC
1.6.2.

1.7 Location

The Services shall be performed at such locations as are specified in Letter of

Acceptance(Appendix-G) hereto and, where the location of a particular task is not so
specified, at such locations, whether in India or elsewhere, as the Client may approve.

1.8 Authority of Member in Charge

In case the Consultants consist of a joint venture of more than one entity, with or
without an Associate the Membershereby authorize the entity specified in the SC to
act on their behalf
inexercisingalltheConsultants’rightsandobligationstowardstheClientunderthis
Contract, includingwithout limitation the receiving of instructions and payments
from the Client.

1.9 Authorized Representatives

Any action required or permitted to be taken, and any document required or

permitted to be executed, under this Contract by the Client or the Consultants may be
taken orexecuted by the officials specified in the SC.

1.10 Taxes and Duties

Unless otherwise specified in the SC, the Consultants, Sub-consultants and Personnel
shall pay such taxes, duties, fees and other impositions as may be levied under the
Applicable Law. Goods &Service tax as applicable shall be paid to the Authority’s
Engineer while making payment for services rendered. The consultants shall then
deposit the same with the tax authorities and provide a proof of having done so within
next 90 days in line with policy circulars issued by Employer.

2. COMMENCEMENT, COMPLETION, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION OF

CONTRACT

2.1 Effectiveness of Contract

This Contract shall come into force and effect on the date (the" Effective Date") of the
Client's notice to the Consultants instructing the Consultants to begin carrying out the
Services. This notice shall confirm that the effectiveness conditions, if any, listed in
the SC have been met.

2.2 Termination of Contract for Failure to Become Effective

If this Contract has not become effective within such time period after the date of the
Contract signed by the Parties as shall be specified in the SC, either Party may, by not
less than four (4) weeks’ written notice to the other Party, declare this Contract to be
nulland void, and in the event of such a declaration by either Party, neither Party shall
have any claim against the other Party with respect hereto.

- 379 -
2.3 Commencement of Services

The Consultants shall begin carrying out the Services at the end of such time period
after the Effective Date as shall be specified in the SC.

2.4 Expiration of Contract

Unless terminated earlier pursuant to Clause GC 2.9 hereof, this Contract shall expire
when services have been completed and all payments have been made at the end of
suchtime period after the Effective Date as shall be specified in the SC.

2.5 Entire Agreement

This Contract contains all covenants, stipulations and provisions agreed by the
Parties. No agent or representative of either Party has authority to make, and the
Parties shall not be bound by or be liable for, any statement, representation, promise
or agreement not set forth herein.

2.6 Modification

Modification of the terms and conditions of this Contract, including any modification
of the scope of the Services, may only be made by written agreement between the
Parties as the case may be, has been obtained. Pursuant to Clause GC 8.2 hereof,
however, each Party shall give due consideration to any proposals for modification
made by the other Party.

2.7 Force Majeure

2.7.1 Definition

(a) For the purposes of this Contract, “Force Majeure” means an event which is
beyond the reasonable control of a Party, and which makes a Party’s
performance of its obligations hereunder impossible or so impractical as
reasonably to be considered impossible in the circumstances, and includes,
but is not limited to, war, riots, civildisorder, earthquake, fire, explosion,
storm, flood or other adverse weather conditions, strikes, lockouts or other
industrial action (except where such strikes, lockouts or other industrial
action are within the power of the Party invoking Force Majeure to prevent),
confiscation or any other action by government agencies.

(b) Force Majeure shall not include (i) any event which is caused by the
negligence or intentional action of a Party or such Party’s Subconsultants or
agents or employees, nor (ii) any event which a diligent Party could
reasonably have been expected to both (A) take into account at the time of
the conclusion of this Contract and (B) avoid or overcome in the carrying out
of its obligations hereunder.

(c) Force Majeure shall not include insufficiency of funds or failure to make any
payment required hereunder.

2.7.2 No Breach of Contract

The failure of a Party to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder shall not be considered
to be a breach of, or default under, this Contract insofar as such inability arises from
an event of Force Majuere, provided that the Party affected by such an event has

- 380 -
 taken all reasonable precautions, due care and reasonable alternative measures, all
with the objective of carrying out the terms and conditions of this Contract.

2.7.3 Measures to be Taken

(a) A party affected by an event of Force Majeure shall take all reasonable
measures to remove such Party’s inability to fulfill its obligations hereunder
with a minimum of delay.

(b) A party affected by an event of Force Majuere shall notify the other Party of
suchevent as soon as possible, and in any event not later than fourteen (14)
days following the occurrence of such event, providing evidence of the
nature and cause of such event, and shall similarly give notice of the
restoration of normal conditions as soon as possible.

(c) The Parties shall take all reasonable measures to minimize theconsequences
of any event of Force Majeure.

2.7.4 Extension of Time

Any period within which a Party shall, pursuant to this Contract, complete any action
or task, shall be extended for a period equal to the time during which such Party was
unableto perform such action as a result of Force Majeure.

2.7.5 Payments

During the period of their inability to perform the Services as a result of an event
ofForce Majeure, the Consultants shall be entitled to be reimbursed for additional
costs reasonably and necessarily incurred by them during such period for the
purposes of theServices and in reactivating the Services after the end of such period.

2.7.6 Consultation

Not later than thirty (30) days after the Consultants, as the result of an event of
ForceMajeure, have become unable to perform a material portion of the Services, the
Parties shall consult with each other with a view to agreeing on appropriate
measures to be taken in the circumstances.

2.8 Suspension

The Client may, by written notice of suspension to the Consultants, suspend all
paymentsto the Consultants hereunder if the Consultants fail to perform any of their
obligations under this Contract, including the carrying out of the Services, provided
that such notice of suspension (i) shall specify the nature of the failure, and (ii) shall
request the Consultants to remedy such failure within a period not exceeding thirty
(30) days after receipt by the Consultants of such notice of suspension.

2.9 Termination

2.9.1 By the Client

The Client may, by not less than thirty (30) days’ written notice of termination to the
Consultants (except in the event listed in paragraph (f) below, for which there shall
be a writtennoticeofnotlessthansixty(60)days),suchnoticetobegivenafterthe
occurrence of any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) through (h) of this

- 381 -
 Clause2.9.1, terminate this Contract:

(a) if the Consultants fail to remedy a failure in the performance of their

obligations areunder, as specified in a notice of suspension pursuant to
Clause 2.8 hereinabove, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice of
suspension or within such further period as the Client may have
subsequently approved in writing;

(b) if the Consultants become (or, if the Consultants consist of more than one
entity,if any of their Members becomes) insolvent or bankrupt or enter into
anyagreements with their creditors for relief of debt or take advantage of
any law forthe benefit of debtors or go into liquidation or receivership
whether compulsoryor voluntary;

(c) if the Consultants fail to comply with any final decision reached as a result of
arbitration proceedings pursuant to Clause 8 hereof;

(d) if the Consultants submit to the Client a statement which has a material
effect on the rights, obligations or interests of the Client and which the
Consultants know to be false;

(e) if,astheresultofForceMajeure,theConsultantsareunabletoperforma material

portion of the Services for a period of not less than sixty (60) days; or

(f) iftheClient,initssolediscretionandforanyreasonwhatsoever,decidesto
terminate this Contract.

(g) if the consultant, in the judgment of the Client has engaged in corrupt or
fraudulent practices in competing for or in executing the Contract. For the
purpose of this clause:

"corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of

anything of value to influence the action of a public official in the selection
process or in contract execution.

"fraudulent practice" means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence

a selection process or the execution of a contract to the detriment of the
Borrower, and includes collusive practice among consultants (prior to or after
submission of proposals) designed to establish prices at artificial non-
competitive levels and to deprive the Borrower of the benefits of free and
open competition.

(h) if EPC Contractor represents to Employer that the Consultant is not

discharging his duties in a fair, efficient and diligent manner and if the dispute
remains unresolved, Employer may terminate this contract.

2.9.2 By the Consultants

The Consultants may, by not less than thirty (30) day’s written notice to the Client,
suchnotice to be given after the occurrence of any of the eventsspecified in
paragraphs (a)through (d) of this Clause 2.9.2, terminate this Contract:

(a) if the Client fails to pay any money due to the Consultants pursuant to

- 382 -
 thiscontract and not subject to dispute pursuant to Clause 8 hereof within
forty-five(45) days after receiving written notice from the Consultants that
such payment isoverdue;

(b) if the Client is in material breach of its obligations pursuant to this Contract
andhas not remedied the same within forty-five (45) days (or such longer
period asthe Consultants may havesubsequently approved
inwriting)followingthereceiptbytheClientofthe Consultants’ notice
specifying such breach;

(c) if, as the result of Force Majeure, the Consultant are unable to perform a
material portion of the Services for a period of not less than sixty (60) days;
or

(d) if the Client fails to comply with any final decision reached as a result
ofarbitration pursuant to Clause 8 hereof.

2.9.3 Cessation of Rights and Obligations

Upon termination of this Contract pursuant to Clauses GC 2.2 or GC 2.9 hereof, or

upon expiration of this Contract pursuant to Clause GC2.4 hereof, all rights and
obligations of the Parties hereunder shall cease, except:

(i) such rights and obligations as may have accrued on the date of termination or
expiration;

(ii) the obligation of confidentiality set forth in Clause GC 3.3 hereof;

(iii) the Consultants' obligation to permit inspection, copying and auditing of their
accounts and records set forth in Clause GC 3.6 (ii) hereof; and

(iv) any right which a Party may have under the Applicable Law

2.9.4 Cessation of Services

Upon termination of this Contract by notice of either Party to the other pursuant
toClauses2.9.1 or 2.9.2 hereof, the Consultants shall, immediately upon dispatch or
receiptof such notice, take all necessary steps to bring the Services to a close in a
prompt andorderly manner and shall make every reasonable effort to keep
expenditures for thispurpose to a minimum. With respect to documents prepared by
the Consultants andequipment and materials furnished by the Client, the Consultants
shall proceed asprovided, respectively, by Clauses 3.9 or 3.10 hereof.

2.9.5 Payment upon Termination

Upon termination of this Contract pursuant to Clauses 2.9.1 or 2.9.2 hereof, the
Clientshall make the following payments to the Consultants (after offsetting against
thesepayments anyamount that may be due from the Consultant to the Client):

(i) Remuneration pursuant to Clause 6 hereof for Services satisfactorily

performedprior to the effective date of termination.

(ii) Reimbursable expenditures pursuantto Clause 6hereof

forexpendituresactuallyincurred prior to the effective date of

- 383 -
 termination;and

(iii) except in the case of termination pursuant to paragraphs (a) through(d) of

Clause2.9.1 hereof, reimbursement of any reasonable cost incident to the
prompt and orderly termination of the Contract including the cost of the
return travel of the Consultants’ personnel and their eligible dependents.

2.9.6 Disputes about Events of Termination

If either Party disputes whether an event specified in paragraphs (a) through (e)
ofClause2.9.1 or in Clause 2.9.2 hereof has occurred, such Party may, within forty-
five(45) days after receipt of notice of termination from the other Party, refer the
matter toarbitration pursuantto Clause 9 hereof, and this Contract shall not be
terminated onaccount of such event except in accordance with the terms of any
resulting arbitralaward.

3. OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONSULTANTS

3.1 General

3.1.1 Standard of Performance

The Consultants shall perform the Services and carry out their obligations
hereunderwith all due diligence, efficiency and economy, in accordance with
generally acceptedprofessionaltechniques and practices, and shall observe sound
management practices, and employ appropriate advanced technology and safe and
effective equipment, machinery, materials and methods. The Consultants shall
always act, in respect of any matter relating to this Contract or to the Services, as
faithful advisersto the Client, and shall at all times support and safeguard the Client's
legitimate interests in any dealings with Sub consultants or Third Parties.

3.1.2 Law Governing Services

The Consultants shall perform the Services in accordance with the Applicable Law
and shall take all practicable steps to ensure that any Sub- consultants and or
Associates, as well as the Personnel of the Consultants and any Sub-consultants andor
Associates, comply with the Applicable Law. The Client shall advise the Consultants in
writing of relevant local customs and the Consultants shall, after such notifications,
respect such customs.

3.2 Conflict of Interests

3.2.1 Consultants not to Benefit from Commissions, Discounts, etc.

The Remuneration of the Consultants pursuant to Clause GC6 hereof shall constitute
the Consultants' sole remuneration in connection with this Contract or the Services
and, subject to Clause GC3.2.1.1 hereof, the Consultants shall not accept for their own
benefit any trade commission, discount or similar payment in connection with
activities pursuant to this Contract or to the Services or in the discharge of their
obligations hereunder, and the Consultants shall use their best efforts to ensure that
any Sub-consultants and or Associates, as well as the Personnel and agents of either
of them, similarly shall not receive any such additional remuneration.

[Link] If the Consultants, as part of the Services, have the responsibility of advising the

- 384 -
 Client on the procurement of goods, works or services, the Consultants shall comply
with any applicable procurement guidelines of the Client (Employer)and or
Associates Bank or of the Association, as the case maybe, and other funding agencies
and shall at all times exercise such responsibility in the best interest of the Client.
Any discounts or commissions obtained by the Consultants in the exercise of such
procurement responsibility shall be for the account of the Client.

3.2.2 Consultants and Affiliates not to be otherwise interested in Project

The Consultants agree that, during the term of this Contract and after its termination,
the Consultants and any entity affiliated with the Consultants, as well as any
Subconsultant and any entity affiliated with such Subconsultant, shall be disqualified
from providing goods, works or services (other than the Services and any
continuation thereof) for any project resulting from or closely related to the Services.

3.2.3 Prohibition of Conflicting Activities

Neither the Consultants nor their Subconsultants nor the Personnel of either of them
shall engage, either directly or indirectly, in any of the following activities:

(a) during the term of this Contract, any business or professional activities in the
Government's country which would conflict with the activities assigned to
them under this Contract; or

(b) after the termination of this Contract, such other activities as may be specified
in the SC.

3.3 Confidentiality

The Consultants, their Subconsultants and the Personnel of either of them shall
not,eitherduringthetermorwithintwo(2)yearsaftertheexpirationofthisContract,
disclose any proprietary or confidential information relation to the Project, the
Services,this Contract or the Client's business or operations without the prior
written consent ofthe Client.

3.4 Liability of the Consultants

Subject to additional provisions, if any, set forth in the SC, the Consultants' liability
under this Contract shall be as provided by the Applicable Law.

3.5 Insurance to be taken out by the Consultants

The Consultants (i) shall take out and maintain, and shall cause any Subconsultants
totake out and maintain, at their (or the Subconsultants', as the case may be) own
cost buton terms and conditions approved by the Client, insurance against the risks,
and for the coverage, as shall be specified in the Special Conditions (SC), and (ii) at
the Client'srequest, shall provide evidence to the Client showing that such insurance
has been taken out and maintained and that the current premiums therefore have
been paid.

- 385 -
3.6 Accounting, Inspection and Auditing

The Consultants(i)shall keep accurate and systematic accounts and records in respect
of the Services, hereunder, in accordance with internationally accepted accounting
principles such as Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and in such form
and detail as will clearly identify all relevant time charges and cost, and the bases
thereof (including such bases as may be specifically referred to in the SC) ; (ii) shall
permit the Client or its designated representative periodically, and upto one year
from the expiration or termination of this Contract, to inspect the same and make
copies thereof as well as to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Client;
and (iii) shall permit the client to inspect the Consultant's accounts and records
relating to the performance of the Consultant and to have them audited by auditors
appointed by the client.

3.7 Consultants' Actions requiring Client's prior Approval

The Consultants shall obtain the Client's prior approval in writing before taking any
of the following actions:
(a) Appointing such members of the Personnel as are listed in Appendix B;

(b) entering into a subcontract for the performance of any part of the Services, it
being understood (i) that the selection of the Sub-consultant and the terms
and conditions of thesubcontract shall have been approved in writing by the
Client prior to the execution of the subcontract, and (ii) that the Consultants
shall remain fully liable for the performanceof the Services by the Sub-
consultant and its Personnel pursuant to this Contract;

(c) any other action that may be specified in the SC.

3.8 Reporting Obligations

The Consultants shall submit to the Client the reports and documents specified in
Appendix A/E hereto, in the form, in the numbers and within the time periods set
forth in the said [Link] stages, review progress and checklist shall be as
reflected in the DPR.

3.9 Documents prepared by the Consultants to be the Property of the Client

All plans, drawings, specifications, designs, reports and other documents prepared by
theConsultants in performing the Services shall become and remain the property of
the Client, and the Consultants shall, not later than upon termination or expiration of
this Contract, deliver all such documents to the Client, together with a detailed
inventory thereof. The Consultants may retain a copy of such documents. Restrictions
about the future use of these documents, shall be as specified inthe SC.

3.10 Equipment and Materials furnished by the Client

Equipment and materials made available to the Consultants by the Client, or

purchased by the Consultants with funds provided by the Client, shall be the property
of the Client and shall be marked accordingly. Upon termination or expiration of this
Contract, the Consultants shall make available to the Client an inventory of such

- 386 -
 equipment andmaterials and shall dispose of such equipment and materials in
accordance with theClient's instructions. While in possession of such equipment and
materials, theConsultants, unless otherwise instructed by the Client in writing, shall
insure them in anamount equal to their full replacement value.

4. CONSULTANTS' PERSONNEL

4.1 General

The Consultants shall employ and provide such qualified and experienced Personnel
as are required to carry out the Services.

4.2 Description of Personnel

(a) The titles, agreed job descriptions, minimum qualification and estimated
periods of engagement in the carrying out of the Services of each of the
Consultants' Key Personnel are described in Appendix B. If any of the Key
Personnel has already been approved by the clients his/her name is listed as
well.

(b) If required to comply with the provisions of Clause 3.1.1 of this Contract,
adjustments with respect to the estimated periods of engagement of Key
Professional / Sub Professional Personnel set forth in Appendix B may be
made bythe Consultants by written notice to the Client, provided

(i) that such adjustments shall not alter the originally estimated period of
engagement of any individual by more than 10% or one week,
whichever is larger, and

(ii) that the aggregate of such adjustments shall not cause payments under
this Contract to exceedthe ceilings set forth in Clause 6.1 (b) of this
Contract. Any other such adjustments shall only be made with the
Client's written approval.

(c) If additional work is required beyond the scope of the Services specified in
Appendix A, the estimated periods of engagement of Key Personnel set forth
in Appendix B may be increased by agreement in writing between the Client
and the Consultants.

4.3 Approval of Personnel

The Key Personnel i.e. Professional Staff and Sub-consultants listed by title as well
asBy name in Appendix B are hereby approved by the Client. In respect of other Key
Personnel which the Consultants propose, to use in the carrying out of the Services,
the Consultants shall submit to the client for review and approval a copy of their
biographical data and (in the case of Key personnel to be used within the country of
the Government) a copy of a satisfactory medical certificate in the form attached here
to as Appendix B1. If the Client does not object in writing(stating the reasons for the
objection) within thirty (30) calendar days from the date of receipt of such
biographical data and (if applicable) such certificate, such Key Personnel shall be
deemed to have been approved by the Client.

- 387 -
4.4 Working Hours, Overtime, Leave, etc.

(a) Working hours and holidays for Key Professional / Sub Professional
Personnel are set forth in Appendix C hereto. To account for travel time,
foreign Personnel carrying out Services inside the Government's country shall
be deemed to have commenced (or finished) work in respect of the Services
such number of days before their arrival in (or after their departure from) the
Government's country is specified in Appendix C hereto.

(b) The Key Professional / Sub Professional Personnel shall not be entitled to be
paid for overtime nor to take paid sick leave or vacation leave except as
specified in Appendix C hereto, and except as specified in such Appendix,the
Consultants' remuneration shall be deemed to cover these items. All leaveto
be allowed to the Personnel is included in the staff- months of service set for
inAppendix B. Any taking of leave by Personnel shall be subject to theprior
approval of the Client by the Consultants, who shall ensure that absencefor
leave purposes will not delay the progress and adequate supervision of
theServices.

(c ) All key personnel and sub professional staff of the Consultant shall use the
Aadhaar based biometric attendance/ Geo-tagged selfie-based attendance
system for marking their daily attendance. Aadhaar based Biometric
attendance/Geo-tagged selfie-based attendance shall be marked at least once
a day and anytime during the day. 1 Aadhaar based biometric attendance Geo-
tagged selfie-based attendance system shall be installed by the Consultant at
its own cost at the site office in order to facilitate the attendance marking. A
copy of monthly Aadhaar based biometric attendance / Geo-tagged 395 selfie-
based attendance shall be attached at the time of submission of their bills to
the . Proper justification shall be provided for cases of absence of key
personnel/ sub professional staff which do not have prior approval from
Project Director of concerned stretch. If agency so desires it shall facilitate
electronic linking of the Aadhaar based biometric attendance/ Geo-tagged
selfie-based attendance system with the Central Monitoring System of
<Agency>.

(d) Consultant will intimate concerned project Director/ Project incharge

immediately after establishing its site office regarding installation of Adhaar
based biometric attendance / Geo tagged selfie based attendance system and
complete address of the site office

4.5 Removal and/or Replacement of Key Personnel

Removal and/or replacement of Key Personnel shall be regulated as under:

4.5.1 In case notice to commence services pursuant to Clause 2.1 of this Contract is
not ordered by Client within 120 days ofsigning of contract:

The key personnel can excuse themselves on valid grounds, e.g., selection on some
other assignment, health problem developed after signing of contract, etc. In such a
case no penalty shall be levied on the Firm or on the person concerned. The firm shall
however be asked to give a replacement by an equally or better qualified and
experienced personnel to the satisfaction of the Authority, whenever mobilization is
ordered.

4.5.2 Incasenoticetocommenceservicesisgivenwithin120daysofsigning of contract.

- 388 -
It would be preferred that the team leader cum senior Highway Engineer
shall continue during all the Phase 1, 2 & 3 of the aggrement.

(i) During phase 3 the team leader shall be equal or better qualification in
case the replacement is necessitated. Morover the combined technical score
of these 3 key personnels

(i) Resident cum Highway Engineer

(ii) Bridge/Structural Engineer

(iii) Senior Pavement specialist

to be deployed during phase 3 (Construction, Supervision & Maintenance)

should be equal or more then the Technical score of 3 key personnels(except
team leader) as assessed during the technical evaluation. This would ensure
that the evaluated preferred bidder during the evaluation stage remain the
preferred bidders even in the phase 3 stage (Construction, Supervision &
Maintenance).

- 389 -
 (ii) Replacement of team leader and other key personnel are permitted once
during Phase III ([Link] and Maintenance stage) without any
reduction in remuneration subject to equally or better qualified and
experienced personnel being provided to the satisfaction of the Authority.
However any further Replacement of all the Key Personnel shall be permitted
subject to reduction of remuneration equal to 2 % (two per cent) of the total
remuneration specified for the Key Personnel who is proposed to be replaced
subject to equally or better qualified and experienced personnel being
provided to the satisfaction of the Authority. In case of emergency such as
death, serious medical ground the replacement of team leader and other key
personnels are permitted without any reduction in remuneration subject to
equally or better qualified and experienced personnel being provided to the
satisfaction of the Authority. The maximum age limit of replaced key
personnel shall be 65 years as on the date of submission of proposal for such
replacement.

4.5.3 If the consultant finds that any of the personnel had made false or fake
representation regarding his qualification and experience, he may request the
Employer for replacement of the personnel. There shall be no reduction in
remuneration for such replacement. The replacement shall however be of equal or
better score. The personnel so replaced shall be debarred from future projects for 2
years.

4.5.4 Replacement after original contract period is over:

There shall be no limit on the replacements and no reduction in remunerations shall

be made. The replacement shall however be of equal or better score.

4.5.5 If the Employer (i) finds that any of the Personnel has committed seriousmisconduct
or has been charged with having committed a criminal action or (ii)hasreasonable
groundtobe dissatisfied with the performance of any of the Personnel, then the
consultant shall, at the Employer’swritten request specifying the grounds therefore,
forthwith provide a replacementwith qualifications and experience acceptable to
him. For such replacement there will be no reduction in remuneration.

4.5.6 If any member of the approved team of a consultant engaged by client leaves
thatconsultant before completion of the job, he shall be barred for a period of 24
monthsfrom being engaged as a team member of any other consultant working (or
to beappointed) for any other MoRTH projects.

4.5.7 In case, person permanently employed with the firm is to be replaced, technical
score of both the CVs will be compared excluding the marks given for employment
with firm. Replacement would be allowed when the Technical score (excluding the
marks given for employment with the firm) of the new key person is equal or better
than the existing key person’s Technical Score excluding marks assigned for
permanent employment with the firm. However, the remuneration of such
replacement shall be reduced on proportionate basis in case the overall score of the
replacement person is less than the overall score of original person.

4.6 Resident Team Leader and Coordinator

The person designated as the Team Leader of the Consultant’s Personnel shall be
responsible for the coordinated, timely and efficient functioning of the Personnel. In
addition, the Consultant shall designate a suitable person from its Head Office as
Project Coordinator who shall be responsible for day to day performance of the

- 390 -
 Services.

5. OBLIGATION OF THE CLIENT

5.1 Assistance and Exemptionsunless otherwise specified in the SC, the Client shall use its
best efforts to ensure that the Government shall:

(a) provide the Consultants, Sub consultants and Personnel with work permits
and such other documents as shall be necessary to enable the Consultants,
Subconsultants or Personnel to perform the Services;

(b) assist for the Personnel and, if appropriate, their eligible dependents to be
provided promptly with all supporting papers for necessary entry and exit
visas, residence permits, exchange permits and any other documents required
for their stay in India;

(c) Facilitate prompt clearance through customs of any property required for the
Services;

(d) issue to officials, agents and representatives of the Government all such
instructions as may be necessary or appropriate for the prompt and effective
implementation ofthe Services;

Assist the Consultants and the Personnel and any Sub-consultants and or
Associates employed bytheConsultants for theServicesfromany
requirementtoregisterorobtainanypermitto practicetheirprofessionorto
establishthemselveseitherindividuallyorasacorporateentityaccordingto the
Applicable Law;
(a) grant to the Consultants, any Sub-consultants and or Associates and the
Personnelofeitherofthemtheprivilege,pursuanttotheApplicableLaw,of
bringing into Government's country reasonable amounts of foreign currency
forthepurposesoftheServicesorforthepersonaluseofthePersonneland their
dependents and of withdrawing any such amounts as may be earned therein
by the Personnel in the execution of the Services: and
(b) ProvidetotheConsultants,Sub-consultantsandorAssociatesandPersonnel any
such other assistance as may be specified in the SC.

5.2 Access to Land

The Client warrants that the Consultants shall have, free of charge, unimpeded access
to all land in the Government’s country in respect of which access is required for the
performance of the Services. The Client will be responsible for any damage to such
land or any property thereon resulting from such access and will indemnify the
Consultants and each of the Personnel in respect of liability for any such damage,
unless such damage is caused by the default or negligence of the Consultants or any
Subconsultants or the Personnel of either of them.

5.3 Change in the Applicable Law

If, after the date of this Contract, there is any change in the Applicable Law with respect to
taxes and duties which increases or decreases the cost or reimbursable expenses
incurred by the Consultants in performing the Services, then the remuneration and

- 391 -
reimbursable expenses otherwise payable to the Consultants under this Contract shall be
increased or decreased accordingly by agreement between the Parties hereto, and
corresponding adjustments shall be made to the ceiling amounts specified in
Clause6.1(b). For any increase or decrease of amount due to change in the Applicable law,
a supplementary agreement between the parties shall be executed before making any
such payments.

- 392 -
5.4 Services, Facilities and Property of the Client

The client shall make available to the Consultants and the Personnel, for the purposes of
the Services and free of any charge, the services, facilities and property described in
Appendix D at the times and in the manner specified in said Appendix D, provided that if
such services, facilities and property shall not be made available to the Consultants asand
when so specified, the Parties shall agree on (i) any time extension that may be
appropriate to grant to the Consultants for the performance of the Services, (ii) the
manner in which the Consultants shall procure any such services, facilities and property
from other sources, and (iii) the additional payments, if any, to be made to the
Consultants as a result thereof pursuant to Clause 6.1(c) hereinafter.

5.5 Payment

In consideration of the Services performed by the Consultants under this Contract, the
Client shall make to the Consultants such payments and in such manner as is provided by
Clause 6 of this Contract.

6. PAYMENT TO THE CONSULTANTS

6.1 Cost Estimates: Ceiling Amount

(a) An abstract of the cost of the Services payable in local currency (Indian
Rupees) is set forth in Appendix E.

(b) Except as may be otherwise agreed under Clause 2.6 and subject to Clause
6.1(c), the payments under this Contract shall not exceed the ceiling specified
in the SC. The Consultants shall notify the Client as soon as cumulative
charges incurred for the Services have reached 80% of the ceiling.

(c) Notwithstanding Clause 6.1(b) hereof, if pursuant to Clauses 5.4 hereof, the
Parties shall agree that additional payments shall be made to the Consultants
in order to cover any necessary additional expenditures not envisaged in the
cost estimates referred to in Clause 6.1(a) above, the ceiling set forth in Clause
6.1(b) above shall be increased by the amount or amounts, as the case may be,
of any such additional payments.

6.2 Currency of Payment

(a) The payment shall be made in Indian Rupees.

6.3 Mode of Billing and Payment

Billing and payments in respect of the Services shall be made as follows:-

(a) The Client shall cause to be paid to the Consultants an advance payment as
specified in the SC, and as otherwise set forth below. The advance payment will
be due after provision by the Consultants to the Client of a bank guarantee by a
bank acceptable to the Client in an amount (or amounts) and in a currency (or
currencies) specified in the SC, such bank guarantee (i) to remain effective until
the advance payment has been fully set off as provided in the SC, and ii) in such
form as the Client shall have approved in writing.

- 393 -
 (b) Payment Schedule

Payme
nt Payment
Phase Description Sub-Phase Key activities Phase key
wise activities%
%
1A Project planning and
2.0
(Feasibility mobilization
Study) Alignment finalization,
3.5
preliminary surveys
1 Project LA, FC & utilities
preparation identification; creation of draft 3.0
notifications and proposals
Detailed design of highway,
preparation of detailed project 3.5
1B (DPR) report with drawings 15.0%
Preparation of bid documents
3.0
and technical schedules
Land acquisition process(JMS
and 3D reports), Stage-I forest
proposal obtaining final 1.5
utilities estimates and
required clearances
Land acquisition award
Pre-
determination(3G report) & 5.0%
construction 1.0
Stage-II forest proposal
2 activities
approvals
Obtaining possession of land-
1.5
Land possession report
Mutation related work i.e.
1.0
court case, arbitration
A. During Construction
1. Review and approval of
design
[Link] of construction
work,
3. review of progress work
4. Quality assurance
Construction monitoring and supervision
3 activity and test, 80.0% 55.0
maintenance [Link] of safety of
work/workers/users/
pedestrians
6. Progress of pre-
construction activities
7. Clearances from different
agencies

- 394 -
 Payme
nt Payment
Phase Description Sub-Phase Key activities Phase key
wise activities%
%
B. During maintenance
1) Performance Monitoring
through Network Survey
Vehicle
2) Inspection of defect and
deficiencies 25.0
3) Maintenance of the road
work
4) Quality assurance during
project life
5) Safety aspects

Note: Consultants have to provide a certificate that all key personnel as envisaged in the
Contract Agreement has been actually deployed in the project. They have to submit the proof
of aadhar based biometric attendance/Geo-tagged selfie-based attendance at the time of
submission of bills to <Ministry of Road Transport and Highways>from time to time.

* The Concerned Project Director or his authorized representative shall ensure

and certify at least 5% test check of all the data collected by the Consultant before releasing
the payment to the Consultant.

(c) Beginning 13th months from the bid due date, billing rates shall be increased to cover all
items of contract i.e. remuneration, vehicle hire, office rent, consumables, furniture etc.
@ 5% every 12 months. However, for evaluation and award of the Bid proposals, the
quoted initial rate (as applicable for first 12 months from last date of submission of bid)
shall be multiplied by the total time input for each position on this contract, i.e. without
considering the increase in the billing rates.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated in the GCC and SCC, it shall be
mandatory to deploy the key personnel and sub-professional as per the Man- Months
Input specified in the Terms ofReference.
(e) Inadequate deployment of key personnel and sub-professional shall lead to deduction in
the monthly payment as per following table. The key personnel and sub-professional
shall be considered to be inadequately deployed if he/she is not present for less than
90% (Excluding holidays & as specified in special contract of contract, Appendix C:
Hours for work for consultant personnel) of the time stipulated in a half year (such as
Jan-June, July-Dec), as per the Man-Months input in the Terms of Reference and the
Deployment Schedule proposed by the firm. For avoidance of doubt, In case the Team
Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer has not been made available for 90% of the
stipulated time in the half year, then no monthly payment shall be released for one
month in the half year. However, for the part of absence/leave renumeration shall be
reduced on prorata basis.

- 395 -
(f) All payments shall be made in Indian Rupees and shall be subjected to applicable Indian
laws withholding taxes if any.

(g) Payment for Phase-1& 2-[Project preparation and Preconstruction activity]

(i) The payment to the consultant shall be made on deliverable basis as per the
payment schedule mentioned in GC 6.3(b). No payment shall become eligible
for the next stage till the consultant completes to the satisfaction of the
client the work pertaining to the preceding stage. The payment for the work
of sub-soil investigation (Boring)will be as per plan approved by the client
and will be paid as per actualat the rates quoted by the [Link]
payment for the quantity given by the client for boring will be deemed to be
included in the above mentioned payment schedule. Any adjustment in the
payment to the consultants will be made in the final payment only.

(ii) The Client shall cause the payment of the Consultants in Para 6.3 (b) above
asgiven in schedule of payment within thirty (30) days after the receipt by
the Client ofbills. Interests at the rate specified in the SC shall become
payable as from the abovedue date on any amount due by, but not paid on,
such due date.

(iii) The final payment under this Clause shall be made only after the final report
and a final statement, identified as such, shall have been submitted by the
Consultants and approved as satisfactory by the Client. The Services shall be
deemed completed and finally accepted by the Client and the final report
and final statement shall be deemed approved by the Client as satisfactory
one hundred and eighty (180) calendar days after receipt of the final report
and final statement by
theClientunlesstheClient,withinninety(90)dayperiod,gives written notice to
the Consultants specifying in detailed deficiencies in the Services, the final
report or final statement. The Consultants shall thereupon promptly make
any necessary corrections, and upon completion of such corrections, the
foregoing process shall be repeated. Any amount which the Client has paid
or caused to be paid in accordance with this Clause in excess of the amounts
actually payable in accordance with the provisions of this Contract shall
bereimbursed by the Consultants to the Client within thirty (30) days after
receipt by [Link] such claim by the Client for
reimbursement must be made within twelve (12) calendar months after
receipt by the Client of a final report and a final statement approved by the
Client in accordance with the above.

(iv) All payments under this Contract shall be made to the account of the
Consultants specified in the SC.

(v) Efforts need to be made by the Consultant to submit the schedule reports of
each road stretch /s of a package. However, due to reasons beyond the
reasonable control of Consultant, if the schedule submission of reports /
documents of each road stretch /s of a package is not done, the payment
shall be made on pro-rata basis.

- 396 -
(h) Payment for Phase-3-[Construction supervision and Maintenance]

(i) (a)During Construction-

The amount due to be paid to the Consultant during construction period based on
GC 6.3 (b) will be paid to the Consultant on monthly basis in proportion to the
financial progress of the civil works achieved by the contractor. If the financial
progress of the work is lagging behind the schedule considering original
construction period of civil works contract due to reasons attributable to the civil
works contractor, Client will make payment to the Consultant based on actual
mobilization of personnel and logistics as per Contract. The Client may however
review the requirement of personnel & logistics items commensurate to the
progress of the civil works and ask Consultant to reduce the deployment of
personnel & logistics and in such case, payment to the Consultant shall be for
reduced personnel and logistics from one month time period of the notice to the
effect from the Client notwithstanding the actual deployment by the Consultant.
Client may also ask the Consultant to demobilize with one month notice
period if the progress of civil works Contract is standstill or the civil works
Contract is terminated.

(i) (b) During maintenance

The due amount of the consultant’s financial proposal for Maintenance

supervision phase as mentioned in GC 6.3 (b) shall be paid monthly on
proportionate basis. Payment shall be deducted at the rate specified in form III of
RFP in case consultant do not use required equipment for supervision during
maintenance.

Notwithstanding any other provisions in the agreement in this regard, this

provision will prevail and override any other provision to the contrary in this
agreement.

(ii) As soon as practicable and not later than fifteen (15days)after the end of each
calendar month during the period of the Services, the Consultants shall submit
to the Client, in duplicate, itemized statements, accompanied by copies of
receiptedinvoices,vouchersandotherappropriatesupportingmaterials,ofthe
amounts payable pursuant to Clauses GC6.3 for such month. Each monthly
statement shall distinguish that portion of the total eligible costs which pertains
to remuneration from that portion which pertains to reimbursable
expenditures.
(iii) 75% of bill raised by the Consultant shall be paid within 72 Hrs and remaining
bill may be paid after due scrutiny. The Client shall cause the payment of the
Consultantsperiodicallyasgiveninscheduleofpaymentabovewithinthirty (30)
days after the receipt by the Client of bills with supporting documents. Only
such portion of a monthly statement that is not satisfactorily supported may be
withheld from payment. Should any discrepancy be found to exist between
actual payment and costs authorized to be incurred by the
Consultants,theClientmayaddorsubtractthedifferencefromanysubsequent

- 397 -
 payments. Interest at the rate specified in the SC shall become payable as from
the above due date on any amount due by, but not paid on such duedate.
(iv) The final payment under this Clause shall be made only after the final report and
a final statement, identified as such, shall have been submitted by the
Consultants and approved as satisfactory by the Client. The Services shall be
deemed completed and finally accepted by the Client and the final report and
final statement shall be deemed approved by the Client as satisfactory ninety
(90) calendar days after receipt of the final report and final statement by the
ClientunlesstheClient, within such ninety (90) dayperiod, giveswrittennotice to
the Consultants specifying in detail deficiencies in the Services, the final
[Link]
necessary corrections, and upon completion of such corrections, the foregoing
process shall be repeated. Any amount which the Client has paid or caused to be
paid in accordance with this Clause in excess of the amounts actually payable in
accordance with the provisions of this Contract shall be reimbursed by the
Consultants to the Client within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Consultants
of notice thereof. Any such claim by the Client for
reimbursementmustbemadewithintwelve(12)calendarmonths after receipt by
the Client of a final report and a final statement approved by the Client in
accordance with theabove.
(v) All payments under this Contract shall be made to the account of the
Consultants specified in the SC.

(I) “In the event that the construction of the project (under phase 3) occurs prior to the
Scheduled Construction completion Date, the Consultant shall be entitled to receive a
payment of bonus equivalent to 0.02% (zero point zero two per cent) of the
consultancy cost for each day by which the Construction completion Date precedes the
Scheduled Construction completion Date, but subject to a maximum of 2% (two per
cent) of the consultancy cost. Provided, however, that the payment of bonus, if any,
shall be made only after the issue of the Completion Certificate for the Civil work to the
Civil Contractor. For the avoidance of the doubt, the Parties agree that for the purpose
of determining the bonus payable hereunder, the Consultancy Price shall always be
deemed to be the amount specified in Financial Proposal, and shall exclude any revision
thereof for any reason.”

(J) Consultant will make payment of salary to all key personnel in their respective bank
accounts through electronic mode only. No cash transaction wrt salary will be made. Proof of
salary transfer through electronic mode shall be submitted by the consultant with each bill.

7. Responsibility for Accuracy of Project Documents

7.1 General

7.1.1 The Consultant shall be responsible for accuracy of the data collected, by him directly
orprocuredfromotheragencies/authorities,thedesigns,drawings,estimatesandallother
details prepared by him as part of these services. He shall indemnify the Authority
against any inaccuracy in the work which might surface during implementation of
the project. The Consultant will also be responsible for correcting, at his own cost

- 398 -
 and risk,the drawings including any re-survey / investigations and correcting layout
etc. if required during the execution of the Services.

7.1.2 The Consultant shall be fully responsible for the accuracy of design and drawings of
the bridges and structures. All the designs and drawings for bridges and structures
including all their components shall be fully checked by a Senior Engineer after
completion of the designs. All drawings for bridges and structures shall be duly
signed by the (a) Designer, (b) Senior Checking Engineer, and (c) Senior Bridge /
Structure Expert. The designs and drawings not signed by the three persons
mentioned above shall not be accepted. The Consultant shall indemnify the Client
against any inaccuracy / deficiency in the designs and drawings of the bridges and
structures noticed during the construction and even thereafter and the Client shall
bear no responsibility for the accuracy of the designs anddrawings submitted by the
Consultants.

7.1.3 The survey control marks established by the Consultant shall be protected by
theConsultants till the start of the Construction work.

7.2. Retention Money

An amount equivalent to 5% of the contract value shall be retained at the end of the
contract for accuracy of design, quantities submitted & supervision [Link] the same
will be releasedafter the completion of civil contract works or after 3 years from
completion of consultancy services, whichever is earlier. The retention money will
however be released by the Client on substitution by Bank Guarantee of the same
amount valid upto the period as above. Out of this 5%, 2.5% shall be in the form of
Bank Guarantee and 2.5% shall be the amount retained from Consultancy fee payable
to the Consultant.

7.3. Penalty

7.3.1. Penalty for Error/Variation

i. If variation in project cost occurs due to Change of scope requests of morethan 5%

of the total project cost as estimated by the consultant and these change of scope
requests arise due to deficiencies in the design provided by the consultant, the
penalty equivalent to 1% of the contract value shall be imposed. For this purpose
retention money equivalent to 1% of the contract value will be forfeited. This shall
exclude any additional/deletion of items/works ordered by the client during the
execution

ii. If there is a discrepancy in land to be acquired during the execution of the project
upto an extent of +/- 2% of the area of land, a penalty equivalent to 0.75% of the
contract value shall be imposed however, above panelty shall not be invoked if
discrepancy in land to be acquired is due to fault of revenue authority. For this
purpose retention money equivalent to 0.75% of the contract value will be forfeited.
This shall exclude any additional/deletion of items/works ordered by the client
during the execution. For discrepancy of more than + / - 2% of the area of land to be
acquired, the firm shall be declared as non-performing as per para [Link].

iii. If there is a variation in quantities of various itmes ofutilities shifting during the
execution of the project upto an extent of +/- 10% of the quantity estimated by the
design consultant, a penalty equivalent to 0.75% of the contract value shall be
imposed. For this purpose retention money equivalent to 0.75% of the contract
value will be forfeited. This shall exclude any additional/deletion of items/works

- 399 -
 ordered by the client during the execution

iv) For inaccuracies in survey/investigation/design work the penalties shall be

imposed as per details given in Table below:

Penalty (%age
[Link]. Item
ofcontract value)
Topographic Surveys 0.25 to 0.40
a) The horizontal alignment does not matchwith groundcondition.
1 b) The cross sections do not match with existing ground.
c)Theco-ordinatesaredefectiveasinstrumentsofdesired accuracy not
used.
Geotechnical Surveys 0.25 to 0.40
a)Incomplete surveys
2 b) Data not analyzed properly
c) The substrata substantially different from the actualstrata found
during construction.
Traffic data found to be varying by more than 25% on resurvey at
3 0.15 to 0.25
a later date, unless there are justifiable reasons.
Axle load data found to be varying by more than 25% on resurvey
4 0.15 to 0.25
at a later date, unless there are justifiable reasons.
The firm shall be
considered as
5 Structural Designs found to be unsafe or grossly over designed non-performing
as per para
[Link]

7.3.2 Penalty for delay

In case of delay in completion of services, a penalty equal to 0.01% of the contract

price per day subject to a maximum 1% of the contract value will be imposed and
shall be recovered from payments due/performance security. However in case of
delay due to reasons beyond the control of the consultant, suitable extension of time
will be granted on case to case basis.

7.3.3 Total amount of recovery from all penalties shall be limited to 4%of the Consultancy
Fee.

7.3.4 <Ministry of Road Transport and Highways>is in process of evolving performance

based rating system for DPR Consultants. Performance of Consultants shall be
monitored by <Ministry of Road Transport and Highways>and will be taken into
account in technical evaluation of future DPR projects. For this purpose, performance
of Consultant in the current project shall also be taken into account to create rating of
Consultant.

7.4 ACTION FOR DEFICIENCY IN SERVICES

7.4.1 Consultants liability towards the Client

Consultant shall be liable to indemnify the client for any direct loss or damage
accrued or likely to accrue due to deficiency in service rendered by him.

- 400 -
 [Link] Non Performing:

The firm shall be declared as non-performing under following circumstances:

(a) Structural Designs found to be unsafe or grossly over designed.

(b) Change of scope more then +/-10%.
(c) Discrepancy in land to be acquired during the execution of the project more
then +/-5%.
(d) Variation in quantities of various itmes ofutilities shifting during the
execution of the project more then +/- 20%.
(e) Recommendation for Release of Payment to the contractor and without
compliance of contractual obligation.
(f) In the absence of prescribed no of Key Personnel and non reporting of the
same to authority.
(g) In the case of major deficiencies in the Detailed Project Report involving time
and cost overrun and adverse effect on reputation of<Ministry of Road
Transport and Highways>.
[Link] Debarring-
If the firm is declared as non-performing under any clause [Link], the firm
will not be eligible for participating in future projects of the Ministry
(including NHAI, NHIDCL, BRO, etc.) for a period of 5 years.

8. FAIRNESS AND GOOD FAITH

8.1 Good Faith

The Parties undertake to act in good faith with respect to each other’s rights under
this Contract and to adopt all reasonable measures to ensure the realization of the
objectives of this Contract.

8.2 Operation of the Contract

The Parties recognize that it is impractical in this Contract to provide for every
contingency which may arise during the life of the Contract, and the Parties hereby
agree that it is their intention that this Contract shall operate fairly as between them,
and without detriment to the interest of either of them, and that, if during the term of
this Contract either Party believes that this Contract is operating unfairly, the Parties
will use their best efforts to agree on such action as may be necessary to remove the
cause or causes of such unfairness, but no failure to agree on any action pursuant to
this Clause shall give rise to a dispute subject to arbitration in accordance with Clause
9 hereof.

9. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

9.1 Amicable Settlement

The Parties shall use their best efforts to settle amicably all disputes arising out of or
in connection with this Contract or the interpretation thereof.

- 401 -
9.2 Dispute Resolution

9.2.1 Any dispute, difference or controversy of whatever nature howsoever arising under
or out of or in relation to this Agreement (including its interpretation) between the
Parties, and so notified in writing by either Party to the other Party (the “Dispute”)
shall, in the first instance, be attempted to be resolved amicably in accordance with
the conciliation procedure set forth in Clause 9.3.

9.2.2 The Parties agree to use their best efforts for resolving all Disputes arising under or in
respect of this Agreement promptly, equitably and in good faith, and further agree to
provide each other with reasonable access during normal business hours to all non –
privileged records, information and data pertaining to any dispute.

9.3 Conciliation

In the event of any Dispute between the Parties, either Party may call upon
[DG(RD)&SS, MoRTH] and the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the
Consultant or a substitute thereof for amicable settlement, and upon such
reference, the said persons shall meet no later than 10(ten) days from the date
of reference to discuss and attempt to amicably resolve the Dispute. If such
meeting does not take place within the 10(ten) day period or the Dispute is not
amicably settled within 15(fifteen) days of the meeting or the Dispute is not
resolved as evidenced by the signing of written terms of settlement within 30
(thirty) days of the notice in writing referred to in Clause 9.2.1 or such longer
period as may be mutually agreed by the Parties, either Party may refer the
Dispute to arbitration in accordance with the Provisions of Clause 9.4.

9.4 Arbitration

9.4.1. Any Dispute which is not resolved amicably by conciliation, as provided in

Clause 9.3, shall be finally decided by reference to arbitration by an Arbitral
Tribunal appointed in accordance with Clause 9.4.2. Such arbitration shall be
held in accordance with the Rules of Arbitration of the International Centre for
Alternative Dispute Resolution, New Delhi (the “Rules”), or such other rules as
may be mutually agreed by the Parties, and shall be subject to the provisions of
the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 as amended. The venue of such
arbitration shall be Dehradunand the language of arbitration proceedings shall
be English.

9.4.2 Each dispute submitted by a Party to arbitration shall be heard by a sole arbitrator to
be appointed as per the procedure below

a) Parties may agree to appoint a sole arbitrator or, failing agreement on the identity
of such sole arbitrator within thirty(30) days after receipt by the other Party of the
proposal of a name for such an appointment by the Party who initiated the
proceedings, either Party may apply to the President, Indian Roads Congress, New
Delhi for a list of not fewer than five nominees and, on receipt of such list, the
Parties shall alternately strike names therefrom, and the last remaining nominee
on the list shall be sole arbitrator for the matter in dispute. If the last remaining
nominee has not been determined in this manner within sixty (60) days of the date
of the list, the president, Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi, shall appoint, upon the
request of either Party and from such list or otherwise, a sole arbitrator for the
matter in dispute.

9.4.3 Substitute Arbitrator

- 402 -
 If for any reason an arbitrator is unable to perform his function, a substitute shall be
appointed in the same manner as the original arbitrator.

9.4.4 Qualifications of Arbitrator

The sole arbitrator selected pursuant to Clause 9.2.1 hereof shall be expert with
extensive experience in relation to the matter in dispute. Preference will be given to
the person having adequate experience in the Infrastructure Field/ Civil Engineering.

9.4.5 The Arbitrators shall make a reasoned award (the “Award”). Any Award made in any
arbitration held pursuant to this Clause 9 shall be final and biding on the Parties as
from the date it is made, and the Consultant and the Authority agree and undertake to
carry out such Award without delay.

9.4.6 The Consultant and the Authority agree that an Award may be enforced against the
Consultant and/or the Authority, as the case may be, and their respective assets
wherever situated.

9.4.7. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Parties shall remain in full force
and effect, pending the Award in any arbitration proceedings hereunder

9.4.8 Miscellaneous

In any arbitration proceeding hereunder:

(a) Proceedings shall, unless otherwise agreed by the parties be held in Delhi.

(b) The English language shall be the official language for all purposes;

(c) The decision of sole arbitrator shall be final and binding and shall be enforceable
in any court of competent jurisdiction, and the Parties hereby waive any
objections to or claims of immunity in respect of such enforcement; and

(d) The schedule of Expenses and Fee payable to the Arbitrator shall be/as per the
Schedule IV of Arbitration&Conciliation Act, 1996 as amended.

In exceptional cases, such as cases involving major legal implications/wider

ramifications/higher financial stakes etc. a special fee structure could be fixed in
consultation with the Contractor/Supervision Consultants and with the specific
approval of the MoRTHbefore appointment of the Arbitrator,

10. Change of Scope

The change of Scope on account of variation of total length as well as 4 laned length of
project Highway from the indicative length as given at Annexure- I of Letter of
Invitation of the RFP shall be dealt as follows

i) During the course of consultancy services in case it is considered

necessary to increase/decrease the scope of services(of total length or 4
laned length as compared to indicative Length as given in the RFP) by the
client the same shall be notified by Change of scope notice. Similarly, if the
Consultant determines that change of scope is needed, he shall inform of the
same to the Client. The Client will examine and shall either reject the proposal
or issue change of scope notice.

- 403 -
 ii) The Consultancy fee shall be revised on account of change of scope as below:

- In case the total length of project increase/ decrease up to 10% ofindicative

length given in the RFP: No change in Consultancy Fees.
In case the increase/ decrease in total length of project is more than 10 % of
the indicative length as given in the RFP: The consultancy fee shall be
increased/ decreased in the same proportion in which the length of the
project road is increased/ decreased beyond 10% .

iii) Increase/decrease in length on account of bypasses shall not be considered as

change of scope. However, the total length of the project highway (including
bypasses and realignment) along the finally approved alignment shall be
compared with the indicative length in the RFP for the purpose of variation.

10.1 The Consultancy fee shall be increased on account of change of scope as below:

a) In case of increase in configuration of Lanes in the project after thesubmission

of Final Report: 10% of the original consultancy charges

b) In case of change of mode of delivery is involved after submission of Final

Report / due to revision of specifications / IRC Codes etc.

(i) Revision of DPR after submission due to changes in 0.5% of the original Consultancy
IRC codes / specification etc. charges.

(ii) Revision of DPR due to changes in mode EPC / BOT 0.5% of the original Consultancy
/ HAM etc charges.

11. Fake CV

If any case of fake/incorrect/inflated CV is found, it shall be dealt with very severely

and would result in all possible penal action including following .This would also
apply even when the consulting firm is not successful in getting the assignment.

a. If any information is found incorrect/fake/inflated in the CV, at any stage,

debarment of the key personnel from future MoRTH or its Executing agencies
projects upto 2 years may be taken by MoRTH or its Executing Agencies.

b. In case, the information contained in the CV, for the duration in which the key
personnel was employed by the firm, proposing his candidature is found
incorrect/ fake/inflated at any stage, action including termination of the
consultancy agreement and debarment of the firm upto 2 years from future
MoRTH or its Executing Agencies projects shall be taken by MoRTH or its
Executing Agencies.

c. In case, the information contained in the CV for the duration in which the key
personnel was employed by the firm proposing his candidature is found
incorrect/fake/inflated at any stage, the consultancy firm shall have to refund the
salary and perks drawn in respect of the person apart from other consequences.

d. In case, the information contained in the CV for the duration in which the key

- 404 -
 personnel was not employed by the firm proposing his candidature is found
incorrect/fake/inflated at any stage, the consultancy firm will have to refund the
twice of salary and perks drawn in respect of the person.

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

Number ofGC Clause

A. Amendments of, and Supplements to, Clauses in the General Conditions

1.1(a) The words “in the Government’s country” are amended to read “in INDIA”

1.4 The language is: English

1.6.1 The addresses are:

For the Client : Superintending Engineer, National Highway, Dehradun

Attention :

Office of Regional Officer Ministry of Road Transport And Highways

Government of India, Ist Floor , The Institutions of Engineers (India) Building,
Near ISBT, Saharanpur Road ,Dehradun, Uttrakhand. Tel-0135-2738657

E-mail:

For the Consultants:

Attention: Name
Designation
Address
Tel: Fax: E-mail address

1.6.2 Notice will be deemed to be effective as follows:

(a) In the case of personal delivery or registered mail, on delivery;

(b) In the case of facsimiles, 24 hours following confirmed transmission.

(c) In case of E mail, 24 hours following confirmed transmission.

(d) In the case of telexes, 24 hours following confirmed transmission;

(e) In the case of telegrams, 24 hours following confirmed transmission; and

1.8 Entity to Act as Member in charge (In case of Joint Venture of Consultants) ..........

1.9 The Authorized Representatives are:

For the Client : ( -- )

- 405 -
 Director, MoRT&H ( -- )

For the Consultant: Name

Designation

1.10 The Consultants and the personnel shall pay the taxes, duties, fees, levies and other
impositions levied under the existing, amended or enacted laws (prevailing 7 days
before the last date of submission of bids) during life of this contract and the Client
shallperform such duties in regard to the deduction of such tax as may be lawfully
imposed.

2.1 The effectiveness conditions are the following:

a) The contract has been approved byMoRT&H .

b) The consultant will furnish within 15 days of the issue of Letter of Acceptance
(LOA), anunconditional Bank Guarantee equivalent to 2.0% of the total contract
value from a Nationalized Bank, IDBI or ICICI/ICICI Bank/Foreign Bank/EXIM
Bank / Any Scheduled Commercial Bank approved by RBI having a net worth of
not less than Rs.1000 crore as per latest Annual Report of the [Link] the case of a
Foreign Bank (issued by a Branch in India) the net worth in respect of Indian
operations shall only be taken into account. In case of Foreign Bank, the BG issued
by Foreign Bank should be counter guaranteed by any Nationalized Bank in India.
In case of JV, the BG shall be furnished on behalf of the JV or by the lead member of
the JVs towards Performance Security valid for a period of six months beyond the
expiry of contract period

2.2 The time period shall be “four months” or such other time period as the parties may
agree in writing.

2.3 The time period shall be“fifteen days” or such other time period as the Parties may
agree in writing.

2.4 The time period shall be ------ months or such other time period as the parties may
agree in writing.

2.9.4 If after finalisation of DPR, if the project has not been awarded within 2.5 years
then the consultant is free to exit from the PMC work

2.9.7 Foreclosure with mutual consent (New Clause)

[Link] Without prejudice to any provision of this Agreement, the Authority and Consultant
may foreclose this Agreement by mutual consent in circumstances which does not constitute
either party’s default without any liability or consequential future liability for either party
except as mentioned in this Clause.

[Link] Should a Party intend to foreclose this Agreement by mutual consent, the intending
Party shall issue a notice to the other Party and upon issuance of such notice, the other Party
may within 15 days from receipt of such notice either agree to such foreclosure or raise
objection(s) to the same by intimating either of the two possible positions to the intending

- 406 -
Party in writing. In case the contract is foreclosed on mutual consent, payment upto the
completed stage will be paid as per CI 9.6 (b) of GC and remuneration & logistics beyond
completed stage will be paid as per actual using the rates quoted in Consultants’ financial
proposal.

[Link] If at inception stage or feasibility stage, employer desires to foreclose the contract,
the contract will be foreclosed with mutual consent up to that stage and the Consultant’s
consent is implied without exception.

[Link] Any attempt or endeavor for foreclosure by mutual agreement shall be without
prejudice to the rights and obligations of the Parties herein and the factum of such an attempt
or exercise shall not stop either of the Parties from discharging their contractual obligations
under this Agreement.

[Link] For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that such foreclosure will be without
prejudice to the Consultant and shall not affect the Consultant in any way if it wishes to bid in
future projects of the Authority.

[Link] In case the project has not been awarded within a period of 2.5 years from the date
of finalization of DPR and the Consultants have completed their activities under Phase 2,
Consultants is free to exit from the Contract and such circumstances. Client will pay 5% of
phase 3 cost quoted by the Consultants in its Financial Proposal as commitment charges on
submission of an affidavit by the Consultants waiving Client from any claim in future.

3.4 Limitation of the Consultants’ Liability towards the Client

(a) Except in case of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Consultants
or on the part of any person or firm acting on behalf of the Consultants in
carrying out the Services, the Consultants, with respect to damage caused by the
Consultants to the Client’s property, shall not be liable to the Client:

(i) for any indirect or consequential loss or damage; and

(ii) for any direct loss or damage that exceeds (A) the total payments
forProfessionalFees and Reimbursable Expenditure made or expected to be
made to the Consultants hereunder, or (B) the proceeds the Consultants may
be entitled to receive from any insurance maintained by the Consultants to
cover such a liability, whichever of (A) or (B) is higher.

(b) This limitation of liability shall not affect the Consultants’ liability, if any, for
damage to Third Parties caused by the Consultants or any person or firm acting
on behalf of the Consultants in carrying out the Services.

3.5 The risks and the coverage shall be as follows:

(a) Third Party motor vehicle liability insurance as required under Motor Vehicles Act,
1988 as amended in respect of motor vehicles operated in India by the Consultants
or their Personnel or any Sub consultants or their Personnel for the period of
consultancy.

(b) Third Party liability insurance with a minimum coverage, for Rs.1.00 million for
the period of consultancy.

(c) (i) The Consultant shall provide toMoRT&H Professional Liability Insurance
(PLI) for a period of Five yearsbeyond completion of Consultancy services or as
per Applicable Law, whichever is higher.

- 407 -
 (ii) The Consultant will maintain at its expense PLI including coverage for errors and
omissions caused by Consultant’s negligence in the performance of its duties
under this agreement, (A) For the amount not exceeding total payments for
Professional Fees and Reimbursable Expenditures made or expected to be
made to the Consultants hereunder OR (B) the proceeds, the Consultants
may be entitled to receive from any insurance maintained by the Consultants to
cover such a liability, whichever of (A) or (B) is higher.
(iii) The policy should be issued only from an Insurance Companyoperating in India.
(iv) The policy must clearly indicate the limit of indemnity in terms of “Any One
Accident” (AOA) and “Aggregate limit on the policy” (AOP) and in no case should
be for an amount less than stated in the contract.
(v) If the Consultant enters into an agreement with MoRT&H in a joint venture,the
policy must be procured and provided toMoRT&H by the joint venture entity
and not by the individual partners of the joint venture.
(vi) The contract may include a provision thereby the Consultant does not cancelthe
policy midterm without the consent of MoRT&H . The insurance company may
provide an undertaking in this regard.

(d) Employer’s liability and workers’ compensation insurance in respect of the Personnel
of the Consultants and of any Sub consultant, in accordance with the relevant
provisions of the Applicable Law, as well as, with respect to such Personnel, any such
life, health, accident, travel or other insurance as may be appropriate; and all
insurances and policies should start from the date of commencement of services and
remain effective as per relevant requirements of contract agreement.

3.7(c) The other actions are

"(i) taking any action under a civil works contract designating the Consultants as
"Authority’s Engineer", for which action, pursuant to such civil works contract,
the written approval of the Client as "Employer" is required".

3.9 The Consultants shall not use these documents for purposes unrelated to this
Contract without the prior written approval of the Client.

4.6 The person designated as Team Leader cum Senior TunnelExpertinAppendix Bshall
serve in that capacity, as specified in Clause 4.6.

6.1 (b) The ceiling amount in local currency is Rs……… (Excluding Goods&Services
Tax)

6.3 (a) No advance payment will be made.

6.3 (b) Additional conditions: Payment for Phase-3-[Construction supervision and

Maintenance]

(i) Payment of Authority Engineer shall be released on approval of the monthly

reports. Report shall be approved by the Authority only if it includes all the
sections prescribed in the format and submitted as per specified timelines.

(ii) Payment shall be released as per rates quoted in Form-III of Appendix-IV-

Breakup of Local currency costs.

- 408 -
 (iii) For equipment based road inspection to be conducted in O&M phase,
payment shall be released as per actual use of equipment on road and rates
quoted in Form-III of Appendix-IV- Breakup of Local currency costs.

(iv) If any of the report is found to be misleading or containing incorrect

information as determined by the Authority, 10% of payment linked to that
report shall be deducted as penalty

(v) It is understood(i)that the remuneration rates shall cover(A) such salaries

and allowances as the Consultants shall have agreed to pay to the Personnel
as well as factors for social charges and overhead, and (B)the cost of back
stopping by home office staff not included in the Personnel listed in
Appendix C, and(C)the Consultants' fee;(ii)that bonuses or other means of
profit-sharing shall not be allowed as an element of overhead, and(iii)that
any rates specified for persons not yet appointed shall be provisional and
shall be subject to revision, with the written approval of the Client, once the
applicable salaries and allowances are known.

(vi) Remuneration for periods of less than one month shall be calculated on
anhourly basis for actual time spent in the Consultants' home office and
directly attributable to the Services(one hour being equivalent to 1/240th of
a month) and on a calendar-day basis for time spent away from home
office(one day being equivalent to 1/30th of a month).

(vii) The rates for foreign and local Personnel are set forth in Appendix E

6.3 (g)(ii) &(h)(ii) The interest rate is: @ 10% per annum

6.3 (g)(iv) & (h)(v)The account is:

Account Number: _______________

IFSC Code : _______________

9.2 Disputes shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

9.2.1 Selection of Arbitrators

Each dispute submitted by a Party to arbitration shall be heard by a sole arbitrator to

be appointed as per the procedure below

a) Parties may agree to appoint a sole arbitrator or, failing agreement on the
identity of such sole arbitrator within thirty(30) days after receipt by the
other Party of the proposal of a name for such an appointment by the Party
who initiated the proceedings, either Party may apply to the President,
Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi for a list of not fewer than five nominees
and, on receipt of such list, the Parties shall alternately strike names
therefrom, and the last remaining nominee on the list shall be sole arbitrator
for the matter in dispute. If the last remaining nominee has not been
determined in this manner within sixty (60) days of the date of the list, the
president, Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi, shall appoint, upon the request
of either Party and from such list or otherwise, a sole arbitrator for the matter

- 409 -
in dispute.

- 410 -
Appendix A

Terms of reference containing, inter-alia, the Description of the Services and

ReportingRequirements

- 411 -
 Appendix A1: Reporting Requirements

[List format, frequency, contents of reports and number of copies; persons to receive them; dates
of submission etc. If no reports are to be submitted, state here "Not applicable".}

Please refer TOR

- 412 -
Appendix B

Consultants’ Sub consultants, Key Personnel and Sub Professional Personnel

- 413 -
 Appendix B1: Medical Certificate

[Show here an acceptable form of medical certificate for foreign Personnel to be stationedin
India. If there is no need for a medical certificate, state here: "Not applicable. "]

The form of Medical Certificate as required under the rules of Govt. of India

- 414 -
Appendix C

Hours of work for Consultants’ Personnel

The Consultant’s personnel shall normally work for 8 hours in a day and six days a week.
Normally Sundays shall be closed for working. In addition they shall also be allowed to avail
holidays as observed by the Client’s office in the relevant state without deduction of
remunerations. In case any person is required to work on Sunday or Holiday due to exigency
of work, he/she shall be given compensatory leave within the next 15 days. In addition,
casual leave for 12 days shall be permitted in a year to each Key Personnel/ Sub-Professional
with prior intimation to the Authority. Out of this, a maximum of 3 CLs can be availed either
separately or together in a quarter and the period of the CLs would be counted as Key
Personnel / Sub- Professional being on duty.

- 415 -
Appendix D

Duties of the Client

[List here under:

D-1 Services, facilities and property to be made available to the Consultants by the
Client.

D-2 Counterpart personnel to be made available to the Consultants by the Client.]

Please refer TOR

- 416 -
Appendix E

Cost Estimate

List hereunder cost estimate in INR:

1. Monthly rates for local Personnel (Key Personnel and other Personnel)

2. Reimbursable/Rental/Fixed expenditures as follows:

a. Cost of local transportation.

b. Cost of other local services, rentals, utilities, etc.

- 417 -
 Appendix F:

Copy of letter of invitation

- 418 -
Appendix G:

Copy of letter of acceptance

- 419 -
Appendix –H

(PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE)

(Clause-13 of TOR)

To

Address of Employer:

1
WHEREAS________________________[Name and address of Consultants] (hereinafter called “the
consultants”) has undertaken, in pursuance of ContractNo.___________________dated
__________________ to provides the services on terms and conditions set forth in this
Contract________________________[Name of contract and brief description of works) (hereinafter
called the “the Contract”).

AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the Consultants shall
furnish you with a Bank Guarantee by a recognized bank for the sum specified there in as
security for compliance with his obligations in accordance with the Contract;

AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the Consultants such a BankGuarantee;

NOWTHEREOFweherebyaffirmthatwearetheGuarantorandresponsibletoyou,onbehalfoftheCo
2
nsultantsuptoatotalof[amount of Guarantee] ________________[inwords], such sum being
payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, and
we undertake to pay you, upon your first written demand and without cavil or argument, any
sum or sums within the limits of [amount of Guarantee] as aforesaid without your needing to
prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand for the sum specified therein.

We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the Consultants before
presenting us with the demand.

We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the
Contract or of the services to be performed there under or of any of the Contract documents
which may be made between you and the Consultants shall in any way release us from any
liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or
modification.

The liability of the Bank under this Guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the
constitution of the consultants or of the Bank.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein before, our liability under this guarantee is
restricted to Rs.______________________________________(Rs.__________________________) and the
guaranteeshall remain valid till___________________________________. Unless a claim or a demand in
writing is made up on us on or before ____________________________________all our liability under
this guarantee shall cease.

- 420 -
This guarantee shall be valid for a period of 80 months i.e. upto 2 months beyond the expiry of
contract of 78 months.

Signature and Seal of the Guarantor _________________In presence of

Name and Designation

1.

(Name, Signature&Occupation)

Name of the Bank

Address 2.

(Name &Occupation)

Date

1Give names of all partners if the Consultants is a Joint Venture.

- 421 -
Appendix I: Minutes of Pre-bid meeting

- 422 -
Appendix-J

Memorandum of Understanding

between

__________________

And

_________________________

Whereas the MoRT&H / Ministry of Road Transport & Highways (MoRT&H)/...... State
PWD (the ‘Employer’) has invited proposal for appointment of Authority’s Engineer for
__________________ (Name of project) hereinafter called the Project.

And Whereas _________________ (Lead Partner) and _______________ JV partner/s have

agreed to form a Joint Venture to provide the said services to the Employer as Authority’s
Engineer; and

Now, therefore, it is hereby agreed by and on behalf of the partners as follows:

(i) ___________ will be the lead partner and ____________ will be the other JV partner/s.

(ii) ______________ (lead partner) shall be the incharge of overall administration of contract
and shall be authorised representative of all JV partners for conducting all business
for and on behalf of the JV during the bidding process and subsequently, represent the
joint venture for and on behalf of the JV for all contractual matters for dealing with the
Employer/EPC Contractor if Consultancy work is awarded to JV.

(iii) All JV partners do hereby undertake to be jointly and severely responsible for all the
obligation and liabilities relating to the consultancy work and in accordance with the
Terms of Reference of the Request for Proposal for the Consultancy Services.

(iv) Subsequently, if the JV is selected to provide the desired consultancy services, a

detailed MOU indicating the specific project inputs and role of each partner/s along
with percentage sharing of cost of services shall be submitted tothe Employer
(Consultant may submit the detailed MOU along with percentage sharing of cost at the
time of bidding also).

For____________________ (Name of Lead partner)

_____________________

Managing Director/Head of the Firm

Address

For____________________ (Name of JV partner/s)

_______________________

- 423 -
Managing Director/Head of the Firm

Address

For____________________ (Name of Associate Partner/s)

DISCLAIMER

The Applicant must read all the instructions in the RFP and submit the same accordingly.

- 424 -
APPENDIX-VIII

DPR Checklist – Stage 1 – Inception Report (Tunnel)

General Details

Project Name

Consultant's Name

Date of Review

Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
1 Executive Summary
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2 Project Appreciation
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2.1 Location of site office
☐

Review of scope of ToR and gap Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.2
identification ☐

Key departments identified for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.3
various documents ☐

Start and end location of project

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2.4 verified with client (Mention
☐
details)

Project description
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2.5 Start and End Chainage
☐
Village/District

Project location map

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2.6 On State Map
☐
On District Map

Site photos and data of project Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.7
alignment ☐

- 425 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2.8 Overview of land use plans
☐

Overview of existing pavement

conditions

Number of Lanes Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.9
☐
Type of Pavement
(Flexible/Rigid/Surfaced/
Unsurfaced)

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2.10 Existing right of way details
☐

Number/ Location of major and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.11
minor bridges ☐

Number/ Location of level

crossings Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2.12
☐

Number/ Location of ROB and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.13
RUB ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.14
project Tunnel ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3 Approach Methodology
☐

Engineering survey and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.1
investigations ☐

Design of Tunnel, pavements and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.2
structures ☐

Environment and social impact Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.3 NA
assessment ☐

Estimation of project cost, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.4
viability and financing options ☐

- 426 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.5
project ☐

Task Assignment and Manning Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4
Schedule ☐

Number of key personnel Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.1
provided ☐

Specific tasks assigned to each Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.2
key personnel ☐

Manning schedule for key Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.3
personnel ☐

Number of key personnel Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.4
deployed at site ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5 Performa for data collection
☐

Indicative design standards and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6
cross sections ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7 Development plans
☐

Overview of development plans

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.1 being implemented/ proposed by
☐
local bodies

Overview of impact of such Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.2
development plans ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8 Quality Assurance Plan
☐

Engineering surveys and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.1
investigation ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8.2 Traffic surveys
☐

- 427 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Material geo-technical and sub- Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.3
soil investigations ☐

Tunnel and pavement Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.4
investigations ☐

Investigation and design of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.5
Tunnel and structures ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8.6 Environment and R&R assessment
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8.7 Economic and financial analysis
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8.8 Drawing and documentation
☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.9
project ☐

Discussion of draft QAP document Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.10
with client ☐

Approval of final QAP document Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.11
by client ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9 Draft design Standards
☐

Geometric design standards of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.1
Tunnel (Plain) ☐

Geometric design standards of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.2
Tunnel (Hilly) ☐

Conclusions and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10
recommendations ☐

Conclusions and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.1
recommendations ☐

Report fulfils project objectives Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.2
and scope as per RFP ☐

- 428 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Report reviewed for errors and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.3
omissions ☐

Compliance report prepared on Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.4
client observations ☐

DPR Checklist – Stage 2 – Feasibility Report (Tunnel)

General Details

Project Name

Consultant's Name

Date of Review

Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
1 Executive Summary
☐

Overview of client organization / Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2
activities ☐

Methodology adopted for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3
feasibility study ☐

Socioeconomic profile of the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4
project areas ☐

Regional economic profile basis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.1
last 10 years data as per IRC ☐

Economic profile of project

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4.2 influence area basis last 10 years
☐
data as per IRC

Socio Economic status of project Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.3
influence area ☐

- 429 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks
Specifications

Indicative design standards, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5
methodologies, and specifications ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6 Traffic surveys and analysis
☐

Classified traffic volume counts Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.1
using IHMCL data (7 day data) ☐

Traffic projection methodology as Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.2
per IRC:108 ☐

Projected Traffic data for 20 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.3
years ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.4 Current and Projected PCU
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.5 Current and Projected TVU
☐

Origin destination surveys as per Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.6
IRC: 102 ☐

Speed and delay studies as per Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.7
IRC:102 ☐

Traffic surveys for the design of

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.8 road junctions as per data in IRC:
☐
SP:41

Analysis for replacing railway

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.9 level crossings with over bridges/
☐
subways

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.10 Axle load survey as per IRC:SP:19
☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.11
project ☐

Traffic surveys monitored and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.12
reviewed by the client ☐

- 430 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7 Reconnaissance survey
☐

7.1 Road Inventory Survey as per Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

IRC:SP:19 ☐

7.2 Review of Road Inventory survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

by client ☐

7.3 Chainage wise details of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

pavement composition survey ☐

Geological Survey
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.4 Geological Map of the Area
☐
Seismicity

Climatic Conditions

Temperature Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.5
Rainfall ☐

Wind

7.6 Pavement composition and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

condition survey as per IRC:SP:19 ☐

7.7 Review of pavement composition Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

and condition survey by client ☐

7.8 Pavement roughness survey as per Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

IRC:SP:16 ☐

7.9 Review of pavement roughness Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

survey by client ☐

7.10 Pavement structural strength Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

survey as per IRC:81 ☐

7.11 Review of pavement structural Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

strength survey by client ☐

7.12 Sub grade characteristics and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

strengths ☐

- 431 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks
Specifications

Topographical survey as per

IRC:SP:19 using LiDAR
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.13
Gradient ☐

Terrain

7.14 Review of topographical survey by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

client ☐

7.15 Inventory of bridges, culverts and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

structures ☐

7.16 Condition survey for bridges, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

culverts and structures ☐

Review of condition survey for

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.17 bridges, culverts and structures by
☐
client

7.18 Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

project ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8
Geotechnical Survey ☐

8.1 Geo-technical and sub-soil Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

explorations as per IRC:78 ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8.2
Bore holes dug for Tunneling ☐

8.3 Review of geo-technical and sub- Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

soil explorations by client ☐

Field testing, soil sampling,

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8.4 laboratory testing in accordance
☐
with BIS/ AASHTO/ BS

8.5 Recommendation of Foundation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

Type and Depth ☐

8.6 Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

project ☐

- 432 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9
Hydraulic and Hydrological Survey ☐

Hydraulic and hydrological

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9.1 investigations as per IRC:SP:13
☐
and IRC:5

High Flood Level specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.2
☐

Depth of Water Table specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.3
☐

Ponded Water Level specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.4
☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.5 project ☐

9.6 Review of hydrological Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

investigations by client ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10
Materials Survey ☐

10.1 Materials Survey conducted as per Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

IRC:SP:19 ☐

Sources of Naturally Occurring

Aggregates specified
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.2 Details of Borrow Pits with
☐
Distance from Project Site

Cost of Material/ Transportation

Sources of Manufactured Items

specified
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.3 Details of suppliers with distance
☐
from project site

Cost of material/ transportation

10.4 Sources of water for construction Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

specified as per IS: 456 ☐

- 433 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks
Specifications

10.5 Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

project ☐

Environmental screening/
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
11 preliminary environmental
☐
assessment

Analysis basis Initial Environment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

11.1
Examination in IRC: SP: 19 ☐

Recommended feasible mitigation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

11.2
measures ☐

Initial social assessment/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12
preliminary LA resettlement plan ☐

Analysis basis Initial Environment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.1
Examination in IRC: SP: 19 ☐

Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.2
potentially affected persons ☐

Names/ Details of consultation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.3
with local NGOs ☐

Names/ Details of consultation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.4
with municipal authorities ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
12.5 Preliminary resettlement plan
☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.6
project ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
13 Cost estimates
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
13.1 Item rates and rate analysis
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
13.2 Escalation
☐

- 434 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
14 Economic and financial analysis
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
14.1 Estimated cost details
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
14.2 Projected revenues details
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
14.3 Assumptions stated
☐

Analysis and results (IRR,

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
14.4 Sensitivity Analysis, Financial
☐
Viability)

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
15 Strip plan and Alignment
☐

Details of center line of proposed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

15.1
Tunnel ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
15.2 Details of existing RoW
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
15.3 Details of proposed RoW
☐

Details about ownership of land to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

15.4
be acquired ☐

Strip plan basis reconnaissance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

15.5
and topographic surveys ☐

Strip plan reviewed and approved Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

15.6
by the client ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
16 Alignment Options Study
☐

At least two alignments proposed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

16.1
Details of Alignments on Map ☐

- 435 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks
Specifications

Review of options with client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

16.2
☐

Review of options with local Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

16.2.1 authority
☐

Length of the project along Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

16.3 proposed alignment options ☐

Land Acquisition required along Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

16.4 alignment options ☐

Environmental impact of each Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

16.4.1 option
☐

Review of road geometry and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

16.4.2 safety for each option
☐

Cost Estimates of alternatives Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

16.5
☐

Recommended Alignment with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

16.6 Justification ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

16.7 project ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
17 Technical Specifications
☐

MoRTH technical specifications for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

17.1
Roads and Bridge works followed ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
17.2 Details of technical specifications
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
18 Rate Analysis
☐

Rate analysis for all relevant Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

18.1
items as per latest SoR ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
19 Cost Estimates
☐

- 436 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks
Specifications

Cost estimates for all relevant Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

19.1
items as per latest SoR ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
20 Bill of quantities
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
21 Conclusions and recommendations
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
21.1 Conclusions and recommendations
☐

Report fulfils project objectives Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

21.2
and scope as per RFP ☐

Report reviewed for errors and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

21.3
omissions ☐

Compliance report prepared on Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

21.4
client observations ☐

DPR Checklist – Stage 3 – LA and Clearances I Report (Tunnel)

General Details

Project Name

Consultant's Name

Date of Review

Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
1 Executive Summary NA
☐

Strip plan- additional details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2 NA
added ☐

- 437 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Details of centreline, existing

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2.1 structures, road furniture and NA
☐
other features

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2.2 Widening scheme NA
☐

New construction/ reconstruction Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.3 NA
of structures and amenities ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2.4 Existing and proposed right of way NA
☐

Clearances impacting each Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.5 NA
chainage ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3 Forest Clearance NA
☐

Requirement for forest clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.1 NA
identified ☐

Date/ Details of initial

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.2 consultation with competent
☐
authority

Details/cost of trees being felled

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.3 basis concerned District Forest
☐
Office

Date of submission of proposal for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.4 NA
forest clearance ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.5 Review of proposal by client NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4 Wildlife Clearance NA
☐

Requirement for wildlife clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.1 NA
identified ☐

Date/ Details of initial

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4.2 consultation with competent
☐
authority

- 438 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Details/cost of trees being felled

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4.3 basis concerned District Forest
☐
Office

Date of submission of proposal for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.4
wildlife clearance ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4.5 Review of proposal by client NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5 Utility Clearances (Electricity) NA
☐

Identification of overground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5.1
utilities ☐

Identification of underground
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5.2 utilities using GPR, Induction
☐
Locator or equivalent technologies

Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5.3
local authority/ people ☐

Utility relocation plan with

existing / proposed location Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5.4
showing existing RoW and ☐
topographic details

Cost for relocation as per Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5.5
authority ☐

Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5.6
competent authority ☐

Review of utility relocation plan/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5.7
proposal by client ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6 Utility Clearances (Water)
☐

Identification of overground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.1
utilities in RoW ☐

- 439 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Identification of underground
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.2 utilities using GPR, Induction
☐
Locator or equivalent technologies

Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.3
local authority/ people ☐

Utility relocation plan with

existing / proposed location Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.4
showing existing RoW and ☐
topographic details

Cost for relocation as per Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.5
authority ☐

Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.6
competent authority ☐

Review of utility relocation plan/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.7
proposal by client ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7 Utility Clearances (Others)
☐

Identification of overground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.1
utilities in RoW ☐

Identification of underground
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.2 utilities using GPR, Induction
☐
Locator or equivalent technologies

Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.3
local authority/ people ☐

Utility relocation plan with

existing / proposed location Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.4
showing existing RoW and ☐
topographic details

Cost for relocation as per Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.5
authority ☐

Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.6
competent authority ☐

- 440 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Review of utility relocation plan/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.7
proposal by client ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8 Railway Clearances
☐

Identification of ROB/ RUB on Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.1
project corridor ☐

Initial consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.2
competent authority ☐

Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.3
competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8.4 Review of GAD/ proposal by client
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9 Other Clearances
☐

Requirement for other clearances Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.1
identified ☐

Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.2
competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9.3 Review of proposal by client
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10 Land Acquisition
☐

Detailed schedule about

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.1 acquisition of landholdings as per
☐
land records

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.2 Consultation with affected persons
☐

Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.3
NGOs ☐

- 441 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.4
concerned government agencies ☐

Total land required, land area

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.5 already available, land to be
☐
acquired identified

Review of land acquisition using Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.6
digital cadastral map by client ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.7 Draft 3a notification submitted
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.8 Review of 3a notification by client
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.9 Date of 3a gazette notification
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.10 Draft 3a notification submitted
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.11 Review of 3A notification by client
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.12 Date of 3A gazette notification
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
11 Conclusions and recommendations
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
11.1 Conclusions and recommendations
☐

Report fulfils project objectives Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

11.2
and scope as per RFP ☐

Report reviewed for errors and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

11.3
omissions ☐

Compliance report prepared on Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

11.4
client observations ☐

- 442 -
DPR Checklist – Stage 4 – Detailed Project Report (Tunnel)

General Details

Project Name

Consultant's Name

Date of Review

Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐
1 Main Report
NA ☐

Introduction and project Yes ☐ No ☐

2
background NA ☐

Overview of project location, Yes ☐ No ☐

2.1
project objectives etc. NA ☐

Overview of report structure, Yes ☐ No ☐

2.2
deliverables etc. NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
3 Social analysis of the project
NA ☐

Project impact on stakeholders such Yes ☐ No ☐

3.1
as local people NA ☐

Project impact on residential, Yes ☐ No ☐

3.2
commercial and public properties NA ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐

3.3
project NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
4 Reconnaissance survey
NA ☐

- 443 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Geometric Features of the Existing

Road

Design Speed

Sight distance details Yes ☐ No ☐

4.1
NA ☐
Horizontal Alignment Details

Vertical Alignment Details

Height of Embankment

Topographical Survey using LiDAR

(or equivalent technology) as per
IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐
4.2
NA ☐
Gradient

Terrain

Pavement composition and Yes ☐ No ☐

4.3
condition survey as per IRC:SP:19 NA ☐

Pavement roughness survey as per Yes ☐ No ☐

4.4
IRC:SP:16 NA ☐

Pavement structural strength survey Yes ☐ No ☐

4.5
as per IRC:81 NA ☐

Geological Survey
Yes ☐ No ☐
4.6 Geological Map of the Area
NA ☐
Seismicity

Climatic Conditions

Temperature Yes ☐ No ☐
4.7
Rainfall NA ☐

Wind

Land Use along the existing

alignment Yes ☐ No ☐
4.8
Map of the Project Area depicting NA ☐
Agricultural/Habitation/Forest Area

- 444 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Details of Existing Structures

Map of the Project Area depicting Yes ☐ No ☐

4.9 Hutments/Buildings/Temples/Public NA ☐
Building/Any Other Significant
Structure

Inventory and condition survey of Yes ☐ No ☐

4.10
culverts NA ☐

Geo-technical and sub-soil Yes ☐ No ☐

4.11
explorations as per IRC:78 NA ☐

Number of Bore holes dug (holes Yes ☐ No ☐

4.12
for every pier and abutment) NA ☐

Field testing, soil sampling, Yes ☐ No ☐

4.13
laboratory testing as per IRC: 78 NA ☐

Recommendation of Foundation Yes ☐ No ☐

4.14
Type and Depth NA ☐

Hydrological investigations as per Yes ☐ No ☐

4.15
IRC:5 NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
4.16 High Flood Level specified
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
4.17 Depth of Water Table specified
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
4.18 Ponded Water Level specified
NA ☐

Materials Survey conducted as per Yes ☐ No ☐

4.19
IRC:SP:19 NA ☐

Sources of Naturally Occurring

Aggregates specified
Yes ☐ No ☐
4.20 Details of Borrow Pits with Distance
NA ☐
from Project Site

Cost of Material/Transportation

- 445 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Sources of environmentally friendly

Yes ☐ No ☐
4.20.1 construction materials identified as
NA ☐
per MoRT&H circular

Sources of Manufactured Items

specified
Yes ☐ No ☐
4.21 Details of Suppliers with Distance
NA ☐
from Project Site

Cost of Material/Transportation

Source of Water for construction Yes ☐ No ☐

4.22
specified as per IS:456 NA ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐

4.23
project NA ☐

Traffic studies and demand forecast Yes ☐ No ☐

5
designs NA ☐

Classified traffic volume counts Yes ☐ No ☐

5.1
using IHMCL data (7 day data) NA ☐

Traffic projection methodology as Yes ☐ No ☐

5.2
per IRC:108 NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
5.3 Projected Traffic data for 20 years
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
5.4 Current and Projected PCU
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
5.5 Current and Projected TVU
NA ☐

Origin destination surveys as per Yes ☐ No ☐

5.6
IRC: 102 NA ☐

Speed and delay studies as per Yes ☐ No ☐

5.7
IRC:102 NA ☐

Traffic surveys for the design of

Yes ☐ No ☐
5.8 road junctions as per data in IRC:
NA ☐
SP:41

- 446 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Analysis for replacing railway level

Yes ☐ No ☐
5.9 crossings with over bridges/
NA ☐
subways

Yes ☐ No ☐
5.10 Axle load survey as per IRC:SP:19
NA ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐

5.11
project NA ☐

Traffic surveys monitored and Yes ☐ No ☐

5.12
reviewed by the client NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
6 Cost estimates
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
6.1 Project costing as per latest SoR
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
7 Environmental aspects
NA ☐

Environment profile of the project Yes ☐ No ☐

7.1
region NA ☐

Details of Public consultation at

Yes ☐ No ☐
7.2 residential and commercial
NA ☐
settlements affected

Impact analysis and mitigation Yes ☐ No ☐

7.3
measures NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
8 Economic and commercial analysis
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
8.1 Estimated cost details
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
8.2 Projected revenues details
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
8.3 Assumptions stated
NA ☐

- 447 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Analysis and results (IRR, Sensitivity Yes ☐ No ☐

8.4
Analysis, Financial Viability) NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
8.5 Conclusions and recommendations
NA ☐

Financial model shared with client Yes ☐ No ☐

8.6
and reviewed NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
9 Conclusions and recommendations
NA ☐

Report fulfils project objectives and Yes ☐ No ☐

9.1
scope as per RFP NA ☐

Report reviewed for errors and Yes ☐ No ☐

9.2
omissions NA ☐

Compliance report prepared on Yes ☐ No ☐

9.3
client observations NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
10 Design Report
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
10.1 Tunnel proposals
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
10.2 Tunnel geometric designs
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
10.3 Tunnel drainage
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
10.4 Intersections
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
10.5 Urban service roads
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
10.6 Bus-stops
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
10.7 Toll plazas
NA ☐

- 448 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐
10.8 Pedestrian crossings
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
10.9 Utility relocation
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
10.10 Pavement
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
10.11 Structures
NA ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐

10.12
project Tunnel NA ☐

Pavement deflection survey as per Yes ☐ No ☐

10.13
IRC 81-1997 NA ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐

10.14
project NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
11 Materials Report
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
11.1 Material investigations as per IRC:10
NA ☐

Review of material investigations by Yes ☐ No ☐

11.2
client NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
11.3 Multiple borrow areas identified
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
11.4 Material survey as per IRC: SP: 19
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
11.5 Review of material survey by client
NA ☐

Geo-technical and sub-soil Yes ☐ No ☐

11.6
explorations as per IRC:78 NA ☐

Review of geo-technical and sub- Yes ☐ No ☐

11.7
soil explorations by client NA ☐

- 449 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Field testing, soil sampling,

Yes ☐ No ☐
11.8 laboratory testing in accordance
NA ☐
with BIS/ AASHTO/ BS

Pavement composition and Yes ☐ No ☐

11.9
condition survey as per IRC:SP:19 NA ☐

Review of pavement composition Yes ☐ No ☐

11.10
and condition survey by client NA ☐

Pavement roughness survey as per Yes ☐ No ☐

11.11
IRC:SP:16 NA ☐

Review of pavement roughness Yes ☐ No ☐

11.12
survey by client NA ☐

Pavement structural strength survey Yes ☐ No ☐

11.13
as per IRC:81 NA ☐

Review of pavement structural Yes ☐ No ☐

11.14
strength survey by client NA ☐

Water sample tests as per MoRTH Yes ☐ No ☐

11.15
specifications NA ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐

11.16
project NA ☐

Environmental Assessment Report/

Yes ☐ No ☐
12 Resettlement and Rehabilitation
NA ☐
Plan

Option for alignment alternatives Yes ☐ No ☐

12.1
considered and conclusions NA ☐

Land environment data collection

Yes ☐ No ☐
12.2 and details/ impact/ mitigation
NA ☐
measures

Air environment data collection and

Yes ☐ No ☐
12.3 details/ impact/ mitigation
NA ☐
measures

Water resources details/ impact/ Yes ☐ No ☐

12.4
mitigation measures NA ☐

- 450 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Noise environment details/ impact/ Yes ☐ No ☐

12.5
mitigation measures NA ☐

Biological environment details/ Yes ☐ No ☐

12.6
impact/ mitigation measures NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
12.7 Details of public consultation
NA ☐

Environment monitoring and Yes ☐ No ☐

12.8
management plan NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
12.9 Details of social impact assessment
NA ☐

Details of resettlement and Yes ☐ No ☐

12.10
rehabilitation action plan NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
12.11 Measures to minimize resettlement
NA ☐

Details of public consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐

12.12
stakeholders NA ☐

Details of implementation Yes ☐ No ☐

12.13
arrangement / budget NA ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐

12.14
project NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
13 Technical Specifications
NA ☐

MoRTH technical specifications for Yes ☐ No ☐

13.1
Roads and Bridge works followed NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
13.2 Details of technical specifications
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
14 Rate Analysis
NA ☐

Rate analysis for all relevant items Yes ☐ No ☐

14.1
as per latest SoR NA ☐

- 451 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐
15 Cost Estimates
NA ☐

Cost estimates for all relevant Yes ☐ No ☐

15.1
items as per latest SoR NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
16 Bill of quantities
NA ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐
17 Drawing Volume
NA ☐

18 Digital drawings of Tunnel

Yes ☐ No ☐
18.1 Tunnel cross sections
NA ☐

3D engineered models of:

Tunnel alignment geometry Yes ☐ No ☐

18.2
Proposed Tunnel NA ☐

Proposed structures

DPR Checklist – Stage 5 – Technical Schedules (Tunnel)

General Details

Project Name

Consultant's Name

Date of Review

Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

1 Bid documents- EPC Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐

2 Bid documents- BOT/PPP Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐

- 452 -
 Details /
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

1 Bid documents- EPC Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐

3 Bid documents- other, if any Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐

4 Draft concession agreement Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐

4 Schedule D - Specifications and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

standards ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5
Any other relevant details ☐

DPR Checklist – Stage 6 – LA and Clearances II Report (Tunnel)

General Details

Project Name

Consultant's Name

Date of Review

Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Specification Remarks
s

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
1 Executive Summary
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2 Environment Clearance
☐

Details of public hearings Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.1
completed ☐

Date of final environment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.2
clearance by competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3 Forest Clearance
☐

- 453 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Specification Remarks
s

Date/ Details of Joint site

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.1 inspection with DFO/ competent
☐
authority

Date of Stage I forest clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.2
approval by competent authority ☐

Date of final forest clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.3
approval by competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4 Wildlife Clearance
☐

Date/ Details of joint site

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4.1 inspection with DFO/ competent
☐
authority

Date of final wildlife clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.2
approval by competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5 Utility Clearances (Electricity)
☐

Date/ Details of Joint site

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5.1 inspection with competent
☐
authority

Date of estimate submission by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5.2
competent authority ☐

Date of estimate approval by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5.3
competent authority ☐

Approved utility shifting proposal

5.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
including strip plan

Details of approved contractors,

5.5 SoR and deposit details for user Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
agency

Utilities checklist, no upgradation

5.6 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
certificate attached

Date of estimate submission by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.2
competent authority ☐

- 454 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Specification Remarks
s

Date of estimate approval by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.3
competent authority ☐

Approved utility shifting proposal

6.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
including strip plan

Details of approved contractors,

6.5 SoR and deposit details for user Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
agency

Utilities checklist, no upgradation

6.6 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
certificate attached

Date of estimate submission by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.2
competent authority ☐

Date of estimate approval by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.3
competent authority ☐

Approved utility shifting proposal

7.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
including strip plan

Details of approved contractors,

7.5 SoR and deposit details for user Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
agency

Utilities checklist, no upgradation

7.6 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
certificate attached

Date of final approval of GAD by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.2
competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9 Other Clearances
☐

Date of final approval by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.1
competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10 Land Acquisition
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.1 Draft 3a notification submitted
☐

- 455 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Specification Remarks
s

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.2 Review of 3a notification by client
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.3 Date of 3a gazette notification
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.4 Draft 3a notification submitted
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.5 Review of 3A notification by client
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.6 Date of 3A gazette notification
☐

Date of Joint Measurement Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.7
with competent authority ☐

10.7 Date of survey - village wise

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
.1

10.7 Land type –by survey number

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
.2

10.7 Nature of Land –by survey number

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
.3

10.7 Ownership status of plots- by

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
.4 survey number

10.7 Verification of area to be acquired

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
.5 – by survey number

10.7 List of structures on each plot

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
.6

10.7 Sketches of updated alignment by

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
.7 village

10.7 Verification from Land revenue

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
.8 department

10.7 Verification by CALA office

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
.9

- 456 -
- 457 -
 DPR Checklist – Stage 7 – Award determination (Tunnel)

General Details

Project Name

Consultant's Name

Date of Review

Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

1 Executive Summary Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

2 Village level summary Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

Total private and public land being

2.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
acquired

Variation in area and nature of

2.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
land against 3D with justification

Method used by CALA to arrive at

2.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
award

Date of award by CALA and

2.4 approval by RO-MoRT&H along
with valuation report

Total award calculated and

2.5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
deviation from RFCTLARR act

3 In detail for each Village Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

Updated land acquisition tracker

with status of:

3.1 Notifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

Award

Disbursement

Valuation report and details of

3.2 award calculation- verification by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
state authority to be included

3.3 Claims report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

- 458 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

3.4 Copies of notifications published Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

Copies of land possession

3.5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
certificates received

4 Conclusions and recommendations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

4.1 Conclusions and recommendations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

Report fulfils project objectives

4.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
and scope as per RFP

Report reviewed for errors and

4.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
omissions

Compliance report prepared on

4.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
client observations

DPR Checklist – Stage 8 – Land possession report (Tunnel)

General Details

Project Name

Consultant's Name

Date of Review

Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

1 Executive Summary Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

2 Village level summary Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

Total private and public land

2.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
being acquired

Date of final award by CALA and

2.2
approval by RO MoRT&H

Status of disbursement on date of

2.3 receipt of Land possession Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
certificate

- 459 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Key issues being faced in

2.4 completing land acquisition, if Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
any

3 In detail for each Village Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

Updated land acquisition tracker

with status of:

3.1 Notifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

Award

Disbursement

3.2 Final award and claims report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

Copies of notifications published,

3.3 land possession certificates Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
received

4 Conclusions and recommendations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

4.1 Conclusions and recommendations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

Report fulfils project objectives

4.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
and scope as per RFP

Report reviewed for errors and

4.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
omissions

Compliance report prepared on

4.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
client observations

GIS Map containing digitsed

5 details of land parcels acquired Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
with all relevant details

Annexure III: Checklists for Structures such as ROB/ RUB

DPR Checklist – Stage 1 – Inception Report (Structures)

General Details

Project Name

Consultant's Name

Date of Review

- 460 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
1 Executive Summary NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2 Project Appreciation NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2.1 Location of site office
☐

Review of scope of ToR and gap Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.2 NA
identification ☐

Details of key departments for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.3
documents ☐

Project description

Existing LC number Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.4
Start and End Chainage ☐

Village/District

Project location map

On State Map
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2.5 On District Map ☐
Latitude & Longitude Coordinates
of the LC

Details of Existing Level Crossing

Number of Railway Tracks

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2.6 Type of Railway Tracks ☐
(Broad/Metre/Narrow)

No. of trains per day

Justification for need of an Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.7 NA
ROB/RUB (on basis of TVU count) ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2.8 Overview of land use plans NA
☐

- 461 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Overview of existing pavement

conditions

Number of Lanes Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.9
☐
Type of Pavement
(Flexible/Rigid/Surfaced/Unsurfa
ced)

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2.10 Existing right of way details
☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.11 NA
project ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3 Approach Methodology NA
☐

Engineering survey and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.1 NA
investigations ☐

Design of road, pavements and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.2 NA
structures ☐

Environment and social impact Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.3 NA
assessment ☐

Estimation of project cost, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.4 NA
viability and financing options ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.5 NA
project ☐

Task Assignment and Manning Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4 NA
Schedule ☐

Number of key personnel Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.1
provided ☐

Specific tasks assigned to each Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.2 NA
key personnel ☐

Manning schedule for key Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.3 NA
personnel ☐

- 462 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Number of key personnel Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.4
deployed at site ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5 Performa for data collection NA
☐

Indicative Design standards and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6 NA
cross sections ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7 Development plans NA
☐

Overview of development plans

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.1 being implemented/ proposed by NA
☐
local bodies

Overview of impact of such Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.2 NA
development plans ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8 Quality Assurance Plan NA
☐

Engineering surveys and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.1 NA
investigation ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8.2 Traffic surveys NA
☐

Material geo-technical and sub- Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.3 NA
soil investigations ☐

Road and pavement Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.4 NA
investigations ☐

Investigation and design of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.5 NA
bridges and structures ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8.6 Environment and R&R assessment NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8.7 Economic and financial analysis NA
☐

- 463 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8.8 Drawing and documentation NA
☐

Discussion of draft QAP Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.9 NA
document with client ☐

Approval of final QAP document Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.10 NA
by client ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.11 NA
project ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9 Draft design standards NA
☐

Geometric design standards of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.1 NA
bridges (Plain) ☐

Geometric design standards of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.2 NA
bridges (Hilly) ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.3 NA
project ☐

Conclusions and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10 NA
recommendations ☐

Conclusions and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.1 NA
recommendations ☐

Report fulfils project objectives Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.2 NA
and scope as per RFP ☐

Report reviewed for errors and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.3 NA
omissions ☐

Compliance report prepared on Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.4 NA
client observations ☐

DPR Checklist – Stage 2 – Feasibility Report (Structures)

General Details

- 464 -
Project Name

Consultant's Name

Date of Review

Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
1 Executive Summary NA
☐

Overview of client organization / Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2 NA
activities ☐

Methodology adopted for feasibility Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3 NA
study ☐

Socioeconomic profile of the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4 NA
project areas ☐

Regional economic profile basis last Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.1 NA
10 years data as per IRC ☐

Economic profile of project

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4.2 influence area basis last 10 years NA
☐
data as per IRC

Socio Economic status of project Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.3 NA
influence area ☐

Indicative design standards, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5 NA
methodologies, and specifications ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6 Traffic surveys and analysis NA
☐

Classified traffic volume counts Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.1 NA
using IHMCL data (7 day) ☐

Traffic projection methodology as Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.2 NA
per IRC:108 ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.3 Projected Traffic data for 20 years NA
☐

- 465 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.4 Current and Projected PCU
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.5 Current and Projected TVU
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.6 Axle load survey as per IRC:SP:19 NA
☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.7 NA
project ☐

Traffic surveys monitored and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.8 NA
reviewed by the client ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7 Reconnaissance survey NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.1 Road Inventory as per IRC:SP:19 NA
☐

Review of Road Inventory Survey by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.2 NA
client ☐

Geometric Features of the Existing

Road

Design Speed

Sight distance elements Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.3 NA
☐
Horizontal Alignment Details

Vertical Alignment Details

Height of Embankment

Topographical Survey as per

IRC:SP:19 using LiDAR or equivalent
technology Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.4 NA
☐
Gradientssss

Terrain

Review of topographical survey by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.5 NA
client ☐

- 466 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Pavement composition and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.6 NA
condition survey as per IRC:SP:19 ☐

Geological Survey
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.7 Geological Map of the Area NA
☐
Seismicity

Climatic Conditions

Temperature Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.8 NA
Rainfall ☐

Wind

Land Use along the existing

alignment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.9 NA
Map of the Project Area depicting ☐
Agricultural/Habitation/Forest Area

Details of Existing Structures

Map of the Project Area depicting Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.10 Hutments/Buildings/Temples/Public ☐ NA
Building/Any Other Significant
Structure

Inventory and condition survey of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.11 NA
culverts ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.12 NA
project ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8 Geotechnical Survey NA
☐

Geo-technical and sub-soil Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.1 NA
explorations as per IRC:78 ☐

Number of Bore holes dug (holds for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.2
every pier and abutment) ☐

Review of geo-technical and sub- Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.3 NA
soil explorations by client ☐

- 467 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Field testing, soil sampling, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.4 NA
laboratory testing as per IRC:78 ☐

Recommendation of Foundation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.5
Type and Depth ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.6 NA
project ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9 Hydraulic & Hydrological Survey NA
☐

Hydrological investigations as per Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.1 NA
IRC:5 and IRC: 13 ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9.2 High Flood Level specified NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9.3 Depth of Water Table specified NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9.4 Ponded Water Level specified NA
☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.5 NA
project ☐

Review of Hydrological Survey by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.6 NA
the client ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10 Materials Survey NA
☐

Materials Survey conducted as per Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.1 NA
IRC:SP:19 ☐

Sources of Naturally Occurring

Aggregates specified
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.2 Details of Borrow Pits with Distance
☐
from Project Site

Cost of Material/Transportation

- 468 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Sources of Manufactured Items

specified
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.3 Details of Suppliers with Distance NA
☐
from Project Site

Cost of Material/Transportation

Source of Water for construction Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.4 NA
specified as per IS:456 ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.5 NA
project ☐

Determination of whether ROB or Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

11 NA
RUB is appropriate ☐

Justification of whether ROB or RUB Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

11.1 NA
should be built ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
11.2 Review of justification by client NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
12 Alignment Options Study NA
☐

At least two alignments proposed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.1 NA
Details of Alignments on Map ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
12.2 Review of options with client NA
☐

Review of options with local Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.2.1 NA
authority ☐

Length of the project along Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.3 NA
proposed alignment options ☐

Land Acquisition required along Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.4 NA
alignment options ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
12.5 Cost Estimates of alternatives NA
☐

- 469 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Recommended Alignment with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.6
Justification ☐

Skew Angle of Proposed Alignment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.7
Specified ☐

Environmental impact of each Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.7.1
option ☐

Review of road geometry and safety Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.7.2 NA
for each option ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
12.9 Traffic Diversion Route Specified NA
☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.10 NA
project ☐

Environmental screening/
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
13 preliminary environmental NA
☐
assessment

Analysis basis Initial Environment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

13.1 NA
Examination in IRC: SP: 19 ☐

Recommended feasible mitigation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

13.2 NA
measures ☐

Initial social assessment/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

14 NA
preliminary LA resettlement plan ☐

Analysis basis Initial Environment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

14.1 NA
Examination in IRC: SP: 19 ☐

Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

14.2 NA
potentially affected persons ☐

Details of consultation with local Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

14.3 NA
NGOs ☐

Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

14.4 NA
municipal authorities ☐

- 470 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
14.5 Preliminary resettlement plan NA
☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

14.6 NA
project ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
15 Cost estimates NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
15.1 Item rates and rate analysis NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
15.2 Escalation NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
16 Economic and financial analysis NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
16.1 Estimated cost details NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
16.2 Projected revenues details NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
16.3 Assumptions stated NA
☐

Analysis and results

IRR Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
16.4 NA
Sensitivity Analysis ☐

Financial Viability

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

16.5 NA
project ☐

17 Strip Plan NA

Details of center line of proposed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

17.1 NA
structure ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
17.2 Details of existing RoW
☐

- 471 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
17.3 Details of proposed RoW
☐

Details about ownership of land to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

17.4 NA
be acquired ☐

Strip plan basis reconnaissance and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

17.5 NA
topographic surveys ☐

Strip plan reviewed and approved Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

17.6 NA
by the client ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

17.7 NA
project ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
11 Strip plan- additional details added NA
☐

Details of centreline, existing

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
11.1 structures, road furniture and other NA
☐
features

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
11.2 Widening scheme NA
☐

New construction/ reconstruction of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

11.3 NA
structures and amenities ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
11.4 Existing and proposed right of way NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
11.5 Clearances impacting each chainage NA
☐

DPR Checklist – Stage 3 – LA and Clearances I Report (Structures)

General Details

Project Name

Consultant's Name

Date of Review

- 472 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
1 Executive Summary NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2 Environment Clearance NA
☐

Requirement for environment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.1 NA
clearance identified ☐

Date/ Details of Initial consultation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.2
with competent authority ☐

Date of submission of draft EIA Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.3 NA
report/ proposal for clearance ☐

Review of proposal/ EIA report by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.4 NA
client ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3 Forest Clearance NA
☐

Requirement for forest clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.1 NA
identified ☐

Date/ Details of initial consultation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.2
with competent authority ☐

Details/cost of trees being felled

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.3 basis concerned District Forest
☐
Office

Date of submission of proposal for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.4 NA
forest clearance ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.5 Review of proposal by client NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4 Wildlife Clearance NA
☐

Requirement for wildlife clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.1 NA
identified ☐

- 473 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Date/ Details of initial consultation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.2
with competent authority ☐

Details/cost of trees being felled

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4.3 basis concerned District Forest
☐
Office

Date of submission of proposal for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.4
wildlife clearance ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4.5 Review of proposal by client NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5 Utility Clearances (Electricity) NA
☐

Identification of overground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5.1 NA
utilities ☐

Identification of underground
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5.2 utilities using GPR, Induction NA
☐
Locator or equivalent technologies

Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5.3
local authority/ people ☐

Utility relocation plan with existing

/ proposed location showing Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5.4 NA
existing RoW and topographic ☐
details

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5.5 Cost for relocation as per authority
☐

Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5.6
competent authority ☐

Review of utility relocation plan/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5.7 NA
proposal by client ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6 Utility Clearances (Water) NA
☐

Identification of overground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.1 NA
utilities in RoW ☐

- 474 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Identification of underground
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.2 utilities using GPR, Induction NA
☐
Locator or equivalent technologies

Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.3
local authority/ people ☐

Utility relocation plan with existing

/ proposed location showing Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.4 NA
existing RoW and topographic ☐
details

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.5 Cost for relocation as per authority
☐

Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.6 NA
competent authority ☐

Review of utility relocation plan/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.7 NA
proposal by client ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7 Utility Clearances (Others) NA
☐

Identification of overground Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.1 NA
utilities in RoW ☐

Identification of underground
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.2 utilities using GPR, Induction NA
☐
Locator or equivalent technologies

Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.3
local authority/ people ☐

Utility relocation plan with existing

/ proposed location showing Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.4 NA
existing RoW and topographic ☐
details

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.5 Cost for relocation as per authority
☐

Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.6
competent authority ☐

- 475 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Review of utility relocation plan/ Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.7 NA
proposal by client ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8 Railway Clearances NA
☐

Identification of ROB/ RUB on Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.1 NA
project corridor ☐

Initial consultation with competent Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.2 NA
authority ☐

Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.3
competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8.4 Review of GAD/ proposal by client NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9 Other Clearances NA
☐

Requirement for other clearances Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.1 NA
identified ☐

Date of proposal submission to Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.2
competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9.3 Review of proposal by client NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10 Land Acquisition NA
☐

Detailed schedule about acquisition Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.1 NA
of landholdings as per land records ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.2 Consultation with affected persons NA
☐

Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.3
NGOs ☐

Name/ Details of consultation with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.4
concerned government agencies ☐

- 476 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Total land required, land area

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.5 already available, land to be
☐
acquired identified

Review of land acquisition using Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.6 NA
digital cadastral map by client ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
11 Strip plan- additional details added NA 11
☐

Details of centreline, existing

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
11.1 structures, road furniture and other NA 11.1
☐
features

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
11.2 Widening scheme NA 11.2
☐

New construction/ reconstruction Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

11.3 NA 11.3
of structures and amenities ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
11.4 Existing and proposed right of way NA 11.4
☐

Clearances impacting each Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

11.5 NA 11.5
chainage ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
12 Conclusions and recommendations NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
12.1 Conclusions and recommendations NA
☐

Report fulfils project objectives Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.2 NA
and scope as per RFP ☐

Report reviewed for errors and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.3 NA
omissions ☐

Compliance report prepared on Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.4 NA
client observations ☐

DPR Checklist – Stage 4 – Detailed Project Report (Structures)

General Details

- 477 -
 Project Name

Consultant's Name

Date of Review

Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
1 Project background NA
☐

Project description

Existing LC number Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

1.1
Start and End Chainage ☐

Village/District

Project location map

On State Map
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
1.2 On District Map ☐
Latitude & Longitude Coordinates of
the LC

Details of Existing Level Crossing

Number of Railway Tracks

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
1.3 Type of Railway Tracks ☐
(Broad/Metre/Narrow)

No. of trains per day

Justification for need of an ROB/RUB Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

1.4 NA
(on basis of TVU count) ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
1.5 Overview of land use plans NA
☐

Overview of existing pavement

conditions
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
1.6 Number of Lanes
☐
Type of Pavement
(Flexible/Rigid/Surfaced/Unsurfaced)

- 478 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
1.7 Existing right of way details
☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

1.8 NA
project ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2 Social analysis of the project NA
☐

Project impact on stakeholders such Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.1 NA
as local people ☐

Project impact on residential, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.2 NA
commercial and public properties ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.3 NA
project ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3 Reconnaissance survey NA
☐

Geometric Features of the Existing

Road

Design Speed

Sight distance details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.1
☐
Horizontal Alignment Details

Vertical Alignment Details

Height of Embankment

Topographical Survey using LiDAR or

equivalent technology as per
IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.2 NA
☐
Gradient

Terrain

Pavement composition and condition Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.3 NA
survey as per IRC:SP:19 ☐

- 479 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Geological Survey
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.4 Geological Map of the Area NA
☐
Seismicity

Climatic Conditions

Temperature Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.5 NA
Rainfall ☐

Wind

Land Use along the existing

alignment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.6 NA
Map of the Project Area depicting ☐
Agricultural/Habitation/Forest Area

Details of Existing Structures

Map of the Project Area depicting Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.7 Hutments/Buildings/Temples/Public NA
☐
Building/Any Other Significant
Structure

Inventory and condition survey of Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.8 NA
culverts ☐

Geo-technical and sub-soil Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.9 NA
explorations as per IRC:78 ☐

Number of Bore holes dug (holds for Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.10
every pier and abutment) ☐

Field testing, soil sampling, Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.11 NA
laboratory testing as per IRC: 78 ☐

Recommendation of Foundation Type Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.12
and Depth ☐

Hydraulic and Hydrological Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.13 NA
investigations as per IRC:5 ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.14 High Flood Level specified NA
☐

- 480 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.15 Depth of Water Table specified NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.16 Ponded Water Level specified NA
☐

Materials Survey conducted as per Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.17 NA
IRC:SP:19 ☐

Sources of Naturally Occurring

Aggregates specified
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.18 Details of Borrow Pits with Distance
☐
from Project Site

Cost of Material/Transportation

Sources of Manufactured Items

specified
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.19 Details of Suppliers with Distance NA
☐
from Project Site

Cost of Material/Transportation

Sources of environmentally friendly

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.19.1 construction materials identified as NA
☐
per MoRT&H circular

Source of Water for construction Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.20 NA
specified as per IS:456 ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.21 NA
project ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4 Traffic surveys and analysis NA
☐

Classified traffic volume counts using Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.1 NA
IHMCL data (7 day) ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4.2 Traffic projection as per IRC:108 NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4.3 Projected Traffic data for 20 years NA
☐

- 481 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4.4 Current and Projected PCU
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4.5 Current and Projected TVU
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4.6 Axle load survey as per IRC:SP:19 NA
☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.7 NA
project ☐

Determination of whether ROB or Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5 NA
RUB is appropriate ☐

Justification of whether ROB or RUB Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5.1 NA
should be built ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6 Alignment Options Study NA
☐

At least two alignments proposed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.1 NA
Details of Alignments on Map ☐

Length of the project along proposed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.2 NA
alignment options ☐

Land Acquisition required along Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.3 NA
alignment options ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.4 Cost Estimates of alternatives NA
☐

Recommended Alignment with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.5
Justification ☐

Skew Angle of Proposed Alignment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.6
Specified ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.7 Traffic Diversion Route Specified NA
☐

- 482 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.8 NA
project ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7 Design Specifications NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.1 Number of Lanes
☐

Width of ROB

Width of Carriageway
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.2 Width of Safety Kerbs
☐
Width of Footpath

Any other

Proposed Number of Lanes on ROB in

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.3 line with PCU as per latest MoRTH NA
☐
guidelines

Proposed Length of the Project

Length of ROB

Length of Viaduct Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.4
Length of RE Wall ☐

Length of Approach Road

Length of Service Road

Span Arrangement
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.5 Span Length
☐
Number of Spans

Are all spans of standardised length

as per Railways standards
([Link] Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.6 NA
☐
If non-standardised, suitable
justification provided

- 483 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Details of Proposed Superstructure

Design

Type Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.7 NA
☐
Details of Material Use Proposed

Drawings of Cross-Sections

Details of Proposed Substructure

Design

Type Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.8 NA
☐
Details of Material Use Proposed

Drawings of Cross-Sections

Details of Proposed Pavement Design

Type

Details of Material Use Proposed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.9 NA
Thickness ☐

Design MSA

Drawings of Cross-Sections

Details of Drainage Structures Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.10 NA
Proposed ☐

Any other details relevant to the Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.11 NA
project ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8 Cost estimates NA
☐

Summary of Cost Estimates (Refer Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.1
following subsection) ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8.2 Detailed Abstract of Cost NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8.3 Detailed Bills of Quantity NA
☐

- 484 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
8.4 Detailed Rate Analysis NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9 Financial Viability NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9.1 Estimated cost details NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9.2 Projected revenues details NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9.3 Assumptions stated NA
☐

Analysis and results

IRR Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9.4
Sensitivity Analysis ☐

Financial Viability

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10 Land Acquisition Study NA
☐

Land Acquisition Details

Total Land Required Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.1
Land Area already available ☐

Area of Land to be Acquired

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.3 Details of LA Cost
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
11 Utility Shifting Study NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
11.1 Results of GPR investigation NA
☐

Utility relocation plan with existing /

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
11.2 proposed location showing existing NA
☐
RoW and topographic details

- 485 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
11.3 Cost for relocation as per authority
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
12 General Arrangement Drawing NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
12.1 Elevation of Railway Portion NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
12.2 Plan of Railway Portion NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
12.3 General Elevation NA
☐

General Plan (showing complete Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.4 NA
ROB/RUB along with diversion) ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
12.5 Key Plan NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
12.6 Cross-Section of Railway Portion NA
☐

3D engineered models of:

Existing structure, if any Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

12.7
Proposed structure ☐

Utilities and other features in RoW

- 486 -
Cost Summary Table

[Link]. Particulars Cost Estimate(in '000)

1 Cost of Tunnel

Total-ROB Portion

2 Cost of Viaduct

Foundation

Substructure

Superstructure

Total-Viaduct

3 Cost of Approach Road

4 Cost of RE Wall

5 Cost of Service Road

6 Miscellaneous Costs

Cost of Subway

Cost of Toll Plaza

Cost of Culverts

Any Other Costs

Civil Cost of the Project

7 Contingencies @1%

Total Civil Cost

- 487 -
 [Link]. Particulars Cost Estimate(in '000)

8 Supervision Charges @3%

9 Cost of Quality Control @x%

10 Maintenance Charges @2.5%

11 Escalation Costs @2.5%

12 Land Acquisition Costs

13 Utility Shifting Costs

14 Any Other Costs

Total Cost of the Project

DPR Checklist – Stage 5 – Technical Schedules (Structures)

General Details

Project Name

Consultant's Name

Date of Review

Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

1 Bid documents- EPC Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

2 Bid documents- Other, if any Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

3 Draft concession agreement Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

3 Schedule C - Project facilities Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

Schedule D - Specifications and

4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
standards

5 Any other relevant details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

DPR Checklist – Stage 6 – LA and Clearances II Report (Structures)

General Details

- 488 -
Project Name

Consultant's Name

Date of Review

Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
1 Executive Summary NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2 Environment Clearance NA
☐

Details of public hearings Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.1
completed ☐

Date of final environment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.2
clearance by competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3 Forest Clearance NA
☐

Date/ Details of Joint site

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.1 inspection with DFO/ competent
☐
authority

Date of Stage I forest clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.2
approval by competent authority ☐

Date of final forest clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

3.3
approval by competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4 Wildlife Clearance NA
☐

Date/ Details of joint site

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4.1 inspection with DFO/ competent
☐
authority

Date of final wildlife clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.2
approval by competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5 Utility Clearances (Electricity) NA
☐

- 489 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Date/ Details of Joint site

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5.1 inspection with competent
☐
authority

Date of estimate submission by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5.2
competent authority ☐

Date of estimate approval by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5.3
competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5.4 Approved utility shifting proposal
☐

Details of approved contractors,

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5.5 SoR and deposit details for user NA
☐
agency

Utilities checklist, no upgradation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

5.6
certificate attached ☐

Date of estimate submission by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.2
competent authority ☐

Date of estimate approval by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.3
competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.4 Approved utility shifting proposal
☐

Details of approved contractors,

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
6.5 SoR and deposit details for user NA
☐
agency

Utilities checklist, no upgradation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

6.6
certificate attached ☐

Date of estimate submission by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.2
competent authority ☐

Date of estimate approval by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.3
competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.4 Approved utility shifting proposal
☐

- 490 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Details of approved contractors,

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
7.5 SoR and deposit details for user NA
☐
agency

Utilities checklist, no upgradation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

7.6
certificate attached ☐

Date of final approval of GAD by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

8.2
competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
9 Other Clearances NA
☐

Date of final approval by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

9.1
competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10 Land Acquisition NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.1 Draft 3a notification submitted NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.2 Review of 3a notification by client NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.3 Date of 3a gazette notification
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.4 Draft 3a notification submitted NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.5 Review of 3A notification by client NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.6 Date of 3A gazette notification
☐

Date of Joint Measurement Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.7
with competent authority ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.7.1 Date of survey NA
☐

- 491 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.7.2 Land type –by survey number NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.7.3 Nature of Land –by survey number NA
☐

Ownership status of plots- by Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.7.4 NA
survey number ☐

Verification of area to be acquired Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.7.5 NA
– by survey number ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.7.6 List of structures on each plot NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.7.7 Sketches of updated alignment NA
☐

Verification from Land revenue Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

10.7.8 NA
department ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
10.7.9 Verification by CALA office NA
☐

- 492 -
DPR Checklist – Stage 7 – Award determination (Structures)

General Details

Project Name

Consultant's Name

Date of Review

Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

1 Executive Summary Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

2 Village level summary Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

Total private and public land

2.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
being acquired

Variation in area and nature of

2.2 land against 3D with Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
justification

Method used by CALA to arrive

2.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
at award

Date of award by CALA and

2.4 approval by <Agency>along with
valuation report

Total award calculated and

2.5 details of deviation from Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
RFCTLARR act

3 In detail Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

Updated land acquisition

tracker with parcel-wise status
of:

3.1 Notifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

Award

Disbursement

- 493 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications

Valuation report and details of

award calculation- verification
3.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
by state authority to be
included

3.3 Claims report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

Copies of notifications
3.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
published

Copies of land possession

3.5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
certificates received

Conclusions and
4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
recommendations

Conclusions and
4.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
recommendations

Report fulfils project objectives

4.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
and scope as per RFP

Report reviewed for errors and

4.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
omissions

Compliance report prepared on

4.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
client observations

- 494 -
DPR Checklist – Stage 8 – Land possession report (Structures)

General Details

Project Name

Consultant's
Name

Date of Review

Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Specification Remarks
s

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
1 Executive Summary NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2 Village level summary NA
☐

Total private and public land being Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.1 NA
acquired ☐

Date of final award by CALA and

2.2
approval by <AGENCY>

Status of disbursement on date of

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
2.3 receipt of Land possession NA
☐
certificate

Key issues being faced in Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

2.4 NA
completing land acquisition, if any ☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3 In detail NA
☐

Updated land acquisition tracker

with status of:

Notifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.1 NA
☐
Award

Disbursement

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.2 Final award and claims report NA
☐

- 495 -
 Details/
[Link] SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Specification Remarks
s

Copies of notifications published,

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
3.3 land possession certificates NA
☐
received

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4 Conclusions and recommendations NA
☐

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
4.1 Conclusions and recommendations NA
☐

Report fulfils project objectives Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.2 NA
and scope as per RFP ☐

Report reviewed for errors and Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.3 NA
omissions ☐

Compliance report prepared on Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

4.4 NA
client observations ☐

GIS Map containing digitised details

Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5 of land parcels acquired with all NA
☐
relevant details

- 496 -
 APPENDIX-IX

Sample Executive Summary of Detailed Project Report

<Name & Logo of the Agency>

(Ministry of Road Transport & Highways)

Government of India

Project Management Consultancy Services for Construction of 2-

Lane Elevated Srinagar Bypass on NH-07 (Design length : 8.0 km) in
the state of Uttarakhand State OF Uttarakhand.

[Project name, stretch, state]

All figures, details and graphs in this

template are illustrative.
DPR Consultant Consultants
are to add actual details and expand
tables, chapters as needed while
keeping the format and information
required in each chapter as suggested.
Please delete this sticker upon
completion

[Name and logo of consulting agency]

- 497 -
Table of Contents

1 Introduction
2 Project overview
2.1 Key features of project
2.2 Key plan of existing project stretch
3 Tunnel Alignment
3.1 Horizontal Alignment
3.2 Vertical Alignment
4. Typical Cross Section
3 Traffic demands on project road
3.1 Traffic volume surveys
3.2 Axle load survey
3.3 Traffic volume forecast
3.4 Turning movement surveys
4 Pavement and corridor surveys
4.1 Pavement condition and distress seen
4.2 Pavement composition
4.3 Pavement strength
4.4 Sub-grade soil survey
5 Improvement proposals
5.1 Proposed alignment
5.2 Bypasses proposed
5.3 Road geometry
5.4 Widening scheme
5.5 Pavement design
5.6 Design of structures
5.7 Intersections and grade separators
5.8 Toll plazas
5.9 Wayside amenities proposed
6 Environmental impact assessment
6.1 Impact and clearances needed
6.2 Cost of environmental mitigation
7 Social impact assessment and Land acquisition
7.1 Social impact assessment
7.2 Land acquisition requirements
7.3 Key risks envisaged in land acquisition
8 Utilities shifting and clearances

- 498 -
 8.1 Utilities shifting estimates
8.2 Total cost of utilities shifting
9 Project cost estimates
10 Material investigation
10.1 Borrow pits for soil
10.2 Sand
10.3 Gravel
10.4 Fly ash
10.5 Bitumen
10.6 Cement
10.7 Other local material available
10.8 Key risks
10.9 Location of material sources
11 Potential for value engineering and innovative technologies
12 Economic and financial analysis
12.1 Economic analysis of the project
12.2 Financial analysis
13 Execution plan
13.1 Packaging
13.2 Bidding mode and timelines
13.3 Construction time and planning
14 Tunnel Safety Concept
15 Ventilation Design
15.1 Ventilation Concept
15.2 Ventilation Cavern
15.3 Ventilation Shaft
16 Hydraulic Design
17 Construction Method
18 Geological/Geotechnical Evaluation and Rock Mass Classification
18.1 Geological and Geotechnical Evaluation
18.2 Rock Mass Classification
19 Tunnel Support System
19.1 Primary Linining Design
19.2 Final Lining Design.
20 Portal Design
21 Construction Time and Construction Cost
14Conclusions and recommendation

- 499 -
1. Introduction

The MoRT&H proposes to implement the <re> the development, maintenance and
management of the <NH-xx> stretch from <Origin> to <Destination> from chainage <aa km>
to <bb km> into <proposed improvement, xx lane road/ expressway etc.> under the NHDP
Phase V programme. The proposed project road has been selected to <primary reason for
project- e.g. to improve connectivity and ease congestion between aa bb>

<Consultant> was appointed in <mm/yyyy> to prepare the detailed project report for
the project road, and this executive summary covers is submitted along with the <draft/final>
detailed project report to cover the key aspects of the project.

<Any special circumstances or requests made by the Authority for the project that
affect the consultancy assignment e.g.: MoRT&H desired to restructure project into two
packages, bifurcating the project road at Betulnagar, this report has been revised and
resubmitted providing improvement proposals and bid documents separately for the two
stretches>

- 500 -
2. Project overview

As described earlier the project road lies on NH xx (previously NH yy) and connects
<orgin> with <destination>, passing through the states of <state 1, state 2>. The proposed
project alignment passess through <towns/junctions a, b, c, d> for a total length of <xx km>.

Figure 1: Location of project road

2.1. Key features of project

Table 1: Key features of project

Attributes Details
Xx (old)
NH No
Yy (new)
Origin-destination
Origin- Destination
Origin point Lat/long – destination point lat/long
Via towns Town 1, 2, 3, 4
2L (7.0m) over 80% of the road stretch with 4L (16.0m) in
Existing carriageway
20% of the stretch in some urban locations
Service lanes and slip roads Service lanes of 2-4m width for 16 km, largely in urban areas
Shoulder 2L has paved shoulder of 1-2m width
Condition of existing
Good to fair
pavement
Right of way Typically 45 m along entire stretch

- 501 -
Attributes Details
Predominant land use in the area is agricultural (60% on LHS,
Land use along project road 50% on RHS), with the rest being urban and forest area (20%
on LHS, RHS)
Largely commercial, with trucks accounting for 80% of vehicle
Traffic on the stretch
volume
Toll infrastructure There are no toll plazas in the current stretch
Terrain Primarily plain and rolling, passing through x settlements
69 structures- 3 ROBs, 7 major bridges, 2 flyovers, 9 minor
Structures along stretch
bridges, 16 VUP/PUPs and 32 culverts
User amenities along stretch 32 bus shelters, 7 truck lay-byes, and 1 rest area
Key utilities in the proposed 4 km 66 kV UG line with 3 crossings, 30in water main for 7.3
RoW km
Xx km of road from <point a> to <point b> crosses <type of
Forest Stretches along RoW
forest><forest name>
Railway LC no <x> at chainage yy on the <origin station> to
Rail crossings along RoW
<destination station> rail line at railway chainage zz
Other clearance related <please describe any other clearances that will be required for
aspects the project>

- 502 -
2.2. Key plan of existing project stretch

<lat/long> <lat/long>

<lat/long>

Figure 2: Key plan of existing project road

- 503 -
3. Traffic demands on project road

3.1. Traffic volume surveys

For the purposes of traffic projections and lane design, <xx> individual sections of
road were considered:

Table 2: Traffic survey locations

Volume
Length
Section Chainages Count Remarks
(Kms)
Locations
1
2

Traffic volume surveys for the project road were < available from IHMCL for x
locations> and were carried out at <x> additional locations along the project road in the
month of <mm/yyyy>. The results are as follows:

Table 3: Results of traffic surveys conducted

Homogenous section 1 1 2
Chainage 45.00 177.00 201.50
Source of data IHMCL Consultant Consultant
Bicycle 47 75 61
2 Wheeler 3320 3288 2630
3 Wheeler 32 47 30
Tractor 24 18 22
Tractor with Trailer 389 385 341
2 Axle SCV 436 386 388
LMV 2 axle 3561 3545 3327
LCV 2 Axle 577 603 563
2 Axle Truck or Bus 908 987 1014
3 Axle Truck or Bus 1142 1062 1086
Multi Axle Vehicles
2033 1962 1994
MAV
Oversized Vehicle OSV 2 1 3
Cycle 0 0 0
Earth Moving
0 0 0
Equipment
AADT (in vehicles) 12471 12359 11459
AADT (in PCUs) 34000 xx xx

- 504 -
3.2. Axle load survey

Axle load surveys were conducted at <x> locations using <xxxx> to understand the
actual load spectrum of commercial vehicles plying on the prject road. The results of the load
survey, were converted to Vehicle Damage Factor (VDF) using equivalency factors from <IRC
xx> for the purpose of MSA calculations

Table 4: Axle load survey results

Mode Section 1 Section 2 Section 2

Observed- Observed-
Observed-
at at
at chainage Recommended Recommended Recommended
chainage chainage
xx
xx xx
LCV 0.47 0.47 0.45 0.45
2-
3.97 3.97 3.57 3.97
axle
3-
3.63 3.63 3.26 3.26
axle
MAV 4.92 4.92 4.07 4.07
Bus 0.78 0.82 0.82 0.82

3.3. Traffic volume forecast

Traffic volume forecast was developed using the <xx> method and converted to
Million Standard Axles (MSA) for the purposes of pavement design. The cumulative load in
MSA for each section is given as under for various horizon years:

Table 5: Projected traffic load on project road in MSA

MSA In x+15 In x+30
Section LHS RHS LHS RHS
1 23.31 22
2 33 40

3.4. Turning movement surveys

Table 6: Turning movement survey results

Peak
Total Grade
SL. Existing Hour Peak Intersection
Location Volume separator
No. Chainage Volume Hour type
PCU proposed
PCU
17:00 3 arm No
1 0.300 xxx 30988 1915 -
18:00
09:00 4 arm No
2 6.200 xxx 28077 1962
-

- 505 -
 10:00

15:00 5 arm Yes

3 10.200 xxx 53333 3599 -
16:00
10:00 4 arm Yes
4 28.000 xxx 64315 3884 -
11:00

Classified direction wise turning movement surveys were conducted at <x>

intersections to determine the need for re-design and addition of structure at the intersection

- 506 -
4. Pavement and corridor surveys

4.1. Pavement condition and distress seen

The overall pavement condition <description of overall pavement condition- e.g. from
poor to very poor, with high roughness and significant presence of potholes and raveling>

Table 7: Condition survey of existing pavement

Length affected, in Kms

Type of
distress Area Area Area Area Area
<=10 % 10 %-25 % 25 %-50 % 50 %-75% >75 %
Total
36 70 0 0 0
Cracking
Potholes 28 23 55 0 0
Patching 44 61 1 0 0
Raveling 80 4 22 0 0
<other
categories
seen>
Total 106 106 106 106 106

4.2. Pavement composition

The existing pavement structure is a <rigid/flexible/inverted etc.> pavement

consisting of sub-grade and <x> additional layers. The summary of pavement composition
seen is as follows

Table 8: Composition of existing pavement

Bituminous course Granular course Xx

Section (mm) (mm) (mm)
Min Max Min Max Min Max
1 50 350 100 600
2 40 300 80 500
X

4.3. Pavement strength

<xxx FWD/BBD> was carried out to test the strength of the existing pavement, and the
characteristic deflection values have been calculated for each homogeneous section of road to
enable design of an overlay for the road.

- 507 -
 Table 9: Strength of existing pavement

Characteristic
Chainage Distance
Section deflection
Start End Km Mm
1 0.400 2.400 2.000 1.6
2 2.400 10.000 7.600 1.3
X

4.4. Sub-grade soil survey

Extensive review of available soil information and testing was done to understand the
sub-grade characteristics. Summary of soil investigation surveys is as follows:

Table 10: Soil investigation survey results

Attribute Results Comments

Sub-grade CBR range (%) 0.6%-14% Low over large lengths of section
Degree of compaction (% of MDD) ~95% Sufficient as per MoRTH guidelines
Swelling ratio (%) 2.5 to 32% Significant variation seen across
stretch
<other attributes>

Table 11: Soil types observed

Soil type % of length Plasticity index Comments

Clayey sand (SC) 34% 3 to 15 Poorly graded sand
clay mixture
Silty sand (SM) 9% Non-plastic Poorly graded
Clayey gravel (GC) 9% 11 to 13 Mixture of gravel,
sand and silt

- 508 -
5. Improvement proposals

5.1. Proposed alignment

The final alignment chosen for the project in consultation with <xx, yy> will <be along
current project road/ pass through xx, yy new towns- short description of alignment with
changes if any>.

Figure 3: Map showing proposed alignment of project road

5.2. Bypasses proposed

Given increasing urban traffic and congestion and the lack of available RoW in urban
areas through the project route, <x> urban areas are proosed to be by-passed in the proposed
project alignment

Table 12: Proposed by-passes along project length

Bypass plan
Urban area to
Start End Length Key driver for by-pass
be bypassed
chainage chainage proposed
Nagar 1 45.000 52.000 21.000 Heavy local traffic of ~10,000
PCUs in town limits
Xxxx

- 509 -
5.3. Road geometry

The project road has been re-designed to accommodate speeds of <xx>, adopted as
per <standard or consultation with MoRT&H >. Enabling this higher speed will require re-
design and re-alignemnt of the road in certain sections given their <description of poor
geometry>.

5.4. Widening scheme

Basis traffic information available, level of service requirements and consultation

with <MoRT&H , local authorities etc.>, the following lane configuration is adopted for the
project road:

Table 13: Lane configuration planned for project road

Chainage Traffic
Start End forecast Service
Section Lane config. Comments
k PCUs in lanes
20xx
1 0.00 2.400 43.5 6 Yes High urban traffic
influx
2 2.400 60.400 16.4 4 No
3
xx

Basis availability of RoW and land acquisition constraints, a widening scheme has
been proposed that makes optimum use of existing ROW and minimizes need for land
acquisition in urban areas, a summary of which is given below:

Table 14: Summary of widening type proposed

Sl no Type of widening Length, Km

1 Concentric 2.400
2 Eccentric, Right 34.600
3 Eccentric, Left 33.800
4 Green field 16.000

5.5. Pavement design

5.5.1. Design period, loading and pavement type

Using the projected traffic, VDF values,lane and directional distribution factors, the
design traffic loading used for the project is <xx to yy> MSA.

Through preliminary design and lifecycle comparisons, the <flexible/rigid/inverted>

type of pavement was chosen for construction with a design life of <xx> years as per
<IRC/MoRTH/MoRT&H standards/request> has been considered for design.

- 510 -
5.5.2. Design sub-grade strength

Considering the soil investigations conducted in the prject road area, and the
availability of suitable soil in the region, the following sub-grade strength has been assumed
to vary from <xx%> to <yy%> for various sections of the highway

5.5.3. Pavement composition for new carriageway

The proposed pavement composition for the new sections carriageway basis
<standards>, subgrade strength and design traffic is:

Table 15: Proposed pavement composition

Sub-grade Pavement
Design Chainage Layer thickness (mm)
Section strength loading
Start End Min % CBR MSA GSB WMM DBM BC xx
1 0.400 2.400 10% 40 200 250 95-125 40
2 2.400 10.000 8%
X

5.5.4. Strengthening of existing pavement

The strengthening requirements for the existing pavement have been estimated from
the deflection measurements and estimated traffic loadings. The designed overlay proposed
is as below:

Table 16: Overlay thickness required

Characteristic Overlay thickness (mm)

Chainage Distance
Section deflection
Start End Km Mm DBM Xx
1 0.400 2.400 2.000 1.6 95 40
2 2.400 10.000 7.600 1.3 50 40
X

5.5.5. Pavement design for service lanes

Pavement for service lanes is designed for MSA of xx-yy with a design CBR of ~xx%.
The composition for the <flexible/rigid> service lane pavement along the project corridor is
as follows:

Table 17: Pavement composition for service road

Layer Layer Thickness in mm

- 511 -
SDBC 25
DBM 50
WMM 250
GSB 150

5.6. Design of structures

Along the project stretch, there are several bridges, culverts, under/overpasses and
flyovers. A summary of the total number and proposed additions is given in the table below

Table 18: Proposed improvement to structures along project road

Construct in New
Sl No Structure Existing Dismantle Widen Reconstruct Total
parallel construction
Major
1 4 1 - 1 2 3 7
bridge
Minor
2
bridge
3 Flyover
Vehicle
4
overpass
Vehicle
5
underpass
Passenger
6
under pass
7 Culverts
8 xxx

- 512 -
5.7. Intersections and grade separators

Based on the traffic and turning movement surveys conducted, <xx> junctions have
been identified for redesign or grade separation, the details of which are given below

Table 19: Proposed intersection improvement

Est Peak
SL. Existing Est total vol
Location HourVol Improvement proposed
No. Chainage (k PCU)
(k PCU)
Grade separator
1 10.200 xxx 53333 3599

Grade separator
2 28.000 xxx 64315 3884

3
4

5.8. Toll plazas

Based on the traffic surveys, O-D surveys and layout of project road, <xx> toll plazas
are proposed along the project road:

Table 20: Location of current and proposed toll plazas

Sl Existing Design Existing no of Proposed no
Location
No chainage chainage lanes of lanes
1 20.400 22.600 Near origin 2 6
2 95.000 101.500 Near via-nagar junction New 6
x xx Xx

5.9. Wayside amenities proposed

<local discussions, discussions with authority, demand modelling etc.> was conducted
to locate various way-side amenities across the project road. A summary of the
improvements proposed is given below:

Table 21: Proposed user amenities along project stretch

Sl no Amenity type Current Proposed Comments
1 Passenger rest 0 2
stops
2 Truck lay-byes 5 15 High demand due to urban areas along
stretch
3 Bus bays 4 10 Limited increase due to scarcity of land
4 Bus shelters 2 34 Proposed in lieu of bus-bays
5 Petrol bunks 1 5 Severe shortage along stretch

- 513 -
6. Environmental impact assessment

6.1. Impact and clearances needed

A environmental impact study was undertaken during the process of creating the
detailed project report to understand impact of the project road on the surrounding ecology
and environment. The project road is categorized as a category <xx> project by the MoEF and
as it is <xx km> in length, it <will/will not> require environmental clearances.

The proposed project <involves/does not involve> the acquisition of

forest/ecologically sensitive land, felling of trees and will impact wildlife habitat and will
hence require individual clearances for each. A summary of the environmental impact and
clearances required is provided below

Table 22: Environmental impact and clearances required

Sl No Impact type Description Clearance status

Form 1 submitted dd/mm/yyyy
Environmental Required due to nature of
1 and environmental clearance
clearance project, category ‘A’
obtained on dd/mmm/yyyy
Diversion of 27.72 ha of land in <xx> district
2 Stage II clearance in progress
forest land will need to be acquired
28,460 trees need to be enable
3 Trees in RoW To be taken
road expansion

6.2. Cost of environmental mitigation

The Environmental Mitigation and Management Costs were developed based on the
estimation of resources required to implement the mitigation measures proposed and also
number of places where intervention is required. Environmental mitigation cost for the
proposed project is Rs. <xx> cr.

- 514 -
7. Social impact assessment and Land acquisition

7.1. Social impact assessment

The existing RoW (x-y m) is <adequate/ in adequate> for the proposed widening and
RoW requirements as required by <MoRT&H /Authority>. This will lead to the additional
acquisition of <xx>Ha across the states of <states1, 2>, affecting a total of <yy> villages in
<zz> districts. In addition to structures found to be encroaching the current Row, the
required acquisition is poised to affect <xx> residential and <yy> other structures.

Preliminary interactions have been held with locals to understand their issues and
concerns and help communicate the project plan and its impact on them. The key concerns of
title and non-title holders centered around:

• <Key issues expressed over and above land being acquired, and compensation
norms>

7.2. Land acquisition requirements

The state and district wise details and status of land acquisition as on the date of
publishing of this report is as follows:

Table 23: Districtwise land acquisition requirements and status

Private 3A done,
Village Total land 3A
land to be 3D 3D
State and required pending
acquired pending completed
Chainage (Ha) (Ha)
(Ha) (Ha)
Thane
Maharashtra 137 90 10 70 10
(xx to yy)
Gujarat <aaa> 454 400 20 300 80
Gujarat <bbb> 588 588 60 500 28
Gujarat <ccc> 688 320 80 160 80

A total of <xx cr> is expected to be awarded for the acquisition of land required for
this project. The land acquisition process is underway with a total of <xx> CALAs appointed,
and 90% of land is expected to be in possession by <xx, 20xx>.

7.3. Key risks envisaged in land acquisition

Despite the best efforts of the consultant and various lad acquisition teams working to
complete land acquisition, it is envisaged that acquiring possession of the RoW for some
specific sections of the project road may prove to be difficult or be delayed inordinately. Such
potential risks are highlighted below:

• <Highlight any risks foreseen along with chainage and ha affected>

- 515 -
8. Utilities shifting and clearances

Utilities belonging to <x> user agencies have been identified that fall within the
project road ROW and will need to be shifted to enable road construction. Shifting proposals
have been submitted to the user agencies and initial estimates have been received from the
concerned agencies. The process of site inspection, review and revision of the proposals for
utilities shifting is in process.

<To enable better management of utilities and installation going forward, all utilities
are being shifted underground/into a utilitiy corridor/out of the road RoW/ utilities trench is
being planned as part of construction>

8.1. Utilities shifting estimates

Table 24: Key utilities shifting requirements

Estimated
Sl Chainage Shifting cost Supervision Current
Utility Agency
No affected required % status
(INR cr)
19km of
overhead Final
66kV 123.00-
1 UPVVNL cable, 4 ~140 cr 15% approval
powerline 145.00
road obtained
crossings

8.2. Total cost of utilities shifting

The total cost of utilities shifting for all the utilities identified in the road RoW is
estimated to be <xx cr> with supervision charges of <yy cr> being paid as supervision charges
to the <z> concerned agencies.

- 516 -
9. Project cost estimates

The cost estimates for the project has been carried out based on detailed design, bill
of quantities, and the schedule of rates for <state/district/authority> of year <xx-yy>.

Table 25: Summary of project cost

No Item Amount in Cr Amount in %

Civil construction cost
1 Site clearance and dismantling 60 2%
2 Earth Work
3 Base courses
4 Paving courses
5a Repair and rehabilitation of structures
5b Bridges
5c Culverts
5d PUP/VUP
5e Flyover and overpass
5f Drainage, protective works and other services
5g RE/toe walls
6 Junctions and interchanges
7 Toll plazas
8 User amenities
9 Traffic signs, road markings, other appurtenences
10 Miscellaneous
11 Maintenance of road during construction
A Total civil cost
12 Add contingencies @ x% on Z
B Estimated project cost
13 Construction supervision @ x% on Z
14 Agency charges @ x% on Z
15 Quality control changes @ x% on Z
16 Road safety cell audit charges @ x% on Z
17 Maintenance costs @ x% on Z
18 Escalation @ x% on Z
C Total project cost
19 R&R cost
20 Environment cost
21 Cost of shifting utilities
22 LA compensation cost
D Total capital cost

- 517 -
10. Material investigation

Material investigations were carried out to explore the availability and identify
sources of suitable material for the construction of the road.

<retain only relevant sections>

10.1. Borrow pits for soil

Material investigation of <xxx> locations indicates that soil suitable for embankment
(of CBR>xx% and density yy g/cc) and for sub-grade (CBR>xx% and density yy g/cc) is
available at an average lead of aa to bb km for the project stretch.

<include details on additional material sources like construction rubble, moorum etc>

10.2. Sand

Sand is available in <close proximity> of the project site. Test results show that xx of
yy sand sources satisfy the minimum requirement for use in the project.

<Include details of additional potential for sources such as pond bed desilting, other
excavation happening>

10.3. Gravel

Several quarries were identified for sourcing aggregates in the project zone. Xx of yy
quarries were found to be suitable for use in the construction of the road. <further details on
gravel available and suitability for construction>

10.4. Fly ash

Fly ash is available in close proximity of the project road due to the presence of <xx
steel plant/power plant>. Test results show that the available fly ash <satisfies/does not
satisfy> the minimum requirement of <specification> to use as <material for
embankment/cement mixture/other layers>. The fly ash available has density greater than xx
g/cc and shows an OCM of xx-yy%. <the fly ash located isnon plastic>

10.5. Bitumen

Bulk bitumen of the <required grades> is available <closest sources> with an average
lead of <xx km>. For the project road <grade> of bitumen has been proposed for <yy layer>
due to <reason> and <grade of bitumen> has been proposed for <zz layer> due to <reason>.

10.6. Cement

Bulk bitumen of the <required grades> is available <closest sources> with an average
lead of <xx km>. For the project road <grade> of bitumen has been proposed for <yy layer>
due to <reason> and <grade of bitumen> has been proposed for <zz layer> due to <reason>.

- 518 -
Other local material available

Details of other local material available for construction

Table 26: Locally available and alternative materials

Sl No Material Source
1 Hume pipes Local hume pipe factory in xx yy
2 xx Xxxx

10.7. Key risks

Despite the best efforts of the consultant, there continue to be some materials and
sections of the project road where material will have to brought from significant leads.

Table 27: Key risks envisaged in material procurement

Sl
Chainage Material Closest source
No
1 Entire project Bitument Closest available source is Mumbai at a
lead of 900 km
2 223.00+ Soil of CBR >10% No borrow pit in vicinity, minimum
lead of 40 km

- 519 -
10.8. Location of material sources

Figure 4:Key plan showing location of potential borrow pits tested

- 520 -
11. Potential for value engineering and innovative technologies

Throughout the detailed design of the project, several opportunities for value
engineering and introduction of new technology were explored that will help in reducing the
cost of the project or increase quality and longevity of project road. Approval of these
elements as part of the construction design and suitable instructions to all stakeholders of the
project can help significantly lower the projected cost of construction.

A summary of these opportunities is provided here.

Table 28: Key value engineering opportunities identified

Sl
Value engineering opportunity Potential impact
No
1 Use of inverted pavement with a cement stabilized 40% reduction in layer
based and granular material in the base layer thickness and ~15% reduction
in TPC

- 521 -
12. Economic and financial analysis

12.1. Economic analysis of the project

The EIRR and NPV of the project has been carried out using <model/software> under
multiple scenarios, and the project returns <justify/do not justify> construction given an
EIRR of xx in the best case and yy in the worst case.

The various sensitivity scenarios considered were as follows:

0. Base case: Base cost and base benefits

1. Sensitivity 1: Base cost plus xx% and base benefits

2. Sensitivity 2: Xx

3. Sensitivity 3: Xx

The results of the base case and sensitivity analysis are presented below:

Table 29: Economic return analysis

RUCS HDM 4
Option Sensitivity Case NPV (in NPV (in
EIRR (in %) EIRR (in %)
million Rs.) million Rs.)
Base Case 0 19199 30.31 2788.5 14.1
Sensitivity 1 18041 27.51 1362.6 12.9
With time
Sensitivity 2 15147 27.1 943.3 12.8
Sensitivity 3 13989 24.56 -ve 11.7
Base Case 0 19199 30.31 2788.5 14.1
Sensitivity 1 18041 27.51 1362.6 12.9
Without time
Sensitivity 2 15147 27.1 943.3 12.8
Sensitivity 3 13989 24.56 -ve 11.7

12.2. Financial analysis

12.2.1. Potential for toll revenue

The projected tollable traffic basis traffic survey and forecasts at the <xx> toll plazas
suggested in year <xx> is given below

Table 30: Tollable traffic on project stretch

1 @ Chainage 45.000
Toll Plaza 2
1
Traffic type Total Tollable
Bicycle 47 0
2 Wheeler 3320 0

- 522 -
3 Wheeler 32 0
Tractor 24 0
Tractor with Trailer 389 385
2 Axle SCV 436 386
LMV 2 axle 3561 3545
LCV 2 Axle 577 603
2 Axle Truck or Bus 908 800
3 Axle Truck or Bus 1142 1062
Multi Axle Vehicles MAV 2033 1962
Oversized Vehicle OSV 2 1
Earth Moving
0 0
Equipment
AADT (in vehicles) 12471 6500

12.2.2. Results of financial analysis

With the most likely traffic scenario and assumed costs of construction, maintenance,
financing and tolling over the period of the project, the return on equity at various periods of
concession was calculated. Equity IRR for this project will pass <15%> in year <x> of this
project, hence it <is/is not> possible to bid the project

Figure 5: Equity IRR with increasing concession period for project road

- 523 -
13. Execution plan

In consultation with MoRT&H , it is proposed to complete the proosed project road in

a period of 30 months. Planning for the project packaging, bidding process and construction
was conducted as a part of this project.

13.1. Packaging

Given the length of the project, the entire project is planned to be bid out in <xx>
packages with <yy> packages.

<include table of package details if more than 1 package>

13.2. Bidding mode and timelines

The authority has proposed to initiate bidding of the project under <bot/epc/ham>
mode <with a grant/premium of xx %>. The tentative timeline for this is:

• Submission of bid documents to authority dd/mmm/yyyy

• Review and finalization of documents dd/mmm/yyyy
• Launch of tender dd/mmm/yyyy
• Tender close date dd/mmm/yyyy
• Tentative date for award of project dd/mmm/yyyy

13.3. Construction time and planning

Upon reviewing the improvements planned and in consultation with MoRT&H , the
design and construction period for this project has been arrived at 30 months from the date
of appointment of the contractor/concessionaire. To enable this construction schedule, a
detailed construction plan and timeline has been included in the detailed project report. This
also includes a traffic management and lane closure plan for the period of construction.

- 524 -
14. Conclusions and recommendation

The <expansion/rehabilitation> of the project road from <source> to <destination>,

chainage <a> to <b> on NH <x> in the states of <state 1, state 2> to <n> lane configuration is
recommended for implementation by MoRT&H as the project is likely to <1 line justification/
need of project: provide much needed connectivity/improve connectivity/provide higher
level of service/rehabilitate the road etc, is needed urgently>.

The project as envisaged is economically viable with an estimated EIRR >12%. The
project with a 30 year concession period is expected to return an equity IRR of <xx%> with
<yy%><grant/premium> and is hence recommended for implementation in the
<BOT/EPC/HAM> mode.

Table 31: Salient features and key financial aspects of the project road a

Project road
Project road length Xx km
Connecting <origin>- <destination>
On national highway NH No
Proposed features Current road Proposed
Lanes 2 4
Bypasses proposed - 5
Major junctions 5 5
Minor Junctions 18 18
Grade separated interchanges 1 4
Major Bridges 4 6
Minor Bridges 19 21
ROBs 1 3
Culverts 120 200
Vehicle/Pedestrian under/overpasses 16 25
Service roads (kms) 14 32
Slip roads (kms) 8 9
Toll plazas (no) - 2
Bus bays (no) 4 15
Truck lay-byes (no) 2 8
Rest areas (no) 2 6
Financial implications INR Cr/%
Total capital cost 1595
Total project cost 1486
Civil construction cost (incl. contingency) 1249
Preconstruction expenses 110
Land acquisition 40
Utilities shifting 30

- 525 -
Rehabilitiation and resettlement costs 20
Other pre-construction expenses 20
Implementation mode proposed BOT (Toll)
Total project cost 1486
Concession period 18 years
<Authority> support (Grant/Premium) 18%
Estimated NPV 50
Project IRR 12%
Equity IRR 15%

- 526 -